IPS-C-TP-352(1)
FOREWORD
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect
the views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
and are intended for use in the oil and gas
production facilities, oil refineries, chemical and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and
processing installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the
user. This addendum together with the relevant
IPS shall form the job specification for the
specific project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the
relevant technical committee and in case of
approval will be incorporated in the next revision
of the standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
‫( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬،‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﻳﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت‬.‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ در ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺧﺎص آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه‬،‫اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org
:‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
: ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
General Definitions:
Throughout this Standard
definitions shall apply.
the
following
Company :
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian
Gas
Company,
and
National
Petrochemical Company etc.
Purchaser :
Means the “Company" Where this standard is
part of direct purchaser order by the “Company”,
and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a part
of contract documens.
Vendor And Supplier:
Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or
fabricate the equipment or material.
Contractor:
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company,
Executor :
Executor is the party which carries out all or part
of construction and/or commissioning for the
project.
Inspector :
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
Shall:
Is used where a provision is mandatory.
Should
Is used where a provision is advisory only.
Will:
Is normally used in connection with the action
by the “Company” rather than by a contractor,
supplier or vendor.
May:
Is used where a provision is completely
discretionary.
.‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
: ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و واﺑﺴﺘﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
.‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﻃﻼق ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن "ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ "ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
. ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
. ‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ وﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬، ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ وﻳﺎ ﻣﺰاﻳﺪه ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
: ‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
: ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
. ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
CONSTRUCTION STANDARD
FOR
LINING
FIRST REVISION
MAY 2010
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﺟﺮا‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither whole nor any
part of this document may be disclosed to any third party,
reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in
any form or by any means without the prior written consent of
the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬، ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ﺳﺎزي‬
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
CONTENTS:
Page
No
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
:‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
1. SCOPE ..........................................................................7
7................................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
2. REFERENCES ..........................................................7
7............................................................................ ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
3. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY ........... 14
14 ........................................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-3
3.1 Definitions .............................................................14
14 .................................................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1-3
3.2 Abbreviations.......................................................19
19................................................................‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬2-3
4. UNITS ...........................................................................20
20 ...........................................................................‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-4
5. PROCEDURE, QUALITY CONTROL
AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .................... 20
20 ............ ‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ – ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ و اﺳﻨﺎد ﻗﺮارداد‬-5
5.1 Quality Control ...................................................20
20 ......................................................... ‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬1-5
5.2 Contract Document............................................20
20 ......................................................... ‫ اﺳﻨﺎد ﻗﺮارداد‬2-5
6. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ............................21
21 .............................................................. ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-6
6.1 Selection of Process and Material ................. 21
21 ............................................. ‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ و ﻣﻮاد‬1-6
6.2 Applicator Qualification ..................................21
21 .................................... ‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬2-6
6.3 Inspector Qualification .....................................22
22..............................................‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﺎزرس‬3-6
6.4 Qualification Testing .........................................22
22............................................‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ‬4-6
6.5 Responsibility for Inspection and Testing .. 23
23 .................................‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬5-6
7. SHEET APPLIED THERMOPLASTIC
RESIN LINING ........................................................24
‫ ورق ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ رزﻳﻦ‬-7
24 ................................. (‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ )ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ‬
7.1 General...................................................................24
24 .................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7
7.2 Preparation ...........................................................26
26 ............................................................ ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-7
7.3 Application of Lining ........................................28
28 ............................................ ‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-7
7.4 Drying.....................................................................32
32..........................................................‫ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن‬4-7
1
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
7.5 Transportation and Storage............................32
32.............................................‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬5-7
7.6 Repair of Lining ..................................................33
33............................................. ‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬6-7
7.7 Inspection and Test Methods ..........................33
33...................................... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬7-7
7.8 Installation ............................................................35
35........................................................................ ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬8-7
8. NON-SHEET APPLIED THERMOPLASTIC
RESIN LINING..........................................................38
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي‬-8
38...................................................................... ‫ﻏﻴﺮ ورﻗﻲ‬
8.1 General...................................................................38
38.................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-8
8.2 Preparation ...........................................................39
39............................................................ ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-8
8.3 Application Methods .........................................40
40 ...................................................... ‫ روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-8
8.4 Curing ....................................................................45
45..............................................................‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬4-8
8.5 Transportation and Storage............................46
46.............................................‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬5-8
8.6 Repair of Lining ..................................................46
46............................................. ‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬6-8
8.7 Inspection and Test Methods ..........................47
47...................................... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬7-8
8.8 Installation ............................................................49
49........................................................................‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬8-8
9. STOVED THERMOSETTING RESIN
LINING .......................................................................49
49........................‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ ﻛﻮره اي‬-9
9.1 General...................................................................49
49.....................................................................‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-9
9.2 Preparation ...........................................................51
51............................................................ ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-9
9.3 Application Methods .........................................51
51........................................................ ‫ روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-9
9.4 Curing (see also Appendix C) .........................52
52 (‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4-9
9.5 Transportation and Storage............................52
52............................................. ‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬5-9
9.6 Repair of Lining ..................................................53
53..............................................‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬6-9
2
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
9.7 Inspection ..............................................................53
53................................................................... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬7-9
9.8 Installation ............................................................55
55........................................................................ ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬8-9
10. COLD CURING THERMOSETTING
RESIN LINING .......................................................55
55.......... ‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺳﺮد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ‬-10
10.1 General ................................................................55
55.....................................................................‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-10
10.2 Preparation ........................................................56
56........................................................... ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-10
10.3 Application Methods .......................................60
60 .......................................................‫ روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-10
10.4 Curing (see Appendix C) ...............................70
70 .............. (‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري )ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4-10
10.5 Repair of Lining................................................70
70 ............................................ ‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬5-10
10.6 Inspection ............................................................71
71 ................................................................... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬6-10
10.7 Transportation and Storage .........................75
75 ............................................ ‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬7-10
10.8 Installation ..........................................................76
76 ...................................................................... ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬8-10
11. RUBBER LINING ..................................................76
76 ............................................... ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬-11
11.1 General ................................................................76
76 ....................................................................‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-11
11.2 Preparation ........................................................78
78 ............................................................ ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-11
11.3 Application Methods .......................................82
82..................................................... ‫ روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-11
11.4 Vulcanizing .........................................................88
88....................................... ‫ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬4-11
11.5 Transportation and Storage .........................91
91 ............................................ ‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬5-11
11.6 Installation of Rubber Lined Parts ............ 94
94 ...... ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬6-11
11.7 Repair of Lining................................................95
95 ............................................. ‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬7-11
11.8 Inspection and Tests ........................................98
98 ..................................................‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬8-11
12. BITUMEN, ASPHALT AND COAL
TAR LINING ...........................................................103
103.............. ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ )ﻧﻔﺘﻲ( آﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ و ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر‬-12
3
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
12.1 General ................................................................103
103................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-12
12.2 Preparation ........................................................104
104.......................................................... ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-12
12.3 Application Methods .......................................105
105..................................................... ‫ روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-12
12.4 Drying ..................................................................111
111 ........................................................‫ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن‬4-12
12.5 Transportation ..................................................111
111 ............................................................ ‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬5-12
12.6 Installation ..........................................................111
111 ......................................................................‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬6-12
12.7 Repair of Lining................................................111
111 ............................................‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬7-12
12.8 Inspection and Test Methods .......................112
112.....................................‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬8-12
13. GLASS AND PORCELAIN LINING .............. 113
113....................................‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ و ﭼﻴﻨﻲ‬-13
13.1 General ................................................................113
113.................................................................. ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-13
13.2 Preparation ........................................................114
114 .......................................................... ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-13
13.3 Application Methods .......................................114
114 .....................................................‫ روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-13
13.4 Curing ..................................................................116
116............................................................ ‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬4-13
13.5 Transportation ..................................................117
117............................................................ ‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬5-13
13.6 Installation ..........................................................118
118...................................................................... ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬6-13
13.7 Repair of Lining................................................119
119........................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬7-13
13.8 Inspection and Test Methods .......................121
121 ................................... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬8-13
14. CERAMIC LINING...............................................124
124 ............................................ ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬-14
15. BRICK AND TILE LINING ...............................128
128 ........................................‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮ و ﻛﺎﺷﻲ‬-15
15.1 General ................................................................128
128 ...................................................................‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-15
15.2 Preparation ........................................................129
129.......................................................... ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-15
15.3 Method of Lining ..............................................131
131............................................ ‫ روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-15
4
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
15.4 Curing and Prestressing ................................146
146.....................................‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري و ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﺸﻲ‬4-15
15.5 Transportation ..................................................149
149........................................................... ‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬5-15
15.6 Repair of Lining................................................150
150............................................‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬6-15
15.7 Inspection ............................................................153
153................................................................. ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬7-15
15.8 Start-up and Operation ..................................155
155............................................ ‫ راه اﻧﺪازي و ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬8-15
16. CEMENT MORTAR LINING ...........................155
155....................................... ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬-16
16.1 General ................................................................155
155................................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-16
16.2 Preparation ........................................................156
156.......................................................... ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-16
16.3 Method of lining ...............................................160
160 ......................... ‫ روش اﻧﺠﺎم دادن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-16
16.4 Curing of Cement Lining...............................165
165 ...................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬4-16
16.5 Transportation ..................................................167
167........................................................... ‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬5-16
16.6 Installation and Joining .................................169
169........................................................‫ ﻧﺼﺐ و اﺗﺼﺎل‬6-16
16.7 Repair of Lining................................................172
172............................................‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬7-16
16.8 Inspection and Rejection
(for Lined Pipe) .............................................173
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدود ﻛﺮدن )ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬8-16
173........................................................ (‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه‬
17. REFRACTORY LINING .....................................177
177............................................... ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ دﻳﺮﮔﺪاز‬-17
17.1 General ................................................................177
177...................................................................‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-17
17.2 Preparation ........................................................177
177.......................................................... ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-17
17.3 Application Methods .......................................179
179.....................................................‫ روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-17
17.4 Curing and Drying...........................................189
189.................................. ‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري و ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن‬4-17
17.5 Transportation ..................................................190
190 ............................................................ ‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬5-17
17.6 Installation ..........................................................191
191 ..................................................................... ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬6-17
5
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
17.7 Repair of Lining................................................191
191 ........................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬7-17
17.8 Inspection and Test Methods .......................192
192................................... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬8-17
18. SAFETY .....................................................................193
193 ........................................................................... ‫ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬-18
18.1 Handling and Applying Lining Material.. 193
193 ................. ‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-18
18.2 Health Hazards of Materials ........................194
194 .................................. ‫ ﺧﻄﺮات ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ‬2-18
18.3 Flammability Hazards of Material ............. 196
196................................ ‫ ﺧﻄﺮات اﺷﺘﻌﺎل ﭘﺬﻳﺮي ﻣﺎده‬3-18
18.4 Toxicity of Materials (see Tables 8 and 9)197
197....... (‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬9 ‫ و‬8 ‫ ﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﻮاد )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬4-18
19. LINING CONTINUITY AND TESTS ............. 200
200 .................‫ ﻋﺪم ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎ‬-19
19.1 Discontinuity Definitions ...............................200
200 ............................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻧﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬1-19
19.2 Descriptive Terminology................................201
201 ................................................... ‫ واژﮔﺎن ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺤﻲ‬2-19
19.3 Allowable Discontinuities Related .............. 202
202............................... ‫ ﻋﺪم ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز واﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬3-19
19.4 Use of Continuity Tests ..................................202
202.................................... ‫ ﻓﻮاﻳﺪ آزﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬4-19
19.5 Continuity Testing Equipment .................... 203
203................................ ‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬5-19
19.6 Spark Testing ....................................................205
205....................................................... ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‬6-19
APPENDICES:
:‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A APPLICATION OF RUBBER
SHEET LINING IN PIPE .............. 208
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ اﻋﻤﺎل ورق ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
208...................................................... ‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
APPENDIX B CURING OF BRICK LINING
WITH ACIDIC LIQUID................. 211
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
211 ................................................................ ‫اﺳﻴﺪي‬
APPENDIX C CURING OF TANK LINING ...... 212
212...................... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺰن‬
6
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
1. SCOPE
1.1 This construction standard covers the
minimum requirements for application and
installation of organic and inorganic lining for
equipment.
This
Standard
includes
requirements for preparation of material for
use,
application,
drying
or
curing,
transportation, installation, repair of lining and
inspection of lined parts.
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻋﻤﺎل و‬1-1
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﻮاد آﻟﻲ و ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﻣﺎده‬.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
-‫ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ‬،‫ اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬،‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬،‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬،‫آوري‬
.‫از ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
1.2 It applies to equipment fabricated in metal
or concrete and in both bonded and loose
linings.
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﻠﺰي ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬2-1
1.3 Requirement for design and fabrication of
the equipment, the state of preparation
necessary for the surface to be lined and
thickness of lining shall be according to
IPS-E-TP-350.
‫ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ آﻣﺎده‬،‫ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1
.‫ﺷﺪه و ﻫﺮ دو ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه و آزاد ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬
‫ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-350 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 1:
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬1382 ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در آﺑﺎن ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و روز آﻣﺪ ﺷﺪ و ﻣﻮارد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
‫ اﺑﻼغ‬245 ‫ ﻃﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬1 ‫ﻋﻨﻮان اﺻﻼﺣﻴﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬
This standard specification is reviewed and
updated by the relevant technical committee on
Nov. 2004, as amendment No. 1 by circular
No. 245.
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 2:
‫ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻓﻮق‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬1389 ‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺧﺮداد ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ از‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬1) ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
.‫( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0) ‫اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
This bilingual standard is a revised version of
the standard specification by the relevant
technical committee on May 2010, which is
issued as revision (1). Revision (0) of the said
standard specification is withdrawn.
:3 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 3:
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
.‫اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English language shall govern.
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
2. REFERENCES
Throughout this Standard the following dated
and undated standards/codes are referred to.
These referenced documents shall, to the extent
specified herein, form a part of this standard.
For dated references, the edition cited applies.
The applicability of changes in dated
references that occur after the cited date shall
be mutually agreed upon by the Company and
the Vendor. For undated references, the latest
edition of the referenced documents (including
any supplements and amendments) applies.
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦدار و‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬.‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از‬،‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦدار‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬،‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ در آﻧﻬﺎ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬.‫و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
-‫آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻫﺎي آن ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
7
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ACI
ACI (AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE)
"‫"راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬
ACI 506 R-5 "Guide to Shotcrete"
API STD 1631
API STD 1631
‫"ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺎزن ذﺧﻴﺮه‬
"‫زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
"Interior
Lining
of
Underground Storage Tanks"
‫ "ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬API RP 5L7
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺪون‬
" ‫آﺳﺘﺮي‬
‫ "ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل‬API RP 10E
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ و‬،‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
"‫اﺗﺼﺎل‬
API RP 5L7 "Recommended Practices for
Unprimed Internal Fusion
bonded Epoxy Coating of
Line Pipe"
"Recommended Practice for
Application of Cement Lining
to Steel Tubular Goods
,Handling, Installation and
Joining"
ASTM (AMERICAN SOCIETY
TESTING AND MATERIALS)
ACI 506 R-5
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬API
API
(AMERICAN PETROLEUM
INSTITUTE)
API RP 10E
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ آزﻣﻮن و ﻣﻮاد آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASTM
FOR
‫"اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺧﺮد ﺷﻮﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﺮد و‬
‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ آﺟﺮ ﻧﺴﻮز‬
"‫ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻜﺎري‬
ASTM C 93 "Cold Crushing Strength and
Modulus of Rupture of
Insulating Firebrick"
ASTM C 93
ASTM C 143/C 143 M
ASTM C 143/C 143 M
‫"روش آزﻣﻮن اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي‬
"‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن آﺑﻲ‬
"Standard Test Method for
Slump of Hydraulic- Cement
Concrete"
ASTM C 860
ASTM C 860
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻧﺴﻮز ﻗﺎﺑﻞ رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﮔﺮي ﺑﺎ‬
"‫ﺑﻜﺎرﺑﺮدن آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎل اﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﺪ‬
"Standard
Practice
for
Determining The Consistency
of Refractory Castable Using
The Ball-in-Hand Test"
ASTM D 412
ASTM D 412
‫" اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺗﻨﺶ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه و‬
"‫اﻻﺳﺘﻮﻣﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ‬
"Standard Test Methods for
Vulcanized
Rubber
and
Thermoplastic
ElastomersTension"
ASTM D 429
ASTM D 429
‫" اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ﺧﻮاص ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ‬
"‫ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺻﻠﺐ‬
"Standard Test Methods for
Rubber Property-Adhesion to
Rigid Substrates"
8
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
ASTM D 471 "Standard Test Method for
Rubber Property-Effect of
Liquids"
‫ " اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد روش آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺮاي‬ASTM D 471
"‫ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﺧﻮاص ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬
ASTM D 573 "Standard Test Method for
Rubber-Deterioration in an
Air Oven"
‫ " اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد روش آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺮاي‬ASTM D 573
‫ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ در ﻳﻚ آون ﻫﻮا‬
"‫ﮔﺮدﺷﻲ‬
‫ " روش آزﻣﻮن اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي‬ASTM D 865
‫ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﺮم‬
‫ﻛﺮدن در ﻫﻮا )ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
"(‫آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ "ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬ASTM D 3486
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪن در‬
"‫ﻣﺨﺰن‬
‫ "روش آزﻣﻮن اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي‬ASTM D 2228
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ‬- ‫ﺧﻮاص ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ روش‬
"‫ﭘﻴﻜﻮآﺑﺮادر‬
‫ "روش آزﻣﻮن اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺧﻮاص‬ASTM D 2240
"‫ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ دوروﻣﺘﺮي‬- ‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
ASTM D 865 "Standard Test Method for
Rubber-Deterioration
by
Heating in Air (Test Tube
Enclosure)”
ASTM D 3486 "Installation
of
Vulcanizable Rubber Tank
Linings"
ASTM D 2228 "Standard Test Method for
Rubber Properties-Relative
Abrasion Resistance by Pico
Abrader Method"
ASTM D 2240 "Standard Test Method for
Rubber PropertyDurometer Hardness"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬ASTM D 2563
‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﻋﻴﻮب ﭼﺸﻤﻲ در ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
"‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد‬ASTM D 3182
‫و‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
،‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي اﺧﺘﻼط اﺟﺰاء‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد و آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ورﻗﻬﺎي‬
"‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه‬
ASTM D 2563 "Standard Practice for
Classifying Visual Defects
in GlassReinforced
Plastic Laminate Parts"
ASTM D 3182 "Standard Practice for
Rubber
Materials,
Equipment, and Procedures
for
Mixing
Standard
Compounds and Preparing
Standard
Vulcanized
Sheets"
ASTM-D-3567"Standard Practice for
Determining Dimensions
“Fiberglass” (Glass-FiberReinforced Thermosetting
Resin) Pipe and Fittings"
‫ "روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬ASTM D 3491
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻣﺨﺰن‬
"‫و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬ASTM-D-3567
‫اﺑﻌﺎدي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻟﻴﺎف‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي )رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ‬
" (‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬
ASTM-D-4787"Standard Practice for
Continuity Verification of
Liquid or Sheet Linings
Applied
to
Concrete
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬ASTM-D-4787
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ورق ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﺳﻄﻮح‬
ASTM D 3491 "Test
Methods
for
Vulcanizable Rubber Tank
and Pipe Lining"
9
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
Substrates"
"‫زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ "روش آزﻣﻮن ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬ASTM-G-14-77
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ )ﺑﻪ‬
"(‫روش آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻓﺘﺎدن وزﻧﻪ‬
ASTM-G-14-77 "Test Method for Impact
resistance of Pipeline
Coatings (Falling Weight
Test)"
AWWA
(AMERICAN
WORKS ASSOCIATION)
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ اﻣﻮر آب آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬AWWA
WATER
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬AWWA ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬AWWA-C 104
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت از ﺟﻨﺲ‬
"‫ﭼﺪن ﻧﺸﻜﻦ‬
‫ "ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ و‬AWWA-C 203
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﻟﻌﺎب و ﻧﻮار‬-‫ﻓﻮﻻدي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل آب‬
"‫ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬
AWWA-C 104 "AWWA Standard for
Cement-Mortar Lining for
Ductile-Iron
Pipe
and
Fittings"
AWWA-C 203 "Coal-Tar
Protective
Coatings and Linings for
Steel Water PipelinesEnamel and Tape, Hot
Applied"
‫ "ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﻼت‬AWWA-C 205
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ اﻳﻨﭽﻲ‬4 ‫ﻓﻮﻻدي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل آب‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ اﻋﻤﺎل‬100)
"‫در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه‬
‫ "ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬AWWA-C 210
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﻮح داﺧﻠﻲ و‬
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
"‫اﻧﺘﻘﺎل آب‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬
‫ "ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬AWWA-C 213
‫ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺢ داﺧﻠﻲ و‬
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
"‫اﻧﺘﻘﺎل آب‬
‫ "ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬AWWA-C 602
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل آب در ﻣﺤﻞ‬
100) ‫ اﻳﻨﭽﻲ‬4 ‫ﻛﺎر ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ‬
"‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬
AWWA-C 205 "Cement-Mortar Protective
Lining and Coating for
Steel Water Pipe 4 in.(100
mm) and Larger-Shop
Applied"
AWWA-C 210 "Liquid-Epoxy
Coating
Systems for the Interior
and Exterior of Steel Water
Pipelines"
AWWA-C 213 "Fusion-Bonded
Epoxy
Coating for the Interior and
Exterior of Steel Water
Pipelines"
AWWA-C 602 "Cement-Mortar Lining of
Water Pipelines in Place- 4
in. (100 mm) and Larger"
BSI
(BRITISH
INSTITUTION)
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬BSI
STANDARDS
"Voltage Measurement by
Means of Standard Air
Gaps"
‫ "اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬BS EN 60052
" ‫ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
BS EN ISO 252: "Conveyor Belts-Adhesion
Between
Constitutive
Elements-Test Methods"
-‫ "روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬BS EN ISO 252
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ اﺟﺰاي ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
"‫دﻫﻨﺪه‬
BS EN 60052
10
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
BS 903: Part A 21-SEC. 21.1
BS 903: Part A 21-SEC. 21.1
21 ‫"آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫اﻟﻒ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
21.1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬-‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ‬
– ‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺻﻠﺐ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ )ﻛﻨﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ( ﺑﺎ‬
"‫ درﺟﻪ‬90 ‫زاوﻳﻪ‬
‫ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ‬،‫ "ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬BS ISO 48
10 ‫– ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ )ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
"(100 IRHD ‫ و‬IRHD
"Physical Testing of RubberPart A21 Determination of
Rubber to Metal Bond
Strength-Section
21.1
Adhesion to Rigid Substrates90 Degree Peel Method"
BS ISO 48:
"Rubber,
Vulcanized
or
Thermoplastic- Determination
of
Hardness
(Hardness
Between 10 IRHD and 100
IRHD"
BS 1344
"Methods of Testing Vitreous
Enamel Finishes"
‫ "روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﻟﻌﺎب‬BS 1344
"‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي‬
BS-2782,
"Methods of Testing Plastics,
Tensile Strength, Elongation
and
Elastic Modulus"
BS 3416
"Specification for BitumenBased Coatings for Cold
Application, Suitable for Use
in Contact with Potable Water"
،‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻬﺎ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫"روﺷﻬﺎي‬
‫ ازدﻳﺎد ﻃﻮل و‬،‫اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬
"‫ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﻛﺸﺴﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻗﻴﺮي‬
‫ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﺳﺮد‬
"‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ آب آﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ‬
BS 3416
BS ISO 7619-2
BS ISO 7619-2
‫ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ‬،‫"ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ – ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ روش‬
‫ روش ﺳﻨﺠﺶ‬:2 ‫ﻓﺮوروي – ﺑﺨﺶ‬
"IRHD ‫ﺟﻴﺒﻲ‬
"Rubber,
Vulcanized
or
Thermoplastic – Determination
of Indentation Hardness-Part
2: IRHD Pocket Meter
Method"
BS 6466
BS-2782,
‫"آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻮرهاي اﻟﻴﺎف‬
"‫ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
"Code of Practice for Design
and Installation of Ceramic
Fiber Furnace Linings"
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي آﻟﻤﺎن‬DIN
DIN (DEUTSCHES INSTITUTE FÜR
NORMUNG)
DIN-4753: Part 3
BS 6466
DIN-4753: Part 3 (G)
(G)
‫"ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي آب و ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آب ﺑﺮاي آب‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت و‬،‫آﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ و آب ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ در ﺳﻤﺖ‬
"‫ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻜﺎري‬،‫آب‬
"Water Heaters and Water
Heating Installations for
Potable Water and for
Service Water, Corrosion
Protection on the water Side
by Enamelling Requirements
and Testing"
DIN EN ISO 2178
DIN EN ISO 2178
‫"ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ روي‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ– اﻧﺪازه‬
"Non-Magnetic Coatings on
Magnetic
Substrates11
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
Measurement of Coating
Thickness-Magnetic
Method”
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ–روش‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮي‬
"‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ "ﺳﺮب در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬DIN 28058-PI
" ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺳﺮب‬
DIN 28058-PI “Lead
in
Apparatus
Engineering Homogeneous
Lead Lining”
(‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS
IPS
(IRANIAN PETROLEUM
STANDARDS)
IPS-C-TP-101 "Construction Standard for
Surface Preparation"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﺟﺮا ﺑﺮاي آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬IPS-C-TP-101
"‫ﺳﻄﺢ‬
IPS-C-TP-102 "Construction Standard for
Painting"
"‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﺟﺮا ﺑﺮاي رﻧﮓ آﻣﻴﺰي‬IPS-C-TP-102
IPS-E-TP-100 "Engineering Standard for
Paints"
"‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي رﻧﮕﻬﺎ‬IPS-E-TP-100
IPS-E-TP-350 "Engineering Standard for
Linings"
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
IPS-M-CE-105 "Material Standard
Building Materials"
‫ﻣﻮاد‬
for
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬IPS-E-TP-350
"‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻣﻮاد‬
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬IPS-M-CE-105
"‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
IPS-M-TP-105 "Material and Equipment
Standard
for
Asphalt
Mastic (Cold Applied)"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-TP-105
"(‫ﻣﻼت ﻗﻴﺮي آﺳﻔﺎﻟﺖ )ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬
IPS-M-TP-230 "Material and Equipment
Standard for Coal Tar
Mastic (Cold Applied)"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-TP-230
"(‫ﻣﻼت ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر )ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬
IPS-M-TP-280 "Material and Equipment
Standard for Coal Tar
Primer (Cold Applied) for
Use With Hot Applied
Coal Tar Enamel"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-TP-280
‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر )ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا( ﺑﺮاي‬
"‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎ ﻟﻌﺎب ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬
IPS-M-TP-285 "Material and Equipment
Standard for Bitumen
Primer (Cold Applied) for
Use With Hot Applied
Bitumen Enamel"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-TP-285
(‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ )ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬
‫ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎ ﻟﻌﺎب ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬
"‫ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬
IPS-M-TP-290 "Material and Equipment
Standard for Coal Tar
Enamel (Hot Applied)"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-TP-290
"(‫ﻟﻌﺎب ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر )ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬
IPS-M-TP-295 "Material Standard for
Bitumen Enamel (Hot
Applied)"
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻌﺎب ﻗﻴﺮ‬IPS-M-TP-295
"(‫ﻧﻔﺘﻲ )ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬
12
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
IPS-E-GN-100 "Engineering Standard for
Units"
ISO
(INTERNATIONAL
ORGANIZATION
STANDARDIZATION)
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬IPS-E-GN-100
"‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
(‫ )ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ISO
FOR
ISO 28706-1 “Vitreous and Porcelain
Enamels – Determination of
Resistance to Chemical
Corrosion
–
Part
1:
Determination of Resistance
to Chemical Corrosion by
Acids
at
Room
Temperature”(Hardness
Between 10 IRHD and 100
IRHD)”
– ‫"ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي و ﭼﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬:1 ‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ – ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﺳﻴﺪﻫﺎ در دﻣﺎي‬
‫ و‬10 IRHD ‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ )ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
"(100 IRHD
ISO 28706-1
ISO 28764
"Vitreous and Porcelain
Enamels-Production
of
Specimens
for
Testing
Enamels on Sheet Steel,
Sheet Aluminum and Cast
Iron"
–‫"ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي و ﭼﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
،‫ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎي روي ورق ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
"‫آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ و ﭼﺪﻧﻲ‬
ISO 28764
ISO 5256
"Steel Pipes and Fittings for
Buried or Submerged"
‫"ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
"‫ﻣﺪﻓﻮن در ﺧﺎك ﻳﺎ ﻏﻮﻃﻪور‬
ISO 5256
ISO 8501
"Preparation
of
Steel
Substrates
before
Application of Paints and
Related
Products-Visual
Assessment
of
Surface
Cleanliness"
‫"آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل رﻧﮓ و‬
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ – ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ‬
"‫ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰي ﺳﻄﺢ‬
ISO 8501
ISO 9004
"Quality
Management
Systems-Guidelines
for
Performance Improvements
*** See Also ISO 9000
Collection and compendium"
– ‫"ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬
‫رﻫﻨﻤﻮدﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻬﺒﻮد ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬
‫*** ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ و‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬ISO 9000 ‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ‬
"‫ﺷﻮد‬
ISO 9004
ISO 4532
"Vitreous and Porcelain
Enamels – Determination of
the Resistance of Enamelled
Articles to Impact-Pistol
Test"
– ‫"ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي و ﭼﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻟﻌﺎب داده‬
‫ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬
"‫ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮل‬
ISO 4532
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬NACE
NACE (NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF
CORROSION ENGINEERS)
‫ " ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ از‬NACE RP 0274
NACE RP 0274 "High-Voltage Electrical
Inspection of Pipeline
13
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
Coatings"
NACE 6H-160 "Glass
Lining
Vitreous Enamels"
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
"‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ "ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي و‬NACE 6H-160
"‫ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬
and
(‫ )آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻠﻲ آﺗﺶ‬NFC
NFC (NATIONAL FIRE CODES)
NFC Vol.1
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
"Flammable Liquids And
Gases"
‫ﮔﺎزﻫﺎي‬
‫و‬
‫"ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت‬
"‫اﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬
NFC Vol.1
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-3
3. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGY
3.1 Definitions
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1-3
Applicator
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
Is the party which applies the chemical
resistant linings specified by the Company.
‫واﺣﺪي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد‬
.‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ را اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎول زدن‬
Blister
A gas or liquid filled cavity within the lining
material or between the lining and substrate.
‫ﺣﻔﺮه ﭘﺮﺷﺪه از ﮔﺎز ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در درون ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻚ‬
Ceramic
Articles with a glazed or unglazed body of
crystalline or partly crystalline structure or of
glass, produced from essentially inorganic,
non-metallic substances and formed either
from a molten mass solidified on cooling, or
simultaneously or subsequently matured by the
action of the heat.
‫ﻣﻮادي ﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪار و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪون ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﺑﻠﻮري ﻳﺎ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ‬
‫ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰي‬،‫ﺑﻠﻮري ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﻛﻪ اﺳﺎﺳﺎً از ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮد ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻮده ﻣﺬاب ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫درآﻣﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﺮارتدﻫﻲ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﺪي ﻓﺮآوري‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻼت رزﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎوم ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
Chemical resistant resin mortar
Mixture of liquid resinous material, selected
filler material, and setting agent forming a
trowelable mortar that hardens by chemical
reaction.
،‫ ﻣﺎده ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ از ﻣﺎده رزﻳﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ ﻣﻼﺗﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺪود ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد ﻣﻲآورد ﻛﻪ در اﺛﺮ‬،‫ﻣﺎده ﮔﻴﺮش‬
.‫واﻛﻨﺶ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻃﺮاح‬
Designer
Person or party responsible for all or part of
design and engineering of project.
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.‫و ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﭘﺮوژه را دارد‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ‬
Dew point
The temperature at which moisture will
condense.
.‫دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر آب ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫اچ ﻛﺮدن‬
Etch
To corrode the surface of a metal in order to
reveal its composition and structure.
‫اﻳﺠﺎد ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻧﺸﺎن دادن‬
.‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ و ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر آن‬
14
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
Fabricator
The party which manufactures components to
perform the duties specified by the Company.
It is generally considered to be synonymous
with the term manufacturer.
‫ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت را ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻔﺎي وﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺎ‬.‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻟﻐﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻓﺮض ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
Glass
Inorganic fusion product that has cooled to a
rigid condition without crystallizing.
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﻣﺬاب ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪون ﺑﻠﻮري ﺷﺪن ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺳﺮد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن آﺑﻲ‬
Hydraulic cement
Cement that sets and hardens by chemical
interaction with water and capable of doing so
under water.
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ واﻛﻨﺶ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ آب ﺳﻔﺖ و ﺳﺨﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد و ﻗﺎدر اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ را در زﻳﺮ آب ﻧﻴﺰ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
.‫دﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
Inspector
The inspector or engineer employed by the
Purchaser and acting as the Purchaser’s
representative, the inspector’s engineer’s
respective assistants properly authorized and
limited to the particular duties assigned to
them, or the Purchaser acting as the inspector.
‫ﺑﺎزرس ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﻣﻲﺷﻮد و ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺣﺪود اﺧﺘﻴﺎرات ﺑﺎزرس‬.‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه او ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه و ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬،‫وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺧﺎص اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ واﮔﺬار ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺎزرس ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
IRHD
IRHD
International Rubber Hardness.
.‫ﻣﻴﺰان ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺣﺒﺎب ﺳﻄﺢ‬
Laitance
A milky white deposit on new concrete.
.‫ﻳﻚ رﺳﻮب ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺷﻴﺮي رﻧﮓ روي ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎزه‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
Lining
Any sheet or layer of material attached directly
to the inside face of form work to improve or
after quality and surface texture.
‫ﻫﺮ ورق ﻳﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ از ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪه ﺗﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ و ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ را ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮد‬
‫ﺣﺒﺎب‬
Lump
In porcelain enamels, a rounded projection in
the enamel surface, usually a defect.
‫در ﻟﻌﺎبﻫﺎي ﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﺪور در ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻌﺎب‬
.‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻳﻚ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎر ﻣﻲآﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎپ‬
Mop
An implement made of absorbent material
fastened to a handle and used for cleaning
floors.
‫اﺳﺒﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﺎده ﺟﺎذب ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮه ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد و ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﭘﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ‬
Orange Peel
A surface condition characterized by an
irregular waviness of the porcelain enamel
resembling an orange skin in texture,
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻟﻌﺎب ﭼﻴﻨﻲ و اﻳﺠﺎد زﻣﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﭘﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ از ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻚ‬
15
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
sometimes considered a defect.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ﻋﻴﺐ ﻟﺤﺎظ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺣﻔﺮه رﻳﺰ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮ ﻛﺎر در ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮاي آن ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ را ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
Pinhole
A small defect in the lining that would permit
corrosion of the substrate under the conditions
for which the lining is designed.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
The word ’pinhole’ is synonymous with
’holiday’ and ’pore’.
‫ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ‬pore ‫ و‬holiday ‫ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻐﺎت‬pinhole ‫ﻟﻐﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
Plastic
A material that contains as an essential
ingredient a high polymer and which at some
stage in its processing into finished products
can be shaped by flow.
‫ﻣﺎدهاي ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﻮده و در‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺗﺎ رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﺴﻞ‬
Plastisol
A dispersion of finely divided resin in a
plasticizer.
.‫ﭘﺮاﻛﻨﺪﮔﻲ رزﻳﻦ رﻳﺰ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه در ﻳﻚ ﻧﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﭼﻴﻨﻲ‬
Porcelain
Glazed or unglazed vitreous ceramic whiteware
matured like ceramic and glazed together in the
same firing operation.
‫ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻚ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﺮاق ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺮاق ﻛﻪ از ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻚ‬
‫و ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ در ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮزوﻻﻧﻲ‬
Pozzolanic material
A volcanic dust, first discovered at Pozzuoli in
Italy, which has the effect when mixed with
mortar, of enabling the latter to harden
anywhere, in air or under water.
‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮدر ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻧﺮم آﺗﺸﻔﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ اوﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎر در ﭘﻮزواوﻟﻲ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ داراي اﺛﺮي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ وﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ‬،‫در اﻳﺘﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻛﺸﻒ ﺷﺪ‬
،‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن در ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻞ‬،‫ﻣﻼت ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ زﻳﺮ آب را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺳﺎزد‬،‫در ﻫﻮا‬
‫اﻧﺪود ﭘﻮدر آﻟﻲ‬
Powder organic coating
A product containing pigments, resins and
other additives which is applied in the form of
a powder on to a metallic substrate and is fused
to form a coherent continuous finish.
‫ رزﻳﻦﻫﺎ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﻓﺰودﻧﻲﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻟﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ رﻧﮓ داﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﻮدر روي ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻠﺰي اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫و ذوب ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن را ﺷﻜﻞ‬
.‫دﻫﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﺸﻲ‬
Prestressing
To introduce internal stresses into (as a
structural beam) to counteract later load
stresses.
(‫وارد ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﺮ ﺳﺎزهاي‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻲ اﺛﺮ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺲ‬/‫ﻛﻮارﺗﺰ‬
Quartz/Silica
Glass made either by flame hydrolysis of
silicon tetrachloride or by melting silica,
usually in the form of granular quartz, i.e.
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﺗﺘﺮاﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ داﻧﻪﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺑﺎ ذوب ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
16
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
fused silica.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﺜﺎل ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺲ ﮔﺪاﺧﺘﻪ‬،‫ﻛﻮارﺗﺰ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫روزن راﻧﻲ ﻓﺸﺎري‬
Ram extrusion
A continuous process in which compaction of
the granular PTFE at a relatively low
temperature, sintering at a temperature of
approximately 380°C and cooling are carried
out in a single piece of equipment. The
extruder is fed by a reciprocating cylinder
(ram) under high pressure.
‫ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻓﺸﺮده‬PTFE ‫ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﻛﻪ در آن داﻧﻪﻫﺎي‬
380 ً‫ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت زﻳﻨﺘﺮ ﻛﺮدن‬،‫در دﻣﺎي ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد و ﺳﺮد ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‬
‫ روزنران ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ‬.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
.‫)ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن( رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ در ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز‬
Refractories
Non-metallic materials with chemical and
physical properties applicable for structures
and
system
components
exposed
to
environments above 538°C (1000°F).
‫ﻣﻮاد ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮاص ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ و ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎ و ﻳﺎ اﺟﺰاء ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎي‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬1000) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬538 ‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻻي‬
.‫ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ‬
‫رزﻳﻦ‬
Resin
A solid, semisolid, or pseudo solid organic
material that has an indefinite and often high
relative molecular mass, exhibits a tendency to
flow when subjected to stress, usually has a
softening or melting range and, usually
fractures conchoidally. In a broad sense, the
term is used to designate any polymer that is a
basic material for plastics.
‫ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎده آﻟﻲ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎده ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺮم ﻣﻠﻜﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﺸﺨﺺ و اﻏﻠﺐ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً زﻳﺎد داﺷﺘﻪ و زﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺗﻨﺶ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻼن از ﺧﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً داراي داﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ذوب‬،‫ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬
‫ در ﻳﻚ‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت دﻧﺪاﻧﻪ دﻧﺪاﻧﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻜﻨﺪ‬. ‫ﺷﺪﮔﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻬﻮم وﺳﻴﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮي ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎده اوﻟﻴﻪ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
Rubber
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎده ﺑﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﺎزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ و اﺟﺒﺎري در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اي اﺻﻼح ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﺗﻐﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻪ اﺻﻮﻻً ﻧﺎﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎي در ﺣﺎل‬
-‫ ﻣﺘﻴﻞ اﺗﻴﻞ ﻛﺘﻮن و ﻣﺨﻠﻮط اﺗﺎﻧﻮل‬،‫ﺟﻮش ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺰن‬
‫ ﻋﺎري‬،‫ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻬﺒﻮد ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬.‫ﺗﻮﻟﻮﺋﻦ ﺣﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬29 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬18 ‫ در دﻣﺎي‬،‫از رﻗﻴﻖ ﺳﺎزﻫﺎ‬
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از رﻫﺎﺳﺎزي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ‬1 ‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻃﻮل اوﻟﻴﻪ‬2 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1/5 ‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬1 ‫ در ﻃﻲ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺧﻮد ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
A material capable of quickly and forcibly
recovering from all deformations. It can be
modified to be essentially insoluble, but it can
swell in boiling solvents, e.g. benzene, methyl
ethyl ketone and ethanol/toluene azeotrope.
Rubber in its modified state, free of diluents,
stretched at 18 to 29°C and held for 1 minute
before release, retracts within 1 minute to less
than 1.5 or 2 times its original length.
‫ﺷﻜﻢ دادﮔﻲ‬
Sagging
1) A defect characterized by a wavy line or
lines appearing on those surfaces of
porcelain enamel that have been fired in
a vertical position.
‫( ﻧﻘﺼﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﻮط در ﺳﻄﻮح‬1
2) A defect characterized by irreversible
downward bending in an article
insufficiently supported during the firing
‫( ﻧﻘﺼﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺧﻤﺶ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ‬2
‫ﻟﻌﺎبﻫﺎي ﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺣﺮارت داده‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ در ﺟﺴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻃﻲ دوره ﺣﺮارتدﻫﻲ‬
17
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
cycle.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
(‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪن )ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺮم‬
Skive
To cut off in thin layers or pieces.
.‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪن ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ورﻗﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻧﺎزك‬
‫ﺗﻴﻐﻪ‬
Squeegee
‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ از ﭼﺮم ﻳﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ روي دﺳﺘﻪاي ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺮاي ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮدن و ﻓﺸﺎر دادن روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺮدن ﻣﺎده ﺳﻴﺎل از روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬
A blade of leather or rubber set on a handle and
used for spreading, pushing or wiping liquid
material on, across, or off a surface.
‫ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻛﺎري‬
Squeegeeing
To smooth, wipe or treat with a squeegee.
(Squeegee) ‫ زدودن ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ‬،‫ﻧﺮم ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎﻟﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺳﺨﺖ‬
Stone ware
Vitreous or semi-vitreous ceramics of fine
texture made primarily from non-refractory fire
clay.
‫ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻚﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي داراي ﺑﺎﻓﺖ‬
.‫ﻇﺮﻳﻒ ﻛﻪ اﺻﻮﻻً از ﺧﺎك ﻏﻴﺮﻧﺴﻮز ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺮوﻓﻴﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
Surface profile
Surface profile is a measurement of the
roughness of the surface which results from
abrasive blast cleaning. The height of the
profile produced on the surface is measured
from the bottoms of the lowest valleys to the
tops of the highest peaks.
‫ﭘﺮوﻓﻴﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﺖ از اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي زﺑﺮي ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ ارﺗﻔﺎع‬.‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ از ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎ ذرات ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺮوﻓﻴﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﭘﺮوﻓﻴﻞ روي ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ از ﻛﻒ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﺗﻮرﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﺗﺎ روي ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ‬
Tearing
A defect in the surface of porcelain enamel,
characterized by short breaks or cracks which
have been healed.
‫ﻧﻘﺺ در ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻌﺎب ﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮشﻫﺎ و ﺗﺮكﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﻴﻢ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
Thermoforming
Forming of thermoplastic sheet by heating it
and then pulling it down on to a mold surface
to shape it.
‫ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ورق ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮارت دﻫﻲ آن و‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن آن روي ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ‬
.‫آن‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ‬
Thermoplastic material
A plastic that repeatedly will soften by heating
and harden by cooling within a temperature
range characteristic for the plastic. In the
softened state it can be shaped by flow into
articles, e.g. by molding/extrusion.
‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻜﺮراً در ﻣﺤﺪوده دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮارت دﻫﻲ ﻧﺮم و ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ روي‬.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﮔﻴﺮي ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬.‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ‬
Thermosetting material
A plastic being substantially infusible and
insoluble after curing by heat or other means.
‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ و ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ روﺷﻬﺎ اﺳﺎﺳﺎً ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ذوب و ﻧﺎﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
18
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ج‬
‫ اﺧﺘﺼﺎرات‬2-3
3.2 Abbreviations
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﭘﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺗﺎدﻳﻦ‬
BR
Polybutadiene Rubber
CSM
Chlorosulfonated Polyethylene
(Chlorinated Rubber)
CR
Chloroprene Rubber
ECTFE
Ethylene-ChlorotrifluoroEthylene
EBO
Hard or Ebonite Rubber
EPDM
Ethylene-Propylene
Monomer
EPR
Ethylene-propylene Rubber
EVA
Ethylene Vinyl Acetate
FEP
‫ﻛﻠﺮو ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮﻧﺎت ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ )ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﻨﻪ‬
(‫ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻛﻠﺮوﭘﺮن‬
BR
CSM
CR
‫ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ –ﻛﻠﺮوﺗﺮيﻓﻠﻮرو اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬ECTFE
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ اﺑﻮﻧﻴﺖ‬
EBO
‫ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ – ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ دي ان ﻣﻮﻧﻮﻣﺮ‬EPDM
Diene
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ – ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ‬
EPR
‫اﺳﺘﺎت اﺗﻴﻠﻦ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ‬
EVA
Fluorinated
Ethylene
Propylene Copolymer
‫ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﻓﻠﻮرﻳﻨﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
FEP
FKM
Fluorinated
Rubber
(Polymethylene Type)
(‫ ﻓﻠﻮرﻳﻨﻪ ﺷﺪه )ﻧﻮع ﭘﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻴﻠﻦ‬،‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
FKM
IIR
Butyl Rubber
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﻮﺗﻴﻞ‬
IIR
IR
Synthetic Polyisoprene
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اﻳﺰوﭘﺮن ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ‬
IR
NBR
Nitril Rubber
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻧﻴﺘﺮﻳﻞ‬
NBR
NR
Natural Rubber (Polyisoprene)
(‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ )ﭘﻠﻲ اﻳﺰوﭘﺮن‬
NR
PA
Polyamide
‫ﭘﻠﻲ آﻣﻴﺪ‬
PA
PE
Polyethylene
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬
PE
PF
Phenol-Formaldehyde
‫ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻟﺪﺋﻴﺪ‬- ‫ﻓﻨﻞ‬
PF
PFA
Perfluoroalkoxy
‫ﭘﺮﻓﻠﻮرواﻟﻜﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬
PFA
PP
Polypropylene
‫ﭘﻠﻲ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ‬
PP
PTFE
Polytetra Fluoro Ethylene
‫ﭘﻠﻲ ﺗﺘﺮاﻓﻠﻮرواﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬
PTFE
PU
Polyurethane
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن‬
PU
PVC
Polyvinyl Chloride
‫ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ‬
PVC
PVDF
Polyvinylidene Fluoride
‫ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻠﻴﺪن ﻓﻠﻮرﻳﺪ‬
PVDF
SBR
Styrene butadiene Rubber
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ اﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺗﺎدﻳﻦ‬
SBR
XNBR
Carboxylated Nitril Rubber
‫ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻧﻴﺘﺮﻳﻞ ﻛﺮﺑﻮﻛﺴﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه‬XNBR
19
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-4
4. UNITS
This Standard is based on International System
of Units (SI), as per IPS-E-GN-100 except
where otherwise specified.
،(SI) ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
5. PROCEDURE, QUALITY CONTROL
AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ – ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ و اﺳﻨﺎد ﻗﺮارداد‬-5
‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬1-5
5.1 Quality Control
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از‬1-1-5
5.1.1 The Contractor shall set up and maintain
such quality assurance and inspection systems
as are necessary to ensure that the goods or
services supplied comply in all respects with
the requirements of this construction standard.
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ را ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ و‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺪﻣﺎت‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﻫﺮ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ دارد‬
5.1.2 The Company will assess such systems
against the recommendations of the applicable
parts of ISO 9004 and shall have the right to
undertake such surveys as are necessary to
ensure that the quality assurance and inspection
systems are satisfactory.
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﺋﻲ را در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات‬2-1-5
5.1.3 The Company shall have the right to
undertake inspection or testing of the goods or
services during any stage of work at which the
quality of the finished goods may be affected
and to undertake inspection or testing or raw
material or Purchased components.
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺣﻖ دارد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ‬3-1-5
‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد و‬ISO 9004 ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮاي ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻴﻬﺎﻳﻲ را ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻮدن‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺧﺪﻣﺎت را در ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ از ﻛﺎر ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺛﺮ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺧﺮﻳﺪاري ﺷﺪه را اﻧﺠﺎم‬
.‫دﻫﺪ‬
5.1.4 The contractor’s equipment for surface
preparation and lining shall be of such design
and manufacture and in such condition as to
comply with the procedure and obtain results
prescribed in this Standard.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺮاي آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ و‬4-1-5
5.1.5 All materials furnished by the contractor
shall be of the specified quality. All work shall
be done in a thorough, workmanlike manner.
The entire operation shall be performed by, and
under the supervision of, experienced persons
skilled in the application of specified lining.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي‬5-1-5
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و در‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻛﺎرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ و‬.‫ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺎﻫﺮاﻧﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ اﺷﺨﺎص ﻣﺠﺮب ﻛﻪ در اﺟﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻬﺎرت دارﻧﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺳﻨﺎد ﻗﺮار داد‬2-5
5.2 Contract Document
5.2.1 The contractor shall submit to the
Company the design documentation before
fabrication and installation commence.
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ را ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬1-2-5
5.2.2 The Company may required the
contractor to furnish an affidavit that all
materials and work furnished under the
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﻟﺰام ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬2-2-5
.‫و ﺷﺮوع ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﻧﺎﻣﻪاي را ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد و ﻛﺎر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ را‬
20
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
Company order will comply, or have complied,
with the applicable requirements of this
Standard.
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮاي‬
.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﻧﺠﺎم ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داد‬
5.2.3 The contractor’s equipment for lining
shall be of such design and manufacture and in
such condition as to permit applicators to
follow the procedure and obtain results
prescribed in this Standard.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬3-2-5
‫ﻃﻮري ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ و در ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ روش اﻧﺠﺎم ﻛﺎر را دﻧﺒﺎل و ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد را ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آورد‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬4-2-5
5.2.4 All materials furnished by the contractor
shall be of the specified quality. The entire
operation shall be performed by, and under the
supervision of experienced persons skilled in
the application of lining.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ و ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ اﺷﺨﺎص ﻣﺠﺮب ﻛﻪ در اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻬﺎرت دارﻧﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-6
6. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
6.1 Selection of Process and Material
‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ و ﻣﻮاد‬1-6
6.1.1 The final selection of the type and
thickness of the lining, and the method of
application, shall be made in conjunction with
the materials specialist and the lining
contractor.
‫ و‬،‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻮع و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-1-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﻮرت ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻣﻮاد و ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬،‫روش اﻋﻤﺎل‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺮگ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬2-1-6
6.1.2 The following details shall be included on
the requisition sheet of the equipment
concerned:
:‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﮔﻨﺠﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ؛‬
- Materials to be handled;
-
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮل‬،‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬،‫ دﻣﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬-
-Temperature minimum,maximum, normal
- Degree of vacuum or pressure;
- Cycle of operations;
‫درﺟﻪ ﺧﻼء ﻳﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ؛‬
-
‫ﭼﺮﺧﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت؛‬
-
(‫اﻧﻮاع ﺳﺎﻳﺶ )ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪه و ﺳﻴﺎل‬-
- Abrasion and errosion aspects;
- Immersion conditions;
- Storage.
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻏﻮﻃﻪوري؛‬
-
‫اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ؛‬
-
‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬2-6
6.2 Applicator Qualification
Lining installation shall be done only by
applicator qualified by commercial experience
in installing the type lining proposed. To
satisfy this experience requirement, the
applicator shall submit a list of application and
installation, and where such data is available,
the service condition and reported record of
performance.
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه واﺟﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺻﻨﻌﺘﻲ در ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺘﻲ از اﻋﻤﺎل و ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺖ و ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻮاﺑﻖ در دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ را ﺗﻘﺪﻳﻢ دارد‬
21
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﺎزرس‬3-6
6.3 Inspector Qualification
6.3.1 All inspections, whether for the Company
or the applicator, shall be performed only by a
qualified inspector. The extent and time of any
inspection by the Company, or his duly
appointed representative, shall be a part of the
job specifications.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﺧﻮاه ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻳﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل‬1-3-6
6.3.2 A qualified inspector shall have the
following prerequisites as a minimum:
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎزرس واﺟﺪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬2-3-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎزرس واﺟﺪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ اﻧﺠﺎم‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه‬،‫ وﺳﻌﺖ و زﻣﺎن ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ از ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫اﻧﺘﺼﺎﺑﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه او‬
:‫ﺷﺮوط زﻳﺮ را دارا ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
job
.‫داﻧﺶ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ از ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻛﺎر و ﺿﺮورﻳﺎت آﻧﻬﺎ‬
-
- A practical knowledge of all phases of
lining application work including:
‫داﻧﺶ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ از ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﻛﺎر اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
:‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
-
-
Complete knowledge of the
specifications and their requisites.
a)
‫اﻟﻒ( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺶ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ‬
Pre-application
surface
finish
requirements such as grinding of
welds, sharp edges, etc.;
‫ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﺰ و‬،‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﻨﮓزﻧﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮه‬
‫ب ( آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ؛‬
b) Surface preparation;
‫ج ( ﻓﻨﻮن و ﻣﻬﺎرﺗﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ؛‬
c) Lining application techniques and
workmanship;
‫د ( ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ؛‬
d) Lining materials;
e) Continuity, thickness, cure tests and
tolerances of standards, and;
‫ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻞآوري و‬،‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬،‫ﻫ( ﻣﺪاوﻣﺖ‬
f) Equipment and tools used in all phases
of lining application work.
‫و ( ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و اﺑﺰارﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ‬
- Adequate experience and training in the
inspection of lining applications; the
instruments used for inspection and
evaluation of lining applications.
‫ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ و آﻣﻮزش ﻛﺎﻓﻲ در ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ و؛‬،‫رواداري ﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎر اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
-
‫ در ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻳﻨﻄﻮر ﻗﻴﺪ ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮش‬3-3-6
6.3.3 The specification should so stipulate if
final acceptance of the work is to be made by a
duly appointed representative of the user. If so,
it is wise for that representative to be a
qualified inspector (see 6.3.1).
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه اﻧﺘﺼﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻘﺮر ﺷﺪه ﻣﺼﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﻋﺎﻗﻼﻧﻪ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎزرس‬،‫ ﻟﺬا‬.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1-3-6 ‫واﺟﺪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ‬4-6
6.4 Qualification Testing
6.4.1 The full program of qualification testing
is required before a manufacturer will be
allowed to deliver for the first time. The
Company may require the qualification testing
‫ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ از اوﻟﻴﻦ‬1-4-6
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎز‬.‫اﺟﺎزه ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
22
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
of a certain make to be repeated completely or
in part, for example because of time elapsed or
new developments.
‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﻣﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﺷﺪن زﻣﺎن ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺘﻬﺎي ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
6.4.2 Changes in the design and/or method of
manufacture of parts will in any case require
new or additional qualification tests.
‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ روش ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت در‬2-4-6
6.4.3 The qualification testing shall be carried
out on products with representative diameters.
The type of product, the number, etc. shall be
mutually agreed with the company.
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ روي ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﺑﺎ‬3-4-6
6.4.4 Qualification testing shall be carried out
by the manufacturer and witnessed and
certified by an independent authority
recognized by the Company. Alternatively,
testing and certification may be carried out by
an independent testing organization. This shall
be confirmed by submitting a certificate stating
the test results.
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬4-4-6
‫ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ اﺣﺘﻴﺎج ﺑﻪ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ‬
.‫اﺿﺎﻓﻲ دارد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد و‬،‫ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺤﺼﻮل‬.‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖﻫﺎي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻏﻴﺮو ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻘﺎﺑﻼً ﻣﻮرد ﻗﺒﻮل ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد و دادن ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ و ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎم ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‬
.‫ﻛﻪ از ﻃﺮف ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ رﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي آن اﻧﺠﺎم آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و ﺻﺪور ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎزﻣﺎن آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اراﺋﻪ ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻗﺒﻞ از‬5-4-6
6.4.5 Qualification testing program to which a
manufacturer is subjected before his delivery to
ensure that he can fulfill the requirements as
follows:
‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ آن روﺑﺮو اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ او‬
:‫ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ‬
a) Surface preparation inspection according
to IPS-C-TP-101.
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫آﻣﺎدهﺳﺎزي‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
(‫اﻟﻒ‬
.‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-C-TP-101
6.5 Responsibility for Inspection and Testing
‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬5-6
The manufacturer of the equipment and the
applicator and/or contractor of the lining are
responsible for performance of all inspections
and tests specified shall provide a certificate of
inspection and testing. The contractor should
provide the opportunity for the purchaser to
inspect all materials and application
procedures, both during progress and after
completion of the installation work and he
should give full cooperation. In cases where the
installation contractor has been responsible for
determining the design required to meet a
particular performance, performance tests may
be arranged after the installation work for been
completed or has become fully operative (See
BS 6466). The stage of inspection shall be
according to, but not limited to, the followings:
‫ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬/‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم ﺗﻤﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻴﻬﺎ و آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮارد و‬.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل را ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻫﻢ در زﻣﺎن‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻛﺎر و ﻫﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺗﻤﺎم ﻛﺎر ﻧﺼﺐ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺳﺎزد و‬
‫ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻜﺎري ﻛﺎﻣﻞ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺎز ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد وﻳﮋهاي را‬
‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻲ داد ﻛﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﺎر ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﺎ در زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬BS 6466 ‫ )ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ‬،‫ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
:‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ؛‬
a) The equipment as fabricated;
23
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ب ( ﭘﺎﻛﻴﺰﮔﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ؛‬
b) Surface cleanliness;
‫ج ( ﻓﻨﻮن اﻋﻤﺎل ؛‬
c) Application techniques;
‫د ( ﺑﺎزدﻳﺪ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ از ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ؛‬
d) Visual appearance of lining;
e) Adhesion of lining;
‫ﻫ( ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ؛‬
f) Continuity of lining;
‫و( ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ؛‬
g) Thickness of lining;
‫ز ( ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ؛‬
.‫ح ( ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
h) Cure evaluation of lining.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
No test instrument which is destructive or
detrimental to the integrity of an applied lining
shall be used for any test.
‫ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ اﺑﺰار آزﻣﻮﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﻣﺨﺮب و زﻳﺎن آور ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻴﭻ‬
.‫آزﻣﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
7. SHEET APPLIED THERMOPLASTIC
RESIN LINING
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬-7
‫ﺻﻮرت ورﻗﻪاي‬
7.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7
7.1.1 This Clause 7 specifies requirements for
the lining of equipment using sheet
thermoplastics.
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ‬،7 ‫ اﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1-1-7
‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن ورقﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ )ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ( را‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-1-7
7.1.2 The thermoplastics can be used for sheet
lining includes:
:‫داﺧﻠﻲ ورﻗﻪاي ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر روﻧﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
- Polyethylene ................................................................. (PE),
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬
- Poly Propylene .............................................................. (PP),
‫ﭘﻠﻲ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ‬
- Poly Vinyl Chloride ...................................................... PVC),
‫ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ‬
- Poly Vinylidene Fluoride ............................................... (PVDF),
‫ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻠﻴﺪن ﻓﻠﻮرﻳﺪ‬
- Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene Copolymer ................... (FEP),
‫ﻓﻠﻮرﻳﻨﺘﻪ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ‬
24
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
- Per-Fluoro Alkoxy ......................................................... (PFA),
‫ﭘﺮﻓﻠﻮرواﻟﻜﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬
- Poly-Tetra-Fluoro Ethylene .......................................... (PTFE) and,
‫ﭘﻠﻲ ﺗﺘﺮاﻓﻠﻮرو اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬
- Ethylene-Chloro Tri-Fluoro Ethylene …………….......... (E-CTFE).
‫اﺗﻴﻠﻦ – ﻛﻠﺮو ﺗﺮي ﻓﻠﻮرو اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬
7.1.3 Sheet thermoplastics applies to
equipment fabricated in metal or concrete and
in both bonded and loose lining.
‫ ورقﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ روي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ از‬3-1-7
7.1.4 Requirements for lining design including
fabrication of the equipment, selection of
lining, the state of preparation necessary for the
surface to be lined and thickness of lining shall
be according to IPS-E-TP-350 "Lining".
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬4-1-7
‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﺘﺼﻞ و آزاد ﻫﺮ دو‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ آﻣﺎدهﺳﺎزي‬،‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
IPS-E-TP-350 ‫و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
.‫"ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ" ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
7.1.5 The thermoplastic sheets are installed in
vessels in one of two ways: they are either
combined with a backing material, (usually
fiberglass, cloth or carbon fiber) and bonded to
the wall with an epoxy-or rubber-based
adhesive; or left loose, attached only at flanges,
as a gasket would be.
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ در ﻇﺮوف ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از دو‬5-1-7
In both cases, the sheets are welded together at
their edges, with a rod of like material
employed to seal the joints.
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎ در ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﻮش‬،‫در ﻫﺮ دو ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﻣﻴﻠﻪ اي از ﻣﺎده ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ آﺑﺒﻨﺪي‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
7.1.6 The Company inspector may stop lining
operations when conditions such as weather,
improper surface preparation, improper
application procedure, or poor material
performance indicate that an inferior lining will
result. In case of bonding liner the lining
operation shall be suspended by either the
contractor or the Company inspector when
local relative humidity exceeds 90%, if the
atmospheric temperature is less than 7°C, or if
the temperature in the vicinity of the lining
operations is less than 4°C. If the atmospheric
temperature in the vicinity of the lining
operation goes below 4°C, supplementary
artificial heat may be used to keep
temperatures above 4°C.
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬6-1-7
ً‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎده ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬:‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﻴﺎف ﭘﺎرﭼﻪاي ﻳﺎ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ( ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ و‬،‫اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﭼﺴﺐ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار ﻣﻴﭽﺴﺒﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻻﻳﻲ‬،‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺼﻮرت آزاد‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬،‫را ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ آب و ﻫﻮا‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﻣﺎده ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﺎزد‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﺮﻏﻮب ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ آﺳﺘﺮي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
7 ‫ اﮔﺮ دﻣﺎي ﺟﻮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫ درﺻﺪ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮔﺮدد‬90
‫ ﻳﺎ اﮔﺮ دﻣﺎ در ﻣﺠﺎورت ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬،‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ دﻣﺎي ﺟﻮ‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬4 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺮود‬4 ‫در ﻣﺠﺎورت ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ زﻳﺮ‬
‫ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ دﻣﺎ‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬4 ‫ﺑﺎﻻي‬
25
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-7
7.2 Preparation
7.2.1 Preparation of material for use
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬1-2-7
Sheet thermoplastic are as a general rule
manufactured by extrusion.
‫ورقﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻋﺪه ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ روش‬
.‫روزنراﻧﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
The width, length and thickness of sheeting
shall be as specified by the Company with
reference to IPS-E-TP-350 as part of the
contract if manufacturer applies the lining.
،‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻃﻮل و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ورق ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻨﺎد ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻋﺮض‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان‬IPS-E-TP-350 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻗﺮار داد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
7.2.2 Preparation of surface to be lined
‫ آﻣﺎدهﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-2-7
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
7.2.2.1 Metal
‫ ﻓﻠﺰ‬1-2-2-7
7.2.2.1.1 All grease oil, temporary protectives
and chalk shall be removed from the surface to
be lined.
‫ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ و ﻧﺸﺎن‬،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم روﻏﻦﻫﺎ‬1-1-2-2-7
7.2.2.1.2 All welds shall be ground smooth to
prevent mechanical damage to the liner.
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻨﮓ زﻧﻲ‬2-1-2-2-7
7.2.2.1.3 Equipment to which liners are to be
fitted shall be free from loose rust and dirt.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ روي آن‬3-1-2-2-7
The flange edge covered by the loose liner
shall be rounded off.
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﭼﺴﺒﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﺮد ﺷﻮد‬
7.2.2.1.4 All surfaces to which a lining is to be
bonded shall be maintained at least 3°C above
the dew point throughout the preparation and
lining processes. If there is a risk that this
condition will not be maintained owing to
ambient conditions or a change in ambient
conditions, dehumidifying and/or heating
equipment shall be used.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬4-1-2-2-7
7.2.2.1.5 All surfaces to which liners are to be
bonded shall be blast cleaned.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي‬5-1-2-2-7
In the case of carbon steel and cast iron the
standard shall be Sa 2½ as defined in ISO
8501. The average surface profile of blast
cleaned surfaces measured peak to valley shall
be 150 µm for sheet applied thermoplastics.
‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬Sa 2½ ‫در ﻣﻮرد ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ و ﭼﺪن اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ زﺑﺮي ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻄﺢ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬ISO 8501 ‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮوش ﺑﻼﺳﺖ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از ﻗﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ دره‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ورﻗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬150
‫ﮔﺬاري از روي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫زدوده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫از وارد ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ آﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از زﻧﮓ ﺳﺴﺖ )رﻫﺎ( و ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد ﻃﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت آﻣﺎدهﺳﺎزي و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻻي‬3 ‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺧﻄﺮي وﺟﻮد دارد ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫ زدودن رﻃﻮﺑﺖ و ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن‬،‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﭽﺴﺒﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮوش ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
26
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
7.2.2.1.6 When thermosetting resin-based
adhesives are to be used to bond linings to the
equipment a minimum temperature of 10°C
shall be maintained from the start of the lining
process until the adhesive is fully cured.
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺴﺒﻬﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻨﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ ﻗﺮار‬6-1-2-2-7
7.2.2.1.7 All dust, residues and debris left on
the surface after blast cleaning shall be
removed by brushing or vacuum cleaning.
‫ ﺗﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪهﻫﺎ و آﺷﻐﺎل‬،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎك‬7-1-2-2-7
‫اﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﺮوع ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬10 ‫ﺷﻮد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺎ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﺪن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭼﺴﺐ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
.‫ﺑﺮس زﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﺎ ﺧﻼء زدوده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺘﻦ‬2-2-2-7
7.2.2.2 Concrete
7.2.2.2.1 Any external corners not formed with
a chamfer shall be rubbed down to a radius not
less than 5 mm.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ داده‬1-2-2-2-7
7.2.2.2.2 Equipment to which loose liners are
to be fitted does not require further surface
preparation provided that all surfaces are clean
and smooth.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ در آﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-2-2-2-7
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬5 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫ﻧﺸﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ آزاد ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺮوط ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﻫﻤﻮار ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ‬3-2-2-2-7
7.2.2.2.3 All surfaces to which a lining is to be
bonded shall be treated to remove laitance and
shutter release agents. The specified method
for this operation is blast cleaning. The blast
cleaning process shall be controlled so that all
laitance is removed without exposing the
profile of the aggregate. After blast cleaning all
dust and debris shall be removed.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد ﺟﻬﺖ زدوده ﺣﺒﺎب ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ روش‬.‫ﺑﺘﻦ و ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﻬﺴﺎزي ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﺮوش ﺑﻼﺳﺖ‬،‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ اي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺪون آﺳﻴﺐ زﺑﺮي ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ رﻳﺰداﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﺮوش ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﮔﺮد و‬.‫زدوده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺧﺎك و آﺷﻐﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ دﻧﺒﺎل زدودن ﺣﺒﺎب از ﺳﻄﻮح ﺑﺘﻦ ﻛﻪ‬4-2-2-2-7
7.2.2.2.4 Following the removal of laitance
from concrete surfaces to which linings are to
be bonded any small holes exposed shall be
filled.
‫ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد ﻫﺮ ﺳﻮراخ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
One material recommended for this Purpose is
a smooth paste made from a water miscible
epoxy resin, cement and a fine filler.
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎدهاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺧﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﺮم‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن و‬،‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻞ در آب‬
.‫ﭘﺮﻛﻦ رﻳﺰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
7.2.2.2.5 All surfaces to which a lining is to be
bonded shall be maintained at least 3°C above
the dew point during the lining processes. If
there is a risk that this condition will not be
maintained owing to ambient conditions or a
change in ambient conditions, dehumidifying
and/or heating equipment shall be used.
‫ دﻣﺎي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬5-2-2-2-7
‫داﺧﻠﻲ روي آن ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در زﻣﺎن ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ‬3 ‫روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺧﻄﺮ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﮔﻴﺮ و ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﻧﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
27
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ از ﭼﺴﺒﻬﺎي ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬6-2-2-2-7
7.2.2.2.6 When thermosetting resin-based
adhesives are to be used to bond linings to the
equipment a minimum temperature of 10°C
shall be maintained from the start of the lining
process until the adhesive is fully cured.
‫رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬10 ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺷﺮوع ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺎري ﺗﺎ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﺪن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
.‫ﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-7
7.3 Application of Lining
7.3.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-7
7.3.1.1 Following the blast cleaning of metal
surfaces to which a liner is to be bonded the
clean surface shall be primed as soon as
possible and in any case, not more than 4 hours
later and before any visible rusting occurs.
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻠﺰي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬1-1-3-7
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬4 ‫ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮﻳﻦ زﻣﺎن ﻣﻤﻜﻦ و در ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ و ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﺠﺎد زﻧﮓ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ روﻳﺖ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬2-1-3-7
7.3.1.2 In the case of concrete equipment to
which linings are to be bonded, lining shall not
proceed until the free water content is down to
a level compatible with the adhesive system
used. Contractor shall provide prove
documents.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﻣﺤﺘﻮي آب آزاد ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪارك اﺛﺒﺎت را‬.‫ﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﻛﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﻮاه ﻗﺮار ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه‬3-1-3-7
7.3.1.3 Whether the lining is to be bonded or
not sheets shall be cut and where necessary hot
formed so that there is a tight fit between the
liner and substrate. Wherever possible corners
in the plastic sheets shall be hot formed so that
welding in corners is avoided.
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮارت ﺷﻜﻞ داده و ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ و‬
‫ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎي ورﻗﻬﺎي ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬.‫ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻛﻴﭗ ﺷﻮد‬
-‫ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﺷﺪﻧﻲ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮارت ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
.‫اي ﻛﻪ از ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري در ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
In the case of pipework special expansion
techniques may be employed in the fitting of
the liner.
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﺧﺎص‬،‫در ﻣﻮرد ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
7.3.1.4 When linings are being bonded to the
substrate the material shall be fitted in such a
way that air is not trapped behind the sheet.
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ‬4-1-3-7
When adhesives are used for bonding, the
batch shall be used within its pot life, or
discarded.
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﭼﺴﺒﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪن ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲروﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ دور‬،‫در زﻣﺎن ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺧﺘﻼط ﻣﺼﺮف ﺷﻮد‬
.‫رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
7.3.1.5 The welding process used for joining
the lining shall be appropriate to the material
and circumstances.
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬5-1-3-7
The fabricator of the lining shall provide
evidence that the operators engaged on lining
‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﻮاﻫﺪي اراﺋﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮاﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮﻫﺎي درﮔﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮوف‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻗﺮار‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻮا در زﻳﺮ ورق ﺣﺒﺲ ﻧﺸﻮد‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد و ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
28
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
the vessels are capable of making good welds.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﺧﻮب دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎﻳﻲ را ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزد‬
‫ درﺻﺪ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻣﺎده اﺻﻠﻲ را ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬85 ‫دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
320 ‫ اﻟﻒ ﺗﺎ‬320 ‫ روﺷﻬﺎي‬BS-2782 ‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﻴﺮي و ﺟﻔﺖ‬.‫راداﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
When required the applicator of the lining shall
provide type welds for testing. These welds
shall have at least 85% of the strength of the
parent material when tested in accordance with
BS 2782: Methods 320A to 320F. Welds made
in a lining forming a mating surface shall be
ground flat.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل‬2-3-7
7.3.2 Bonding
7.3.2.1 Sheet thermoplastics are installed in
equipment in one of two ways: bonded and
loose, as will be specified by the designer with
reference to IPS-E-TP-350. In both cases, the
edges with a rod of like material employed to
seal the joints.
‫ ورق ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از دو روش زﻳﺮ‬1-2-3-7
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل و ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺑﻄﻮرﻳﻜﻪ‬.‫روي دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در‬.‫ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬IPS-E-TP-350 ‫ﻃﺮاح ﻋﻄﻒ ﺑﻪ‬
-‫ﻫﺮ دو ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻪاي ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ آب‬
.‫ﺑﻨﺪي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ روﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ورق ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه‬2-2-3-7
7.3.2.2 Bonded sheet applied process
The sheets are combined with a backing
material (usually fiber glass, cloth or carbon
fiber) and bonded to the wall with an epoxy-or
rubber-based
adhesive.
Rubber-based
compounds shall not be used when organic
solvent are present, or when process
temperature exceed 100°C. In these cases,
epoxy-based adhesive shall be used for
bonding.
‫ورﻗﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً اﻟﻴﺎف‬
‫ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻳﺎ اﻟﻴﺎف ﻛﺘﺎﻧﻲ( و ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭼﺴﺐ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬،‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت‬.‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻼل آﻟﻲ ﺣﻀﻮر دارد‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬100 ‫ﻣﻮاﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﭼﺴﺐ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
.‫اﺗﺼﺎل دادن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
Unless specified otherwise bonded liners shall
be specified when the equipment has a
complex shape (dished heads or conical
section, for example), or has internal
components and when there are wide swings in
the equipment’s operating temperature (37 to
50°C in magnitude).
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪه وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه داراي ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه‬
‫)ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﻋﺪﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل( ﻳﺎ‬
‫اﺟﺰاي داﺧﻠﻲ دارد و وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺳﺎن وﺳﻴﻌﻲ در دﻣﺎي‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬50 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬37 ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت دﺳﺘﮕﺎه وﺟﻮد دارد )داﻣﻨﻪ‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ورق آزاد‬3-2-3-7
7.3.2.3 Loose sheet applied process
In this process the sheet left loose, attached
only at flanges, as a gasket would be.
،‫ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ‬،‫در اﻳﻦ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ورق آزاد ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
Where the shape of the equipment is relatively
simple, process temperature are not cyclic and
pressures are low, nonbonded liners offer users
the same chemical resistance as bonded liners
at a lower cost.
‫ دﻣﺎي‬،‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺳﺎده ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي‬،‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﺎوﺑﻲ ﻧﺒﻮده و ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫آزاد ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ دارﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
The saving are realized by eliminating the costs
of the backing material, adhesive and labor
‫ ﭼﺴﺐ و ﻧﻴﺮوي‬،‫ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
29
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
required to bond the liner. The designer will
specify the case.
‫اﻧﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺻﺮﻓﻪﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
.‫ ﻃﺮاح اﻳﻦ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ را ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬.‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
Under vacuum conditions, loose liners will
quickly collapse. Metal rings, lined with the
same polymer as the vessel walls, shall be used
to hold them in place.
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻼء ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ آزاد ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺎً ﻣﺘﻼﺷﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ‬،‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه‬.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎ دﻳﻮاره ﻫﺎي ﻇﺮف و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري آﻧﻬﺎ در‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ‬
7.3.2.4 Unless specified otherwise by the
designer, when deciding whether to install a
bonded or disbonded liner in a pressurized
vessel, use 3.5 bar.g as the dividing line. If the
vessel’s working pressure is below 3.5 bar.g a
loose liner can safely be used, provided the
vessel’s interior has a relatively simple shape,
and processing temperature do not swing
widely. Above 3.5 bar.g a bonded liner shall be
used.
‫ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﻴﺮي در ﺧﺼﻮص ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬4-2-3-7
‫ ﺑﺎر ﺑﻌﻨﻮان‬3/5 ،‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻳﺎ آزاد در ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻃﺮاح‬،‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮزي ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
3/5 ‫ اﮔﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎري ﻇﺮف ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ از‬.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آزاد ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر اﻳﻤﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ ﺑﺸﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺪرون ﻇﺮف ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﺎدهاي داﺷﺘﻪ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻻي‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و دﻣﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻮﺳﺎن وﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎر ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬3/5
‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬3-3-7
7.3.3 Selection of process
The lining process shall be appropriate to the
grade of material selected for the lining.
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺎده اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(PE) ‫ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬1-3-3-7
7.3.3.1 Polyethylene (PE)
There are two types of sheet available Low
Density Polyethylene (LDPE) and High
Density Polyethylene (HDPE). Polyethylenes
sheets are not normally used as a bonded liner.
These are easy to weld but complicated shapes
are not easily formed.
‫( و ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬LDPE) ‫دو ﻧﻮع ورق ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﺳﺒﻚ‬
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﺑﻄﻮر‬.‫( وﺟﻮد دارد‬HDPE) ‫ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ‬
‫ اﻳﻨﻬﺎ‬.‫ﻋﺎدي ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻧﻤﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاﺣﺘﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ اﻣﺎ ﺷﻜﻞدﻫﻲ اﺷﻜﺎل ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه‬
.‫آﻧﻬﺎ آﺳﺎن ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
(PP) ‫ ﭘﻠﻲ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ‬2-3-3-7
7.3.3.2 Polypropylene (PP)
Polypropylene is used with a glass or synthetic
fibre or rubber backing and therefore can be
bonded to substrates. The backing material can
impose limitation on the thermal forming
process. Glass fibre backed polypropylene is
not readily formed into complex shapes, but
can be welded easily.
‫ﭘﻠﻲ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ ﺑﺎ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﻳﺎ از ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود و از اﻳﻨﺮو ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ روي‬.‫ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ‬.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞدﻫﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺖ دار اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ اﺷﻜﺎل ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه ﺷﻜﻞ‬
.‫ اﻣﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﻮد‬،‫داده ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮد‬
(PVC) ‫ ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ‬3-3-3-7
7.3.3.3 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
‫ ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻏﻴﺮ‬،‫دو ﻧﻮع ورق در دﺳﺘﺮس ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
UPVC .(PVC) ‫( و ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬UPVC) ‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺮم‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ درﺟﻪ ﺣﺮارت ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪه و اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻣﺶ را از دﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪه‬.‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬85 ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ آﻧﺮا ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺴﺎدﮔﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ داد‬UPVC ،‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
There are two types of sheet available,
Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (UPVC) and
Plasticized PVC. UPVC softens and loses
strength as the temperature increases. When
fully bonded to a substrate it may be used as a
lining material up to 85°C, UPVC can be
shaped easily and can be welded. Plasticized
30
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬PVC .‫و ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻧﻤﻮد‬
.‫زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻣﻲﭼﺴﺒﺪ و ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﻮد‬
PVC is usually bonded to the substrate and can
be shaped and welded.
(PVDF) ‫ ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ دي ﻓﻠﻮرﻳﺪ‬4-3-3-7
7.3.3.4 Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF)
PVDF is used with a glass or synthetic fibre or
rubber backing and therefore can be bonded to
substrates. The backing material can impose
limitations on the thermal forming process. It is
readily welded.
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬PVDF
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود و از اﻳﻨﺮو ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ روي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺴﺎدﮔﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬.‫دﻫﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
7.3.3.5 Fluorinated
copolymer (FEP)
‫ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ ﻓﻠﻮرﻳﻨﻪ ﺷﺪه‬5-3-3-7
Ethylene
Propylene
(FEP)
FEP is used with a glass fibre backing to
provide a bondable surface. When FEP is
bonded to a substrate, the maximum service
temperature will be determined by the adhesive
used.
‫ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪن‬FEP
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬FEP ‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﺳﺎزد‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎ ﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬،‫ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
FEP can be thermo-formed, but in the case of
glass backed material, the complexity of the
formed shape may be limited.
‫ اﻣﺎ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ‬، ‫ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮارت ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬FEP
‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﮔﻲ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬،‫داراي ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﻮد‬FEP
FEP can be welded.
(PFA) ‫ ﭘﺮﻓﻠﻮرواﻟﻜﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬6-3-3-7
7.3.3.6 Per Fluoroalkoxy (PFA)
PFA can be thermoformed and welded. It can
be used as a loose or bonded liner.
‫ آﻧﺮا‬.‫ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮارت ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و ﺟﻮش ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬PFA
.‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آزاد و ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه ﺑﻜﺎرﺑﺮد‬
7.3.3.7 Ethylene-Chloro Trifluoroethylene
(E-CTFE)
(E-CTFE) ‫ ﻛﻠﺮوﺗﺮي ﻓﻠﻮرواﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬-‫ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬7-3-3-7
‫ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود و از‬E-CTFE
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﺸﺖ‬،‫اﻳﻨﺮو ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ روي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﻮد‬E-CTFE .‫اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻨﺪ‬
E-CTFE is used with a glass-fibre backing and
therefore can be bonded to a substrate; the
backing material may impose limitation on the
thermo-forming process. E-CTFE can be
welded.
(PTFE) ‫ ﭘﻠﻲ ﺗﺘﺮاﻓﻠﻮرواﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬8-3-3-7
7.3.3.8 Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE)
PTFE sheet can not be thermo-formed but
when heated it can be swaged over flanges.
‫ را ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮارت ﺷﻜﻞ داد اﻣﺎ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﮔﺮم‬PTFE
.‫ﺷﺪن ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ روي ﻓﻠﻨﺞ را ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﻮد‬4 ‫ ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬PTFE
PTFE sheet up to 4 mm thick may be welded.
‫ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺧﺮاﺷﻴﺪن ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آزاد ﺑﻜﺎر‬،‫زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﺴﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي در دﺳﺘﺮس‬.‫ﻣﻲرود‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ اﺳﺖ و ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ روش ﻓﻨﻲ و‬.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺧﺎص دارد‬
It is usually used as a loose liner, although it is
possible to etch the surface to make bonding to
the substrate possible. It is also available with a
glass fibre backing. The process is very
difficult and requires special techniques and
equipment.
31
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
‫ از ﻳﻚ ﺑﻠﻮك ﺑﺰرگ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ روزن‬PTFE ‫ورﻗﻬﺎي‬
‫راﻧﻲ ﻛﻮﺑﻪاي ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ از ﻗﺎﻟﺐﮔﻴﺮي ﻓﺸﺎري و زﻳﻨﺘﺮﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﻴﺶ از‬.‫ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲآﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
-‫ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲ‬PTFE ‫اﻳﻨﭻ( ورﻗﻬﺎي‬0/25) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬6
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
PTFE sheets are sliced from a large block that
has been produced either by ram extrusion or a
combination of compression molding and
sintering. For thicknesses that exceed 6 mm
(0.25 in), PTFE sheets are molded.
‫ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن‬4-7
7.4 Drying
After application of sheet lining if necessary,
lined surface shall be dry in accordance with
the manufacturer’s recommendation (see also
Appendix C).
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ورق ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﮔﺮ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﺸﻚ‬
.(‫ﺷﻮد )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬5-7
7.5 Transportation and Storage
7.5.1 Lined equipment shall be stored under
cover or in a protected compound. When
necessary, linings shall be shielded from direct
sunlight.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ در اﻧﺒﺎر‬1-5-7
7.5.2 All branches, manholes and other
openings shall be protected from mechanical
damage by using wooden blanks or other
suitable material.
‫ درﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎي آدم رو و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم اﻧﺸﻌﺎﺑﺎت‬2-5-7
In the case of some linings which are flared
over flanges wooden blanks shall be fitted as
soon as flaring is complete. These blanks shall
be left in place until just before the mating
flange is bolted in position.
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ روي ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺦ دار ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪن ﺧﻤﻜﺎري ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ درﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﺪن‬.‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
If for any reason flange joints in such
equipment are broken the wooden blanks shall
be fitted until such time as the joint is remade.
‫اﮔﺮ ﺑﻬﺮ دﻟﻴﻠﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﺟﺪا‬
‫ﺷﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﻲ‬
.‫دوﺑﺎره ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻟﺰوم ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ‬.‫ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﻮر ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از آﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از درﭘﻮﺷﻬﺎي‬
.‫ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
It is recommended that such joints are broken
only at ambient temperature.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ در دﻣﺎي‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺟﺪا ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
7.5.3 Lifting shall be arranged so that chains
and other lifting aids do not come into contact
with lined surfaces.
‫ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ‬3-5-7
7.5.4 High local loads on lined surfaces shall
be avoided.
‫ از ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ زﻳﺎد روي ﺳﻄﻮح ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه‬4-5-7
7.5.5 Loose fittings shall not be placed inside
lined equipment whilst it is being transported.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت آزاد ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در داﺧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬5-5-7
‫زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻤﻚ دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن در ﺗﻤﺎس‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﻮح ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎل ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﺮار داده‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
32
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ج‬
‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ دادن ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬6-5-7
7.5.6 Responsibility for arranging transport of
lined equipment will vary and whoever is
responsible (Company, fabricator or applicator)
shall instruct the carrier about the precautions
in handling.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت اﺳﺖ و ﻫﺮ ﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﺪي ﺣﻤﻞ و‬،‫)ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
.‫ﻧﻘﻞ را در ﺑﺎره اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ در ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ آﻣﻮزش دﻫﺪ‬
‫ج‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬6-7
7.6 Repair of Lining
7.6.1 When it is necessary to replace part of the
lining, the sheet used for rectification shall be
of the same grade as that used for the original
lining.
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-6-7
7.6.2 In the case of linings bonded to the
substrate the adhesive used for replacing part(s)
of the lining shall be that specified for the
original lining.
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬2-6-7
7.6.3 The process used for replacing part(s) of
the lining shall be as specified in 7.3.
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻮض ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬3-6-7
7.6.4 If more than one fault is found in a weld
and those faults are less than 50 mm apart then
for the purpose of rectification the faults shall
be considered as one large defect.
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﻋﻴﺐ در ﺟﻮش دﻳﺪه ﺷﺪ و اﻳﻦ‬4-6-7
7.6.5 After all rectification work the lining
shall be subject to inspection as appropriate
and in particular to continuity testing.
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺗﻤﺎم ﻛﺎر اﺻﻼح ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد‬5-6-7
‫ ورﻗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﺻﻼح ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺻﻠﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻮض ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ﺟﺴﺒﻴﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺻﻠﻲ‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
3-7 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑـﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از ﻫﻢ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ داﺷﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر‬50 ‫ﻋﻴﻮب ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫اﺻﻼح ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺑﺰرگ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ و ﺑﻮﻳﮋه آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
7.7 Inspection and Test Methods
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬7-7
7.7.1 Visual appearance of lining
‫ ﺑﺎزدﻳﺪ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ از ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-7-7
The surfaces of the plastic liner before and
after application shall be free from defects,
such as blisters, cracks, scratches, dents, nicks,
or sharp tool marks which would be expected
to affect the performance of the liner.
‫ﺳﻄﻮح ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ و ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
،‫ ﺗﻮرﻓﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺧﺮاﺷﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺗﺎوﻟﻬﺎ‬،‫ﻋﺎري از ﻋﻴﻮب‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ اﺑﺰار ﺗﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻣﻲرود در‬،‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺛﺮ ﺑﮕﺬارد‬
Absence of these defects to be detected
visually, with a dye penetrant or with
continuity testing (wet sponge or spark testing).
‫ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد اﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻴﻮب ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ رﻧﮕﻬﺎي ﻧﺎﻓﺬ و ﻳﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ )آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
.‫اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﺗﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ( ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
- The plastic liner shall fit snugly to the
steel housing and no entrapments shall
be present between the plastic liner and
the internal surface of the substrate.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ‬‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺑﭽﺴﺒﺪ و ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻀﺎي ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ و ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ وﺟﻮد‬
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
- The adhesive shall be capable of
‫ ﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎدر ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري اﺗﺼﺎل در دﻣﺎي‬33
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
maintaining a bond at the design
temperature and after cycling between
ambient
and
maximum
surface
temperatures.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺑﻌﺪ از ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﻴﻦ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ و‬
.‫دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ ﺗﺎول‬، ‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه‬‫ آﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻔﺎوت ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺠﺎز در‬،‫ﺗﺮك‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮدود ﺷﺪه و‬،‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
ً‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﺠﺪدا‬
.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
- If the completed lining shown blistering,
cracking, mechanical damage or
unallowable variation in thickness, the
lining shall be rejected and shall be
entirely removed and redone at the
contractor’s expense.
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-7-7
7.7.2 Adhesion of lining
As far as possible adhesion testing of the
applied lining shall be avoided because the test
is destructive and the lining has to be repaired.
All linings shall be inspected visually for
evidence of lack of adhesion to the substrate.
‫ﺗﺎ آﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد زﻳﺮا ﻛﻪ آزﻣﻮن ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم‬.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻮده و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺛﺒﺎت ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
If required test plates shall be used to
demonstrate that the process employed does
provide a lining with the required level of
adhesion. These test plates shall be of the same
material as the substrate and the lining process
shall be the same as that employed for the
lining of the equipment and done under the
same conditions and at the same time.
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﺛﺒﺎت اﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه آﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺰان ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ورﻗﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﺮده‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه و‬
.‫اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ و ﻣﺪت ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و‬‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ در‬3/5 ‫ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬5 ‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮش ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ و‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬20 ‫ﭘﻬﻨﺎي ﻛﻨﺪن در دﻣﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم‬BS EN ISO 252 ‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
- The minimum bond strength between the
lining and the substrate shall be 3.5
N/mm² in direct shear and 5 N/mm2
width in peel at a test temperature of
20°C when tested in accordance with BS
EN ISO 252.
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-7-7
7.7.3 Continuity of lining
The lining shall be tested for pinholes (see
Clause 19). For non-corrosive conditions local
repairs are permitted if the number of pinholes
exceeds that specified. If local repairs are not
possible, the lining shall be removed and
replaced. The appropriate method for the
continuity testing of sheet thermoplastic lining
is the spark test.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي رﻳﺰ )ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ( آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﻮرﻧﺪه‬،(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬19 ‫ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي رﻳﺰ ﻣﺘﺠﺎوز از ﻣﻴﺰان ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ اﮔﺮ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و ﻋﻮض‬،‫ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ روش ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ورق ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬4-7-7
7.7.4 Thickness of lining
The thickness of the finished lining will depend
upon the material selected and the duties for
which it is intended. The maximum thickness
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪه ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻨﺲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬.‫و وﻇﺎﻳﻒ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي آن دارد‬
34
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
as well as a minimum thickness shall be
specified according to IPS-E-TP-350 (Table
11). If necessary the material shall be capable
of being thermo-formed and welded to give
joints which are pinhole free.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
IPS-E-TP-350 ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎدر ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬11 ‫)ﺟﺪول‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ و ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺟﻬﺖ اراﺋﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻋﺎري از‬
.‫ﺳﻮراخ رﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬8-7
7.8 Installation
7.8.1 At all times during installation of lined
equipment, the contractor shall use every
precaution to prevent damage to lining. No
metal tools or heavy objects shall be permitted
to come into contact unnecessarily with the
lining. Any damage to the equipment from any
cause during the installation and before final
acceptance by the Company shall be repaired
by and at the expense of the contractor.
‫ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﻧﺼﺐ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-8-7
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آورد‬
‫ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ اﺑﺰار ﻓﻠﺰي ﻳﺎ اﺷﻴﺎء ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻏﻴﺮﺿﺮوري ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ‬2-8-7
7.8.2 When making up lined pipe a certain
amount of judgment must be used because of
the coating that is applied to the pin end and in
the joint area of the coupling. For stabbing, a
plastic stabbing guide must be used to guide
the pin end directly into the middle of the
coupling, to eliminate any contact of the pin
end with the coupling’s top edge. Because of
the coating in the threads, initial make-up
normally produces higher than normal torque
values, but subsequent make and breaks of the
same connection is more in line with published
torque values. For this reason, initial make-up
of lined pipe should first be made by position,
plus-or-minus one thread from hiding the last
scratch to ensure coating-to-coating overlap of
the pin end with the coupling, while monitoring
the torque. Keep in mind that maximum torque
values may be observed until the coating is
removed from the threads.
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﻴﻠﻪ و ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮات ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻳﻚ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻛﺮدن‬.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ را ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ وﺳﻂ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ‬،‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬.‫ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺳﺎزي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻋﺎدي ﮔﺸﺘﺎور ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي‬،‫رزوه ﻫﺎ‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ و‬،‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺸﺘﺎور ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫وﺻﻠﻬﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي ﻫﻤﺎن اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﺎور ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ‬.‫در ﺧﻂ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در درﺟﻪ اول ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻞ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
‫از ﺧﻂ آﺧﺮي ﻛﻪ‬، ‫ و ﺑﺎ ﻛﻢ و زﻳﺎد ﻛﺮدن ﻳﻚ دﻧﺪاﻧﻪ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ از ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺨﻔﻲ اﺳﺖ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺑﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﺎور‬
‫ ﺑﻴﺎد‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﺪ‬
‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﻢ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﮔﺸﺘﺎور ﺗﺎ زدودن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ از‬
.‫رزوه ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬3-8-7
7.8.3 The installation of plastic-lined piping is
performed in a way which is similar to that for
flanged steel piping with respect to supporting,
thermal expansion, etc. Lined piping is mainly
used in aboveground installations.
،‫ﺑﻪ روش ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت روي زﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ‬4-8-7
7.8.4 Flange connections
The piping should be installed in such a way
that no damage is caused to the flared or
moulded liner facing. The use of smooth metal
guide plates, 1 mm thick, is recommended
when making connections or when installing
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ آﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﮔﺮد ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه روي ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ وارد‬
1 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬،‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ورﻗﻬﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﻫﻤﻮار‬.‫ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‬
35
‫)‪IPS-C-TP-352(1‬‬
‫ﺧﺮداد ‪May 2010 / 1389‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي‬
‫اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ در ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺧﻤﻜﺎري در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮد‪ .‬اﻣﺎ اﮔﺮ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺑﻮد ﺑﺮاي راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ‪ 5-8-7‬ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪individual sections in an existing line. Flange‬‬
‫‪facings should be cleaned prior to installation.‬‬
‫‪field flaring is not recommended, but when‬‬
‫‪unavoidable 7.8.5 gives guidance.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﻮدن اﻣﻜﺎن ﻫﻤﺘﺮازي ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ در زﻣﺎن‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ از ﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎل روﻳﻬﻢ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮص در ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﻓﻠﻨﺞ دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺳﻔﺖ و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪A lap-joint type flange may be used on one end‬‬
‫‪of each straight pipe to enable bolts alignment‬‬
‫‪during installation, specially in combination‬‬
‫‪with glass-lined piping or equipment; the other‬‬
‫‪flange may be rigid to the pipe.‬‬
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎم ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ و‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﻔﺖ و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪In the case of a totally plastic-lined system all‬‬
‫‪flanges can be rigid to the pipes and fittings.‬‬
‫‪ 5-8-7‬ﺧﻤﻜﺎري در ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫‪7.8.5 Flaring in the field‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ زﻣﺎن ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮلﻫﺎي ﺷﺎﺧﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻫﺎي ﮔﺮد ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪Whenever possible, as-supplied prefabricated‬‬
‫‪lined pipe lengths provided with flanges with‬‬
‫‪shop-flared or moulded ends should be used.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاي وﻓﻖ دادن ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮل‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‪ ،‬از ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻧﺪاز ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪To adapt an existing plastic-lined pipe to the‬‬
‫‪designed length, spacers or distance pieces‬‬
‫‪lined with the same polymer can be used.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺻﻠﺐ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪود ‪ 6‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Solid spacers should be used only to a‬‬
‫‪maximum thickness of about 6 mm.‬‬
‫وﻗﺘﻲ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻤﻜﺎري ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ در‬
‫ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﻲ آن ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪When unavoidable, flaring may be carried out‬‬
‫‪only in a workshop with equipment supplied by‬‬
‫‪the pipe manufacturer. The instructions should‬‬
‫‪be provided by the manufacturer and must be‬‬
‫‪closely adhered to.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﺎص داﺷﺖ‪:‬‬
‫‪Special attention has to be given to:‬‬
‫ ﺑﺮش ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي )ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ از ﻧﻮع‬‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي ﺷﺪه(؛‬
‫‪- Cutting of steel tube (for swaged type‬‬
‫;)‪pipes only‬‬
‫‪ -‬دﻣﺎي ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﮔﺮد ﺷﺪه ؛‬
‫;‪- Flare temperature‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻴﺰان ﺳﺮد ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺧﻤﻜﺎري‪.‬‬
‫‪- Cooling rate after flaring.‬‬
‫اﺑﺰار ﺧﻤﻜﺎري ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﺮدي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎي‬
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪The flaring tool should not be removed before‬‬
‫‪the pipe has cooled down to room temperature.‬‬
‫ﺑﺠﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي از ﻧﻮع ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي‬
‫‪For swaged-type pipes, only threaded flanges‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫دﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ دﻧﺪه ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ در‬
‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺞﻫﺎ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬.‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻋﻤﺪي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ آﺳﻴﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﺧﺎل ﺟﻮش )ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺟﻮش( ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﺤﻜﻢ و ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
with straight or tapered thread are used for field
fabrication. Flanges should be fully tightened
and secured by tack welding in order to prevent
inadvertent turning, which will damage the
liner.
For that reason flanges must have tapered
thread or be of the threaded-socket type. The
pipe end shall be provided with sufficient
threading to accommodate the flange.
‫ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ آﻧﻜﻪ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻧﺪه ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ از ﻧﻮع‬
‫ ﺳﺮﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺳﺎﻛﺖ دﻧﺪهدار ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ رزوه ﺷﻮد‬
A perforated metal ring must be used as a
back-up gasket for pipes made in accordance
with the swaging method. Obviously, no backup gasket is required when a socket flange with
a fully radiused edge is used.
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻓﻠﺰي ﺳﻮراخ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ روش ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
ً‫ واﺿﺢ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺳﻮﻛﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎ‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
.‫ﺑﺮش دار ﺑﻜﺎر رود ﺑﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﺪارد‬
Immediately after the flaring operation a
wooden or metal flange protector is installed to
prevent mechanical damage prior to installation
and to keep the flared end in position.
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﻤﻜﺎري ﻓﻮراً ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﺰي ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد ﺗﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ از ﺑﺮوز آﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬
.‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد و اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪه را ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﻮد ﻧﮕﺎه دارد‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﺮدن‬6-8-7
7.8.6 Bolting
Flange bolts should be tightened with a torque
wrench, using greased bolts and nuts, to the
values specified and indicated on the piping by
the pipe manufacturer in a criss-cross manner.
Too great a bolt loading may damage the
plastic flange face.
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ و‬،‫ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آﭼﺎر ﺗﻮرك‬
‫ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺲ دار ﺗﺎ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه و ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬
‫ﺷﺪه روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاري ﺧﻴﻠﻲ زﻳﺎد روي ﭘﻴﭻ‬.‫ﺿﺮﺑﺪري ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ آﺳﻴﺐ رﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬
The use of appropriate spring washers between
nut and flange is recommended. Bolts should
be retorqued after a service period of 24 hours.
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از واﺷﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﺮي ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻬﺮه و ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬24 ‫ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از ﻃﻲ دوره‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﺠﺪداً ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬7-8-7
7.8.7 Welding
Under no circumstances should welding be
performed on lined piping, nor should it be
used as a welding ground, as this will cause
irreparable damage to the liner.
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻧﻤﻮد و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ آﻧﺮا ﺑﻌﻨﻮان اﺗﺼﺎل‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﭼﻮن ﻣﻮﺟﺐ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺟﺒﺮان‬،‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
.‫ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﻮاﻛﺶ‬8-8-7
7.8.8 Venting system
Care should be taken that the venting system
does not become blocked by paint or other
deposits. Regular inspection of the vent holes is
recommended. No sharp tools should be used
to clean the vent holes.
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ رﻧﮓ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﻫﻮا‬.‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ رﺳﻮﺑﺎت ﻣﺴﺪود ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﻫﻮا ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از اﺑﺰار‬.‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺗﻴﺰ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
When lined piping is insulated the use of vent
hole extensions is strongly recommended.
‫ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬، ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻃﻮل ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮا ﻗﻮﻳﺎً ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
37
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬9-8-7
‫ در ﺧﺼﻮص‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫راﻳﺰﻧﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
7.8.9 Heat tracing systems
When tracing of pipelines is required, the
recommendations for the tracing system
approved by Company shall be consulted.
‫ ﭘﻴﺎده ﻛﺮدن‬10-8-7
7.8.10 Disassembling
Plastic-lined steel pipes and fittings should be
dismantled from an existing pipeline only at
temperatures below 40°C, to prevent retraction
of the plastic flange face. Immediately after
disconnection, a flange protector should be
installed on each flange face.
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از اﻧﻘﺒﺎض ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد از ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬40 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ در دﻣﺎي زﻳﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮد‬
. ‫ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻫﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري‬11-8-7
7.8.11 Marking
For identification purposes it is recommended
that the lined piping system is marked in order
to prevent damage of the liner, e.g. by welding.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
.‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه داﺧﻠﻲ‬
8.
NON-SHEET
APPLIED
THERMOPLASTIC RESIN LINING
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬-8
‫ﻏﻴﺮ ورﻗﻲ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-8
8.1 General
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺮدن داﺧﻠﻲ‬8 ‫ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1-1-8
8.1.1 This Clause 8 specifies requirements for
the lining of equipment using non-sheet applied
thermoplastic resins.
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي ﻏﻴﺮ ورﻗﻲ را‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻴﺴﺎزد‬
‫ﻣﻮاد در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻮدرﻫﺎي‬
8.1.2 The materials considered include
thermoplastic
powders,
plastisols
and
dispersion.
‫ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻲ ﺳﻮﻟﻬﺎ و ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻏﻴﺮورﻗﻲ‬3-1-8
8.1.3 The thermoplastics can be used for nonsheet applied include the polymers listed in
7.1.2 plus the following:
- Poly Amides
2-1-8
‫ ﺑﺎﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻮارد‬2-1-7 ‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه در‬
:‫زﻳﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‬
(Nylon)
- Ethylene Vinyl Acetate copolymer (EVA)
- Fusion-bonded epoxy resin
(‫ﭘﻠﻲ آﻣﻴﺪﻫﺎ )ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮن‬
-
‫ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ اﺳﺘﺎت‬
-
‫رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ‬
-
8.1.4 Although not thermoplastics, fusion
bonded epoxy resin powder are included in this
category since the same application techniques
are used.
‫ اﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﭘﻮدر رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ‬4-1-8
8.1.5 Requirements for design and fabrication
of the equipment, the state of preparation
necessary for the surface to be lined and
‫ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ‬،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬5-1-8
‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ وﻟﻲ ﻓﻨﻮن اﻋﻤﺎل‬
.‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮاي آﻧﻬﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
38
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
thickness of lining shall be according to IPS-ETP-350.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-350
8.1.6 When the applicator is responsible for
selecting the grade of lining to be applied, he
shall verify that such a lining will withstand the
chemical and physical conditions specified in
IPS-E-TP-350 Table 1.
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺴﺌﻮل اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع‬6-1-8
When The Company selects the grade of lining
to be applied, the applicator shall be
responsible only for correct application.
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮل‬،‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد را اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻓﻘﻂ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ آن ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
8.1.7 The applicator shall supply test pieces
such as panels to which the lining has been
applied and which will serve as reference
samples.
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬7-1-8
8.1.8 The Company Inspector may stop lining
operations when conditions such as 7.1.6.
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬8-1-8
8.1.9 Non-sheet applied thermoplastic resin
shall not be used for lining of concrete and
only be used for metal surfaces. These resin
shall be applied with spraying, dipping or
fluidized bed processes.
‫ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﻏﻴﺮ ورﻗﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬9-1-8
8.1.10 The lined equipment shall be identified
with signs indicating the presence of interior
lining, stating its specific type and prohibiting
welding or burning operations on the exterior
surface.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ‬10-1-8
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫را در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-350 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1 ‫در ﺟﺪول‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزد‬
.‫ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﺎزد‬6-1-7 ‫ﻛﺮدن داﺧﻠﻲ را در ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻮن‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد و ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮوي ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻠﺰي‬
،‫ اﻳﻦ رزﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬.‫ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻏﻮﻃﻪوري ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺎل اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺨﺼﻮص‬،‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه وﺟﻮد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫آن و ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﺷﺘﻌﺎل روي ﺳﻄﺢ‬
.‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮاﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬11-1-8
8.1.11 The applicator of the lining when
requested shall provide a certificate of
inspection and testing. The stages of inspection
shall be as follows:
‫ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
- The equipment after preparation.
- If appropriate after application of the
primer.
- After application of the lining.
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻌﺪ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬
-
.‫اﮔﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل آﺳﺘﺮي‬
-
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
-
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-8
8.2 Preparation
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬1-2-8
8.2.1 Preparation of material for use
‫ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ در ﻣﺤﺪوده‬
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻃﺮف ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﺼﺮف‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻮاد اﮔﺮ در ﻣﺪت ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر ﻧﺮوﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺒﺎر‬،‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫دور رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
Materials which have been mixed for
application must be used within time limits as
specified by the manufacturer. Such materials
not used in the designated period will be
discarded. Contractor shall handle, store, mix
39
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
and apply the lining in strict accordance with
the manufacturer’s specification or as directed
by an authorized representative of lining
material manufacturer.
ً‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﺮدن و ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را ﺗﺎﻛﻴﺪا‬،‫ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه و ﻳﺎ ﺑﻄﻮرﻳﻜﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻣﺠﺎز‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬،‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
8.2.2 Preparation of surfaces to be lined
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-2-8
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
Surface preparation of metal prior to lining
shall be in accordance with 7.2.2.
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2-2-7
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺮوﻓﻴﻞ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮوش ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي‬
75 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻏﻴﺮ ورﻗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The average surface profile of blast cleaned
surfaces for non-sheet applied thermoplastic
lining shall be 75 µm.
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-8
8.3 Application Methods
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-8
8.3.1 General
8.3.1.1 The lining process shall start as soon as
possible after blast cleaning is complete and
before any visible rusting occurs. Unless
maintained in a dehumidified atmosphere
application of the lining shall commence within
4 hours. If signs of rusting occur then the
surface shall be prepared again to the required
standard.
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺮدن داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮﭼﻪ زودﺗﺮ‬1-1-3-8
8.3.1.2 Where necessary surfaces shall be
primed in order to promote a bond with the
lining material.
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر‬2-1-3-8
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪن ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﺮوش ﺑﻼﺳﺖ و ﻗﺒﻞ از‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه اﻳﺠﺎد زﻧﮓ زدﮔﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ رؤﻳﺖ‬
4 ‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻓﻀﺎي ﺧﺸﻚ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻇﺮف‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي زﻧﮓ زدﮔﻲ رخ دﻫﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ آﻏﺎز ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز دوﺑﺎره آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
The primer should be pigmented to facilitate
uniform application and to assist in establishing
full coverage of the surface to be lined.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد آﺳﺘﺮي ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ در اﻋﻤﺎل ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ‬
‫و ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻗﺮاري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ داراي رﻧﮕﺪاﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
Once the primer has been applied the
equipment shall be kept clean and the lining
process shall continue as soon as possible.
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻜﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬
‫ﺷﻮد و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮﻳﻦ زﻣﺎن‬
.‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
8.3.1.3 The lining process shall be appropriate
to the grade of material selected for the lining
and the article to be lined. (see 8.3.2)
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع‬3-1-3-8
8.3.1.4 Non-sheet applied thermoplastics shall
be used only for lining of metallic surfaces.
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ ﻏﻴﺮ ورﻗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي‬4-1-3-8
‫ﻣﻮاد اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺷﻴﺌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار‬
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬2-3-8 ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ‬،‫اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻠﺰي اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-3-8
8.3.2 Lining processes
There are a number of lining processes. Three
‫ ﺳﻪ‬.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻌﺪدي وﺟﻮد دارد‬
40
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
of the most widely used techniques are
described below. Included are Rotomold
techniques for special cases.
‫روﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ در زﻳﺮ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ‬
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﭼﺮﺧﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎي ﺧﺎص در‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
8.3.2.1 Dipping into a liquid or plastisol
(when applicable)
‫ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ وري در ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﺴﻞ )وﻗﺘﻲ‬1-2-3-8
This method consists of dipping a heated and
primed metal article into a tank of liquid or
plastisol. The heat allows a layer of material to
deposit and fuse with the primer. At a
predetermined time the article is removed from
the tank and cured in an oven at a carefully
controlled temperature.
‫اﻳﻦ روش ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺷﻴﺌﻲ ﻓﻠﺰي ﮔﺮم و‬
.‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪه در داﺧﻞ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﺴﻞ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎ اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ از ﻣﺎده ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ و ﺑﺎ آﺳﺘﺮي‬
‫ در ﻳﻚ زﻣﺎن از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻗﻄﻌﻪ را از‬.‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺨﺰن ﺑﻴﺮون آورده و در ﻛﻮره اي ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي آن ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
8.3.2.2 Fluidized
applicable)
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺎل )ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا‬2-2-3-8
bed
process
(‫ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(when
(‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
This technique involves dipping a heated and,
where specified, primed article into a tank of
fluidized plastic powder for a predetermined
time. The powder sinters and fuses into a
homogeneous and adherent coating. For some
materials a post-cure heating cycle may needed
to achieve optimum properties of the lining.
Fluidizing is achieved by passing air at low
pressure through the tank. The air causes the
powder to behave as if it were a liquid,
reducing its resistance to items entering it and
ensuring full coverage of the components.
‫اﻳﻦ روش ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰم ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ورﻛﺮدن ﺷﻴﺌﻲ ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه و ﻫﺮ ﻛﺠﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺪاﺧﻞ ﻣﺨﺰن ﭘﻮدر ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫ ﭘﻮدر ذوب‬.‫ﺳﻴﺎل ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ زﻣﺎن از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫و روان ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ و ﭼﺴﺒﺎن ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ دﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺧﻮاص ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭼﺮﺧﻪ ﺣﺮارت دﻫﻲ ﭘﺲ از‬
‫ ﺳﻴﺎل ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎ ﻋﺒﻮر ﻫﻮا در ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻢ از‬.‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﭘﻮدر ﻫﻤﺎن‬.‫ﻣﻴﺎن ﻣﺨﺰن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﺶ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬،‫رﻓﺘﺎري را ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ دارد‬
‫ورودي ﺑﻪ آن ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت را‬
.‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻣﻴﺴﺎزد‬
‫ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬3-2-3-8
8.3.2.3 Spraying
This involves spraying powder or liquid plastic
on to a metal object which is either preheated
or subsequently heat dried. Principal materials
applied by spraying include the fluoro-plastic
range, thermoplastics and fusion-bonded
powder coatings. Application is by electrostatic
or pressure spray. The reinforcements can be
used.
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﭘﻮدر ﻳﺎ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ روي ﺷﻴﺌﻲ‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰي ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻼً ﺣﺮارت دﻳﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺒﺎً ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮارت ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬،‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻋﻤﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖﻫﺎ و ﭘﻮدر اﺗﺼﺎل‬،‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮه ﻓﻠﻮروﭘﻼﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ اﻟﻜﺘﺮواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬.‫ﻓﺸﺎري اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﭼﺮﺧﺎن‬4-2-3-8
8.3.2.4 Rotomold process
In addition to above three techniques Rotomold
process can also be used. The piece of
equipment to be lined is used as the mold for a
Rotomolded lining. This is done by charging a
preweighted amount of powder resin into a
hollow mold. The part is then placed into a
heated oven and rotated, depositing a seamless,
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﭼﺮﺧﺎن ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﺳﻪ روش ﻓﻮق‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﺎﺑﻠﻮن ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﭼﺮﺧﺎن ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻘﺪار وزن ﺷﺪه ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﭘﻮدر رزﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ را در ﻛﻮره ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه ﻗﺮار‬.‫ﺧﺎﻟﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
41
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
pinhole-free liner to the interior of the part.
This produces a perfect conformation of the
liner to the vessel wall, eliminates the need for
expensive internal tooling such as that required
for transfer molding and also allows lining of
the parts which could not be lined in any other
way.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻋﺎري از‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺪون درز‬.‫داده و ﻣﻴﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
،‫ اﻳﻦ روش‬.‫ﺳﻮراخ رﻳﺰ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫اﻧﻄﺒﺎق ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬
‫ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار ﻛﺎر داﺧﻠﻲ ﮔﺮان ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ را ﺣﺬف ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ و‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ را ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻫﻴﭻ روش دﻳﮕﺮي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﻤﻮد ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺳﺎزد‬
‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬3-3-8
8.3.3 Selection of process
The lining process shall be appropriate to the
grade of material selected for the lining.
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺎده اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(PE) ‫ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬1-3-3-8
8.3.3.1 Polyethylene (PE)
Polyethylene powder for lining is available in
three grades, low, medium, and high density.
The lining is applied with spray or fluidized
bed process.
‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﭘﻮدر ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﺳﻪ درﺟﻪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ در دﺳﺘﺮس ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ و ﺑﺎﻻ‬،‫ﻛﻢ‬
.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺎل اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
(PP) ‫ ﭘﻠﻲ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ‬2-3-3-8
8.3.3.2 Polypropylene (PP)
Suitably formulated Polypropylene powders for
lining are available in several grades including
homopolymers, copolymers, and mixture with
other polyolefins. Lining based on unmodified
polypropylene will not normally be bonded to
the substrate. Lining based on powders
formulated with special additives will bond to
substrates. Improved adhesion can be achieved
by use of a liquid primer.
‫اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺘﻌﺪد ﭘﻮدرﻫﺎي ﭘﻠﻲ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﻮل ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه‬
‫ و‬،‫ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻮﻣﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ‬.‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﭘﻠﻲ اﻟﻔﻴﻦﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭘﻠﻲ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ اﺻﻼح ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭘﻮدرﻫﺎي ﻓﺮﻣﻮل‬.‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﻧﻤﻲﭼﺴﺒﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﻓﺰودﻧﻲﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻬﺒﻮد ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﺑﺮدن‬.‫ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪ‬
.‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آورد‬
(‫ ﭘﻠﻲ آﻣﻴﺪﻫﺎ )ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮن‬3-3-3-8
8.3.3.3 Polyamides (Nylon)
The grades of Nylon are available for powder
lining are Nylon 11 and 12. Lining based on
powder will bond to substrates.
‫اﻧﻮاع ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻮدري‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭘﻮدر ﺑﻪ‬.‫ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬12 ‫ و‬11 ‫ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮن‬
.‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻣﻲﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪ‬
(PVC) ‫ ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ‬4-3-3-8
8.3.3.4 Polyvinylchloride (PVC)
Two forms of Polyvinylchloride are used for
lining: unplasticized (UPVC); and plasticized.
‫دو ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫(؛ و ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪه‬UPVC) ‫ ﻧﺮم ﻧﺸﺪه‬:‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫( ﻛﻪ‬UPVC) ‫ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﻧﺮم ﻧﺸﺪه‬
ً‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
‫ )ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ‬PVA ‫ و‬PVC ‫ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮي از‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬UPVC .‫اﺳﺘﺎت( ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
-‫ﭘﻮدر اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد و ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ‬
.‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪ‬
- Unplasticized Polyvinylchloride (UPVC)
used for lining is normally a copolymer
of PVC and PVA (Polyvinyl Acetate).
UPVC is normally applied as a powder
and bond to substrates.
42
-
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
- Plasticized PVC when used for lining is
applied as a plastisol.
‫ ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪه در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬PVC
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﺴﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
-
- Some solvents, e.g. aromatic hydrocarbons
will extract the plasticizer and after
evaporation of the solvent the lining will
be hard and liable to develop cracks.
‫ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻫﺎي آروﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎده ﻧﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را اﺳﺘﺨﺮاج ﻧﻤﻮده و ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد و‬،‫ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺣﻼل‬
.‫ﻣﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮش ﺗﺮكﻫﺎ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
-
(EVA) ‫ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ وﻳﻨﻴﻞ اﺳﺘﺎت‬5-3-3-8
8.3.3.5 Ethylene Vinyl Acetate copolymer
(EVA)
‫ ﺑﺪون‬،‫آﻧﺮا ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮهاي از ﻓﻠﺰات ﺷﺎﻣﻞ روي‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬EVA ‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي آﺳﺘﺮي اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﻮد‬
.‫ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻋﺎﻟﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
It can be applied to a variety of metals
including zinc without the use of primer. The
adhesion of EVA to the substrate is excellent.
(PVDF) ‫ ﭘﻠﻲ وﻳﻨﻴﻠﻴﺪن ﻓﻠﻮرﻳﺪ‬6-3-3-8
8.3.3.6 Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF)
PVDF lining may be applied as a dispersion
lining or by powder lining processes.
Reinforced lining systems are available.
Priming of substrates is necessary to achieve
adhesion. A processing temperature (curing) of
250°C is required.
‫ را ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬PVDF ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﺮاﻛﻨﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫دﻫﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻮدري اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ آﺳﺘﺮﻛﺎري ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬.‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه در دﺳﺘﺮس ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮآورش ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي‬.‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﻳﺠﺎد ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬250 (‫)ﻋﻤﻞآوري‬
(PFA) ‫ ﭘﺮﻓﻠﻮراﻟﻜﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬7-3-3-8
8.3.3.7 Perfluoro Alkoxy (PFA)
Perfluoro
Alkoxy
is
copolymer
of
Tetrafluoroethylene and Perfluoropropyl Vinyl
Ether. Non-sheet PFA lining shall be applied as
powder lining. A processing temperature
(curing) of 350°C is required.
‫ﭘﺮﻓﻠﻮرواﻟﻜﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮي از ﺗﺘﺮاﻓﻠﻮرواﺗﻴﻠﻦ و ﭘﺮﻓﻠﻮروﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻞ‬
‫ ﻏﻴﺮ ورﻗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬PFA ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫وﻳﻨﻴﻞ اﺗﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
350 (‫ دﻣﺎي ﻓﺮآورش )ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬.‫ﺻﻮرت ﭘﻮدري اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
.‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
( PTFE ) ‫ ﭘﻠﻲ ﺗﺘﺮاﻓﻠﻮرواﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬8-3-3-8
8.3.3.8 Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE)
PTFE is not melt processable and can be
applied only as a dispersion lining. The lining
produced are thin and are not pinhole free. It is
necessary to use etching primers in order to
promote adhesion.
‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻓﺮآورش ذوﺑﻲ ﻧﺪارد و ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ‬PTFE
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﺻﻮرت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﺮاﻛﻨﺸﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﻧﺎزك و ﻋﺎري از ﺳﻮراخ رﻳﺰ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از آﺳﺘﺮﻫﺎي اچ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫اﻟﺰاﻣﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
The lining shall consist of at least 2 coats,
uniformly applied with spraying method. The
priming coat shall be applied immediately after
cleaning of the surface. Application by
brushing is allowed only for areas inaccessible
to a spray gun.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ دو ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي‬.‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ روش ﭘﺎﺷﺶ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺳﻄﺢ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫از ﻗﻠﻢﻣﻮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬
.‫ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
Each coat shall be sintered separately. This
shall be carried out by heating the entire piece
of equipment between 380°C and 400°C
followed by gradual cooling to ambient
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮارت دادن‬.‫ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
400 ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺗﺎ‬380 ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺪﻧﺒﺎل آن ﺳﺮدﺳﺎزي ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻲ ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي‬
43
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
temperature.
8.3.3.9 Fluorinated
copolymer (FEP)
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
Ethylene
‫ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﻓﻠﻮرﻳﻨﻪ ﺷﺪه‬9-3-3-8
Propylene
(FEP)
‫ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺼﻮرت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬FEP ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬360 ‫ دﻣﺎي ﻓﺮآورش‬.‫ﭘﺮاﻛﻨﺸﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﻮد‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
FEP lining may be applied as a dispersion
lining. A processing temperature of 360°C is
required.
8.3.3.10
Ethylene-Chlorotrifluoroethylene
(E-CTFE)
(E-CTFE) ‫ﻛﻠﺮوﺗـﺮي ﻓﻠـﻮرواﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬-‫ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬10-3-3-8
E-CTFE lining may be applied by fluidized bed
or electrostatic spraying. Adhesion to carbon
steel surfaces is good but in the case of other
metals a primer may be required to obtain good
adhesion.
‫( ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺎل ﻳﺎ‬E-CTFE) ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح‬.‫ﭘﺎﺷﺶ اﻟﻜﺘﺮواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺧﻮب اﺳﺖ اﻣﺎ در ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﻠﺰات ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻳﻚ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺟﻬﺖ دﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮب‬
.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The processing temperature of 360°C to 400°C
is required. These lining are available in
thickness according to IPS-E-TP- 350 Table 6.
A lining thickness of up to 5 mm can be
achieved by rotomolding.
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻣﻮرد‬400 ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺗﺎ‬360 ‫دﻣﺎي ﻓﺮآورش‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ در ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬.‫ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-350 6 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬5 ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ﭼﺮﺧﺎن ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ‬11-3-3-8
8.3.3.11 Fusion-bonded epoxy
- Fusion-bonded epoxy resins are available
in three grades of powder suitable for
application by fluidized bed, electrostatic
and normal powder spray.
‫رزﻳﻦ ﻫﺎي اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ در ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮع‬
،‫ﭘﻮدري ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺎل‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮواﺳﺘﺎﺗﻴﻚ و ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﭘﻮدري ﻋﺎدي در‬
.‫دﺳﺘﺮس ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
-
- The equipment that has been cleaned shall
be preheated so that the surface
temperature at the entrance of the lining
station is between 220°C and 245°C or as
specified by the manufacturer.
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم‬
‫ﻛﺮده ﺑﻄﻮرﻳﻜﻪ دﻣﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ در آﻏﺎز ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬245 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬220 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن اﻧﺪازه ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
-
- Graduated meltable temperature indicators
shall be used to measure the temperature.
‫ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ذوب ﻣﺪرج ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
.‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
-
- The epoxy powder shall be applied to the
preheated pipe, fitting or vessel, by the
methods approved by the manufacturer at
a uniform cured-film thickness (see
IPS-E-TP-350).
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﺎ ﻇﺮف ﭘﻴﺶ‬،‫ﭘﻮدر اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ روﺷﻬﺎي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه در ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻋﻤﻞآوري اﻋﻤﺎل‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-TP-350 ‫ )ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
-
- After the lining has cured according to the
manufacturer’s recommendations, it may
be cooled with air or water spray to a
temperature below 93°C for inspection
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان آﻧﺮا ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻮا ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻋﻤﻞآوري ﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬93 ‫ﭘﺎﺷﺶ آب ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي زﻳﺮ‬
-
44
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
and repair.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ ﺳﺮد ﻛﺮد‬،‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬
- The practices for unprimed internal fusion
bonded epoxy coating of line pipe are
recommended in API-RP-5L7.
‫اﺟﺮاي داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ آﺳﺘﺮي ﻧﺸﺪه ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ آﺳﺘﺮ ﻧﺸﺪه‬
.‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬API-RP-5L7 ‫ در‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
-
- For more information about using of
fusion bonded epoxy for the lining of
steel water pipelines see AWWA C 213.
‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼع ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ درﺑﺎره اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﻄﻮط‬
AWWA C 213 ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل آب ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
-
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬4-8
8.4 Curing
8.4.1 For thermally cured materials, namely
plastisols and fusion-bonded epoxy resins, the
state of cure shall be tested as follows (see
Appendix C):
ً‫ ﻣﺜﻼ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد ﻋﻤﻞآوري ﺷﺪه ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬1-4-8
،‫ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﺴﻞ ﻫﺎ و رزﻳﻦ ﻫﺎي اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻞآوري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺸﺮح زﻳﺮ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮد)ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
.(‫)ج( ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﺴﻞ ﻫﺎ‬1-1-4-8
8.4.1.1 Plastisols
The hardness of the lining shall be tested in
accordance with BS ISO 48. The hardness of
the lining shall be within 5 IRHD of the
hardness of the material.
‫ آزﻣﻮن‬BS ISO 48 ‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
5 IRHD ‫ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﺪود‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻣﺎده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
8.4.1.2 Fusion-bonded epoxy resins
‫ رزﻳﻦ ﻫﺎي اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ‬2-1-4-8
‫ﺷﺪه‬
The lining shall be tested for solvent resistance.
This test shall be carried out by laying a cloth
soaked in methyl isobutyl ketone over selected
areas of the lining for 3 min. After this time the
coating shall show no sign of softening when
scratched with a finger nail.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺣﻼل آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮار دادن ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﺧﻴﺲ ﺷﺪه در‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺘﻴﻞ اﻳﺰوﺑﻮﺗﻴﻞ ﻛﺘﻮن روي ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻦ زﻣﺎن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬3 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪﮔﻲ را در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
.‫ﺧﺮاش دادن ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ ﻧﺸﺎن ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
Another method of estimating the cure is to
carry out an impact test to ASTM G 14-77:
Paragraph 4.2. If this test is to be used the
impact resistance shall be specified by the
material manufacturer.
‫روش دﻳﮕﺮ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري اﻧﺠﺎم آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن‬.‫ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬ASTM G 14-77 2-4 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎر رود ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺎده‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
8.4.2 In the case of dispute about the state of
cure of fusion bonded epoxy resin linings,
samples shall be taken and the state of cure
measured by an independent authority using
differential scanning calorimetry.
‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﻧﻈﺮ درﺑﺎره وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
2-4-8
‫ﻋﻤﻞآوري ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي‬،‫ﻫﻤﺠﻮﺷﻲ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﭘﻮﻳﺸﻲ ﺗﻔﺎﺿﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎم ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‬
.‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
45
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬5-8
8.5 Transportation and Storage
Transportation and storage of lined parts shall
be in accordance with 7.5.
‫ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬5-7 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬6-8
8.6 Repair of Lining
8.6.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-6-8
Defective coating shall be repaired by the
applicator. This include coating of thickness
below the specified minimum defects disclosed
by the holiday detector, and obvious defects
resulting from mechanical damage to the
coated surface.
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ زﻳﺮ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه و‬،‫دارد‬
‫ﻋﻴﻮب واﺿﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از آﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
8.6.2 Rectification of faults shall be done using
the same material as originally used for the
lining, or other materials that shall be used only
with the Company’s written consent.
‫ اﺻﻼح ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮادي ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬2-6-8
8.6.3 Damage to lining attributable to the
Contractor’s operations shall be repaired by
contractor at no cost to Company. Where the
damaged area is large enough, in the judgment
of the Company Inspector to require relining. It
shall be relined at no cost to Company. Small
areas, if approved by the Company Inspector,
may be touched up with a brush or by spray.
‫ آﺳﻴﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻨﺎد ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬3-6-8
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ﻣﻮاد اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ اﺟﺎزه ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺪون ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﺑﺎﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬.‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻀﺎوت ﺑﺎزرس ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ﺑﺰرگ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺠﺪد دارد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬،‫ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺠﺪد ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎزرس ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮس ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
.‫ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺑﺎزﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
The size of damage shall be specified by the
designer.
.‫اﺑﻌﺎد آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻃﺮاح ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
8.6.4 Damage to lining attributable to the mill,
and damaged lining resulting from equipment
defect repairs, shall be repaired by Contractor
at the sole expense of the equipment
manufacturer and when in the opinion of the
Company Inspector require relining, it shall be
relined. Small areas, if approved by the
Company Inspector, shall be touched up with a
brush or spray by Contractor at no additional
cost. The Company Inspector shall approve all
relining and repairs to lining, and the
Contractor shall maintain records of such work
approved by the Company Inspector in order to
receive reimbursement for same.
‫ و‬،‫ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮرد‬4-6-8
،‫آﺳﻴﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﻘﺎﻳﺺ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫و وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﻴﺪه ﺑﺎزرس ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬،‫ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬،‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺪون ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮس ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺑﺎزﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎزرس ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺠﺪد و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ را ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ و ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻮاﺑﻖ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻮرد‬
‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﺎزرس ﺷﺮﻛﺖ را ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﺎزﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺎن ﻛﺎر ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻋﻴﻮب زﻳﺎد ﺑﻮده و ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺰرﮔﻲ از‬5-6-8
8.6.5 If the number of defects is large and
covers a large surface area the lining shall be
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و‬
46
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
removed completely and the work of lining redone.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ﻛﺎر ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دوﺑﺎره اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
8.7 Inspection and Test Methods
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬7-8
8.7.1 Visual appearance of lining
‫ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-7-8
The lining shall be inspected visually for
blisters, flaws, sagging and inclusions of
foreign material. Defects in the lining shall be
removed and the lining replaced. The repaired
area shall be subjected to a full inspection.
‫ ﺷﻜﻢ‬،‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺎوﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﻋﻴﻮب در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ ﺑﺎزدﻳﺪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫دادﮔﻲ و ورود ﻣﺎده ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
The plastic liner shall fit snugly to the steel
housing and no entrapments shall be present
between the plastic lines and the internal
surface of the substrate.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد و ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻓﻀﺎي ﻣﺤﺒﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ و ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬2-7-8
8.7.2 Adhesion
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻋﺪم ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻋﺪم‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر و در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
.‫واﻗﻊ ﺷﻮد‬
The lining shall be inspected visually for
evidence of lack of adhesion to the substrate
and, where applicable, lack of inter-coat
adhesion.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
As far as possible adhesion testing of the
applied lining is to be avoided because the test
is destructive and the lining has to be repaired.
‫ﺗﺎ آﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد زﻳﺮا آزﻣﻮن ﻣﺨﺮب‬
.‫اﺳﺖ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
If required, test plates shall be used to
demonstrate that the process employed does
provide a lining with the required level of
adhesion. These test plates shall be of the same
material as the substrate and the lining process
shall be the same as that employed for lining
the equipment and done under the same
conditions and at the same time.
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺟﻬﺖ اﺛﺒﺎت اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻴﺰان ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ورﻗﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺴﺎزد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﻮده و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ آﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد و اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن و در زﻣﺎن ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
For thick linings such as plastisols the adhesion
test shall be that given in BS 490: Section 10.4.
‫ آزﻣﻮن‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﺴﻠﻬﺎ‬
BS 490 4-10 ‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
If evidence of lack of adhesion to a substrate or
lack of inter-coat adhesion is found, the lining
shall be removed totally or partially, dependent
on the area which is suspect. The area shall be
re-lined and subjected to full inspection.
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﻋﻠﺖ ﻋﺪم ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪم‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ داده ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ اي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮرد‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از آن‬
‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺪداً ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﺷﻚ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد و در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
47
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
8.7.3 Thickness of lining
A survey of the thickness of the lining shall be
made. Of the instruments available those that
operate on a single probe electromagnetic or
eddy current principle shall normally be used.
Selection shall be determined in other cases by
the nature of the substrate. The instruments
shall be calibrated against reference plates at
least twice a day.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-7-8
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً آن دﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر از اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ در دﺳﺘﺮس‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮوب ﺗﻜﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻳﺎ اﺻﻮل ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺮداﺑﻲ ﻛﺎر‬
‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬.‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ دوﺑﺎر در‬
.‫روز ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
Note:
Attention is drawn to the fact that thickness
measurements of thin films in corners and on
curved surfaces of small radii may not be
accurate.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎي‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزك در ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﺳﻄﻮح ﺧﻤﻴﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﺷﻌﺎع ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
The thickness of the liner of all pipes and
fitting shall be measured at both ends of the
pipes and fittings at the facing of each flange
and meet the requirements of standard IPS-ETP-350 (Table 10). A reduction of 10% at the
flange facing due to the flaring exercise is
acceptable. Variations in wall thickness of
more than 20% are not allowed.
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
‫ﻫﺮ دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت در ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫( اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬10 ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت )ﺟﺪول‬
‫ درﺻﺪ‬10 ‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬.‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-350
‫در ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﺧﻤﻜﺎري ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﺠﺎز‬20 ‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﺪار ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬4-7-8
8.7.4 Continuity of lining
The lining shall be tested for pinholes (see
Clause 19). If the number of pinholes exceeds
the number specified, local repairs shall be
carried out. if local repairs are not possible the
lining shall be removed and replaced.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي رﻳﺰ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي رﻳﺰ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬19 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬5-7-8
8.7.5 Curing of lining
The test methods for inspection of curing of
lining are described in 8.4.
‫روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در‬
.‫ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬4-8
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻓﺸﺎر اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬6-7-8
8.7.6 Hydrostatic pressure test
8.7.6.1 Ten percent of the pipes and fitting
furnished under this construction standard shall
be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test. The
Company shall be contacted for those cases
where testing would result in damage of the
pipe ends caused by the end caps. Alternatively
an air-under-water test may carried out under
conditions as agreed with the Company.
‫ ده درﺻﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻳﻦ‬1-6-7-8
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻌﺮض آزﻣﻮن ﻓﺸﺎر‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﺟﺮا‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻪ آﺳﻴﺐ‬.‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺗﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺳﺮﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ درﭘﻮﺷﻬﺎي اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻫﻮا ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﻮن آب‬.‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﻃﻼع داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮط ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
48
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬2-6-7-8
8.7.6.2 Installed piping systems shall be
pressure-tested with water at ambient
temperature at a pressure of 1.5 times the
maximum working pressure for a period of at
least 4 hours. No weeping at flanges or through
vent holes, if present, is allowed during this
test. Owing to variations in ambient
temperature the pressure may fluctuate, and
care should be taken that the test pressure does
not exceed the lowest rated element in the
system. All damages shall be repaired by
contractor at no cost to the Company.
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎري ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت‬1/5 ‫دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎ آب آزﻣﻮن ﻓﺸﺎري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬4 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺘﻲ در ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ از ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﺠﺎري‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات‬.‫ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮا در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬
‫ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻧﻮﺳﺎن داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر آزﻣﻮن از ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻣﺠﺎز در ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم آﺳﻴﺐﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺪون اﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬.‫ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ اي ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﺮﺧﻪ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬7-7-8
8.7.7 Thermal cycle testing
Pressure/temperature testing and vacuum
testing will only be required for fluoropolymer
lined piping intended for vacuum, pressure or
heavy duty service and will be specified as
such in the Company order.
‫دﻣﺎ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻼء ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬/‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻮروﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻼء‬
‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺑﺎ وﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬8-8
8.8 Installation
Installation shall be in accordance with 7.8.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬8-7 ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ ﻛﻮره اي‬-9
9. STOVED THERMOSETTING RESIN
LINING
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-9
9.1 General
9.1.1 This Clause 9 specifies requirements for
the lining of equipment using stoved
thermosetting resins.
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ از‬9 ‫ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1-1-9
‫رزﻳﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ ﻛﻮره اي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺴﺎزد‬
:‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬2-1-9
9.1.2 The material considered include:
.‫ رزﻳﻦ ﻓﻨﻞ – ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻟﺪﺋﻴﺪ‬-
- Phenol-formaldehyd resin
‫ رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ – ﻓﻨﻮﻟﻴﻚ‬-
- Epoxy-phenolic resin
9.1.3 Stoved thermosetting resins shall not be
applied to equipment manufactured in cast iron
or concrete.
‫ رزﻳﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ ﻛﻮره اي را ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬3-1-9
9.1.4 Requirement for design and fabrication of
the equipment, the state of preparation
necessary for the surface to be lined and
thickness of lining shall be according to IPS-ETP-350.
‫ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬4-1-9
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﭼﺪن ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-350
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ‬
9.1.5 The thermosetting stoved resin-based
linings are used for a number of different
duties, including protection against corrosive
environments, prevention of contamination of
5-1-9
‫ﻛﻮره اي ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﺪادي از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه‬
49
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
products and provision of surfaces that do not
foul easily or that can be cleaned easily.
‫از آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت و ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬
.‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫رﺳﻮب ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
9.1.6 The linings are normally applied as
solvent solutions that may contain pigments
and are then stoved at elevated temperatures to
remove solvents and cure the resin.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺤﻠﻮلﻫﺎي‬6-1-9
The actual stoving temperatures are specified
by the lining supplier but are normally in the
range from 150°C to 200°C and it is therefore
usual to carry out the stoving in an oven in the
applicator’s works. Heat curing in situ is
however possible but presupposes adequate
insulation of the vessel and careful temperature
control.
‫دﻣﺎﻫﺎي واﻗﻌﻲ ﭘﺨﺖ در ﻛﻮره ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ‬150 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد وﻟﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در داﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﻟﺬا ﻣﻌﻤﻮل اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬200
‫ﻛﻮره ﮔﺬاري در ﻳﻚ آون در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻧﺠﺎم‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ در ﻣﺤﻞ اﻣﻜﺎن دارد اﻣﺎ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻜﺎري ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻇﺮف و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل دﻗﻴﻖ دﻣﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
9.1.7 Linings based on these resins are
generally less than 300 µm in thickness and
though they can be applied completely free
from pinholes on relatively small vessels. It is
very difficult to obtain linings that are pinhole
free on large surface areas. Furthermore, even
if linings as applied are free from
imperfections, consideration shall be given to
the possibility of damage in operation.
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﻳﻦ‬7-1-9
‫ﺣﻼﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺣﺎوي رﻧﮕﺪاﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺣﺬف و‬،‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ و ﺳﭙﺲ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻮره‬
.(‫رزﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ آﻳﺪ )ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎ وﺟﻮد آن‬300 ‫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫رزﻳﻦ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮان آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻋﺎري از ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي رﻳﺰ روي ﻇﺮوف‬
‫ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آوردن ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي‬.‫ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻛﻮﭼﻚ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ روي ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺎد ﻛﻪ ﻋﺎري از ﺳﻮراخ رﻳﺰ‬
‫ ﺑﻌﻼوه ﺣﺘﻲ اﮔﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﺜﺎل ﻋﺎري از ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ داﺷﺖ‬
.‫ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل آﺳﻴﺐ وﺟﻮد دارد‬،‫ﻛﻪ در ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
Before selecting a lining of this type, therefore,
some knowledge is required of the likely rate
of corrosion of the substrate and the causes of
such corrosion. If the corrosion rate is low
there may not be a problem. If the corrosion
rate is high and is due to simple solution of the
metal, then caution is advised because of the
danger of severe corrosion through a pinhole.
On the other hand if a high corrosion rate is
due to an effect such as erosion/corrosion, then
thin linings can be an effective barrier.
‫ داﺷﺘﻦ‬،‫از اﻳﻨﺮو ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﭘﻮﺷﺶ از اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ از ﻧﺮخ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر و ﻋﻠﻞ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﻢ ﺑﻮدن ﻧﺮخ‬.‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻻزم ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﻧﺮخ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬.‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آﻧﮕﺎه ﺑﻪ واﺳﻄﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺣﻞ ﺷﺪن آﺳﺎن ﻓﻠﺰ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺳﻮراخ رﻳﺰ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺒﺎرت دﻳﮕﺮ اﮔﺮ ﻧﺮخ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ زﻳﺎد ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﻼً ﺳﺎﻳﺶ – ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ آﻧﮕﺎه ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺎزك ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
9.1.8 The Company inspector may stop lining
operations when conditions such as 7.1.6.
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺮدن‬8-1-9
9.1.9 The lined equipment shall be identified as
stated in 8.1.10.
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
9.1.10 The applicator of lining shall provide a
certificate of inspection and testing when
requested, as specified in 8.1.11.
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬10-1-9
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﺎزد‬6-1-7 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ را وﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬
9-1-9
.‫ ﺑﻴﺎن ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬10-1-8 ‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬11-1-8 ‫و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ را ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫اﺳﺖ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ‬
50
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-9
9.2 Preparation
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬1-2-9
9.2.1 Preparation of material for use
9.2.1.1 All material furnished by the contractor
shall be of the specified quality.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-1-2-9
9.2.1.2 To prepare the lining material for
applicator, follow the instruction provided by
the manufacturer.
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل‬2-1-2-9
9.2.2 Preparation of surface to be lined
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-2-9
.‫داراي ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ج‬
‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه دﻧﺒﺎل‬، ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
Stoved thermosetting lining shall be used only
for metallic equipment (except cast iron). The
surface preparation of metal prior to lining
shall be in accordance with 10.2.2.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ ﻛﻮرهاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰ‬.(‫ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﻜﺎر رود )ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎي ﭼﺪن‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2-2-10 ‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-9
9.3 Application Methods
9.3.1 The lining process shall start as soon as
possible after blast cleaning is complete and
before any visible rusting occurs. Unless
maintained in a dehumidified atmosphere
application of the lining shall commence within
4 hours.
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﺮﻳﻌﺘﺮﻳﻦ زﻣﺎن‬1-3-9
If signs of rusting occur then the surface shall
be prepared again to the required standard (see
IPS-E-TP-350).
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﻋﻼﺋﻢ زﻧﮓ زدﮔﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪ آﻧﮕﺎه ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دوﺑﺎره‬
IPS-E-TP- ‫ )ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺗﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮد‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬350
9.3.2 Several coats are necessary in order to
achieve the thickness stipulated and each coat
shall be allowed to air dry before application of
the next coat. Any intermediate stoving shall be
at a lower temperature than the final stoving
temperature such that cure does not proceed
beyond the stage that impairs intercoat
adhesion.
‫ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر دﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي‬2-3-9
All external angles and edges shall be "Strip
Coated" by applying a thin coat before the rest
of the surface is coated.
‫ﺗﻤﺎم زواﻳﺎ و ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﺎزك‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺎﺑﻘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻮاري‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
9.3.3 Before the final stoving takes place the
lining shall be tested for continuity (see 9.7.4).
If the continuity of the lined equipment meets
the quality agreed at the tender stage, final
stoving can proceed; if not, further coats shall
be applied locally or over the whole surface
until the specified standard is reached. When
extra coats are applied, the final thickness shall
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻮره ﮔﺬاري ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬3-3-9
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ روش ﺑﻼﺳﺖ و ﻗﺒﻞ از‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل‬.‫اﻳﺠﺎد ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ زﻧﮓ زدﮔﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ‬،‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ آﻏﺎز ﺷﻮد‬4 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻇﺮف‬
.‫اﻳﻨﻜﻪ در ﻫﻮاي ﺑﺪون رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺪدي ﻻزم ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻗﺮاردادن در‬.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪي در ﻫﻮا ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻮره ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از دﻣﺎي ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮي در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺗﺎ وراي ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪاي‬.‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻮره ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ آﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻲرﺳﺎﻧﺪ ﭘﻴﺸﺮﻓﺖ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
4-7-9 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬.(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﻮره ﮔﺬاري‬،‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ رﺳﻴﺪ‬
‫ در ﻏﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ‬،‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﻳﺎ روي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
51
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
not exceed the specified limit.
‫ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
.‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﺣﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
Note:
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ زﻳﺮا ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪن‬
‫ اﻣﻜﺎن‬،‫ در دﻣﺎي ﻛﻮره ﮔﺬاري ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫ﻳﻜﻤﺮﺗﺒﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آﻣﺪن ﻣﻴﺰان ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد‬
This procedure is necessary because once these
materials have been cured at the final stoving
temperature, it is not possible to obtain the
same level of intercoat adhesion.
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬4-9
9.4 Curing (See also Appendix C)
(‫ﺷﻮد‬
9.4.1 The basic reasons for heating of backing
type resin are to remove volatile solvent and
products of polymerization from lining and
tank and to accomplish polymerization or cure
to obtain chemical and permeation resistance.
If the lining has been properly heated for the
correct period of time it should be polymerized
completely with little or no solvent odor
present.
‫ دﻻﻳﻞ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺮارت دادن رزﻳﻦ از ﻧﻮع داراي‬1-4-9
9.4.2 The control required to assure that the
necessary minimum metal temperature is
obtained and that the maximum temperature, as
specified by the resin manufacturer, is not
exceeded at any given spot in equipment.
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي ﻻزم ﻓﻠﺰ‬2-4-9
‫ زدودن ﺣﻼل ﻓﺮار و ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻳﺰاﺳﻴﻮن‬،‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻣﺨﺰن و اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻳﺰاﺳﻴﻮن ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫آوري ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و ﺗﺮاوﺷﻲ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﻳﻚ دوره زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪون وﺟﻮد‬،‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﻮي ﺣﻼل ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻳﺰه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ و اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎ در ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات از آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه رزﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
9.4.3 Determing whether or not the cure has
been accomplished on an applied lining
material by test methods are described in 9.7.5.
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري روي ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬3-4-9
9.4.4 After the linings have been fully cured it
is possible to achieve only a mechanical bond
when further coats are applied. When repairs to
fully cured linings are necessary, the procedure
described in 9.6 shall be used to achieve an
effective repair.
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬4-4-9
‫داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬5-7-9 ‫ﺧﻴﺮ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻓﻘﻂ‬،‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻳﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي رﺳﻴﺪن‬6-9 ‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه در‬،‫ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬5-9
9.5 Transportation and Storage
9.5.1 The lined equipment shall be stored and
transported in accordance with 7.5 with the
following additional requirements.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1-5-9
9.5.2 When lined pipe transported by truck, a
flatbed trailer must be used with at least three
bolsters between each layer of pipe; the
bolsters are aligned vertically above the
previous layer to provide even support. The
load shall be tied down to prevent any shifting,
‫ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه‬2-5-9
.‫ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ زﻳﺮ اﻧﺒﺎر و ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬5-7
‫ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮن ﻛﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺳﻪ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮن‬
‫ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻋﻤﻮدي در ﺑﺎﻻي‬،‫ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻫﻤﻮار ردﻳﻒ‬
‫ ﺧﻢ‬،‫ ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
52
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
bending, or movement of pipe. All lined pipe
shall be transported with closed thread
protectors on both ends, preferably made of
plastic or a plastic-lined steel (composite)
protector.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺷﺪن‬
،‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻔﺎظﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﭘﻴﭽﻲ در دو ﺳﺮ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ )ﻣﺮﻛﺐ( ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
9.5.3 To stack the lined pipe, wooden bolsters
shall be placed between each layer, directly
above the pipe racks, with each layer being
blocked to prevent shifting.
‫ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ‬،‫ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه‬3-5-9
9.5.4 If the lined pipe must be drifted, the yard
personnel must use a wooden, polytetrafluoro
ethylene, or plastic drift to prevent damage to
the lining.
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ‬4-5-9
‫ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﺎﻻي ردﻳﻔﻬﺎي‬
‫ از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬،‫ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻠﻲ‬،‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ از ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﺘﺮاﻓﻠﻮرواﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬، ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬6-9
9.6 Repair of Lining
9.6.1 When defects or damage are discovered,
the coating shall be cleaned and abraded
wherever resin is to be applied. The area to be
re-coated shall extend at least 50 mm in all
directions beyond the defect. The extent of
repair will determine the method of cure. If the
defects are small, then local heating such as
infra-red or hot air shall be used to cure the
repair. For extensive repairs the whole of the
equipment shall be heated, in which case care
shall be taken to ensure that the original
coating is not over-cured.
،‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻴﻮب ﻳﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ آﺷﻜﺎر ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬1-6-9
9.6.2 Use of cold curing, thermosetting resins
for repairs shall not be permitted without the
Purchaser’s written consent.
‫ رزﻳﻨﻬﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺳﺮد‬2-6-9
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه و ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ رزﻳﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ اي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﻣﺠﺪد‬.‫رود ﺳﻨﮓ زده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﻬﺎت‬50 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ روش ﭘﺨﺖ را ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬.‫اﻃﺮاف ﻋﻴﺐ اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ در آن وﻗﺖ‬،‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﻋﻴﻮب ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ اﺷﻌﻪ ﻣﺎدون ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮاي داغ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬.‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ‬،‫وﺳﻴﻊ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ‬
.‫ﻻزم ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑﺪون ﻣﺠﻮز ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬7-9
9.7 Inspection
9.7.1 Visual appearance of linings
‫ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮي ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-7-9
After application of the final coat, but before
the cure cycle is complete the lining shall be
visually examined for blisters, flaws and other
imperfections. If such defects are found then
the lining shall be removed in the affected area
and replaced before final stoving.
‫ اﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻮ‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺎولﻫﺎ‬،‫آوري ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦﻫﺎ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎزدﻳﺪ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻲ دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ زدوده ﺷﺪه و ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﻮره ﮔﺬاري ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫واﻗﻊ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬2-7-9
9.7.2 Adhesion
The lining shall be inspected visually for
evidence of lack of adhesion of the coating to
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻣﻜﺎن ﻋﺪم ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
53
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
the substrate and for lack of intercoat adhesion.
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬،‫زﻳﺮﻛﺎر و ﻓﻘﺪان ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
If evidence of lack of adhesion to a substrate or
of intercoat adhesion is found, the lining shall
be removed totally or partially, dependent on
the area which is suspect. The area shall be relined and subjected to full inspection before
final stoving.
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه دﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺪم ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪاي‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﺷﻚ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در‬،‫ﻣﺠﺪداً ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد و ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﻮره ﮔﺬاري ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺮض ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-7-9
9.7.3 Thickness of lining
A survey of the thickness of the lining shall be
made before final stoving. Of the instruments
available those that operate on a single probe
electromagnetic or eddy current principle shall
normally be used. Selection shall be
determined in other cases by the nature of the
substrate. The instruments shall be calibrated
against reference plates at least twice a day.
‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﻮره‬
‫ آن‬،‫ از اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ در دﺳﺘﺮس‬.‫ﮔﺬاري ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮوب ﺗﻜﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺮداﺑﻲ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ‬.‫ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ دوﺑﺎر‬
.‫در روز ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
Attention is drawn to the fact that thickness
measurements of thin films in corners and on
curved surfaces of small radius may not be
accurate.
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮيﻫﺎي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزك در ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﺳﻄﻮح‬
.‫ﺧﻤﻴﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﺎع ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬4-7-9
9.7.4 Lining continuity
The lining shall be tested for pinholes before
final stoving. If the number of pinholes does
not exceed, the number specified in design
specification, final stoving can proceed (see
also IPS-E-TP-350).
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﻮره ﮔﺬاري ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ رﻳﺰ از ﺗﻌﺪادي ﻛﻪ در‬.‫ﻣﻨﻔﺬﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻛﻮره ﮔﺬاري‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
IPS-E-TP-350 ‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
If the number of pinholes exceeds the number
specified, further coats shall be applied to the
lining either locally or over the whole surface,
dependent upon the location and number of
pinholes. After final stoving the lining shall be
tested again for pinholes by spark testing or
wet sponge testing according to Clause 19.
،‫اﮔﺮ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ رﻳﺰ از ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ و ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ رﻳﺰ‬،‫ﻳﺎ در ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻛﻮره ﮔﺬاري ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دو‬.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ رﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻳﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻔﻨﺞ‬
.‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮد‬19 ‫ﺗﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
9.7.5 Test of curing (see also Appendix C)
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻋﻤﻞآوري )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج‬5-7-9
(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
9.7.5.1 Solvent wipe test
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن ﺣﻼل‬1-5-7-9
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ ﻣﺘﻴﻞ اﺗﻴﻞ‬،‫دادن ﻳﻚ ﺗﻜﻪ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﺧﻴﺲ ﺷﺪه از ﺣﻼل‬
‫ روي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ﺳﻪ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬،‫ﻛﺘﻮن ﻳﺎ اﺳﺘﻮن‬
The lining shall be examined for the state of
cure by placing a rag soaked in solvent, either
methyl ethyl ketone or acetone on the lining for
54
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
three minutes. After this the lining shall show
no sign of softening when scratched with a
finger nail. Any apparent softening indicates
the lining is not fully cured and further curing
shall be carried out.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬،‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از آن‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪﮔﻲ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺧﺮاش دادن ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﺧﻦ اﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﻧﺸﺎن‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪﮔﻲ آﺷﻜﺎر ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬.‫ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺳﺖ و ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
The lining shall be visually inspected for overcuring and any over-cured linings shall be
rejected.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد و‬
.‫ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رد ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
The appearance of blisters after the final
stoving and considerable darkening of the color
of the lining compared with the normal color
are evidence of over-cure.
‫ﭘﻴﺪاﻳﺶ ﺗﺎوﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻛﻮره ﮔﺬاري ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ و ﺗﻴﺮﮔﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
،‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ رﻧﮓ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ رﻧﮓ ﻋﺎدي‬
.‫دﻟﻴﻞ ﭘﺨﺖ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬2-5-7-9
9.7.5.2 Cure evaluation standard
Most heat curing phenolic and epoxy-phenolic
resin linings will show a marked degree of
color change between and inadequately and an
adequately cured applied film. A set of cure
color standards should be used to evaluate the
degree of completeness of bake cure. The
accepted degree of cure shall be well cured,
over and under cured lining is rejected.
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ رزﻳﻦ ﻓﻨﻠﻲ و‬
‫اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻓﻨﻠﻲ ﻳﻚ درﺟﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ از ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ رﻧﮓ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮوه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻓﺎم‬.‫اﺳﺖ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داد‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺟﻬﺖ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ درﺟﻪ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻗﺒﻮل از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻄﻠﻮب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از آن ﺣﺪ ﻣﺮدود ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
Variations of formulation, including amounts
and types of pigments, will affect the
characteristic color. Thus a set of bake cure
color standards are required for each specific
material as supplied by each manufacturer.
Code symbols shall be used to identify each
specific material and the degrees of color for
each set of bake cure color standard.
‫ در‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ اﻧﻮاع رﻧﮕﭙﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﻓﺮﻣﻮل ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮوه از‬.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﺎم اﺛﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﮔﺬاﺷﺖ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻓﺎم ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎده ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﺜﺎل ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﻘﺮر ﺟﻬﺖ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎده ﻣﻌﻴﻦ و‬.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺎم ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮوه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻓﺎم ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬،‫ﭘﺨﺖ‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬8-9
9.8 Installation
Installation shall be in accordance with 7.8.1.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1-8-7 ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺳﺮد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ‬-10
10. COLD CURING THERMOSETTING
RESIN LINING
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-10
10.1 General
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي‬1-1-10
10.1.1 This Clause of the construction standard
specifies minimum requirements for the lining
of equipment using cold curing thermosetting
resin.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺳﺮد‬
.‫رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
55
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
It applies to equipment fabricated in metal or
concrete.
‫اﻳﻦ رزﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻓﻠﺰي ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
10.1.2 The lining materials considered include:
:‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺮح ﺷﺪه ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬2-1-10
‫ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-
- Liquid epoxies
‫ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬-
- Polyesters
‫ ﻓﻮراﻧﻬﺎ‬-
- Furanes
‫ ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬-
- Poly urethanes
‫ ﭘﻠﻲ ﻛﻠﺮوﭘﺮن‬-
- Polychloroprene.
10.1.3 Although not thermosetting resins,
liquid elastomeric lining (such as poly
urethanes) and solvated elastomeric lining
(such as polychloroprene), are included since
the same application techniques are used.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ‬3-1-10
10.1.4 The resins may contain fillers and/or
reinforcing agents.
‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ‬/‫ رزﻳﻦﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺣﺎوي ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و‬4-1-10
10.1.5 Requirements for design and fabrication
of the equipment, the state of preparation
necessary for the surface to be lined and
thickness of lining shall be according to
IPS-E-TP-350.
‫ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬5-1-10
10.1.6 All materials furnished by the contractor
shall be of the specified quality. The entire
operation shall be performed by, and under the
supervision of experienced persons skilled in
the application of liquid epoxy linings.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي‬6-1-10
10.1.7 The Company inspector may stop lining
operations when conditions such as 7.1.6.
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺮدن‬7-1-10
10.1.8 The lined equipment shall be identified
as stated in 8.1.10.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ‬8-1-10
10.1.9 The applicator of lining shall provide a
certificate of inspection and testing, when
requested, as specified in 8.1.11.
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬9-1-10
‫داﺧﻠﻲ اﻻﺳﺘﻮﻣﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ )ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎﻧﻬﺎ( و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي‬،‫اﻻﺳﺘﻮﻣﺮ ﺣﻞ ﺷﺪه )ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﭘﻠﻲ ﻛﻠﺮوﭘﺮن( ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻳﻜﺴﺎن دارﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-350
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ و زﻳﺮ‬.‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ اﺷﺨﺎص ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻫﺮ در اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬6-1-7 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ را وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
.‫ﺳﺎزد‬
.‫ آﻣﺪه ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬10-1-8 ‫در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در‬11-1-8 ‫و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ را ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-10
10.2 Preparation
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬1-2-10
10.2.1 Preparation of material for use
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-1-2-10
10.2.1.1 All materials furnished by the
contractor shall be of the specified quality.
.‫داراي ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
56
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
10.2.1.2 To prepare the primer and finish coat
of lining materials for application, follow the
instruction provided by the manufacturer.
‫ در آﻣﺎده ﻛﺮدن ﻻﻳﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي و ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮاد‬2-1-2-10
10.2.1.3 Mix only the amount of material that
will be used within its pot life.
‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻘﺪاري از ﻣﻮاد ﻛﻪ در ﻃﻲ زﻣﺎن ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬3-1-2-10
10.2.2 Preparation of surface to be lined
.‫ آﻣﺎدهﺳﺎزيﺳﻄﺤﻲﻛﻪﻗﺮاراﺳﺖﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد‬2-2-10
‫ از دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻴﺮوي ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺧﺘﻼط ﻣﺼﺮف ﻣﻴﺸﻮد را ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
10.2.2.1 Metal
‫ ﻓﻠﺰ‬1-2-2-10
‫ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ و ﮔﭻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ روﻏﻦ‬،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﮔﺮﻳﺲ‬-
- All grease, oil, temporary protectives and
chalk shall be removed from the surface
to be lined. Degreasing shall be carried
out using vapor degreasing equipment or
as recommended in IPS-C-TP-101.
.‫از ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد زدوده ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﭼﺮﺑﻲ زداﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭼﺮﺑﻲ‬
IPS-C-TP-101 ‫زداﺋﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
- All surfaces to be lined shall be
maintained at a temperature at least 3°C
above the dew-point throughout the
preparation and lining processes. If there
is a risk that this condition will not be
maintained owing to ambient conditions
or a change in ambient conditions,
dehumidifying and/or heating equipment
shall be used.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬‫ﺳﺮاﺳﺮ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺖ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬3 ‫ﻛﻢ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺧﻄﺮي وﺟﻮد دارد ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات‬.‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
،‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ اﻳﻦ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‬/‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ ﻫﻮا و‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
- All surfaces to be lined shall be blast
cleaned. In the case of carbon steel and
cast iron the standard of blasting shall be
as defined in ISO Standard 8501
according to Table 1.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬‫ در ﻣﻮرد ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ و‬.‫روش ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪول‬،‫ﭼﺪن‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ISO 8501 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1
Only non-metallic grit shall be used for
blast cleaning aluminum and its alloys. The
average surface profile of the prepared
substrate measured peak-to-trough shall be
40 µm.
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺖ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮم‬
‫ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬.‫و آﻟﻴﺎژﻫﺎي آن ﺑﺮوش ﺑﻼﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه‬،‫ﭘﺮوﻓﻴﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه از ﻗﻠﻪ ﺗﺎ دره‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬40 ‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
Special treatment may be required for other
metals (IPS-C-TP-101).
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﻠﺰات ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.(IPS-C-TP-101)
- All dust, residues and debris left on the
surface after blast cleaning shall be
removed by brushing and vacuum
cleaning.
‫ ﺑﻘﺎﻳﺎ و ﺧﺮده ﻫﺎي ﺑﺠﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﺪه روي‬،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎك‬‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﺮوش ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
.‫ﺑﺮس زﻧﻲ و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ روش ﺧﻼء زدوده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
- Before abrasive blasting of steel tank, the
tank shall be rechecked with the
combustible gas indicator to ensure that
،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺮوش ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺨﺎزن ﻓﻮﻻدي‬‫ﻣﺨﺰن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﮔﺎز ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺣﺘﺮاق ﺟﻬﺖ‬
57
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
no flammable vapors have entered the
tank.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺨﺎرات ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﺨﺰن وارد ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺠﺪد ﺷﻮد‬
TABLE 1 - STANDARD OF BLASTING
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن‬-1 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
TYPES
OF
LINING
‫اﻧﻮاع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
GRADE OF
LINING
‫رده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
DEGREE OF
CLEANLINESS
‫درﺟﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري‬
AVERAGE SURFACE
PROFILE (MEASURED
PEAK-TO-TROUGH)
m
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺮوﻓﻴﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ )اﻧﺪازه ﻗﻠﻪ ﺗﺎ‬
(‫ﻛﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮون‬
Polyester
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ‬
Polyester
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ‬
Epoxies
‫اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
Epoxies
‫اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
Epoxies
‫اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
A, B,
C and
see10.3.3.1
Sa 2½
75
1-3-3-10 ‫ﺑﻪ‬
Sa 2½
150
D
‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
Sa 2½
40
see 10.3.4.1
Sa 2½
75
1-4-3-10 ‫ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
Sa 2½
150
Sa 2
75
A and B
C and D
C and D
hot spray
applied
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬
‫ﮔﺮم‬
Epoxies
Furane
‫اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
E
‫ﻓﻮران‬
All
‫ﺗﻤﺎم‬
Sa 2½
75
Polyurethane
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن‬
Spray
‫ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬
Sa 2½
75
Polyurethane
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن‬
Trowel ‫ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن‬
Sa 2½
75
Sa 2½
75
Polychloroprene ‫ﭘﻠﻲ ﻛﻠﺮوﭘﺮن‬
All
‫ﺗﻤﺎم‬
IPS-C-TP-101 ‫ ﺑﺘﻦ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬2-2-2-10
10.2.2.2 Concrete (see also IPS-C-TP-101)
(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
- Remove forming oil with detergent
before blasting.
‫ روﻏﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ دﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن‬.‫ﺷﻮﻳﻨﺪه زدوده ﺷﻮد‬
- Any external corners not formed with a
chamfer shall be rubbed down to a radius
of not less than 3 mm.
‫ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ از ﻧﻮع ﺑﺪون ﭘﺦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻌﺎع‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬3 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ زدودن ﺣﺒﺎب و روﻏﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻬﺴﺎزي‬
‫ روش ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻪ روش ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ روش ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﺒﺎبﻫﺎ ﺑﺪون اﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬
،‫ﭘﺮوﻓﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ رﻳﺰداﻧﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
- All surfaces to be lined shall be treated to
remove laitance and shutter release
agents. The specified method for this
operation is blast cleaning. The blast
cleaning process shall be controlled so
that all laitance is removed without
exposing the profile of the aggregate.
58
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻪ روش ﺑﻼﺳﺖ‬.‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎك و ﺧﺮده ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زدوده‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
After blast cleaning all dust and debris
shall be removed.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‬
Notes:
1) An alternative method of removing
laitance which is sometimes used is
that of acid etching. This process is
only really applicable to horizontal
surfaces. furthermore, the presence of
shutter
oils
will
reduce
the
effectiveness of acid etching. The
thickness of the laitance of a concrete
surface varies considerably and it is
very important that acid is allowed to
dwell on the surface a sufficient length
of time to remove all the laitance.
When acid etching is used the next
operation should be water washing of
the concrete, followed by a drying
process.
2)
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮاﻗﻊ ﺑﻜﺎر‬،‫( روش دﻳﮕﺮ زدودن ﺣﺒﺎب‬1
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي واﻗﻌﻲ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺮود اچ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ اﺳﻴﺪ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ از اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮاً ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﻮح اﻓﻘﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ وﺟﻮد روﻏﻨﻬﺎ اﺛﺮ اچ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ اﺳﻴﺪ را ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺒﺎب ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داد‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه‬
‫داده ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ اﺳﻴﺪ روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ داﺷﺘﻪ و در ﻃﻮل‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ اچ‬.‫زﻣﺎن ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎ را ﺣﺬف ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ اﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﻌﺪي ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ‬
‫ و ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ‬،‫ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ آب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﺮدن دﻧﺒﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
Acid etching is not suitable when the
equipment is to be lined with
polyurethane.
‫اچ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ اﺳﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻠﻲ‬
.‫اورﺗﺎن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
Removal of laitance on concrete
invariably leaves a surface which
contains a large number of small holes
which vary in diameter and depth.
‫( ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﺳﺎزي ﺣﺒﺎب روي ﺑﺘﻦ ﻫﻤﻮاره ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ‬2
‫ﺣﺎوي ﻣﻘﺪار زﻳﺎد ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻛﻪ در ﻗﻄﺮ و‬
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎ ﻣﻲﮔﺬارد‬،‫ﻋﻤﻖ ﻓﺮق دارﻧﺪ‬
- Unless the lining material will fill or
effectively bridge the holes remaining
after the removal of laitance, then these
holes shall be filled before the work of
lining commences. One material
recommended for this purpose is a
smooth paste made from a watermiscible epoxy resin, cement and a fine
filler.
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه‬‫را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﺳﺎزي ﺣﺒﺎب ﭘﺮﻛﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﻛﺎر‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎده ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﭼﺴﺐ ﻧﺮم ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬
.‫ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن و ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه رﻳﺰ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫اﻣﺘﺰاج ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ آب‬
- After removal of laitance all surfaces to be
lined shall be maintained at a
temperature at least 3°C above the dewpoint throughout the preparation and
lining processes. If there is a risk that this
condition will not be maintained owing
to ambient conditions or a change in
ambient
conditions,
dehumidifying
and/or heating equipment shall be used.
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﺳﺎزي ﺣﺒﺎب ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار‬‫اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دﻣﺎي دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ در ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ‬3
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﺧﻄﺮي وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﻳﻦ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ در‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬،‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬/‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﻮا و‬
- Fill and patch all holes with polymer
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ را ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼت ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮي ﭘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬59
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ روي ﺷﻜﺎﻓﻬﺎي ﺑﺎز‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
mortar or putty. It is not possible to apply
lining over a gap.
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-10
10.3 Application Methods
10.3.1 Surface preparation of components to be
lined shall be according to 10.2.2.
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬1-3-10
10.3.2 The lining process shall be appropriate
to the grade of material selected for the lining
(see 10.3.3 to 10.3.7).
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺎده‬2-3-10
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬2-2-10 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ‬3-3-10 ‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬7-3-10
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮي‬3-3-10
10.3.3 Polyesters lining
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-3-10
10.3.3.1 General
‫ﺗﻤﺎم رزﻳﻦ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﻪ روﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4-3-3-10 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2-3-3-10 ‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﻮد )ﺑﻪ‬
‫و ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً درﺟﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ درﺟﺎت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
:‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﻘﺮار زﻳﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
All polyester resins may be applied in a variety
of ways (see 10.3.3.2 to 10.3.3.4) and it is
usual to grade according to the thickness of the
applied lining typical grades are as follows:
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬1 ‫اﻟﻒ( ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ‬
A) Reinforced linings up to 1 mm thick
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
These systems consist of a resin reinforced
with mica, carbon or small diameter glass
flakes. A resin primer is normally used. The
systems are applied in two coats and are
used for light corrosive duties and for
situations where protection of the product
from contamination is necessary.
‫ ﻛﺮﺑﻦ‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﻜﺎ‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﻟﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ در‬.‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻳﻚ آﺳﺘﺮ رزﻳﻨﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫دو ﻻﻳﻪ و ﺑﺮاي وﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ در ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻛﻢ و ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل از‬
.‫آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
B) Reinforced linings from 1 mm to 2
mm thick
‫ب ( ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه از ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
These systems are made up from resins
reinforced with glass flakes of up to 3 mm
diameter. A resin primer is used. The
systems are applied either in two coats or in
two coats with a special top coat to provide
a smoother surface. These systems provide
a tough corrosion resistant lining.
‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ از رزﻳﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﻟﻚ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻳﻚ آﺳﺘﺮي‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬3 ‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ در دو ﻻﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ در دو ﻻﻳﻪ‬.‫رزﻳﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺻﺎف‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﺎوم در‬.‫ﺗﺮ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1
‫ج ( ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﭼﻨﺪﻻﻳﻲ‬
C) Laminate reinforced linings
These systems are up to 5 mm thick and
normally consist of:
ً‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬5 ‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
:‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫( ﻳﻚ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ؛‬1
1) A resin based primer;
‫( اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه )ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﺪي ﻳﺎ‬2
2) Glass fibre reinforcement (chopped
60
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
strand mat or chopped fibre)
thoroughly wetted out with resin;
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫اﻟﻴﺎف ﺧﺮد ﺷﺪه( ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺑﺎ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺷﺪه؛‬
‫( ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ‬3
3) A resin based top coat.
‫د ( ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ورﻗﻪاي ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮار‬
D) Laminate reinforced linings with
screed
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺮ و ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً از ﻣﻮارد‬5 ‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
:‫زﻳﺮ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
These systems are up to 5 mm thick and
normally consist of:
‫( ﻳﻚ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ؛‬1
1) A resin based primer;
2) A screed of resin and inert filler up to
2 mm thick;
‫( ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮار رزﻳﻨﻲ و ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻲ اﺛﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬2
3) Glass fibre reinforcement laid on top
of the screed and thoroughly wetted
out with the resin;
‫( اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬3
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬2
‫ ﺗﺮ ﺷﺪه ؛‬،‫روي ﻧﻮار و ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﺑﺎ رزﻳﻦ‬
‫( ﻳﻚ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ؛‬4
4) A resin based top coat.
‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ و ﻏﻠﻄﻚ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
They are applied by trowel and roller.
‫ﻛﺎر ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﻤﺪي ﺑﻪ‬
10.3.3.2 Hand-lay-up mat lining
2-3-3-10
‫روش دﺳﺘﻲ‬
These consist of two layers of glass fiber mat
lay up over a blasted primed substrate and
finish off with a coat of resin. Typically, the
liner is 2.5 to 3.5 mm thick and averages 2025% glass and 75-80% resin.
‫اﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ از دو ﻻﻳﻪ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﻧﻤﺪي‬
‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬.‫ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد و ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﺑﻄﻮر‬3/5 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2/5 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
80 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬75 ‫ درﺻﺪ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي و‬25 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬20 ‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
.‫درﺻﺪ رزﻳﻦ دارد‬
This type of lining is used extensively in
immersion service on steel and concrete
substrates.
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ وﺳﻌﺖ زﻳﺎدي در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻏﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫وري ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
With all systems applied to metal substrates a
resin based primer shall be sprayed or brushed
on to the substrate immediately after
preparation. The resins shall be catalyzed
immediately before application and thorough
mixing with a mechanical mixer is essential.
‫در ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻮراً ﺑﻌﺪ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي روي‬
‫ ﺑﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮس زده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻓﻮراً ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺴﺖ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪه و اﺧﺘﻼط ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ‬
Systems which incorporate a layer or layers of
glass fibre reinforcement shall be rolled to
ensure proper consolidation.
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از درﻫﻢ‬
.‫آﻣﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ زﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Care shall be taken during the rolling operation
to fully wet out the glass and expel all air.
Adjacent pieces of reinforcement shall be
‫در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻏﻠﺘﻚ زﻧﻲ دﻗﺖ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺠﺎور‬.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﺮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﺎم ﻫﻮا ﺑﻴﺮون راﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬50 ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰاﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
61
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
overlapped by not less than 50 mm. The edges
shall be worked out by brushing with a
stippling action. If more than one layer of glass
reinforcement is used then all joints shall be
staggered through the thickness of the
laminate.
‫ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺮس‬.‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ‬.‫زﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ درآﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود آﻧﮕﺎه ﺗﻤﺎم اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
(‫ﺳﺮاﺳﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻳﻚ در ﻣﻴﺎن )ﺷﻄﺮﻧﺠﻲ‬
.‫اﺟﺮا ﺷﻮد‬
When the outer layer is reinforced with
chopped strand material then an additional
layer of resin and surface tissue shall be
applied.
‫ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ‬،‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎده رﺷﺘﻪ اي ﺧﺮد ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آﻧﮕﺎه ﻻﻳﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ رزﻳﻦ و ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
The final coat shall consist of a flow coat of
resin.
.‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻻﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﺎل رزﻳﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
This resin should normally contain 0.4% to
0.6% paraffin wax (with a melting point of
55°C to 60°C) to prevent loss of styrene and
minimize air inhibition of the cure.
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﻮم ﭘﺎراﻓﻴﻨﻲ‬0/6 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬0/4 ‫اﻳﻦ رزﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺣﺎوي‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد( ﺗﺎ از اﺗﻼف‬60 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬55 ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ذوب‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮن ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﻮده و ﻣﻴﺰان ﻫﻮا ﻛﻪ از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري رزﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ را ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬
The work shall be scheduled so that good
adhesion is obtained between successive layers
in adjacent areas. To attain this, any coat shall
be applied before the previous coat has reached
a state of cure which would prevent good intercoat adhesion.
‫ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰي ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي دﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻲ در ﭘﻲ در ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺠﺎور ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از آﻧﻜﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪاي از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮب ﻻﻳﻪ‬
.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
If work is interrupted so that one layer is fully
cured before work is complete then the surface
of the resin of the previous coat shall be
removed by grinding. If the previous coat
contains glass fibres then these shall be
exposed in the grinding process.
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﻛﺎر ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮد ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬، ‫از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﻮد ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ رزﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻨﮓ زدن ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺣﺎوي اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺳﻨﮓ زﻧﻲ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
For good long-term lining performance, limit
the temperature to 60°C.
60 ‫ دﻣﺎ ﺗﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﺧﻮب ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در دراز ﻣﺪت‬
.‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮد‬
Avoid temperature shocks. Do not drain a 60°C
solution from the tank and turn a 15°C water
hose on the lining to wash out the vessel.
‫ درﺟﻪ‬60 ‫ ﺣﻼل‬.‫از ﺷﻮﻛﻬﺎي دﻣﺎﻳﻲ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد از ﻣﺨﺰن ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﺸﻮد و ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن ﺷﻠﻨﮓ آب‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد روي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف را ﺑﺸﻮﻳﻴﺪ‬15
Good results have been obtained with a high
elongation resin (10%) prime coat followed by
a 4% elongation lay-up.
10) ‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ از ﻻﻳﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي رزﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ازدﻳﺎد ﻃﻮل ﺑﺎﻻ‬
4 ‫درﺻﺪي( و ﺑﺪﻧﺒﺎل آن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از رزﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ازدﻳﺎد ﻃﻮل‬
.‫درﺻﺪي ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
For polyester lining of under ground storage
tanks see API-STD-1631.
‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ ﻣﺨﺎزن ذﺧﻴﺮه زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬API-STD-1631
62
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ از ﭘﻮﻟﻚ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي‬3-3-3-10
10.3.3.3 Glass flake lining
For application of flake glass-polyester lining
over steel surface, the prepared surface (see
IPS-E-TP-350) shall be primed with the lining
manufacturer’s primer, by spraying or
brushing.
‫ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﻟﻚ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي‬
IPS-E-TP- ‫ ﺳﻄﺢ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه )ﺑﻪ‬،‫روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
،‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬350
.‫ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮد‬، ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮس‬
The prime coat shall be cured for a period of
time in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
‫ﻻﻳﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﻮد‬
Prior to application of the intermediate coat,
the primer coat shall be tack free but shall not
have set any longer than 8 weeks (nor less than
8 hr. minimum).
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬8 ‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ وﻟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺗﺮ از‬
.(‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬8 ‫ﺷﻮد )ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
Prior to application of intermediate coat the
primer shall be checked for styrene sensitivity
(see test method). If it does not exhibit styrene
sensitivity, it must be abraded by sanding,
grinding, or sandblasting. At least 75% of the
original surface must be uniformly removed.
Any exposed steel shall be reprimed.
‫ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬.(‫اﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮن ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ روش آزﻣﻮن ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آﻧﺮا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪن‬،‫آن ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮن ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻧﺸﺎن ﻧﺪاد‬
‫ دﺳﺖ‬.‫ ﺳﻨﮓ زدن ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﭘﺎك ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫ﺷﻦ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ‬75 ‫ﻛﻢ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫دوﺑﺎره آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
The primed surface shall be wiped down with
styrene prior to lining to ensure removal of all
dust and other forms of contamination.
‫ﺳﻄﺢ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺟﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از زدودن ﺗﻤﺎم ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎك و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
.‫ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮن ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﺶ ﭘﺎك ﺷﻮد‬
The application of the liner intermediate coat
shall not proceed if any of the following
conditions exist:
‫اﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ زﻳﺮ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
:‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻗﺪام ﺷﻮد‬
a) The relative humidity in the work area is
greater than 90%.
‫ درﺻﺪ‬90 ‫اﻟﻒ( رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
b) The surface temperature is less than 3°C
above the dew point of the air in the
work area.
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻻي‬3 ‫ب ( دﻣﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ ﻫﻮا در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
A color differentiation shall exist between the
intermediate coat and the top coat to ensure by
an optical scan that coverage has been obtained
(for example, an ultramarine base and a pink
top coat).
‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﺰ ﻓﺎم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ و ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻳﻚ رﻧﮓ آﺑﻲ ﺳﺒﺰ و رﻧﮓ‬،‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬
.‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ( وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The liner intermediate coat shall be trowel
applied to a minimal thickness of 0.75-1 mm.
The surface of the liner intermediate coat shall
be styrene rolled with a short-nap paint roller
dampened with styrene. Avoid excessive
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬1 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬0/75
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻛﺮدن ﻏﻠﺘﻚ رﻧﮓ ﭘﺮزدار ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺑﻪ‬
‫ از اﻋﻤﺎل اﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮن ﺑﻴﺶ از اﻧﺪازه‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮن ﻏﻠﻄﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
63
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
application of styrene to prevent softening of
the lining.
.‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
Prior to the top coat application, the
intermediate coat shall be tack free and have
set less than 14 days (See manufacturers’
recommendations).
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از ﭼﺴﺐ‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ روز ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬14 ‫ﺑﻮده و ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
. (‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
If the intermediate coat has set more than 14
days it shall be abraded by sanding, grinding,
or sandblasting. At least 75% of the original
surface must be uniformly removed. More
important, the intermediate coat should be
checked for styrene sensitivity. If styrene is
sensitive, good intercoat adhesion will exist.
‫ روز ﻃﻮل ﺑﻜﺸﺪ‬14 ‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪن ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن‬،‫ ﺳﻨﮓ زدن‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آﻧﺮا ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪن ﺷﻦ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬75 ‫ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬.‫ﭘﺎك ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ از ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬.‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ اﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮن‬.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮن ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﻮب ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ‬،‫ﺣﺴﺎس ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫آﻣﺪ‬
If blasting has been done in the vessel after
application of the intermediate coat or if the
surface is otherwise visually dirty, the
intermediate coat shall be wiped with styrene
to ensure removal of dust and other
contaminants.
‫اﮔﺮ در ﻇﺮف ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن اﻧﺠﺎم‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ‬،‫ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ اﮔﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻃﻮر دﻳﮕﺮي ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از زدودن ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎك و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
.‫آﻟﻮدﮔﻴﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮن ﭘﺎك ﺷﻮد‬
The top coat application shall not proceed
when any of conditions described in 10.3.3.2,
exist.
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
.‫ وﺟﻮد دارد ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬2-3-3-10 ‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
The top coat shall be trowel applied to a
thickness of 0.75 to 1 mm or as specified by
the designer and/or Company.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ‬1 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬0/75 ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬/‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻃﺮاح و‬
Sharp edges shall be protected with multiple
layers of glass mat-reinforced polyester
extending a minimum of 100 mm. on the
adjacent flat surfaces. Layers shall be built up
with 450 g/m² mat. The 450 g/m² mat shall be
sized, silane finished, and dry. The minimum
of two layers (1.1 mm layers) will be applied.
On top of this will be placed one layer of 0.25
mm above the lining. A bisphenol resin will be
used. All reinforced lining will be finished off
with a wax coat containing approximately
0.2% reinforcing strips. Some manufacturers
cover the mat with flake glass, ending with 4.55 mm thickness on sharp edges and adjacent
surfaces.
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي روي ﺳﻄﻮح‬100 ‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺸﻢ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻧﻤﺪي ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
450 ‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬.‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﻣﺠﺎور ﮔﺴﺘﺮش ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ‬450 ‫ ﻧﻤﺪ‬.‫ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻧﻤﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺳﻴﻼن ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ و ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻣﺮﺑﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﺴﺐ زده‬
‫ در ﺑﺎﻻي‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي( اﻋﻤﺎل ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬1/1 ‫دو ﻻﻳﻪ )ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﻗﺮار ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ‬0/25 ‫اﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي‬.‫ رزﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﺲ ﻓﻨﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ‬0/2 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺣﺎوي‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن‬.‫ﻧﻮارﻫﺎي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ روي‬5 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬4/5 ‫ﻧﻤﺪ را ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﻟﻚ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
.‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﺰ و ﺳﻄﻮح ﻣﺠﺎور را ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه و ﻛﺎر را ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻼت ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ‬4-3-3-10
10.3.3.4 Trowelled mortar lining
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺳﺒﻚ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬
،‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎ‬،‫ اﻫﻤﻴﺖ زﻳﺎدي در ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪار ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﻳﻨﻬﺎ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬.‫ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺑﺘﻨﻲ و ﻇﺮوف دارﻧﺪ‬
This filled polyester lining stabilized with a
light roving are very important in pumps,
trenches, concrete tanks, and vessels. These
64
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
can be further modified to provide additional
abrasion resistance, which in many cases is
extremely important.
‫ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺴﻴﺎري از‬
.‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ اﺻﻼح ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫ﻣﻮارد ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪت ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
A silica-filled base coat is applied to the
primed substrate. A light roving is embedded in
it and rolled with resin until wet through. A top
coat follows and, if abrasion is a problem, is
enhanced with a corundum filler. The surface
may be rolled with styrene to provide a glazed
slick surface.
‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺲ روي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﻪ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺳﺒﻚ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬.‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫در آن ﺟﺎﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ رزﻳﻦ ﻏﻠﺘﺎﻧﺪه ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﺮ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺲ از آن اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد و ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎﻳﻲ از ﺟﻨﺲ ذرات‬،‫ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ‬.‫ﺳﺨﺖ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪه )آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﺎ( اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ رﻓﻊ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮن ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﻴﻘﻞ ﺑﺮاق ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻛﺎري ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬4-3-10
10.3.4 Epoxy lining
10.3.4.1 Typical grades of epoxy materials
used for lining are as follows:
A) Amine
systems
cured
solvent
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ اﻧﻮاع ﻣﻮاد اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬1-4-3-10
:‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي داراي ﺣﻼل ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه‬
containing
‫ﺑﺎ آﻣﻴﻦ‬
These systems can be based on liquid epoxy
resins but more often a solid resin is used,
the latter tending to give a better
performance. The hardener is usually in the
form of an amine adduct. Sensitivity to
temperature and humidity depends upon the
type of hardener, that is used. The lining is
applied as a multi-coat system which may
well include a primer.
‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﻫﺎي اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ اﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ اوﻗﺎت از رزﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ رزﻳﻦ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﺑﻬﺘﺮي را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل اﻓﺰاﻳﺸﻲ آﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎ و رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهاي دارد ﻛﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬، ‫ﻳﻚ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
B) Polyamide cured solvent containing
systems
‫ب ( ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي داراي ﺣﻼل ﻋﻤﻞآوري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
In these systems a polyamide resin is used
as the hardener in place of an amine. They
are not often used as lining materials as
their general properties are substantially
reduced compared with amine cured
systems. They are generally sensitive to
conditions of high humidity.
‫در اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ رزﻳﻦ ﭘﻠﻲ آﻣﻴﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ اوﻗﺎت آﻧﻬﺎ را‬.‫ﺑﺠﺎي ﻳﻚ آﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺮﻧﺪ ﭼﻮن در‬
‫واﻗﻊ ﺧﻮاص ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ‬.‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه آﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ زﻳﺎد ﺣﺴﺎس ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻲ آﻣﻴﺪ‬
‫ج ( ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺳﺨﺖ‬
C) High solids epoxy systems
These systems are similar to (A) and (B)
except that the solvent content is very low.
They are nearly all based on liquid epoxy
resins. Hardeners will be either an amine,
aromatic or aliphatic polyamine or a
polyamide. Sensitivity to temperature and
‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ )اﻟﻒ( و )ب( ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺗﻤﺎم آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﺣﻼل ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ آﻣﻴﻦ‬.‫رزﻳﻦﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫آروﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ آﻟﻴﻔﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﭘﻠﻲ آﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻠﻲ آﻣﻴﺪ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ‬
65
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
humidity depends on the type of hardener
that is used. The lining is usually applied in
two coats.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎ و رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺳﺨﺖ‬.‫ﺑﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود دارد‬
.‫در دو ﻻﻳﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫د ( ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺪون ﺣﻼل‬
D) Solvent-free epoxy systems
These systems are similar to (C) except that
they are based on liquid epoxy resin with no
solvent present. When the hardener is an
aromatic polyamine a 3-pack system
consisting of base, hardener and accelerator
is used.
‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ )ج( ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ‬.‫رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺣﻀﻮر ﺣﻼل ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﻚ آروﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﭘﻠﻲ آﻣﻴﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ‬،‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﻪ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
These systems are suitable for use with food
and drink products provided a suitable nontoxic and taint-free resin is used.
‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت‬
‫ﺧﻮراﻛﻲ و آﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺸﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ از رزﻳﻦ ﻏﻴﺮ‬
.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺳﻤﻲ و ﻋﺎري از آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ‬
These resins also may be reinforced with
glass flake or glass fibre to provide
additional strength.
‫اﻳﻦ رزﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮده ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ اﻟﻴﺎف‬
.‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻫـ( ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر‬
E) Coal tar epoxy systems
These are 2-pack systems containing either
coal tar or coal tar pitch. The epoxy may be
liquid or solid resin. Amounts of solvent are
small or the systems may be solvent-free.
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ دو ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوي ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ‬
‫ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ رزﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬.‫ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺣﻼل ﻛﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﻋﺎري از ﺣﻼل ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Corrosion resistant properties vary markedly
depending on the coal tar/epoxy resin ratio and
it is important that this is specified. For
instance, where good resistance to sulphuric
acid is required, a proportion of at least 40%
epoxy resin is required.
‫ﺧﻮاص ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر‬
‫ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ دارد‬/‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺳﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ رزﻳﻦ ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﺜﻼً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺎﺋﺰ اﻫﻤﻴﺖ اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺧﻮب در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ اﺳﻴﺪ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮرﻳﻚ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪي رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬40 ‫دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
Hardeners such as amines, amine adducts and
polyamides are commonly used depending on
temperature and humidity. Systems are usually
two or three coats.
‫ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬، ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان دﻣﺎ و رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت اﻓﺰاﻳﺸﻲ آﻣﻴﻦ و ﭘﻠﻲ آﻣﻴﺪ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻧﻈﻴﺮ آﻣﻴﻦ ﻫﺎ‬
.‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ دو ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ روﻧﺪ‬
10.3.4.2 For preparation of substrate to be
epoxy lined see 10.2.2.
‫ﺑﺮاي آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺟﻬﺖ‬
10.3.4.3 Some of the resin systems are
moisture sensitive and in the case of site work
it may be necessary to install and operate
dehumidifying equipment during the lining
process. The temperature of the mixed coatings
and of the substrate at the time of application
shall not be lower than 13°C. It is permissible
to use in-line heaters or to otherwise heat the
‫ ﺣﺴﺎس ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي رزﻳﻨﻲ‬3-4-3-10
2-4-3-10
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬2-2-10 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺎر در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در‬
‫ دﻣﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
13 ‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫ﺷﺪه و ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ در ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ‬.‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
66
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
substrate to 49°C to facilitate application and
cure.
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬49 ‫ﻋﺒﺎرت دﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل و ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
10.3.4.4 The lining system shall consist of a
liquid two-pack chemically cured rustinhibitive epoxy primer and one or more coats
of a liquid two-pack epoxy finish coat. Primer
and finish coat(s) shall be preferably from the
same manufacturer.
، ‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ دو ﺟﺰء ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬4-4-3-10
The lining system may alternatively consist of
two or more coats of the same epoxy material
without the use of a separate primer.
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫دو ﻻﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﻣﻮاد اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬
.‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
10.3.4.5 The total system shall provide in two
or more coats and a total dry film thickness of
not less than 365 µm nor more than 635 µm.
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دو ﻻﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬5-4-3-10
10.3.4.6 Both primer and finish coat shall be
spray-applied in accordance with the
manufacturer’s recommendation. Application
by airless spray or centrifugal wheel (see IPSC-TP-102) is the preferred method.
‫ آﺳﺘﺮي و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺮ دو ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬6-4-3-10
10.3.4.7 The primer after mixing shall be
applied without thinning to a dry film thickness
of 25-40 µm. A minimum of 4 hours drying
time and a maximum drying time as
recommended by manufacturer is required
before application of the finish coat. If more
than maximum drying time elapse, the primer
must be removed or abraded to roughen its
surface. In either case, the surface must be
reprimed.
‫ آﺳﺘﺮي را ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺧﺘﻼط ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﻗﻴﻖ‬7-4-3-10
‫آﺳﺘﺮي اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎزدارﻧﺪﮔﻲ زﻧﮓ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫آوري ﺷﺪه و ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ آﺳﺘﺮي و‬.‫ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ دو ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
.‫ﻻﻳﻪ)ﻫﺎي( ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون و‬365 ‫ﺷﻮد و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﻞ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬635 ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫ روش اﻋﻤﺎل‬.‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺎﺷﺸﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺑﺪون ﻫﻮا ﻳﺎ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ )ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ دارد‬IPS-C-TP-102
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون‬40 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬25 ‫ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ زﻣﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن و‬4 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ زﻣﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه زﻣﺎن ﺧﺸﻚ‬.‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪن از ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ در‬.‫آﺳﺘﺮي را ﺑﺮداﺷﺖ و ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ را ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ زﺑﺮ ﺷﺪن ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
.‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺪداً آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از دو ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
10.3.4.8 When the resin system contains
solvents the interval between coats shall be
sufficient to allow the solvent to evaporate.
‫ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رزﻳﻦ داراي ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬8-4-3-10
10.3.4.9 The epoxy finish coat(s) shall be
applied over the dry primer or first coat as
recommended by manufacturer. If more than
one coat is applied, the second coat shall be
applied within time limits recommended by the
manufacturer to prevent delamination between
coats. If the recommended period between
coats is exceeded, a recommended repair
procedure shall be obtained from the coating
manufacturer.
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ)ﻫﺎي( ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي آﺳﺘﺮي‬9-4-3-10
‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺣﻼل را ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
.‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ اول ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ دوﻣﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻻﻳﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ در ﻣﺪت‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫زﻣﺎن ﻣﺤﺪود ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻃﺮف ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ اﮔﺮ زﻣﺎن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
،‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
67
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
10.3.4.10 For epoxy lining of under ground
storage tanks see API-STD-1631.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﺨﺎزن ذﺧﻴﺮه‬10-4-3-10
10.3.4.11 For more information about using of
liquid epoxy lining systems for steel water
pipelines see AWWA C 210.
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ درﺑﺎره ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي‬11-4-3-10
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬API-STD-1631 ‫زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬AWWA C210 ‫ﻓﻮﻻدي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل آب ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻓﻮرانﻫﺎ‬5-3-10
10.3.5 Furanes
10.3.5.1 All surfaces to which furane linings
are to be applied shall be primed before the
application of any furane resin.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع رزﻳﻦ ﻓﻮران‬1-5-3-10
‫ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﻮران ﺑﺮ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
.‫ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
10.3.5.2 The primer shall be fully cured before
the application of the furane.
‫ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻓﻮران ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻋﻤﻞ‬2-5-3-10
10.3.5.3 The components of the resin system
shall be mixed thoroughly and applied within
the time limit specified by the manufacturer of
the lining.
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬3-5-3-10
10.3.5.4 Application by brush, roller, trowel or
special spray equipment is permissible. When
glass fibre reinforcement is used the coats shall
be well rolled to ensure a void-free laminate.
‫ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﺎﺷﺸﻲ‬،‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮس‬4-5-3-10
.‫آوري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه و در ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﻣﺤﺪود ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬.‫ﺧﺎص ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫از ﻧﺒﻮد ﻓﻀﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬5-5-3-10
10.3.5.5 It is usual for more than one coat of
resin to be applied, and the work shall be
scheduled so that good adhesion is obtained
between successive layers in adjacent areas. To
attain this any coat shall be applied before the
previous coat has reached a state of cure which
would prevent good inter-coat adhesion.
‫و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ اي ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰي ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
.‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﺠﺎور‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از آﻧﻜﻪ‬،‫ﺟﻬﺖ دﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪاي از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ‬
.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮب ﺑﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ اي ﺷﻮد‬
10.3.5.6 When a final top coat of un-reinforced
resin is applied the thickness shall not exceed
0.5 mm.
‫ وﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻧﺸﺪه‬6-5-3-10
10.3.5.7 Cure of furane resin linings shall be in
accordance with the resin manufacturer’s
recommendations. When the conditions of cure
involve heating, hot air shall be used. No part
of the lining shall be heated above 50°C during
the early stages of the cure.
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ رزﻳﻦ ﻓﻮران‬7-5-3-10
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0/5 ‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه رزﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻮاي داغ ﺑﻜﺎر‬،‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از‬،‫ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬.‫رود‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ‬50 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮد‬
68
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن‬6-3-10
10.3.6 Polyurethane
10.3.6.1 All the polyurethane systems used for
lining process equipment shall be multicomponent. The components shall be mixed
thoroughly before application.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬1-6-3-10
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ‬
.‫ اﺟﺰاء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
10.3.6.2 When polyurethane systems used for
lining contain solvents the interval between
coats shall be sufficient to allow the solvents to
evaporate.
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬2-6-3-10
10.3.6.3 The work of applying successive coats
shall be scheduled so that the next coat is
applied before the preceding coat is fully cured,
otherwise poor inter-coat adhesion will result.
‫ ﻛﺎر اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺮدن ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬3-6-3-10
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ ﺣﺎوي ﺣﻼل ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه اي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺣﻼل ﻫﺎ را‬
.‫ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫اي ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰي ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪي ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ در ﻏﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻨﺘﺞ‬،‫آوري ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪاي ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
All the polyurethane systems used for lining
are sensitive to moisture. A small amount of
moisture will accelerate the cure of the lining.
Excessive moisture has an adverse effect and it
may be necessary to control the moisture
content of the atmosphere during the
application of the lining.
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻤﻲ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺣﺴﺎس ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬.‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ را ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫اﺿﺎﻓﻲ اﺛﺮ ﻣﻀﺮ داﺷﺘﻪ و ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
.‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻫﻮا در ﺣﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
Where concrete equipment is to be lined the
free water content of the concrete is of
particular importance.
‫ ﻋﺎري‬،‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺘﻦ از آب از اﻫﻤﻴﺖ وﻳﮋه اي ﺑﺮﺧﻮردار اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﭘﻠﻲ ﻛﻠﺮوﭘﺮن‬7-3-10
10.3.7 Polychloroprene
10.3.7.1 Special primers shall be used to
promote a bond between substrates and liquid
polychloroprene.
‫ آﺳﺘﺮﻳﻬﺎي ﺧﺎص ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬1-7-3-10
10.3.7.2 The liquid rubber contains solvents
and the lining process requires the application
of a number of coats. The lining process shall
be scheduled to allow the evaporation of the
solvents from one coat before the next coat is
applied.
‫ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺣﺎوي ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎ و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-7-3-10
10.3.7.3 The work of applying successive coats
shall be scheduled so that the next coat is
applied before the preceding coat has fully
cured, otherwise poor inter-coat adhesion will
result.
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺮدن ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ اي‬3-7-3-10
.‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﻠﻲ ﻛﻠﺮوﭘﺮن ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻌﺪد دارد‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰي ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ‬
،‫ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎ را از ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪي اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰي ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪي ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬
‫ در ﻏﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪاي ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
Cure of the lining is dependent upon the type
of curing agent and the temperature. At 15°C
‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
69
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
the cure time is approximately 7 days. The
process may be accelerated by the application
of heat.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد زﻣﺎن ﻋﻤﻞ‬15 ‫ در دﻣﺎي‬.‫آوري و دﻣﺎ دارد‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل‬.‫ روز اﺳﺖ‬7 ً‫آوري ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
.‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
10.4 Curing (see Appendix C)
(‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري )ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4-10
10.4.1 After application the lining shall be
cured in accordance with the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬1-4-10
10.4.2 There is no suitable procedure for
evaluating (at the time of application). The
adequateness of cure of chemically cured
lining. However hardness of the applied
coating has been used as a guide in that, film
hardness may be proportional to the degree of
cure achieved (see 10.6.6).
(‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮاي ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ )در زﻣﺎن اﻋﻤﺎل‬2-4-10
.‫ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﻮد‬
‫رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮرت‬
‫ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬.‫ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‬،‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه‬
،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﻌﻨﻮان راﻫﻨﻤﺎ در آن ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺰان درﺟﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬6-6-10 ‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آﻣﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬5-10
10.5 Repair of Lining
10.5.1 When rectification of faults is to be
made in linings which are fully cured special
attention shall be paid to the problems of
achieving adhesion between new resin and the
cured lining.
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ اﺻﻼح ﻋﻴﻮب در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬1-5-10
10.5.2 In the case of linings based on polyester
resins the first step shall be to remove the
surface wax over a patch which extends 50 mm
beyond the area to be repaired.
-‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ‬2-5-10
10.5.3 With all linings a patch which extends
25 mm beyond the area to be repaired shall be
ground to remove the gloss.
‫ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ زدودن‬3-5-10
10.5.4 When priming of the substrate is an
essential part of the system the first step after
preparation shall be to establish whether the
primer is intact. If the primer is damaged then
it shall be repaired before the rest of the work
proceeds.
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻳﻚ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺿﺮوري‬4-5-10
10.5.5 Rectification of faults shall be done
either with the same material as originally used
for the lining, or other materials that shall be
used only with the Purchaser’s written consent.
‫ اﺻﻼح ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ آﻧﭽﻪ‬5-5-10
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻼت دﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ رزﻳﻦ‬
.‫ ﻣﺒﺬول ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻮم ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اول‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي اﻃﺮاف ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬50 ‫روي ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬، ‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي اﻃﺮاف ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬25 ‫ﺑﺮاﻗﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ ﺳﻨﮓ زده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ اﺳﺖ اوﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺣﺘﻲ اﮔﺮ آﺳﺘﺮي دﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﻮرده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺎﺑﻘﻲ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺠﺎم‬،‫آﺳﺘﺮي آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻪ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺻﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
،‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ داراي ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﺻﻼح ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬6-5-10
10.5.6 After all rectification work the lining
shall be subject to inspection as appropriate
and in particular to continuity testing.
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
70
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي آزﻣﻮن ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ‬7-5-10
10.5.7 Repairs shall be electrically inspected
using continuity test (see 10.6.4).
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4-6-10 ‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮق ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬6-10
10.6 Inspection
10.6.1 Visual inspection of lining
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-6-10
The lining shall be inspected visually for
blisters, flaws, sagging and inclusions of
foreign material. Defects shall be removed and
the lining replaced. If the number of defects is
large and covers a large surface area the lining
shall be removed completely and the work of
lining re-done.
‫ ﺷﻜﻢ‬،‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺎوﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﻋﻴﻮب‬.‫دادﮔﻲ و ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺼﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ آن‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻋﻴﻮب زﻳﺎد ﺑﻮده و ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ‬.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺑﺰرﮔﻲ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را در ﺑﺮ ﮔﻴﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
.‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و ﻛﺎر ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺠﺪداً اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASTM D 2563 ‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
Visual inspection shall be per ASTM D 2563:
a) Acceptance Level I for aggressive
environments.
.‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺎﺟﻢ‬I ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮرد ﻗﺒﻮل‬
b) Acceptance Level II for all other
environments.
.‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ‬II ‫ب ( ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮرد ﻗﺒﻮل‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-6-10
10.6.2 Thickness of lining
A survey of the thickness of the lining shall be
made. Of the instruments available those that
operate on a single probe electromagnetic or
eddy current principle shall normally be used.
Selection shall be determined in other cases by
the nature of the substrate. The instruments
shall be calibrated against reference plates at
least twice a day.
.‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ از ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ در دﺳﺘﺮس ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮوب‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺮداﺑﻲ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬،‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ‬.‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬.‫ﻣﺎﻫﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ دوﺑﺎر در روز ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
Notes:
1) For determining thickness of reinforced
thermosetting resin linings see ASTM D
3567, and for thickness of unreinforced
thermosetting resin lining, see IPS-C-TP102 Section 22 (Dry film thickness
measurement of paint).
‫( ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ‬1
2) Attention is drawn to the fact that thickness
measurements of thin films in corners and
on curved surfaces of small radii may not
be accurate.
‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﻧﺪازه‬2
3) If concrete is the substrate it may be
appropriate to monitor thickness of the
linings as applied by use of wet film
thickness gages.
‫ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫( ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3
‫ و ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ASTM D 3567 ‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
‫ )اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ‬22 ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬IPS-C-TP-102
.‫ﺧﺸﻚ رﻧﮓ( ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزك در ﮔﻮﺷﻪ و روي‬
.‫ﺳﻄﻮح ﺧﻤﻴﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﺎع ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ از ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
.‫ﺳﻨﺞ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
71
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-6-10
10.6.3 Adhesion of lining
The lining shall be inspected visually for
evidence of lack of adhesion to the substrate
and, where applicable, lack of inter-coat
adhesion.
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪن ﻋﺪم ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر )در‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن( و ﻋﺪم ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
As far as possible adhesion testing of the
applied lining is to be avoided because the test
is destructive and the lining has to be repaired.
‫ﺣﺘﻲ اﻻﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد زﻳﺮا ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن ﻣﺨﺮب ﺑﻮده و‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
If required, test pieces (see 10.6.7) shall be
used to demonstrate that the process employed
does provide a lining with the required level of
adhesion. These test pieces shall be of the same
material as the substrate and the lining process
shall be the same as that employed for lining
the equipment and done under the same
conditions and at the same time.
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬7-6-10 ‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن )ﺑﻪ‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺰان‬،‫ﺷﻮد( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﺛﺒﺎت اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺮده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺠﻨﺲ‬.‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت آزﻣﻮن ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﻮده و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ و‬
.‫زﻣﺎن ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
10.6.4 Continuity testing (see also 19)
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬19 ‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬4-6-10
(‫ﺷﻮد‬
10.6.4.1 The lining shall be tested for pinholes.
‫ ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﻮن‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ رﻳﺰ‬1-4-6-10
.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ دو ﻧﻮع ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ اﺻﻠﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬
There are two main types of instrument used
for continuity testing.
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب‬2-4-6-10
10.6.4.2 Wet sponge testing
It is usual for wet sponge probes operating on
low voltage to be used for lining up to 350 µm
thick.
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﭘﺮوﺑﻬﺎي اﺳﻔﻨﺠﻲ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻛﻢ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬350 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
The sponge probe of the instrument shall be
wetted with a 3% solution of sodium chloride
to which a small amount of wetting agent
(detergent) has been added. If the substrate is
austenitic steel then a 3% solution of
ammonium sulfate shall be used instead of the
salt solution.
‫ﭘﺮوب اﺳﻔﻨﺠﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻤﻲ ﻣﺎده ﺧﻴﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬3 ‫ﺳﺪﻳﻢ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﺳﻄﺢ‬.‫)ﺷﻮﻳﻨﺪه( اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﺷﻮد‬
‫زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻮﻻد آﺳﺘﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ آﻧﮕﺎه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎت‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺠﺎي ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﻧﻤﻚ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬3 ‫آﻣﻮﻧﻴﻮم‬
The sponge shall be moved across the surface
in a systematic way so that the whole of the
surface is examined.
‫اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ روش ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪاي در ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي‬
.‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن داده ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
The speed of travel shall be controlled so that
time is allowed for imperfections in the lining
to wet out. When a pinhole is discovered, the
position of the hole shall be clearly marked.
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬.‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻋﻴﻮب ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﺎرج ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﻮراخ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر واﺿﺢ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬،‫رﻳﺰ ﭘﻴﺪا ﺷﺪ‬
Before proceeding with further testing the
surface of the lining adjacent to the pinhole
‫ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از رﺟﻮع ﻣﺠﺪد‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اداﻣﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺟﻬﺖ ردﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺳﻮراخ)ﻫﺎ(ي رﻳﺰي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼً ﭘﻴﺪا ﺷﺪه‬
72
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
shall be dried thoroughly in order to avoid
tracking back to the pinhole(s) already
discovered.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺠﺎور ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ رﻳﺰ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‬3-4-6-10
10.6.4.3 Spark testing
The finished lining shall be tested using a high
voltage, high frequency spark tester set for the
following voltage levels:
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه آزﻣﻮن ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﻮح وﻟﺘﺎژي زﻳﺮ‬
:‫آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮد‬
2500 to 5000 volts, depending on composition.
a) Glass flake reinforced linings:
(.‫ )ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ دارد‬،‫ وﻟﺖ‬5000 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2500
:‫اﻟﻒ( ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﻟﻚ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬
b) Lay-up and Spray linings:
5000 volts to 1.5 mm ( 60 mils) thickness
:‫ب ( ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﺸﻲ و ﭘﺎﺷﺸﻲ‬
(‫ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ‬60) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬1/5 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﺎ‬5000
10000 volts to 3 mm (125 mils) thickness.
(‫ ﻣﻴﻠﺰ‬125) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬3 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﺎ‬10000
A probe shall be moved continuously over the
surface of the lining at a speed not exceeding
100 mm/s. Applying the spark to one spot for
any appreciable length of time shall be avoided
as prolonged exposure to the spark can cause
damage to the lining.
‫ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮوب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن دﻫﺪ‬100
‫ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻃﻮل زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﺴﻮس ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ‬
‫ ﭼﺮا ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻗﺮار دادن ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻣﺪت‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
When a defect in the lining is discovered, it
shall be clearly marked.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬،‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻴﺪا ﺷﺪ‬
.‫واﺿﺢ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﺪار ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
When concrete is the substrate the only method
of testing for pinholes is by spark testing using
an A.C. type instrument.
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر اﺳﺖ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ روش آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰار‬،‫ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي رﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬A.C. ‫دﻗﻴﻖ از ﻧﻮع‬
10.6.4.4 For continuity test the surface of all
but small equipment shall be divided up by
chalk line or other suitable marks into smaller
areas of about 1 m².
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﻮن ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬4-4-6-10
10.6.4.5 Local repair are permitted if the
number of pinholes does not exceed that 5
pinholes/m². If local repair are not possible the
lining shall be removed and replaced (see
10.5).
‫ ﺳﻮراخ رﻳﺰ ﺑﺮ‬5 ‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ رﻳﺰ از‬5-4-6-10
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻂ ﮔﭻ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮد‬1 ‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﺤﺪود‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬5-10 ‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮدد )ﺑﻪ‬
73
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬5-6-10
10.6.5 Cure of lining
- The lining shall be examined for the state
of cure.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬
.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
-
- The hardness of the lining is a good
indication of the cure and shall be the
minimum specified (see 10.6.6).
‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ دﻻﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬
‫ﺧﻮب دارد و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬6-6-10 ‫)ﺑﻪ‬
-
- The lining shall be tested for solvent
resistance using the specified solvent.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
.‫ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺣﻼل ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮد‬
-
- This test shall be carried out by laying a
cloth soaked in the specified solvent over
selected areas of the lining for 3 min.
After this time the lining shall show no
sign of tackiness.
‫اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮار دادن ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ اﺷﺒﺎع ﺷﺪه از‬
‫ﺣﻼل ﻣﻌﻴﻦ روي ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻦ‬.‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬3 ‫ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺪت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺛﺮي از ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬
-
- In the case of linings based on polyester
resins any wax shall be removed from
the surface before applying this test.
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن‬
.‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻮﻣﻲ از ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
-
- If the lining is found to be under-cured and
the appropriate curing schedule has been
followed then remedial action shall be
investigated. If this treatment is not
successful then the lining shall be
removed and replaced.
‫اﮔﺮ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ داده ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﺣﺎل‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ آﻧﮕﺎه اﻗﺪام اﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﮕﻴﺮي‬،‫دﻧﺒﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﺴﺎزي ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﻧﺒﻮد آﻧﮕﺎه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زدوده و ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
-
‫ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﻞآوري ﺷﺪه‬6-6-10
10.6.6 Hardness of cured lining
10.6.6.1 Hardness
‫ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬1-6-6-10
The average of hardness readings, made with
the Barcol impressor on reference sample, shall
at least be equal to the minimum specified by
the lining manufacturer based on the type and
material of lining selected.
‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻗﺮاﺋﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺨﺘﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺛﺮ ﮔﺬار‬
‫ﺑﺎرﻛﻮل روي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﻧﻮع و‬
.‫ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬2-6-6-10
10.6.6.2 Frequency of hardness checks
A minimum of one reading shall be made for
each 10 m² (100 sq.ft) of lining installed and
for each opening (nozzle, manway).
(‫ ﻓﻮت ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬100) ‫ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬10 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺮاﺋﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ دﻓﻌﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻧﻤﻮدن‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻧﺎزل ﻳﺎ درﻳﭽﻪ آدم رو‬
10.6.6.3 If the required hardness is not
obtained, remedial procedures shall be as
mutually agreed by Company, and contractor.
،‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‬3-6-6-10
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي اﺻﻼﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ و‬
.‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
74
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬7-6-10
10.6.7 Reference samples
Reference samples prepared by the applicator,
and meeting all quality requirements, shall be
supplied to the Company prior to execution of
the work:
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺟﺮاي ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاي‬،‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ دارد‬
.‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ارﺳﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬
a) Samples shall be (150 × 150 mm) (6 × 6
in.).
(‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬6×6) (‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬150×150) ‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
b) One sample shall be prepared of the
complete system, to be used as a
standard by the inspector for quality
and finish of the completed work.
‫ب ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ از ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬
c) For all systems which require a seal
coat, an additional sample shall be
prepared without this finish coat. This
sample shall be used by the inspector
as a standard and calibration for
hardness tests, 10.6.6 thickness
measurements, 10.6.2 and spark test
10.6.4.3.
‫ج ( ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ آب ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ و‬
.‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر رود ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫دارﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺪون اﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس‬.‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎي‬
2-6-10 ،‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬6-6-10 ‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬3-4-6-10 ‫و آزﻣﻮن ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‬
‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬7-10
10.7 Transportation and Storage
10.7.1 Lined equipment shall be stored and
transported in accordance with 7.5 with the
following additional requirements:
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬1-7-10
10.7.2 When lined pipe transported by truck, a
flatbed trailer shall be used with at least three
bolsters between each layer of pipe, the
bolsters are aligned vertically above the
previous layer to provide even support.
‫ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه‬2-7-10
‫ اﻧﺒﺎرداري و ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬،‫ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ زﻳﺮ‬5-7
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮن ﻛﻔﻲ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺳﻪ ﺗﻴﺮ‬،‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﻮن‬
،‫ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬،‫ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻛﻪ زﻳﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎﻻي ﻻﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه‬
.‫ﻣﺴﻄﺢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
10.7.3 The load should then be tied down to
prevent any shifting, bending, or movement of
the pipe. All pipe should be transported with
closed end thread protectors on both ends,
preferably made of plastic or a plastic-lined
steel (composite) protector.
،‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎر ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن‬3-7-10
10.7.4 For storage, the pipe should be placed
on at least three racks or wooden sills evenly
spaced to support the pipe (48 cm) off the
ground. To stack the pipe, wooden bolsters
should be placed between each layer, directly
above the pipe racks, with each layer being
blocked to prevent shifting. When movement
of the pipe is required on the racks, bars or
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ روي ﺳﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬4-7-10
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﺎن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺧﻤﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬
ً‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎ‬،‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه دﻧﺪه دار ﺳﺮﺑﺴﺘﻪ روي دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪار ﻓﻮﻻدي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،(‫ﺷﺪه ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ )ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬
‫ردﻳﻒ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺎوي ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ( دورﺗﺮ از زﻣﻴﻦ ﻗﺮار داده‬48) ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي‬،‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ درﺳﺖ در ﺑﺎﻻي ردﻳﻔﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺮار‬
ً‫ ﻫﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‬،‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ روي ردﻳﻔﻬﺎ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﻣﺴﺪود ﺷﺪه‬
75
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
similar objects should never be placed in the
pipe inside diameter. If thread protectors have
come loose, the threads and lining should be
inspected for damage, and the thread protector
reinstalled prior to any movement.
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﺮار داده‬
-‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻧﺪه‬،‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي دﻧﺪه دار ﺷﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ و‬،‫ﻫﺎ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه دﻧﺪهدار ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻫﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﻣﺠﺪداً ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬
10.7.5 When running the pipe, it is important to
select the best tools available, especially the
best tools available, especially slips, power
tongs, back-up tongs, and slip-grip elevators.
Equipment with as much surface contact as
possible to the pipe, e.g., full wrap-around
tongs, should be used. When the tubing is lifted
onto the rig floor, the pin-end thread protector
must be in place to protect the threads and
lining that covers the chamfer and typically the
first two threads. It is removed just prior to
stabbing for make-up.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬،‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‬5-7-10
‫ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي‬،‫اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‬،‫ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎن‬،‫ﻧﻴﺮوﻣﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ‬.‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬.‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻟﻔﺎف ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﻃﺮاف ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻮب ﮔﺬاري دﻛﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ آورده ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از رزوه ﻫﺎ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً دو‬
‫ ﺧﺎر ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه رزوهدار ﻛﺎر‬،‫رزوه اول را ﻣﻲﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
،‫ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ درﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻓﺮو آوردن ﺗﻴﻮب‬
.‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬8-10
10.8 Installation
Installation shall be in accordance with 7.8.1.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1-8-7 ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬-11
11. RUBBER LINING
11.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-11
11.1.1 This Clause specifies minimum
requirements for the lining of equipment using
cold rubber.
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-1-11
‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺳﺮد‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
11.1.2 The material considered include natural
and synthetic rubbers applied as unvulcanized
or prevulcanized sheet.
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻬﺎي ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ و‬2-1-11
11.1.3 Brushed or sprayed rubber lining are not
included.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺑﺮﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﺸﻲ‬3-1-11
11.1.4 The rubbers can be used for lining
include:
‫ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻬﺎﻳﻲ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬4-1-11
‫ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ورق وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻧﺸﺪه ﻳﺎ از‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﭘﻴﺶ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه‬
.‫را ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬
(‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ )ﭘﻠﻲ اﻳﺰوﭘﺮن‬
-
،(IR)
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اﻳﺰو ﭘﺮن ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ‬
-
،(IIR)
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﻮﺗﻴﻞ‬
-
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻧﻴﺘﺮﻳﻞ‬
-
- Natural polyisoprene
(NR),
،(NR)
- Synthetic polyisoprene
(IR),
- Butyl rubber
(IIR),
- Nitril rubber
(NBR),
- Chloro sulfonated polyethylene
- Hard or Ebonite rubber
،(NBR)
،(CSM)
(CSM),
،(EBO)
(EBO)
76
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﻛﻠﺮو ﺳﻮﻟﻔﺎﻧﺎت ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ اﺑﻮﻧﻴﺖ‬
-
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
- Fluorinated rubber
- Chloroprene rubber
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
،(FKM)
(FKM),
. (CR)
(CR).
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻓﻠﻮﺋﻮردار ﺷﺪه‬
-
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻛﻠﺮوﭘﺮن‬
-
11.1.5 Rubber lining applies to equipment and
construction fabricated in metal or concrete.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬5-1-11
11.1.6 Requirements for design and fabrication
of the equipment, the state of preparation
necessary for the surface to be lined and
thickness of lining shall be according to IPS-ETP-350.
‫ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ‬،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬6-1-11
11.1.7 Rubber lining are mainly used for two
purposes, either for corrosion protection or for
protection against abrasion. In brick-lined
equipment they perform as an impermeable
membrane between the brick lining and the
load-bearing construction.
‫ اﺻﻮﻻً ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ دو ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬7-1-11
.‫ﺷﺪه از ﻓﻠﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻻزم ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
IPS-E-TP-350 ‫ﺷﻮد و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در‬،‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ آﺟﺮي ﺑﻌﻨﻮان‬-‫ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻏﺸﺎء ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي و ﺳﺎزه‬
.‫ﺑﺎرﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ از ﻧﻈﺮ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬8-1-11
11.1.8 Rubber lining are used economically for
chemical service in the range of temperature
from -20 to +200°C. In many cases of hightemperature service, protective brick lining are
used to reduce the actual temperature at rubber
lining and extend the expected service life by
along enough time to justify the added expense
(see IPS-E-TP-350).
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬+200 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬-20 ‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ در ﻣﺤﺪوده دﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬
،‫ در ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺖ‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ دﻣﺎي واﻗﻌﻲ در‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ و ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻤﺮ ﻛﺎري ﻣﻮرد اﻧﺘﻈﺎر در‬
‫ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-TP-350 ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد )ﺑﻪ‬
11.1.9 Alternating from one chemical service
to another is not recommended.
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬9-1-11
11.1.10 Lining shall not be applied when the
temperature of surface is less than 3°C above
the dew point of the air in the work area and/or
the relative humidity is higher than 80%.
‫ درﺟﻪ‬3 ‫ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬10-1-11
.‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻳﺎ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬/‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ ﻫﻮا و‬
‫ درﺻﺪ در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻛﺎري اﺳﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬80 ‫از‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
11.1.11 The Company inspector may stop
lining operations when conditions such as
7.1.6.
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬6-1-7 ‫ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺸـﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬11-1-11
11.1.12 The lined equipment shall be identified
as stated in 8.1.10.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬12-1-11
11.1.13 The applicator of the lining shall
provide a certificate of inspection and testing
when requested, as specified in 8.1.11.
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ‬13-1-11
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬10-1-8
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ را ﻫﺮ زﻣﺎن ﻛﻪ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬11-1-8 ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
77
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-11
11.2 Preparation
11.2.1 Preparation of material for lining
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-2-11
11.2.1.1 Unvulcanized lining materials
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻧﺸﺪه‬1-1-2-11
Lining materials shall be produced using a
calender, extruder or roller die. When linings
are produced by calendering, multi-ply
construction shall be employed.
‫ روزن ران ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر‬،‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
The minimum number of plies employed in the
manufacture of a finished sheet depends upon
the rubber compound. A guide to the number
of plies related to a given thickness is given
below:
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ورق ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ راﻫﻨﻤﺎ در ﻣﻮرد‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ دارد‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه در زﻳﺮ آﻣﺪه‬
:‫اﺳﺖ‬
THICKNESS OF
LINING
MINIMUM NUMBER OF
PLIES
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
mm ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
3 to 5
6
3
4
When roller die or extrusion methods are used
for the production of lining materials then
single-ply or multiply sheets are permissible.
‫در ﻣﻮاﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ روﺷﻬﺎي ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ روزن راﻧﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﺗﻚ ﻻ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﭼﻨﺪﻻ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
11.2.1.2 Pre-vulcanized lining materials
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ از ﭘﻴﺶ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه‬2-1-2-11
‫ﺷﺪه‬
The unvulcanized lining sheet shall be prepared
in accordance with 11.2.1.1 and shall then be
vulcanized by heating (normally under pressure
in an autoclave) or by a rotary vulcanization
process (see also ASTM D-3182).
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺷﻮد‬1-1-2-11 ‫ورق وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫و ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر در‬
‫ﻳﻚ اﺗﻮﻛﻼو( ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن دوار‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬ASTM D-3182 ‫وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﻮد )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
.(‫ﺷﻮد‬
11.2.1.3 Preparation of unvulcanized rubber
sheets
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه‬3-1-2-11
Unless otherwise specified, condition the
sheeted compound for 1 to 24 hours at 23 ±3°C
at a relative humidity not greater than 55%. For
maximum precision, condition for 1 to 24
hours in a closed container to prevent
absorption of moisture from the air, or in an
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬24 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫ ﻣﺪت‬،‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺮاي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ورﻗﻪاي ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد در رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬23±3 ‫در دﻣﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ذﻛﺮ‬،‫ درﺻﺪ اﺳﺖ‬55 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
1 ‫ ﻣﺪت‬،‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬،‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻗﺖ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ در ﻇﺮف درﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺟﺬب‬24 ‫ﺗﺎ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ در ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺎ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ‬،‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻫﻮا‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪه‬
78
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬35±5
area controlled at 35 ±5% relative humidity.
Place the sheeted compound on a flat, dry,
clean metal surface and cut pieces that are 4.5
±1.5 mm shorter in width and length than the
corresponding dimensions of the mold cavity.
Mark the direction of the milling on each piece.
‫ ﺧﺸﻚ و‬،‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ورﻗﻪاي ﺷﻜﻞ را روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰي ﺻﺎف‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ و ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ را ﻛﻪ ﭘﻬﻨﺎ و ﻃﻮل آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮ از اﺑﻌﺎد ﺣﻔﺮه ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬4/5±1/5
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻓﺮز را روي ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬.‫ ﺑﺮش دﻫﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻋﻼﻣﺘﮕﺬاري ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
The mass of a 150 by 150 mm sheet or a 150
by 75 mm sheet to be vulcanized in the molds
described in 11.4 shall be as shown in Table 2.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬150×75 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ‬150×150 ‫ﺟﺮم ورق‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،4-11 ‫وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه در ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎي ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه‬2 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﺟﺪول‬
TABLE 2 - MASS OF UNVULCANIZED RUBBER SHEET, g
(‫ ﺟﺮم ورق ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻧﺸﺪه )ﮔﺮم‬-2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
DENSITY OF
COMPOUND
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
150 by 150 mm
(6 by 6 in.)
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬150×150
150 by 75 mm
(6 by 3.0 in.)
(‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬6×6)
(‫ اﻳﻨﭻ‬3×6)
52 ±3
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
26 ±1.5
27
27
28
28
29
29
30
30
31
31
32
32
33
33
34
34
35
35
0.94
0.96
0.98
1.00
1.02
1.04
1.06
1.08
1.10
1.12
1.14
1.16
1.18
1.20
1.22
1.24
1.26
1.28
1.30
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬70×150
‫ ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ورق ﻧﺎزك آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮم‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ از ﻣﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه از ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﺟﺮم ورق وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻧﺸﺪه‬،‫آورﻳﻬﺎي ﻗﺒﻠﻲ در ﻗﺎﻟﺐ داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺒﺮان ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ورق ﻧﺎزك ﻛﺎﻫﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‬
A film of suitable material, such as a nonlubricated aluminum foil 0.1 mm thick, may be
placed above and below the sheet in the mold
to prevent contamination with materials
remaining in the mold from previous cures.
The mass of the unvulcanized sheet shall be
reduced to compensate for the thickness of the
foil.
79
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-2-11
11.2.2 Preparation of surface to be lined
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
11.2.2.1 Metal
‫ ﻓﻠﺰ‬1-2-2-11
The surface to be lined should be smooth, free
from pitting, cavities, porosity or other surface
irregularities. The surface should be free also
from oil, grease and other foreign matter.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﻋﺎري از ﺣﻔﺮه‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﺎري از‬.‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺧﺘﻼﻻت ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ و ﻣﺎده ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫روﻏﻦ‬
All surfaces of carbon steel and cast iron to be
lined shall be blast cleaned. The standard of
blasting shall be Sa 2½ as defined in Swedish
Standard SIS 05 59 00 (see IPS-C-TP-101).
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ و ﭼﺪﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ روش ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬Sa 2½ ‫ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬SIS 05 59 00 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺳﻮﺋﺪي‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-C-TP-100
101
After this operation the surface roughness
should have a peak-to-valley height of 50 µm
to 75 µm.
‫ زﺑﺮي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ارﺗﻔﺎع‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬75 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬50 ‫ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻮدي‬
The thoroughly cleaned surface should be
pretreated before application of the lining.
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﻮد‬
In the case of metals other than carbon steel
and cast iron, methods of preparation of the
substrate shall promote an acceptable bond
between the substrate and the lining.
Immediately after the surface treatment of the
metallic substrate the grit, dust, etc., is
removed and a layer of adhesive primer with a
dry-film thickness of approximately 30 µm
shall be applied.
،‫در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﺰات ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ و ﭼﺪن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫روﺷﻬﺎي آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ‬.‫ﻗﺒﻮل ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎك و ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ ﮔﺮﻳﺖ‬،‫از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻠﺰي‬
‫زدوده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد و ﻻﻳﻪ اي از آﺳﺘﺮي ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬50 ً‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
Unless maintained in a dehumidified
atmosphere application of the primer shall
commence within 4 hours. Should signs of
rusting occur then the surface shall be prepared
again to the required standard.
، ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ در اﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ ﺑﺪون رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﺪه‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ زﻧﮓ‬.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آﻏﺎز ﺷﻮد‬4 ‫اﻋﻤﺎل آﺳﺘﺮي ﻃﻲ‬
‫زدﮔﻲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮد آﻧﮕﺎه ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬
.‫دوﺑﺎره آﻣﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
All surfaces to be lined shall be maintained at a
temperature of at least 3°C above the dew point
throughout the preparation and lining
processes. If there is a risk that this condition
will not be maintained owing to ambient
conditions, dehumidifying and/or heating
equipment shall be used.
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺪت آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺮدن داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ‬3 ‫دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ در‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه اﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬،‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬/‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ و‬
Unless otherwise stated, all parts which are not
rubber-lined should be derusted and painted
with one coat of a suitable epoxy resin-based
primer. This should be carried out after
vulcanization of the rubber.
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻧﺸﺪه اﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زﻧﮓ زداﻳﻲ ﺷﺪه و‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زرﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ رﻧﮓ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ اﻧﺠﺎم‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
80
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
IPS-C-TP-101 ‫ﺑﺘﻦ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
11.2.2.2 Concrete (see also IPS-C-TP-101)
2-2-2-11
(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
11.2.2.2.1 Any external corners not formed
with a chamfer shall be rubbed down to a
radius of not less than the thickness of the
rubber to be used for lining.
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ داده‬،‫ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﭘﺦ‬1-2-2-2-11
11.2.2.2.2 Lining of concrete equipment shall
not proceed until at least 28 days after the
concrete was cast and when the free water
content is down to a level of less than 5% wt.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺖ‬2-2-2-2-11
‫ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﻌﺎع ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر رود ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ روز ﺑﻌﺪ از رﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺘﻦ و وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار آب آزاد‬28 ‫ﻛﻢ‬
.‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬،‫ درﺻﺪ وزﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬5 ‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‬
Notes:
1) Satisfactory adhesion of rubber lining to
concrete depends upon the water content of
the concrete. It is desirable that the free
water content is less than 5%. If the
concrete mix used is carefully controlled it
is possible that after a curing period of 28
days the water content will be down to 5%
but the required curing period may be
longer.
‫( ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ رﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ‬1
‫ ﻣﻄﻠﻮب‬.‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار درﺻﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬5 ‫آن اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار آب آزاد ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
،‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺪار‬،‫ روز دوره ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬28 ‫اﻣﻜﺎن دارد ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬،‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬5 ‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫اﺳﺖ زﻣﺎن ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫( روﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻘﺪار آب ﻣﻄﻠﻖ‬2
2) There are no reliable methods for measuring
the absolute water content of concrete
although moisture meters may be useful in
determining problem areas. It is advisable
to line a test area and measure the adhesion
before proceeding with a complete lining.
‫ﺑﺘﻦ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد اﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي‬
.‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ در ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ دار ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ آزﻣﻮن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮد و‬،‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
.‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-2-2-2-11
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ زدودن ﺣﺒﺎب روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ و روﻏﻦ‬
‫ از دو روش ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ دارد ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺮدن ﺑﻼﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﺒﺎب ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﭘﺮوﻓﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ رﻳﺰداﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬.‫در ﻣﻌﺮض دﻳﺪ در ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻧﮕﺎه داﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﻪ ﮔﺮد و ﻏﺒﺎر و آﺷﻐﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زدوده ﺷﻮد‬
11.2.2.2.3 Surfaces to be lined shall be treated
to remove laitance and shutter release agents.
Of the two possible methods for this operation
the one preferred is blast cleaning. The blast
cleaning process shall be controlled so that all
laitance is removed and exposure of the profile
of the aggregate kept to a minimum. After blast
cleaning all dust and debris shall be removed.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
The alternative method of removing laitance is
that of acid etching. The process is more
difficult to control on vertical and overhead
surfaces and the presence of shutter oils will
reduce its effectiveness. The thickness of the
laitance of a concrete surface varies
considerably and it is very important that acid
is allowed to dwell on the surface a sufficient
length of time to remove all laitance. When
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ اچ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ اﺳﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫روش دﻳﮕﺮ زدودن ﺣﺒﺎب‬
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل روي ﺳﻄﻮح ﻋﻤﻮدي و ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي‬
‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ و ﺣﻀﻮر روﻏﻨﻬﺎي ﺣﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ آﻧﺮا ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺣﺒﺎب در ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داد‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ اي ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت اﺳﺖ و اﺟﺎزه ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﺳﻴﺪ روي ﺳﻄﺢ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ زدودن ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﺒﺎب ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
81
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
acid etching is used the next operation is water
washing of the concrete, followed by a drying
process.
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ اچ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ اﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﻌﺪي‬
‫ ﺑﻪ دﻧﺒﺎل آن ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن‬،‫ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي آﺑﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
11.2.2.2.4 Unless the lining material will fill or
effectively bridge the large number of small
holes (of varying diameter and depth) that
invariably remain in the concrete surface
following the removal of laitance, then these
holes shall be filled with any appropriate
mortar, before the work of lining commences.
‫ ﺑﺮﺧﻼف ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬4-2-2-2-11
‫ﺣﻔﺮه ﻫﺎي رﻳﺰ را ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮده ﻳﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﺛﺮ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد زﻳﺎدي‬،‫ﻣﻲﺳﺎزد ﻫﻤﻮاره در ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ از زدودن ﺣﺒﺎب‬
‫ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﻛﻮﭼﻚ )از ﻟﺤﺎظ ﻗﻄﺮ و ﻋﻤﻖ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ( در‬
‫ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻼت‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﻛﺎر ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
One material recommended for this purpose is
a smooth paste made from a water miscible
epoxy resin and a fine filler and cement.
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎده ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺧﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﺮم ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ از رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ اﻣﺘﺰاج ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎ آب و ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﺮم‬
.‫و ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
11.2.2.2.5 After removal of laitance all surfaces
to be lined shall be maintained at a temperature
at least 3°C above the dew point throughout the
preparation and lining processes. If there is a
risk that this condition will not be maintained
owing to ambient conditions or a change in
ambient conditions, dehumidifying and/or
heating equipment shall be used.
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از زدودن ﺣﺒﺎب ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬5-2-2-2-11
‫ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪ آﻣﺎده‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬3 ‫ﺳﺎزي و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دﻣﺎي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه اﻳﻦ ﺧﻄﺮ وﺟﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬/‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﻦ و‬،‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-11
11.3 Application Methods
11.3.1 Prepare all metal surfaces to be lined in
accordance with 11.2.2.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬1-3-11
11.3.2 Apply one coat of adhesive primer
immediately after blasting to prevent rusting.
Apply additional coats of adhesive primer, if
necessary, as specified by the lining
manufacturer.
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﻓﻮراً ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي‬2-3-11
11.3.3 Apply required number of coats of
intermediate or tie adhesives, or both, as
specified by the lining manufacturer. Allow
sufficient drying time between adhesive coats
so the coat being applied does not lift up the
preceding coat.
‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز از ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ راﺑﻂ‬3-3-11
11.3.4 Apply the type and thickness of lining
specified using a minimum number of sheets
and splices consistent with good lining
practice. Overlap the edges of the sheets
approximately 50 mm, unless restricted by
‫ ﻧﻮع و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه را‬4-3-11
.‫ آﻣﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2-2-11 ‫را ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻻزم‬.‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از زﻧﮓ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮده‬
.‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺿﺎﻓﻲ آﺳﺘﺮي ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه را اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ دو را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬،‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه‬
‫ اﺟﺎزه دﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻴﻦ‬.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻛﺮده‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه وﻗﺖ ﺑﻘﺪر ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ اي ﻛﻪ‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻻﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ را ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﺪاد ورﻗﻬﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ‬.‫ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺮدن اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬50 ً‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ورﻗﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
82
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
dimensional tolerances. The rubber lining
sheets may be washed with recommended
solvent and allowed to dry before application.
During the application, roll the sheets and
carefully stitch all the seams and corners to
eliminate all trapped air between the lining and
adhesive-coated surfaces, so there is full
contact with all coated areas (see also ASTM D
3486).
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫روادارﻳﻬﺎي اﺑﻌﺎدي ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ ﺣﻼل ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺷﺴﺖ و‬
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎ‬،‫ در ﺣﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل‬.‫اﺟﺎزه داد ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮد‬
‫را ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ و دﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم درزﻫﺎ و ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺗﻤﺎم ﻫﻮاي ﺣﺒﺲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺳﻄﻮح ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه زدوده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎس ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﺷﻮد‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ASTM D 3486 ‫)ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
11.3.5 Skive the edges of all the sheets at a 45°
angle (minimum) from the top surface to the
bottom of the sheet. Use a closed-skive
construction, commonly known as a down
skive, wherever possible. This is required
where the lining is a combination of hard-face
stock and soft cushion. Open-skived splices
may be used when specified by the lining
manufacturer.
‫ درﺟﻪ‬45 ‫ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻤﺎم ورﻗﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎ زاوﻳﻪ‬5-3-11
11.3.6 Prior to vulcanization (see 11.4) inspect
all lined surfaces for blisters (trapped air),
pulls, or lifted edges at seams and surface
defects. After lining, also check any special
dimensional tolerances required.
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4-11 ‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن )ﺑﻪ‬6-3-11
11.3.7 The scope of this procedure covers the
calibration of the equipment and the use of the
equipment to determine if there are leaks and
their location on sheet linings. Spark test all
areas for "pinhole" leaks using a high voltage
spark tester adjusted and used as in 11.8.3.2.
‫ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬،‫ داﻣﻨﻪ اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬7-3-11
‫ از دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬.‫)ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ( از ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻒ ورق ﺑﺮش دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮش ﻣﺤﺼﻮر ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﺑﺮش ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻌﺮوف‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ در ﻫﺮ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫روش در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ از ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺳﺨﺖ و‬
‫ از ﺑﺮشﻫﺎي ﺑﺎز ﺑﺮش‬.‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﻧﺮم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺧﻮرده ﻣﻴﺘﻮان زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺎوﻟﻬﺎ )ﻫﻮاي‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪه در درزﻫﺎ و‬،‫ ﻛﺸﺶ‬،(‫ﻣﺤﺒﻮس ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﻋﻴﻮب ﺳﻄﺢ را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه روادارﻳﻬﺎي اﺑﻌﺎدي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز را‬
.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫و اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ وﺟﻮد‬
.‫دارد و ﻣﺤﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ روي ورق ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ را در ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد‬
‫آزﻣﻮن ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎي ﺳﻮراخ رﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮدن آزﻣﻮن ﮔﺮ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه و ﻃﺒﻖ‬
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬2-3-8-11
11.3.8 It is essential that personnel be
instructed in the application procedures to be
adopted when entering rubberlined vessels. A
clearance certificate shall always be obtained
from the appropriate authority before doing so.
The following points should be observed:
‫ ﺿﺮورت دارد ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن در اﻋﻤﺎل‬8-3-11
11.3.8.1 Personnel shall not wear studded boots
or other footwear likely to cause damage.
Rubber-soled shoes are to be preferred.
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺗﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺦدار ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ‬1-8-3-11
11.3.8.2 In cases where solid deposits have to
be removed the use of metal spades or other
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ رﺳﻮﺑﺎت ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زدوده‬2-8-3-11
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي اﺧﺘﻴﺎر ﺷﺪه در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ورود ﺑﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ از ﻣﻘﺎم ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ دار ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺠﺎم ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎري‬
.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻛﻔﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ آﺳﻴﺐ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ از ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﺑﻴﻠﻬﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي و دﻳﮕﺮ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
83
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
tools is to be avoided. Wooden or lined
implements shall be used.
.‫ اﺑﺰار ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
11.3.8.3 The ends of ladders or scaffolding
likely to come in contact with the rubber lining
should be covered in such a way that damage is
avoided. Swinging air lines or hoses can also
puncture rubber linings. Metallic ends shall
therefore be covered to prevent this occurring.
،‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺟﻬﺖ دوري ﻛﺮدن از آﺳﻴﺐ‬3-8-3-11
11.3.8.4 In large ebonite-lined vessels
precautions to avoid successive flexing should
be taken and walkways laid if necessary.
‫ در ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺰرگ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﺑﻮﻧﻴﺖ‬4-8-3-11
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻧﺮدﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻮب ﺑﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ را دارﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻠﻨﮓﻫﺎ داراي ﻧﻮﺳﺎن ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ را ﺳﻮراخ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫دوﺳﺮ ﻓﻠﺰي ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از اﻳﻦ اﺗﻔﺎق ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﺣﺘﺮاز از ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪن ﭘﻲ درﭘﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ و در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم راﻫﺮوﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬9-3-11
11.3.9 Joints
11.3.9.1 Overlap bevel joints as shown in Fig.
1 shall be used when joining separate sheets of
unvulcanized rubber. The total contacting
surface between the sheets shall be a minimum
of four times the sheet thickness but shall not
exceed 32 mm at any point. Where applicable,
overlaps shall follow the direction of the liquid
flow.
‫( ﻧﺸﺎن‬1) ‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻮرب روﻳﻬﻢ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬1-9-3-11
11.3.9.2 When the total lining thickness is built
up from more than one layer, only the joints in
the top layer shall be of the overlap bevel type,
the under layers being flush jointed as shown in
Fig. 2. The relatively weak flush joint Fig. 3 is
applied when the lining is used as a base for
chemical-resistant brick lining. Joints in the
different layers shall be staggered.
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻞ از‬2-9-3-11
‫داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﺗﺼﺎل دادن ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻛﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ‬.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬،‫وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻧﺸﺪه ﺟﺪا از ﻫﻢ‬
‫ورﻗﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﭼﻬﺎر ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ورق ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در‬
،‫ ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮاﺳﺖ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬32 ‫ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ از‬
.‫ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﻴﺮوي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت در ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ‬،‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻣﻮرب ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﻤﺘﺮاز‬2 ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ‬3 ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﻤﺘﺮاز ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي‬
.‫ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر رود اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت در ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ در ﻣﻴﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Joints between rubber pipe linings and the
rubber on the flange facing shall not protrude
so as to restrict the bore of the pipe or to
prevent efficient sealing between the flange
faces of adjacent lengths.
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫روي ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮآﻣﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻮراخ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﻣﺤﺪود ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ از ﻛﺎرآﻣﺪي آﺑﺒﻨﺪي‬
.‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﺷﺎﺧﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎور ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﺪ‬
11.3.9.3 All scarf joints shall be closely
inspected. Any separation of the joint shall be
investigated (see Fig. 6). If the extent of the
separation is small then the rubber shall be
ground back. If the separation of the rubber is
extensive then the joint and rubber adjacent to
the joint shall be removed and replaced.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم اﺗﺼﺎﻻت زاوﻳﻪ دار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﺎً ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬3-9-3-11
‫ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬،‫ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ در اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه اﻧﺪازه ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ اﺳﺖ آﻧﮕﺎه‬.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬6
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬.‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺿﻊ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﮔﺮدد‬
‫وﺳﻴﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ آﻧﮕﺎه اﺗﺼﺎل و ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
84
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ‬10-3-11
11.3.10 Gaskets
To prevent the gasket and lining bonding
together the rubber flange facing shall be
lightly rubbed with colloidal graphite.
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻻﻳﻲ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻮﺋﻴﺪي ﺑﻪ آراﻣﻲ‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ‬11-3-11
11.3.11 Flanges
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ روي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
.‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬5 ‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﻇﺮوف در ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬4 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
Rubber lining on pipe flange connections shall
be as shown in Fig. 4. The flanges for vessels
are shown in Fig. 5.
85
‫)‪IPS-C-TP-352(1‬‬
‫ﺧﺮداد ‪May 2010 / 1389‬‬
‫‪ACCEPTABLE JOINTS IN RUBBER LINING‬‬
‫)‪(Figs. 1, 2 and 3‬‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫)اﺷﻜﺎل ‪ 2 ،1‬و ‪(3‬‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫‪32<l<41 mm‬‬
‫)‪Fig. 1-OVERLAP BEVEL JOINT (1 LAYER‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -1‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﺦدار ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ )ﺗﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ(‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫‪Fig. 2-OVERLAP BEVEL JOINT (2‬‬
‫)‪LAYERS‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -2‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﺦدار )دو ﻻﻳﻪ(‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫‪Fig. 3-FLUSH JOINT‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-3‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﻤﺘﺮاز‬
‫‪86‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-TP-352(1‬‬
‫ﺧﺮداد ‪May 2010 / 1389‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮآﻣﺪه‬
‫‪RUBBER LI‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺻﺎف‬
‫‪Fig. 4-RUBBER LINED PIPE FLANGE IONS‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -4‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻮش ﻫﻤﺴﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫‪Fig. 5a- NORMAL CONNECTION‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪- 5‬اﻟﻒ‪ -‬اﺗﺼﺎل ﻋﺎدي‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻮش ﻫﻤﺴﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻲ‬
‫‪Fig. 5b- SELF-CENTERING CONNECTION‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪-5‬ب‪-‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻫﻢ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫‪Fig. 5-RUBBER LINED FLANGED CONNECTIONS FOR VESSELS‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -5‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف‬
‫‪87‬‬
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺳﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
Fig. 6- UNACCEPTABLE FAULTS IN JOINTS IN RUBBER LININGS
‫ ﻋﻴﻮب ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل در اﺗﺼﺎﻻت در ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬-6 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬4-11
11.4 Vulcanizing
Vulcanization of rubber lining shall be carried
out in shop or in-situ application as follows:
‫ﺟﻮش ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﻳﺎ در ﻣﺤﻞ‬
:‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه‬1-4-11
11.4.1 Shop vulcanization
A typical lining procedure is as follows:
:‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
Immediately after preparation of the substrate,
an adhesive primer layer is applied. After
evaporation of the solvent, and no longer than
96 hours thereafter, the pre-cut unvulcanized
rubber sheets are applied. Care is taken to
position the sheets accurately without inclusion
of air and with joints as detailed in 11.3.9.
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻮراً ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي‬
96 ‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺣﻼل و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﺎ‬.‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻧﺸﺪه از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه را‬،‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﺲ از آن‬
‫ دﻗﺖ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ورﻗﻬﺎ ﻋﺎري از ﻫﻮا ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ در‬،‫ اﺳﺖ‬9-3-11 ‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﺮح ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت در‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
The next step is to vulcanize the rubber. This is
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ‬.‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪي وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ اﺳﺖ‬
88
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺗﺎ‬140 ‫ ﺑﺎر و دﻣﺎي‬6 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬4 ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﻳﻚ اﺗﻮﻛﻼو ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬160
carried out in an autoclave usually at a pressure
of 4-6 bar and a temperature of 140-160°C.
‫ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن در ﻣﺤﻞ‬2-4-11
11.4.2 In-situ vulcanization
11.4.2.1 When the equipment to be lined is of
such dimensions that it cannot be placed in an
autoclave, or there is too high a risk of
damaging the shop-applied rubber lining, or the
equipment is made from concrete, in-situ lining
can be carried out.
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺑﻌﺎد ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه آﻧﭽﻨﺎن‬1-2-4-11
11.4.2.2 After surface preparation of the
substrate, the unvulcanized sheets are applied
similarly as described in 11.3. For the
subsequent vulcanization, different heat
treatment methods are employed-either steam,
hot water or hot air at atmospheric pressure.
Alternatively, pre-catalyzed rubber sheets may
be used, these cure naturally at ambient
temperature. Usually such sheets consist of a
completely vulcanized top layer to which a
layer of catalyzed, partially vulcanized rubber
is laminated. The lining shall not be applied
when the temperature of surface is less than
3°C above the dew point of the air in the work
area and/or the relative humidity is higher than
80%.
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي‬، ‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬2-2-4-11
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮان آﻧﺮا در ﻳﻚ اﺗﻮﻛﻼو ﻗﺮار داد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه اﺣﺘﻤﺎل‬
‫اﻳﺠﺎد آﺳﻴﺐ وﺟﻮد دارد ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﺑﺘﻦ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﻣﺤﻞ را اﺟﺮا ﻧﻤﻮد‬
.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬3-11 ‫وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻧﺸﺪه ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺑﻌﺪي روﺷﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ آب داغ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮاي ﮔﺮم در ﻓﺸﺎر آﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ از ﻗﺒﻞ ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﺑﺖ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ در دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﻴﺸﻮد را‬
‫ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻻﻳﻪ‬،ً‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ورﻗﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮان اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮر‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺟﺰﺋﻲ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه و‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي‬.‫ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ ﻫﻮا‬3 ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ درﺻﺪ‬80 ‫ﻳﺎ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺑﻴﺶﺗﺮ از‬/‫در ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻛﺎر و‬
.‫اﺳﺖ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ روش وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن‬3-4-11
11.4.3 Method of vulcanization
11.4.3.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-4-11
Vulcanization of the lining shall be carried out
by one of the following methods:
‫وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻜﻲ از روﺷﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ‬
:‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن در اﺗﻮﻛﻼو؛‬
a) Autoclave vulcanization;
‫ب( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮد اﺗﻮﻛﻼو‬
b) Using equipment as its own autoclave;
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
‫ج( وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮاي داغ در ﻓﺸﺎر‬
c) Steam or hot air vulcanization at
ambient pressure;
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ؛‬
‫ و‬،‫د ( وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ آب داغ‬
d) Hot water vulcanization; and,
e)
Self vulcanization
temperature.
at
.‫ﻫـ( وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪن ﺧﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮدي در دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
ambient
89
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
The method employed depends upon the design
and size of the equipment. It may be necessary
to shield the equipment to reduce heat losses
which would otherwise lengthen the duration
of vulcanization when using methods (b), (c) or
(d).
.‫روش ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و اﻧﺪازه ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دارد‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات را ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﻠﻔﺎت‬
‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﺮد ﻛﻪ در ﻏﻴﺮ اﻳﻨﺼﻮرت زﻣﺎن وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه‬
(‫ )ج( و )د‬،(‫ﻛﺮدن را در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي روﺷﻬﺎي )ب‬
.‫ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﺴﺎزد‬
The duration of vulcanization will depend upon
the method used and the composition of the
lining material.
‫ﻣﺪت وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ روش ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ و ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
.‫ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬
With the agreement of the applicator,
interruption of vulcanization shall be permitted
to detect and repair any faults present. The
equipment shall then undergo further heat
treatment to complete the vulcanization. An
inspection for faults shall be carried out in
accordance with Clause 11.8.
‫ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬، ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻴﻮب ﻣﻮﺟﻮد اﺟﺎزه داده‬
‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪي ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻴﻮب ﻃﺒﻖ‬.‫وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن را ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬8-11 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن در اﺗﻮﻛﻼو‬2-3-4-11
11.4.3.2 Autoclave vulcanization
The equipment shall be placed in an autoclave
which is then heated to the required
temperature and pressure. (Usually at a
pressure of 4-6 bar and temperature of 140160°C.)
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﺗﻮﻛﻼو ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﺎ درﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮارت و ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺣﺮارت داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در‬
.(‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬160 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬140 ‫ ﺑﺎر و دﻣﺎي‬6 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬4 ‫ﻓﺸﺎر‬
11.4.3.3 Using
autoclave
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮدش ﺑﻪ‬3-3-4-11
equipment
as
its
own
‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﺗﻮﻛﻼو ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
With all outlets sealed and a steam trap
condensate drain attached to a convenient
outlet to ensure continuous removal of
condensate, saturated steam shall be injected
until the equipment is pressurized to a
predetermined pressure.
-‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬،‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺧﺮوج ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﻌﺎﻧﺎت‬
‫ﻫﺎي آﺑﺒﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺎر اﺷﺒﺎع ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ وﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
The pressure shall be within the design
pressure limits of the equipment. Precautions
shall be taken against failure of the steam
supply since, in such cases, condensation can
cause a vacuum and collapse the vessel.
.‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﻻزم در ﺻﻮرت ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪن ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻮن در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﺶ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﻼء و‬
.‫ﻣﭽﺎﻟﻪ ﺷﺪن ﻇﺮف ﺷﻮد‬
11.4.3.4 Steam or hot air vulcanization at
ambient pressure
‫ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻫﻮاي داغ در‬4-3-4-11
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
With outlets covered to reduce steam losses
and provision made to drain condensate from
the equipment, the steam shall be injected until
the vulcanization temperature is attained. This
temperature shall be maintained for the
required time period. Attention is drawn to
11.4.2.2 regarding failure of steam supply.
‫ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﺗﻼﻓﺎت ﺑﺨﺎر و‬
،‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺪارﻛﺎت ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻴﺪه از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
،‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎي وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪن ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي دوره زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬.‫ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﮔﺮدد‬
2-2-4-11 ‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪن ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
90
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
Hot air may be used as an alternative to steam
in some cases provided that the temperature
and heat input can be achieved.
‫در ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺮوط ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ دﻣﺎ و ﺣﺮارت‬
‫ورودي ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﻫﻮاي داغ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ آب داغ‬5-3-4-11
11.4.3.5 Hot water vulcanization
With all outlets below the top flange sealed off
and the equipment partially filled with water,
steam shall then be injected into the water,
raising the water level and temperature. If the
water reaches boiling point before the
equipment is full, further water shall be added
to attain the required level. The temperature
shall then be maintained for the required time
period while maintaining the water level.
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ آﺑﺒﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه و‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎﻻ‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺎ آب ﭘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه‬.‫آوردن ﺳﻄﺢ آب و دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﻪ آب ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آب ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺟﻮش ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ آب ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي دوره زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﻆ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬
.‫ﺳﻄﺢ آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
11.4.3.6 Self
temperature
‫ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪن ﺧﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮدي در دﻣﺎي‬6-3-4-11
vulcanization
at
ambient
‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
Such rubber linings shall be specially designed
so that they are capable of vulcanizing under
ambient conditions.
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﺎﺻﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺤﺖ‬
.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
The time to vulcanize is temperature-dependent
and at temperatures below 15°C it may be
necessary to use supplementary heating in
order to reduce vulcanization times to an
acceptable period.
15 ‫زﻣﺎن وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد و در دﻣﺎي زﻳﺮ‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
.‫زﻣﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل از ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
11.4.3.7 After vulcanization, inspect all lined
surface for blisters, open seams pinholes, lifted
edges and surface defects in accordance with
Sub clause 11.8 and repair all pinholes and
other lining defects in accordance with Sub
clause 11.7.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ داراي‬،‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن‬7-3-4-11
،‫ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ رﻳﺰ‬،‫ درزﻫﺎي ﺑﺎز‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺗﺎوﻟﻬﺎ‬
8-11 ‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﺪه و ﻋﻴﻮب ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد و ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ رﻳﺰ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬7-11 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ و اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬5-11
11.5 Transportation and Storage
11.5.1 Transportation
‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬1-5-11
11.5.1.1 Rubber-lined equipment and piping
shall not be transported or assembled if
ambient temperature is below or is likely to
drop below 0°C. The objects shall be handled
with care; hoisting shall be carried out using
non-metallic slings. In particular, branches,
openings and flange facings shall be protected
adequately since these are vulnerable.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-1-5-11
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل اﻓﺖ آن ﺑﻪ‬
‫زﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ اﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰي اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺠﺎري و ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪر ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬،‫اﻧﺸﻌﺎﺑﺎت‬
.‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﭼﻮن آﺳﻴﺐ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
91
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
11.5.1.2 Lifting shall be arranged so that chains
and other lifting aids do not come into contact
with lined surfaces (See IPS-E-TP-100).
‫ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ داده ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬2-1-5-11
11.5.1.3 Loose fittings shall not be placed
inside lined equipment whilst it is being
transported.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت آزاد را ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در داﺧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1-5-11
11.5.1.4 Responsibility for arranging transport
of lined equipment will vary and whoever is
responsible
(Purchaser,
fabricator
or
applicator) shall instruct the carrier about the
precautions in handling.
‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬4-1-5-11
‫زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎ و دﻳﮕﺮ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﻮح داراي‬
IPS-E-TP- ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻤﺎس ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ) ﺑﻪ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬100
‫داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﺻﻮرت‬
.‫ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد ﻗﺮار داد‬
‫داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد و ﻫﺮﻛﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮل اﺳﺖ )ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﺪي ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ را ﭘﻴﺮاﻣﻮن اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ در‬
.‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬2-5-11
11.5.2 Storage
11.5.2.1 Lined equipment shall be stored under
cover or in a protected compound. when
necessary, lining
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زﻳﺮ‬1-2-5-11
11.5.2.2 All branches, manholes and other
openings shall be protected from mechanical
damage by using wooden blanks or other
suitable material.
‫ درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي آدم رو و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬،‫ ﺗﻤﺎم اﻧﺸﻌﺎﺑﺎت‬2-2-5-11
11.5.2.3 Between delivery and use, store lined
vessels away from direct sunlight, heat, or
outdoor seasonal weathering.
،‫ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ و ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬3-2-5-11
11.5.2.4 Flexible-type lining may be stored
outdoors, provided the vessels are covered with
protective tarpaulins and are not subjected to
extreme temperature conditions, such as below
0°C or above 49°C. Avoid sudden changes in
temperature. Tanks stored or used in the
outdoors may be painted a light color on the
outside to reflect heat.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان در‬4-2-5-11
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه‬.‫ﺳﺮﭘﻮش ﻳﺎ در ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺒﺎر ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﻮر‬،‫ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ورﻗﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎده‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ دﻳﮕﺮ از آﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻇﺮوف داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را دور از ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﻮر‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ اﺛﺮ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﺟﻮي ﻓﺼﻠﻲ اﻧﺒﺎر ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ‬،‫ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎرﭘﻮﻟﻴﻦ‬،‫ﻫﻮاي آزاد اﻧﺒﺎر ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺣﺪي‬
‫ از‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬49 ‫ﻧﻈﻴﺮ زﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﺨﺎزن اﻧﺒﺎر‬.‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ دﻣﺎ ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﻫﻮاي آزاد ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﻌﻜﺎس ﺣﺮارت‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ رﻧﮓ روﺷﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات داراي‬،‫ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬5-2-5-11
11.5.2.5 To ensure protection, store semi-hard
and especially bone-hard type lined equipment
in a way that does not allow it to be subjected
to extremely cold climatic conditions. If this
occurs, thermal stress and expansion may
introduce cracking.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ از ﻧﻮع ذاﺗﺎً ﺳﺨﺖ و ﺑﻮﻳﮋه ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺳﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﻲ اﻧﺒﺎر ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آب و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺮوز اﻳﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺗﻨﺶ‬.‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺳﺮد ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
.‫و اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺗﺮك ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
92
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ را‬6-2-5-11
11.5.2.6 Rubber-lined equipment may also be
protected for extended periods of time by
storing the tank partially filled with a diluted
solution. When recommended by the rubber
lining manufacturer, a 5% sulfuric acid, 5%
sodium carbonate solution, or a weak salt
solution make ideal storage media to help keep
the lining flexible, to minimize expansion and
contraction, and to keep the air (ozone) from
prematurely deteriorating the lining surface. Do
not permit the liquid contained within to freeze.
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ اﻧﺒﺎر ﻛﺮدن در‬
‫ﻣﺨﺰﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻼل رﻗﻴﻖ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
،‫ وﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
5 ‫ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﺮﺑﻨﺎت‬،‫ درﺻﺪ‬5 ‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮل اﺳﻴﺪﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮرﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﻧﻤﻚ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬،‫درﺻﺪ‬
،‫اﻧﺒﺎرداري اﻳﺪه آﻟﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﻆ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ و ﺣﻔﻆ ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ رﺳﺎﻧﺪن اﻧﺒﺴﺎط و اﻧﻘﺒﺎض‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ از ﺧﺮاب ﺷﺪن ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ در اﺛﺮ ﻫﻮا )ازون( ﺑﻮﺟﻮد‬
.‫ اﺟﺎزه ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﺤﺘﻮي ﻳﺦ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻲآورد‬
11.5.2.7 Shelter large rubber-lined equipment
that cannot be filled with a solution under a
suitable structure to protect it from the direct
rays and heat of the sun. Provide sufficient air
space between the tank and covering to allow
for circulation.
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺰرگ داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
11.5.2.8 For small tanks that can be stored
inside, cover any open tops and outlets with
plywood, or other suitable material and store
them away from steam coils or other hightemperature sources.
‫ در ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺨﺎزن ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان آﻧﻬﺎ را‬8-2-5-11
11.5.2.9 Inspect any stored vessel prior to
being put into service.
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬،‫ ﻇﺮوف اﻧﺒﺎر ﺷﺪه را ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬9-2-5-11
11.5.2.10 Do not carry on any welding nor any
other activity requiring intense heat in the
vicinity of a lined tank.
،‫ در ﻣﺠﺎورت ﻣﺨﺰن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه‬10-2-5-11
11.5.2.11 When tanks might be stored outside,
take care to ensure good weather ability of the
paint. Primer paints are not designed to
withstand prolonged atmospheric weather
conditions.
،‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﺑﺘﻮان ﻣﺨﺎزن را در ﺧﺎرج اﻧﺒﺎر ﻧﻤﻮد‬11-2-5-11
7-2-5-11
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ را ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮد زﻳﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎزه‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از اﺷﻌﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ و ﮔﺮم‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮﻗﺮاري ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻫﻮا ﻓﻀﺎي‬.‫ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﺰن و ﺳﺮﭘﻮش ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎز و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ‬،‫ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪﻻ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ و آﻧﻬﺎ را دور از ﻛﻮﻳﻞ‬
.‫ﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ اﻧﺒﺎر ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻳﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮارت زﻳﺎد‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬،‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬،‫از ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺧﻮب رﻧﮓ‬
‫رﻧﮕﻬﺎي آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﭘﺎﻳﺪاري در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آب و‬
.‫ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺸﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
(see IPS-E-TP-100)
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-TP-100 ‫)ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬/‫ ﺿﺮورت دارد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر و‬12-2-5-11
11.5.2.12 It is essential that the contractor
and/or Purchaser issues instructions to those
responsible for installation on the handling
procedures and special reference is made to the
need to wear soft clean footwear when entering
lined equipment and the need to protect lined
surfaces from ladders and scaffold poles.
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﻧﻘﻞ و اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ روﺷﻬﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺻﺎدر ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ و ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ وﺟﻮد دارد ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪن ﻛﻔﺶ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﺮم در‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ورود ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه و ﻟﺰوم‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﻄﻮح ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه از ﻧﺮدﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎ و ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
.‫دارﺑﺴﺖ اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
93
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬6-11
11.6 Installation of Rubber Lined Parts
‫ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-6-11
11.6.1 During the installation of rubber-lined
equipment, care shall be taken to avoid damage
of the rubber lining. Due attention shall be paid
to the susceptibility of linings to collapse when
subjected to vacuum and to the risk of damage
by local overheating.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ از وارد آوردن آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮورﻳﺨﺘﻦ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺧﻼء‬
‫ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ و ﺧﻄﺮ وارد آﻣﺪن آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪن‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻻزم ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ زﻳﺎد‬
11.6.2 Properly applied rubber linings will
resist vacuum in the order of 130 mbar
absolute. Shop-vulcanized rubber linings have
in general a better resistance to vacuum than
in-situ vulcanized ones.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬2-6-11
11.6.3 Rubber-lined equipment and piping is
installed in a way which is similar to that of
carbon steel equipment. No welding is allowed
on lined equipment and piping, nor shall they
be used as a welding ground.
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه‬3-6-11
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎر ﻣﻄﻠﻖ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ‬130 ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬.‫ﺧﻼء ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داﺷﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺑﻬﺘﺮي در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻼء‬،‫وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه ﻛﺎرﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻮاع ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻞ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺗﺎ اﻧﺪازه اي ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﻮﻻد‬
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري روي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬.‫ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﺒﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ‬
11.6.4 For connecting rubber-lined equipment
and piping, only flanged connections may be
used. The rubber-lined flange facings shall not
be damaged.
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل دادن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬4-6-11
11.6.5 Rubber lined piping is used only in
above ground installation.
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ در‬5-6-11
11.6.6 If the equipment to be lined is located
out of doors it will be necessary, in certain
latitudes and seasons, to protect the equipment
from the weather and to provide the heat
necessary to maintain a temperature above
15°C. In any event, the equipment must be
properly protected against rain and in warm
weather from direct exposure to the sun. A
satisfactory installation cannot be made if
conditions are such as to induce condensation
on surfaces prior to cementing and lining. Nor
can lining be properly cured unless equipment
is protected against excessive heat loss during
cure.
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ داده ﺷﺪه‬6-6-11
‫ ﺑﻪ روﻳﻪ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺞ دار ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ آﺳﻴﺐ وارد‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‬
.‫آﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت روزﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
‫ ﻻزم ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در‬،‫در ﻓﻀﺎي ﺑﺎز ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آب و ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬،‫ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ و ﻓﺼﻮل ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﮔﺮﻣﺎي ﻻزم ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ دﻣﺎ در ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ‬،‫ در ﻫﺮ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬15
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎران و ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻮاي ﮔﺮم ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﻗﺮار‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﻮري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬.‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﺶ ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﻄﻮح اﻳﺠﺎد‬،‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮان ﻧﺼﺐ رﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺸﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم داد‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻫﺪر رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻴﺶ از اﻧﺪازه ﺣﺮارت در‬
.‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن‬
94
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬7-11
11.7 Repair of Lining
11.7.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7-11
Repair of damaged rubber linings shall only be
carried out by the contractor after consultation
with, and the agreement of the Company.
ً‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﺮﻓﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﺸﻮرت و ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر اﻧﺠﺎم‬
.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
Repairs can be carried out in-situ or at
contractor’s work using an autoclave for
vulcanization. The repaired area shall be
checked for adhesion, thickness, hardness and
continuity in accordance with 11.8. The quality
of the repairs shall be certified by the
contractor and approved by Company’s
inspector.
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﻳﺎ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎر ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﺗﻮﻛﻼو ﺑﺮاي وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ و‬،‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬،‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬.‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬8-11 ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس‬
.‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ‬2-7-11
11.7.2 Spot repair
The total amount of shop repairs allowable in
equipment shall not be more than 100 cm² per
square meter of lined surface. No lining repairs
are allowed in piping, on flange facings or on
nozzle necks of equipment.
‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻞ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻣﺠﺎز ﻛﺎرﮔﺎﻫﻲ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ در ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ از ﺳﻄﺢ‬100 ‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺮ روي روﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ روي ﮔﺮدن‬
.‫ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
11.7.2.1 The damaged rubber is cut away, the
exposed edges of the lining are beveled and the
surface is roughened. Dependent on the size of
the damage and the service conditions, repairs
of equipment can be made as (11.7.2.2 to
11.7.2.4 inclusive).
‫ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه‬1-2-7-11
11.7.2.2 Damage in non-critical services (to
be defined by the Purchaser)
‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮيﻫﺎي‬
For vessel linings not in direct contact with the
process liquid, a vulcanized rubber sheet, cut to
fit the spot to be repaired, is glued with an
appropriate adhesive. A hot-air device can be
used to make the sheet sufficiently flexible for
handling.
‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮوف ﻛﻪ در ﺗﻤﺎس ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺳﻴﺎل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
،‫ورﻗﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﻻزم ﺑﺮش داده ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻳﻚ اﺑﺰار ﮔﺮم‬.‫ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭼﺴﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﻮا ﻛﻪ ورق را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﺛﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
.‫ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬،‫اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
Alternatively, if the chemical resistance is not
impaired, repairs can be carried out with
cements based on synthetic resins, such as
epoxy or phenol formaldehyde.
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات را‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻜﺮده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦﻫﺎي ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ‬
.‫اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻨﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻟﺪﺋﻴﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم داد‬
11.7.2.3 Minor damage in critical services
‫ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎي‬3-2-7-11
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬.‫در ﻣﻌﺮض ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﺦ دار و ﺳﻄﺢ زﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬،‫ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه آﺳﻴﺐ و ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬
.(4-2-7-11 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2-2-7-11 ‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫در‬
‫دﻳﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫آﺳﻴﺐ‬
2-2-7-11
(‫ﻏﻴﺮﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ )ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ‬
For vessel linings in direct contact with the
process liquid, an unvulcanized rubber sheet,
‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮوف در ﺗﻤﺎس ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ‬
95
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
cut to fit the spot to be repaired, is glued with
an appropriate adhesive.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد ورق‬،‫ﺳﻴﺎل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻻزم ﺑﺮش داده ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﻳﻚ ﭼﺴﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
Subsequently heat, equivalent to the normal
vulcanizing conditions, is applied by means of
pressing a heating element against the rubber.
Areas to be repaired should not be greater than
the heating surface of this element.
‫ﺑﻌﺪاً ﮔﺮﻣﺎي ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﺎدي وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر آوردن ﻳﻚ اِﻟﻤﺎن ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه روي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﺳﻄﺢ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻳﻦ اِﻟﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Alternatively, if chemical resistance is not
impaired, repairs can be carried out with a
glass-fibre reinforced epoxy resin system cured
with hot air in order to yield optimum
properties, or with a phenol formaldehydebased cement.
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻜﺮده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،ً‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎوﺑﺎ‬
‫را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﻟﻴﺎف‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر اراﺋﻪ ﺧﻮاص ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮاي ﮔﺮم ﺧﺸﻚ‬،‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﻨﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻟﺪﺋﻴﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم داد‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬
11.7.2.4 Major damage in critical services
‫ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﻋﻤﺪه در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎي‬4-2-7-11
‫ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ‬
Most rubber lining manufacturers have a
method utilizing a hot water vulcanizing or
self-vulcanizing type of rubber for repairing
large areas in contact with the process fluid.
such rubber compounds have been modified
with respect to their accelerator system so that
vulcanizing at 90°C or at ambient temperature
is possible.
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ داراي روﺷﻲ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ وﺳﻴﻊ در ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺎل‬
‫ از ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻧﻮع وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ آب داغ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت‬.‫ﺧﻮد وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﻮﻧﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺴﺮﻳﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻮد اﺻﻼح‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬90 ‫ ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﺮدن در‬،‫ﮔﺮدﻳﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
The above procedures can also be followed for
repairs of equipment, which has been in
service. However, the defective and adjacent
lining shall be thoroughly neutralized, cleaned
and dried.
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻮق ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬
‫ اﻟﺒﺘﻪ‬.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎر ﺑﻮدهاﻧﺪ دﻧﺒﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب و ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﻃﺮف‬
.‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
The minor and major damages in critical
services shall be specified in scope of work.
‫آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺰﻳﻲ و ﻋﻤﺪه در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﺎي ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻛﺎر ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬3-7-11
11.7.3 Complete repair
11.7.3.1 Providing that previously used plant
and equipment is structurally sound and that it
has not been subjected to extensive corrosion,
relining is normally possible. It is, however,
particularly important that the lining contractor
shall inspect such items and agree that they are
in a suitable condition for him to undertake the
work.
ً‫ ﺑﺸﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ واﺣﺪ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻼ‬1-3-7-11
11.7.3.2 When it is necessary to replace a
rubber lining in existing equipment the old
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮر ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎري ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻮده و در ﻣﻌﺮض‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﻣﻬﻢ‬،‫ اﮔﺮﭼﻪ‬.‫ﻣﺠﺪد ﺑﻄﻮر ﻋﺎدي اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ اﻗﻼﻣﻲ را‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮده و ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي او ﺟﻬﺖ‬
.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﻛﺎر در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
96
2-3-7-11
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
lining will have to be removed by one of the
following methods.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻜﻲ از روﺷﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ زدوده‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
11.7.3.2.1 Burning
‫ ﺳﻮزاﻧﺪن‬1-2-3-7-11
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻫﺎ را ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ روش ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ اﺳﺖ اﻣﺎ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻣﻀﺮات‬،‫زدود‬
.‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
Most rubbers may be removed by this
procedure but although effective it is subject to
certain disadvantages.
a) Metal structures may warp as a result of
the heat generated.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺳﺎزه ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي در اﺛﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎي‬
b) Noxious or toxic fumes will be
generated and in the case of ebonites
and the essentially non-combustible
polychloroprene
these
will
be
particularly objectionable and may
constitute a health hazard.
‫ب ( ﺑﺨﺎرات ﻣﻬﻠﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد و در‬
.‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎب ﺑﺮدارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮرد ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﺎه و ﺳﺨﺖ و ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ‬
‫ اﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫ﭘﻠﻲ ﻛﻠﺮوﭘﺮن ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺣﺘﺮاق‬
‫اﻋﺘﺮاض ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮد و ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ‬
.‫ﺧﻄﺮﺳﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﺎً ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ ﺿﺪ‬
.‫آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻘﺾ ﻧﮕﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
It is essential therefore that care be taken to
ensure that anti-pollution laws are not infringed
by this procedure.
‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن‬2-2-3-7-11
11.7.3.2.2 Heating
This is a more acceptable alternative to burning
and involves raising the temperature by
externally heating the equipment so that the
bond to the metal is weakened. The heating
process is followed by mechanical removal of
the rubber.
‫ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺗﺮي ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮزاﻧﺪن‬
‫اﺳﺖ و ﻣﺴﺘﻠﺰم ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮدن دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺑﻮده ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ اي ﻛﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ زدودن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜــﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ دﻧﺒﺎل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ زدودن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬3-2-3-7-11
11.7.3.2.3 Mechanical removal
The most effective method in instances where
adhesion to the metal is still good, is to cut
through the rubber so that it is divided into
narrow strips. These can then be most readily
removed by application of a mechanical chisel
to the rubber/ metal interface.
‫ﻣﻮﺛﺮﺗﺮﻳﻦ روش در ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮز ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ‬
‫ ﺑﺮﻳﺪن ﺳﺮاﺳﺮي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ آﻧﺮا‬،‫ﺧﻮب اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان آﻧﻬﺎ‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮارﻫﺎي ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫را ﺧﻴﻠﻲ آﺳﺎن ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﻳﻚ اﺳﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ در ﺳﻄﺢ‬
.‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﺪا ﻧﻤﻮد‬/‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
11.7.3.3 After removal of the old lining the
metal surface shall be prepared in the normal
way to produce Sa 2½. Inspection to check the
vessel’s mechanical suitability for the duty
should, if necessary, be also carried out at this
stage.
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از زدودن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ‬3-3-7-11
.‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮد‬Sa 2½ ‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺗﺎ درﺟﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬،‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺿﺮوري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫در اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﺑﻮدن ﻇﺮف ازﻟﺤﺎظ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ زدوده ﺷﺪ‬4-3-7-11
11.7.3.4 When the old lining has been removed
and inspection has confirmed that the item is
mechanically sound and in a suitable condition
for relining, the standard procedures outlined in
‫و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻗﻼم از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ و در‬
،‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺠﺪد ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻄﻮر‬
97
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻧﺒﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
this Standard shall be followed.
However, if there is any reason to suppose that
there has been any impregnation of the metal
by chemicals, it is sound practice to sweat the
metal in live steam before shot-blasting.
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺑﻬﺮ دﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺼﻮر ﺷﻮد ﻓﻠﺰ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎل‬
‫ روش ﻣﻄﻠﻮب اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ آﻏﺸﺘﻪ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪ ﭘﺎﺷﻲ در ﺑﺨﺎر زﻧﺪه ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﮔﺮدد‬
Where noticeable corrosion has occurred
relining should be avoided.
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺠﺪد ﺧﻮدداري ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬8-11
11.8 Inspection and Tests
11.8.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-8-11
Before proceeding the applicator shall ensure
that all materials to be used in the lining
process are visually examined and where
appropriate, physically and practically tested to
confirm that they are in an acceptable
condition. For the unvulcanized rubber
sheeting this shall include:
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻫﺮ اﻗﺪام‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬،‫ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ و ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻲ‬
‫ در ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ و‬،‫ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ورق ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه‬.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺪه اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﮔﺮدد‬
11.8.1.1 Visual examination to ensure that it
has no imperfection which could significantly
affect the performance of the finished
vulcanized lining.
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از‬
11.8.1.2 Visual and physical examination to
ensure that it has been prepared in accordance
with Sub-clause 11.2.2 and that the actual
thickness is within ±10% of the specified
thickness.
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ و ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺼﻮل‬
11.8.1.3 A test to ensure that the sample taken
from each roll achieves the correct hardness
when vulcanized in accordance with the
customary practice of the applicator.
‫ ﻳﻚ آزﻣﻮن ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از آﻧﻜﻪ‬3-1-8-11
1-1-8-11
‫ﻋﺪم وﺟﻮد ﻋﻴﺒﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي در‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﮕﺬارد‬
2-1-8-11
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪه و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ واﻗﻌﻲ در ﺣﺪود‬2-2-11
.‫ درﺻﺪ از ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬±10
‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﻫﺮ ﻃﺎﻗﻪ )رول( وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮه ﻛﺎر ﻣﺮﺳﻮم اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬
.‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ رﺳﻴﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-8-11
11.8.2 Visual appearance of the lining
11.8.2.1 Inspection for visible defects shall be
carried out over the entire surface of the lining
in a good light, attention being paid to any
areas of mechanical damage, cuts, blisters, lack
of adhesion and poor jointing.
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻴﻮب ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ روي‬
11.8.2.2 If the applicator finds a defect prior to
vulcanization it shall be removed and the area
overlaid with unvulcanized rubber of the same
type as the original unvulcanized rubber on to
which it is bonded. After subsequent
vulcanization the area concerned shall be
‫ اﮔﺮ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﺒﻞ از وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪن ﻋﻴﺒﻲ‬2-2-8-11
1-2-8-11
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﻄﻮف‬،‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻧﻮر ﺧﻮب‬
،‫ ﺗﺎول ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﺮﺷﻬﺎ‬،‫ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ آﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﻓﻘﺪان ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ و ﺿﻌﻒ اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آﻧﺮا ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﻛﻨﺪ و ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ را ﺑﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬،‫را ﭘﻴﺪا ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
،‫وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻧﺸﺪه از ﻧﻮع ﻫﻤﺎن ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻧﺸﺪه اﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺳﺨﺖ‬.‫روي آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه روﻛﺶ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪاي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل روﻳﻬﻢ‬
98
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
considered identical to a lap joint or seam and
thus fully acceptable.
‫ﻳﺎ درز در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
.‫ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
11.8.2.3 All scarf joints shall be closely
inspected as specified in 11.3.9.3.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻮرب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪﻗﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ‬3-2-8-11
11.8.2.4 To repair defects found after
vulcanization, the surface of the lining local to
the defect shall be prepared by abrading.
Adhesive and a patch of unvulcanized rubber
both of the same type as used for the lining
shall then be applied. The size of this patch
shall not be greater than 25 mm in any
direction beyond the defect.
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪن‬4-2-8-11
The patch shall then be vulcanized. After
rectification, the repaired area shall be tested
for pinholes. Minor wrinkles and surface
markings which have no significant effect on
the performance of the lining shall be
acceptable under the responsibility of
Purchaser and/or contractor.
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ‬، ‫ ﭘﺲ از اﺻﻼح‬.‫ﺳﭙﺲ وﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي رﻳﺰ ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺰﻳﻲ و ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫اﺛﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ روي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬/‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬3-9-3-11 ‫در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﭘﻴﺪا ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭼﺴﺐ و ﻳﻚ وﺻﻠﻪ از ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬،‫ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪن آﻣﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻧﺸﺪه ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ دو ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
25 ‫ اﻧﺪازه اﻳﻦ وﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﻬﺘﻲ از ﻋﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
After vulcanization defects such as blisters,
blow holes, small cracks or scuffed areas in the
lining may be found. when such faults are
discovered after vulcanization the defect may
be patched.
،‫ﺑﻌﺪ از وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺎولﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﺮك ﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺎﺻﺎف در‬، ‫ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎي رﻳﺰ‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻳﺼﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻴﺪا ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪن ﭘﻴﺪا ﺷﺪ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ وﺻﻠﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آزﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬3-8-11
11.8.3 Tests
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬1-3-8-11
11.8.3.1 Hardness test
‫ ﻣﻴﺰان وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آزﻣﻮن‬1-1-3-8-11
11.8.3.1.1 The extent of vulcanization shall be
checked by a hardness test. If actual hardness
levels measured indicate that further
vulcanization is required the lining shall be
retested after such vulcanization.
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺳﺨﺘﻲ واﻗﻌﻲ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬.‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ﺷﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
ً‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻦ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺠﺪدا‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
11.8.3.1.2 The hardness of a rubber is a
property indicative of its chemical resistance
and mechanical strength.
‫ ﺷﺎﺧﺼﻲ از ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ‬،‫ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬2-1-3-8-11
The hardness is determined by measuring the
penetration of a specified indentor under a
certain load. Various types of indentors and
loads are used. In general, it is common to
express hardness in Durometer A or Durometer
D readings in accordance with ASTM D 2240
or BS ISO 7619-2.
‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ را ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮو روﻧﺪه ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﺮو‬.‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎر ﺧﺎص ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮل‬،‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ‬.‫روﻧﺪهﻫﺎ و ﺑﺎرﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ و‬Durometer A ‫اﺳﺖ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻗﺮاﺋﺖ ﻫﺎي‬
ASTM D2240‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬Durometer D
.‫ ﺑﻴﺎن ﮔﺮدد‬BS ISO 7619-2 ‫ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ آن ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
99
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
11.8.3.1.3 The hardness shall conform to the
value specified on the requisition within a
tolerance of ±5°. A minimum of three reading
per square meter shall be taken.
‫ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮ‬3-1-3-8-11
11.8.3.2 Continuity of lining (high frequency
spark test)
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ )آزﻣﻮن ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‬2-3-8-11
11.8.3.2.1 Testing for pinholes and other
discontinuities shall be carried out:
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ رﻳﺰ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬1-2-3-8-11
‫ درﺟﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬±5 ‫اﺳﺎس درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ در ﺣﺪود رواداري‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ ﻗﺮاﺋﺖ ﺑﻪ ازاي ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
(‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
.‫ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه و ﻗﺒﻞ از‬
a) When the rubber has been applied and
before vulcanization;
‫وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن؛‬
‫ب ( ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻮﻗﻒ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن؛‬
b) After interrupted vulcanization;
‫ج ( ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن؛‬
c) After complete vulcanization;
.‫د ( ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻫﺮﻛﺎر اﺻﻼﺣﻲ‬
d) After any remedial work.
Before testing begins the surface shall be made
dry and free from dirt.
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ و ﻋﺎري از ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲ‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
11.8.3.2.2 No sparks shall be produced when
the liner, applied on a metallic substrate is
tested with a direct-current apparatus approved
by the Company using a voltage which is
determined by the following formula:
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه روي‬2-2-3-8-11
‫ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻠﺰي‬
‫ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از وﻟﺘﺎژي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ راﺑﻄﻪ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬،‫ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬
‫ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ اي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﻮن ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
:‫ﺷﻮد‬
which shall not exceed 30 kV
6 (1 + thickness in mm) = kV
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮوﻟﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬30 ‫ﻛﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
6 (1 + ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮوﻟﺖ= )ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
11.8.3.2.3 This voltage can be adjusted for high
carbon black filled (soft) rubbers to
approximately 3 kV per mm thickness (exact
voltage to be determined on a test sample).
‫ اﻳﻦ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚﻫﺎي‬3-2-3-8-11
11.8.3.2.4 Antistatic linings on metallic
substrates shall be checked with the "Wet
Sponge Test", a low-voltage holiday detector.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﺎوم ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎر اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬4-2-3-8-11
11.8.3.2.5 The presence of continuous pores in
rubber linings applied on concrete substrates
can only be determined visually, unless a
conductive layer has been applied to the
concrete.
‫ وﺟﻮد ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ در ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي‬5-2-3-8-11
11.8.3.2.6 The probe shall be moved
continuously over the surface of the lining at a
‫ ﭘﺮوب را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬6-2-3-8-11
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وﻟﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ‬3 ً‫ﭘﺮﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ دوده زﻳﺎد )ﻧﺮم( ﺗﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮد )وﻟﺘﺎژ دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
.(‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
"‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ "آزﻣﻮن اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﺗﺮ‬،‫ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻠﺰي‬
.‫ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎب ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي ﺑﺎ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ رﺳﺎﻧﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
100
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
speed not exceeding 100 mm/s. Applying the
spark to one spot for any appreciable length of
time shall be avoided.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬100 ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮاز‬
‫ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺮدن ﺟﺮﻗﻪ در ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ در‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ داد‬
.‫ﻃﻮل زﻣﺎن ﻣﺤﺴﻮس ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﺗﺮ‬7-2-3-8-11
11.8.3.2.7 Wet sponge testing
In the case of rubber linings which are
normally at least 3 mm thick and may contain
scarf joints up to 32 mm in length wet sponge
testing is not recommended. This is because the
time that may be required for the electrolyte to
penetrate the hole in the rubber, or a leak in
joint may be rather long. By the time the
electrolyte reaches the substrate the probe may
no longer be in a position to complete the
circuit. Furthermore, in some cases when the
rubber contains a cut it is possible the
electrolyte will not penetrate that cut under the
conditions of the test.
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دارﻧﺪ و ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ داراي‬3 ‫دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﻃﻮل ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬32 ‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻮرب ﺗﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ زﻣﺎن‬.‫اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﺗﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻔﻮذ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮراخ در ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
‫ در زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺖ‬.‫ﻧﺸﺖ در اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﭘﺮوب دﻳﮕﺮ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻌﻼوه در ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ وﻗﺘﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪار را ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ داراي ﺑﺮﻳﺪﮔﻲ اﺳﺖ اﻣﻜﺎن دارد ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
.‫ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ آن ﺑﺮﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬، ‫آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم اﺗﺼﺎل‬3-3-8-11
11.8.3.3 Bond strength tests
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب‬1-3-3-8-11
11.8.3.3.1 Non-destructive test
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ و ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫ اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ و ﺑﺪون ﻫﺮ ﻋﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ زدن ﺿﺮﺑﻪ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ روي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ در ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﭼﻜﺶ ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺻﺪاﻳﻲ ﺗﻮ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻳﻦ روش آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻤﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
The adhesion between the rubber lining and the
substrate shall be homogeneous and without
any defect. This may be investigated by lightly
tapping the rubber lining with an appropriate
wooden hammer. At areas where the adhesion
is broken a hollow sound will occur. This is no
quantitative test method.
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻣﺨﺮب‬2-3-3-8-11
11.8.3.3.2 Destructive test
11.8.3.3.2.1 The bond strength between soft
rubber and a substrate with using test samples
shall be measured by BS 903: Part A 21Section 21.1 or ASTM D 429 Method B.
‫ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻧﺮم و‬1-2-3-3-8-11
‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬BS 903: Part A21 Section 21.1 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬ASTM D 429 Method B
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ‬2-2-3-3-8-11
11.8.3.3.2.2 Test samples shall consist of
pieces of substrate, similar to that used in the
manufacture of the equipment, to which has
been applied rubber of the same mix and
thickness used. For the main lining, for
preparation of pieces for test purposes from
products, see ASTM D 3182.
‫ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻜﺎر‬،‫از ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫ و ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎن ﻣﺨﻠﻮط و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ﻣﻴﺮود‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺻﻠﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
ASTM D ‫از ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﺑﺮاي اﻫﺪاف آزﻣﻮن ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬3182
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم اﺗﺼﺎل‬3-2-3-3-8-11
11.8.3.3.2.3 There is no quantitative test for
measuring the bond strength of hard rubber or
ebonite to substrates. A quantitative assessment
of the bond can be made by chipping the lining
on a test plate with a chisel 25 mm wide when
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ اﺑﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻤﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﻛﻤﻲ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﺗﺮاﺷﻴﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ روي ورق آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ اﺳﻜﻨﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
101
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
it should be possible to loosen only small
pieces of hard rubber or ebonite at each blow.
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺳﺴﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬25 ‫ﻋﺮض‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻳﺎ اﺑﻮﻧﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم داد‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
11.8.3.3.2.4 Minimum load figures for bond
strengths obtainable with various types of
rubber, vulcanized by different methods shall
be as given in Table 3.
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺑﺎر ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻫﺎي‬4-2-3-3-8-11
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺣﺎﺻﻠﻪ از اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در ﺟﺪول‬، ‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ روﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت‬
.‫ آﻣﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3
TABLE 3 - TEST LOADS FOR ADHESION OF VULCANIZED SOFT RUBBER
TO CARBON STEEL AND CONCRETE SUBSTRATES
‫ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻧﺮم وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ و ﺑﺘﻦ‬-3 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
CARBON STEEL
‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬
TYPE OF RUBBER
‫ﻧﻮع ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ‬
Pressure
Vulcanization
kN/m
‫ﻓﺸﺎر وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن‬
Vulcanization by
Hot Water or Steam
at Atmospheric
Pressure
kN/m
‫وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ آب داغ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎر در ﻓﺸﺎر آﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ‬
Natural or synthetic polyisoprene
‫ﭘﻠﻲ اﻳﺰوﭘﺮﻳﻦ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ‬
Self-vulcanization
at Ambient
Temperature
kN/m
‫وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪن ﺧﻮد ﺑﻪ‬
Concrete
kN/m
‫ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻮدي در دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
3.5
2.7
2.7
1.0
3.5
2.7
2.7
1.0
3.5
2.7
2.7
1.0
3.5
2.7
2.7
1.0
3.5
2.7
2.7
1.0
3.5
2.7
---
1.0
3.5
2.7
2.7
---
2.7
2.7
---
1.0
Styrene-Butadiene-Rubber (SBR)
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ اﺳﺘﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻮﺗﺎدﻳﻦ‬
Chloroprene Rubber (CR)
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻛﻠﺮوﭘﺮن‬
Butyl Rubber (IIR)
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﻮﺗﻴﻞ‬
Ethylene-Propylene Rubber (EPR)
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ اﺗﻴﻠﻦ – ﭘﺮوﭘﻴﻠﻦ‬
Nitrile Rubber (NBR)
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻧﻴﺘﺮﻳﻞ‬
Butadiene and/or Blends (BR)
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻫﺎ‬/‫ﺑﻮﺗﺎدﻳﻦ و‬
Chlorinated Rubber (CSM)
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﻨﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬4-3-8-11
11.8.3.4 Thickness tests
The thickness of the lining applied on a
metallic substrate shall be determined with a
suitable thickness meter and shall conform to
the specified thickness within a tolerance of
±10% (see IPS-E-TP-350). A minimum of 3
measurements per square meter shall be made.
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬±10 ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ رواداري‬
3 ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-TP-350 ‫)ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
102
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
The thickness of the rubber lining applied on
concrete or any other non-magnetic surface
shall be determined destructively.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬.‫ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي در ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه روي ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
.‫ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﺨﺮب ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺧﻼء‬/‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر‬5-3-8-11
11.8.3.5 Pressure/vacuum testing
If appropriate, equipment and piping shall be
pressure-tested with water at a pressure equal
to the test pressure mentioned in the related
design code, and at the maximum allowable
service temperature for the particular lining; or
alternatively vacuum-tested at 130 m bar
absolute at ambient temperature.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آب ﺗﺤﺖ‬،‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ اﻗﺘﻀﺎ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫آزﻣﻮن ﻓﺸﺎر ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ و اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن در ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫آزﻣﻮن اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه در آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ و در ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫اﻧﺠﺎم‬،‫دﻣﺎي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎر ﻣﻄﻠﻖ در‬130 ‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ در‬،‫ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ آزﻣﻮن ﺧﻼ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
These conditions shall be maintained for a
period of 1 hour. At the end of the test the
lining shall be visually inspected. No blisters,
cracks or other surface irregularities shall be
permitted. Thereafter the lining shall pass the
high-voltage spark test.
‫اﻳﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ دوره ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺮك ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺎﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫ ﺗﺎول ﻫﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از آن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آزﻣﻮن ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‬.‫ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ را ﺑﮕﺬراﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎ‬6-3-8-11
11.8.3.6 Other tests
In addition to previous methods, the following
test methods applicable in general to
vulcanized rubber, shall be utilized as required
by the Purchaser:
‫ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن زﻳﺮ‬،‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ روﺷﻬﺎي ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‬
،‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮروي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﺷﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
:‫درﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﺸﺶ‬-
- Tension test
ASTM D 412
ASTM D 412
- Aging test
ASTM D 573 and D 865
ASTM D 573 ‫ و‬865
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﭘﻴﺮﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬-
- Immersion test ASTM D 471
ASTM D 471
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪ وري‬-
- Abrasion test ASTM D 2228
ASTM D 2228
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬-
ASTM ‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬D 3491
- Chemical resistance test ASTM D 3491
‫ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ و ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ‬-12
12. BITUMEN, ASPHALT AND COAL
TAR LINING
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-12
12.1 General
12.1.1 The Clause 12 specifies requirements
for the lining of equipment using bitumen and
coal tar derived materials.
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ‬12 ‫ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1-1-12
12.1.2 Bitumen and coal tar materials are
suitable for protecting internal surfaces of steel
pipes, fittings, vessels and cementitious or
brick work equipment (see also ISO 5256).
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺳﻄﻮح‬،‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻗﻴﺮ )ﻧﻔﺘﻲ( و ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر‬2-1-12
12.1.3 Bitumen and coal tar base lining are
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ و ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر ﺑﺮاي‬3-1-12
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺸﺘﻖ ﺷﺪه از ﻗﻴﺮ و ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر را ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﻇﺮوف ﻓﻮﻻدي و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري ﻳﺎ آﺟﺮﻛﺎري ﺷﺪه‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ISO 5256 ‫ﺑﻪ‬
103
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
available for hot or cold application.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮم و ﺳﺮد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮد از ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻗﻴﺮ‬4-1-12
12.1.4 Cold applied lining consist of liquid
solution of bitumen or coal tar in volatile solvent
(see IPS-M-TP-105 and IPS-M-TP-230 and
IPS-M-TP-285 and IPS-M-TP-280).
‫)ﻧﻔﺘﻲ( ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر در ﺣﻼل ﻓﺮار ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ و‬IPS-M-TP-230 ‫ و‬IPS-M-TP-105 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-M-TP-280 ‫ و‬IPS-M-TP-285
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﮔﺮم ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻴﺮ )ﻧﻔﺘﻲ( ﻳﺎ ﻗﻴﺮ‬5-1-12
12.1.5 Hot applied lining consist of bitumen or
coal tar pitch and filler, it is melted before use
and applied in molten form (see IPS-M-TP-295
and IPS-M-TP-290).
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ذوب و ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺬاب‬،‫ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر و ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ و‬IPS-M-TP-295 ‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-M-TP-290
‫ در اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻃﺮاح ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدد‬6-1-12
12.1.6 For certain application as will be
specified by the designer, bitumen and coal tar
can be reinforced with mineral fillers or to
produce heavy consistency products suitable
for application by trowel or heavy duty spray
(see IPS-M-TP- 105 and IPS-M-TP-230).
‫ﺧﺎص ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﻗﻴﺮ )ﻧﻔﺘﻲ( و ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر را ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﺮد ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻛﺎر ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ و‬IPS-M-TP-105 ‫ )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﺮد‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-M-TP-230
12.1.7 The Company inspector may stop lining
operations when conditions such as 7.1.6.
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬7-1-12
12.1.8 The lined equipment shall be identified
as stated in 8.1.10.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬8-1-12
12.1.9 The applicator of the lining shall
provide a certificate of inspection and testing
when requested, in accordance with 8.1.11.
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬9-1-12
.‫ اﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬6-1-7
.‫ ﻣﻮرد ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬10-1-8 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻴﺎن ﺷﺪه در‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ را زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﺷﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬11-1-8
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-12
12.2 Preparation
12.2.1 Preparation of material for use
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬1-2-12
12.2.1.1 Cold applied lining
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬1-1-2-12
Where thinning is necessary, e.g. as a first coat
on very porous surfaces, only the
manufacturer’s recommended thinners shall be
used.
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ اول روي‬، ،‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ رﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ﺳﻄﻮح ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬2-1-2-12
12.2.1.2 Hot applied lining
The enamel shall be heated in suitable agitated
heating kettles equipped with accurate and
easily read recording thermometers. The
thermometers will be checked and adjusted by
the inspector whenever necessary.
‫ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﻤﺰن دار ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ‬.‫دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮاﺋﺖ آﺳﺎن اﺳﺖ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮد‬
‫زﻣﺎن ﻛﻪ ﻻزم ﺷﺪ دﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و‬
.‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
Both solidified and molten enamel shall be
maintained moisture and dirt-free at all times
prior to, and at the time of, heating and
‫ ﭼﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ‬،‫ﻫﺮ دو ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺟﺎﻣﺪ و ذوب ﺷﺪه در ﺗﻤﺎم زﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫از ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن و ﭼﻪ در زﻣﺎن ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن و اﻋﻤﺎل‬
104
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
application.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ﻋﺎري از ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲ و رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
The solidified enamel charge shall be melted
and brought up to application temperature. The
temperature at which the enamel will be
applied shall be in accordance with the
recommendations of manufacturer.
‫ﻟﻌﺎب ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺷﺪه را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ذوب و ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮده‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در آن ﻟﻌﺎب اﻋﻤﺎل ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬.‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Excess enamel remaining in a kettle at the end
of any heating shall not be included in a fresh
batch in an amount greater than 10 percent of
the batch. Kettles shall be emptied and cleaned
frequently, as required. The residual material
removed in cleaning the kettles shall not be
blended with any enamel.
‫ﻟﻌﺎب اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه در ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮم‬
‫ درﺻﺪ‬10 ‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﺎزه ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬،‫ﻛﺮدن‬
ً‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﺘﻨﺎوﺑﺎ‬.‫از ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﺪه ﺧﺎرج ﺷﺪه در ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن‬.‫ﺧﺎﻟﻲ و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
.‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬
12.2.2 Preparation of surface to be lined
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-2-12
‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
12.2.2.1 Metals
‫ ﻓﻠﺰات‬1-2-2-12
Complete removal of mill scale, heat treatment
scale previous coatings and paint, loose dirt,
grease, oil, salt, etc., which could be harmful to
the adhesion of lining to the steel shall be
carried out by surface preparation. The surface
preparation shall be according to IPS-C-TP101.
‫ رﺳﻮب ﺣﺎﺻﻞ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬،‫زدودن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﻮرد‬
،‫ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲﻫﺎي ﺳﺴﺖ‬،‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﻗﺒﻠﻲ و رﻧﮓ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬،‫ ﻧﻤﻚ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ روﻏﻦ‬،‫ﭼﺮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻣﻀﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ﺳﻄﺢ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-C-TP-101
The preparation shall be carried out to achieve
a quality of at least Sa 2½ as in ISO 8501.
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺘﻲ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬ISO 8501 ‫ ﻃﺒﻖ‬Sa 2½ ‫ﻣﻌﺎدل‬
Immediately before the application of the
lining. The surface shall be free from all trace
of abrasive and dust. If metallic surfaces are
not to be coated immediately after cleaning, a
suitable protective film shall be applied to
prevent corrosion.
‫ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻠﺰي ﻗﺮار‬.‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪه و ﮔﺮد و ﻏﺒﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ‬،‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺘﻦ‬2-2-2-12
12.2.2.2 Concrete
Concrete or other non-metallic surfaces shall
be clean and free from oil and any dust or
powdery material according to IPS-C-TP-101
prior to application of lining.
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰي‬
‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و‬IPS-C-TP-101 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﻋﺎري از روﻏﻦ و ﮔﺮد و ﻏﺒﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮدري ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-12
12.3 Application Methods
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-12
12.3.1 General
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ )ﻧﻔﺘﻲ( و ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ‬1-1-3-12
12.3.1.1 Bitumen and coal tar lining can be
applied in the factory or other workplace on
each pipe, fitting or vessel.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﺎ ﻇﺮف‬،‫در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻜﺎن ﻛﺎر دﻳﮕﺮ روي ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
105
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ )ﻧﻔﺘﻲ( و ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر ﺳﺮد‬2-1-3-12
12.3.1.2 Cold applied bitumen and coal tar
lining are readily applied by brush, spray or
also by dip process as appropriate by the job.
For lining of porous surfaces such as concrete
surfaces one coat of primer (see IPS-M-TP-285
and IPS-M-TP-280) shall be applied by brush
prior to application of main lining.
،‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻗﺘﻀﺎ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻮ‬،‫اﺟﺮا‬
‫ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ورﺳﺎزي اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺑﺘﻦ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻮ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺟﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ و‬IPS-M-TP-285 ‫ )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-M-TP-280
12.3.1.3 Hot applied bitumen and coal tar
lining can be applied by trowel, spray, rotating
or other methods.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ )ﻧﻔﺘﻲ( و ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر ﮔـﺮم‬3-1-3-12
12.3.1.4 Considerable skill is required in all
methods of application.
‫ ﻣﻬﺎرت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫ در ﺗﻤﺎم روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬4-1-3-12
12.3.1.5 The material are heated as needed in
kettle near the application site.
‫ در ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﻣﻮاد ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬5-1-3-12
12.3.1.6 For vertical surfaces the material is
daubed on with a stiff brush, covering small
rectangular areas with short strokes and
overlapping to form a continuous lining.
‫ ﻣﺎده را ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻮي ﺳﻔﺖ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﻮح ﻋﻤﻮدي‬6-1-3-12
12.3.1.7 In weld areas the brush strokes should
be in the direction of the weld; a second coat
should then be applied in the opposite
direction.
‫ رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻗﻠﻢ‬،‫ در ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺟﻮش‬7-1-3-12
12.3.1.8 For horizontal surfaces, the material
can be poured on and then trowelled-out and if
unevenness occurs where a smooth surface is
required, it may be permissible to play a blowlamp on to the surface and finish by trowelling.
‫ ﻣﺎده روي آن ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﻮح اﻓﻘﻲ‬8-1-3-12
12.3.1.9 For lining of pipe the centrifugal
casting method shall be used (see 12.3.6.2).
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از روش‬9-1-3-12
‫ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬،‫اﺟﺮا‬
.‫روﺷﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﮔﺮم ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻄﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ رﻓﺖ و‬،‫ﺑﻪ روي آن ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻮ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﻣﻲﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﻚ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻣﻮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ دوم را در‬
.‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺮد‬
‫ و اﮔﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دادن‬،‫ﺻﺎف ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮاري رخ دﻫﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﻌﻞ روي ﺳﻄﺢ و ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
2-6-3-12 ‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ‬
.(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر ﮔﺮم ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬10-1-3-12
12.3.1.10 When hot-applied coal tar is used as
a protective interior lining of steel water
pipelines, the temperature of pipeline water
must not exceed 32°C and its flow rate must be
sufficient to prevent stagnation.
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل آب ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬32 ‫ دﻣﺎي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ آب ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬،‫رود‬
‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬،‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﻮده‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﺳﻜﻮن آن ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬2-3-12
12.3.2 Selection of process
The lining process shall be appropriate to the
type of material selected for the lining
‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺎده اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
106
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
according to 12.3.3 to 12.3.7 inclusive.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺗﺎ‬3-3-12 ‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬7-3-12
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ )ﻧﻔﺘﻲ( ﺳﺮد‬3-3-12
12.3.3 Cold applied bitumen lining
12.3.3.1 Bitumen or solutions (see IPS-M-TP285 and IPS-M-TP-280) are readily applied by
brush or spray and are often used as priming
coats for the heavy duty materials which can be
applied hot or cold at the works or on site.
IPS-M-TP-285 ‫ ﻗﻴﺮ )ﻧﻔﺘﻲ( ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮلﻫﺎ )ﺑﻪ‬1-3-3-12
12.3.3.2 When lining the interior of tanks, use a
forced air supply to disperse the solvent and
prevent residual solvent condensing on the
lining and washing off.
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺎزن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده‬2-3-3-12
12.3.3.3 For lining of metallic surfaces, one or
more coats of primer (synthetic primer) shall
be followed by at least two coats of bitumenbased lining material to obtain the specified
thickness.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬3-3-3-12
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﻢ ﻣﻮ ﻳﺎ‬IPS-M-TP-280 ‫و‬
‫ﭘﺎﺷﺶ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎً ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي آﺳﺘﺮي‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻛﺎر ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺎرﻣﻲ روﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ‬
.‫در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﻳﺎ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﮔﺮم ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮد اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ از ﻫﻮاي ﻓﺸﺮده ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺮاﻛﻨﺪه ﻛﺮدن ﺣﻼل و‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪن ﺣﻼل ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه روي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي )آﺳﺘﺮي ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ( اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ آن ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دو ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
.‫ﻗﻴﺮي اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻄﻮح‬4-3-3-12
12.3.3.4 For lining of cementitious or brick
work surfaces, two or more coats of bitumen
based solution shall be applied to obtain the
specified thickness.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دو ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ از‬،‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري ﻳﺎ آﺟﺮﻛﺎري ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻗﻴﺮي اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
.‫دﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺎزن آب‬5-3-3-12
12.3.3.5 For lining of drinking water tanks or
cisterns two or more coats of solvent base
bitumen lining shall be applied to interior
surfaces to obtain the specified thickness. The
lining material shall meet the requirements of
BS 3416 regarding the health hazards.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دو ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ از ﺣﻼل ﺑﺎ‬،‫آﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ آب‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻗﻴﺮي ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻄﺮﺳﺎز‬،‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
BS 3416 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬،‫ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﻴﺮ )ﻧﻔﺘﻲ( ﮔﺮم‬4-3-12
12.3.4 Hot applied bitumen lining
12.3.4.1 For the lining of metallic surfaces one
or more coats of primer (cold applied bitumen
primer) shall be followed by hot applied
bitumen coatings.
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-4-3-12
‫ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ از آﺳﺘﺮي )آﺳﺘﺮي ﻗﻴﺮي ﺳﺮد(اﻋﻤﺎل‬
.‫ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ آن ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﻴﺮي ﮔﺮم اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬
12.3.4.2 The application shall be made by
rotating the pipe and introducing the lining
material in molten state, or by mat, trowel, or
spray to vertical surfaces (e.g. vessels).
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و وارد ﻛﺮدن‬2-4-3-12
‫ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ‬،‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻮري‬،‫ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺬاب‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻋﻤﻮدي اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬،‫ﻛﺸﻲ‬
.(‫ﻇﺮوف‬
12.3.4.3 By agreement between the parties,
protection at certain types of joint may be
effected by the application of a thick, cold
applied bitumen coatings.
‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از اﻧﻮاع‬،‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ‬3-4-3-12
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﻴﺮي‬،‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ از اﺗﺼﺎل‬
.‫ﺳﺮد ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ واﻗﻊ ﺷﻮد‬
107
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن‬،‫ ﻗﻴﺮ ﻣﺬاب داغ‬4-4-3-12
12.3.4.4 Hot melt bitumen, when used as a tank
bottom covering or as an impervious
membrane for acid proof brick floor lining, can
be poured and leveled by squeegeeing in
successive coats.
‫ﻛﻒ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻳﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻏﺸﺎء ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪه‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮ ﻛﻒ ﺿﺪ اﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
.‫ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎش در ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻲ در ﭘﻲ ﺗﺮاز ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻣﺘﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آﺳﺘﺮي‬5-4-3-12
12.3.4.5 Porous surfaces such as concrete shall
be primed with bitumen primer of IPS-M-TP285 before application of lining.
IPS-M-TP- ‫ﻗﻴﺮي ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
.‫ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬285
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬5-3-12
12.3.5 Cold applied coal tar lining
12.3.5.1 All the cold applied coal tar linings
can be applied by brush, spray or also by dip.
Usually only two or three coats are applied to
obtain the desired dry film thickness.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬1-5-3-12
12.3.5.2 Drying time between coats will vary
between 16 to 96 hours, depending upon the
temperature, humidity, and air velocity over the
coated surface.
،‫ زﻣﺎن ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎ‬2-5-3-12
12.3.5.3 The cold applied lining generally
require no primer.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ‬3-5-3-12
12.3.5.4 Cold applied lining require from one
day to several weeks for the solvent to
evaporate and the film to harden.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﺣﻼل‬4-5-3-12
12.3.6 Hot applied coal tar lining (see also
AWWA C 203)
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ وري‬،‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮس‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻓﻘﻂ دو ﻳﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺪﺳﺖ‬.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫آوردن ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻄﻠﻮب اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ‬16 ‫ و ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻫﻮا روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬96
.‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﻧﺪارد‬
.‫و ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ روز ﺗﺎ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز دارد‬
6-3-12
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬AWWA C 203
12.3.6.1 Priming
‫ آﺳﺘﺮﻛﺎري‬1-6-3-12
12.3.6.1.1 All blasted surfaces shall be cleaned
from dust and grit and shall be primed
immediately following blasting and cleaning.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﮔﺮد و‬1-1-6-3-12
12.3.6.1.2 The use of coal tar primer that has
become fouled with foreign substances or has
thickened through evaporation of the solvent
oils will not be permitted.
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از آﺳﺘﺮي ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺟﺴﺎم‬2-1-6-3-12
12.3.6.1.3 At the option of the contractor, and
acceptance of the Company, the application of
the primer shall be by hand brushing, spraying,
or other suitable means and shall be in
accordance with instruction for application
supplied by the manufacturer of the primer.
‫ در ﺻﻮرت اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر و ﭘﺬﻳﺮش‬3-1-6-3-12
‫ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬،‫ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﻢﻣﻮ‬،‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
.‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
12.3.6.1.4 Spray-gun apparatus to be used shall
include a mechanically agitated pressure pot
and an air separator that will remove all oil and
‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﺑﺰار ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ اﻋﻤﺎل‬4-1-6-3-12
‫ﺷﻮد رود ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ دﻳﮓ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ زن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و‬
‫ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم روﻏﻦ و رﻃﻮﺑﺖ آزاد را از‬
‫ﺧﺎك و ﮔﺮﻳﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﺑﻼﺳﺖ و‬
.‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ آﻟﻮده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻬﺎي ﺣﻼل‬
.‫ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
108
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
free moisture from the air supply.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ﻫﻮاي ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
12.3.6.1.5 Suitable measures shall be taken to
protect wet primer from contact with rain, fog,
mist, spray, dust, or other foreign matter until
completely hardened and enamel applied.
‫ اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از‬5-1-6-3-12
12.3.6.1.6 In cold weather, when the
temperature of the steel is below 4°C, or at any
time when moisture collects on the steel, the
steel shall be warmed to a temperature of
approximately 30 to 40°C, which shall be
maintained long enough to dry the pipe surface
prior to priming. To facilitate spraying and
spreading, the primer may be heated and
maintained during the application at a
temperature of not more than 50°C.
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد زﻳﺮ‬،‫ در ﻫﻮاي ﺳﺮد‬6-1-6-3-12
،‫ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮات آب‬،‫ ﻣﻪ‬،‫آﺳﺘﺮيﺗﺮ از ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎران‬
‫ ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎك ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ‬،‫ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬
.‫ﺷﺪن ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ و اﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ زﻣﺎن ﻛﻪ روي ﻓﻮﻻد‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﺳﺖ‬4
40 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬30 ً‫ ﻓﻮﻻد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬،‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ‬.‫ﺷﺪن ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از آﺳﺘﺮﻛﺎري ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ آﺳﺘﺮي را ﮔﺮم‬،‫ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬50 ‫ﻛﺮده و در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻋﻤﺎل ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ در دﻣﺎي‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
12.3.6.1.7 The minimum and maximum drying
times of the primer, or the period between
application of primer and application of coaltar enamel, shall be in accordance with
instructions issued by the manufacturer of the
primer.
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ زﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن‬7-1-6-3-12
If the enamel is not applied within the allowed
maximum time after priming, the part shall be
reprimed with an additional light coat of primer
or the entire prime coat shall be removed by
reblasting and the part reprimed.
‫اﮔﺮ ﻟﻌﺎب در ﻋﺮض زﻣﺎن ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻌﺪ از آﺳﺘﺮﻛﺎري‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺪداً ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﺒﻚ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬،‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ آﺳﺘﺮي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻣﺠﺪد‬
.‫زدوده ﺷﺪه و ﻗﻄﻌﻪ دوﺑﺎره آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
12.3.6.1.8 During cold weather, when metal
surface temperature is below 4°C, or during
rainy or foggy weather, when moisture tends to
collect on cold surface, enameling shall be
preceded by warming of the primed part.
Warming shall be done by any method that will
heat the part uniformly to recommended
temperature without injury to primer. Steel
temperature of the part shall not exceed 70°C.
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰ‬،‫ در ﻫﻮاي ﺳﺮد‬8-1-6-3-12
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل آﺳﺘﺮي و اﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻌﺎب‬،‫آﺳﺘﺮي‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﺎدره از ﻃﺮف ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬،‫ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر‬
.‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎراﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻪآﻟﻮد‬4 ‫زﻳﺮ‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪن روي ﺳﻄﻮح‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻟﻌﺎب ﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻗﻄﻌﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي‬،‫ﺳﺮد دارد‬
‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﺮ روﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻃﺒﻖ دﻣﺎي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺪون آﺳﻴﺐ زدن‬
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬70 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻌﺎب‬2-6-3-12
12.3.6.2 Enameling
The application of the enamel to the internal
surface of all pipes other than specials shall be
by centrifugal casting by either the trough
method (see Note 1) or the retracting-weir or
feed-line method (see Note 2).
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ روش ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( ﻳﺎ روش‬1 ‫روش ﻏﻮﻃﻪوري )ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎدآوري‬
2 ‫ﺟﻤﻊآوري ﻣﺠﺪد ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎدآوري‬
.(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
On odd shapes of flat surfaces. The hot applied
coal tar lining is applied over the dry primer by
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر ﮔﺮم‬،‫روي ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي ﻧﺎﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺗﺨﺖ‬
109
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
hand daubing in shingle fashion using a dauber
or on horizontal surfaces with a glass mop.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫اﺟﺮا روي آﺳﺘﺮي ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ دﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ روي ﺳﻄﻮح اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
.‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﺎك ﻛﻦ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
Notes:
1) In trough method the pipe shall be rotated
and molten enamel shall be introduced into
pipe by a pouring trough extending the full
length of the pipe.
‫( در روش ﻏﻮﻃﻪوري ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺪ و ﻟﻌﺎب ﻣﺬاب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1
2) In retracting weir or feed line method, pipe
shall be rotated and molten enamel shall be
supplied to the weir or feed line from a
reservoir through supply pipes and
maintained at application temperature by
means of insulation and by the use of
suitable methods of heating both reservoir
and supply line.
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫( در روش ﺟﻤﻊآوري و رﻳﺰش ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ‬2
12.3.7 Application of coal-tar enamel to ends
of pipe section
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻌﺎب ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر ﺑﻪ دو ﺳﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬7-3-12
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮف ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻛﻪ در ﻛﻞ ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اداﻣﻪ‬
.‫دارد ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ وارد ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺪ و ﻟﻌﺎب ﻣﺬاب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي رﻳﺰش ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ‬
‫ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ و در دﻣﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ و ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺨﺰن و ﺧﻂ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫روﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺮ دو ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬1-7-3-12
12.3.7.1 Pipe sections to be field welded
‫ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
When pipe sections are to be joined together by
field welding, a band that is free of protective
materials shall be left on the inside and outside
if any surfaces at the ends of the sections. This
band shall be of 15 cm width, or as specified in
the Company’s specifications, to permit the
making of field joints without injury to the
lining and coating.
‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﻮاري ﻛﻪ ﻋﺎري از ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي داﺧﻞ و ﺧﺎرج اﻃﺮاف ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺑﻮدن ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ در دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﻃﺮاف‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر‬15 ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
،‫ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﻋﺮض داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ اﺟﺎزه اﺟﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ را ﺑﺪون آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
12.3.7.2 Pipe sections to be joined with
mechanical couplings
‫ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ‬2-7-3-12
When pipe sections are to be joined together
with mechanical couplings, band free of
protective materials shall be left on the exterior
surface if any at the ends of the sections. This
band shall be of 15 cm width, or as specified in
the Company’s specifications, to permit joint
make-up. The interior enamel lining shall
extend to the pipe end.
‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ ﻧﻮار ﻋﺎري از ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻮرت‬،‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻮدن ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ در دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ در‬، ‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬15 ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﻋﺮض داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻌﺎب داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫اﺟﺎزه ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل را ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
12.3.7.3 Bell-and-spigot ends
For bell-and-spigot ends with rubber gasket,
the interior enamel lining shall extend from the
end of the pipe at the spigot end to the
holdback in the bell end. The exterior coating
‫ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ‬- ‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﺮي‬3-7-3-12
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ج‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻟﻌﺎب‬،‫ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬-‫ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﺮي‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﺑﺨﺶ ﻧﺮي ﺗﺎ ﮔﻴﺮه در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي‬
110
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
shall extend from the lip of the bell to the
holdback on the spigot end. The exposed steel
surfaces on the inside of the bell and the
outside of the spigot end shall be given a
coating of synthetic primer to a dry film
thickness of 0.06 mm ±0.01 mm.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻟﺒﻪ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺗﺎ‬.‫ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺪون‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮه روي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻧﺮي اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻞ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ و ﺑﻴﺮون اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻧﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬0/06 ‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
.‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد‬± 0/01
‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬4-7-3-12
12.3.7.4 Miscellaneous joints
For joints other than those specified in this
Standard, the length of pipe to be left bare at
the ends shall be in accordance with the
Company’s specifications.
‫ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ از آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻪ در دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﺨﺖ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن‬4-12
12.4 Drying
12.4.1 Cold applied lining
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬1-4-12
Typical drying times for cold applied lining
containing fast curing solvent can vary
considerably. However, recommendation of the
manufacturer shall be followed as to curing
times.
‫زﻣﺎن ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮد اﺟﺮا‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫ﻛﻪ داراي ﺣﻼل ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﭘﺨﺖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ در ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎل‬.‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻧﺒﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﮔﺮم اﺟﺮا‬2-4-12
12.4.2 Hot applied lining
Water used for chilling the enamel lining
following centrifugal casting shall not be
applied until the enamel has hardened
sufficiently to prevent water marks.
‫آب ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮد ﻛﺮدن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻌﺎب‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن ﻟﻌﺎب‬،‫ﭘﺲ از ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻋﻴﻮب ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از آب ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬5-12
12.5 Transportation
The lined equipment shall be handled so as to
cause damage neither to the bevels nor the
lining and coating if any.
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ اي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ آﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺦ ﻫﺎ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ در‬
.‫ وارد ﻧﺸﻮد‬،‫ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬
During transport of part to the lined works
storage site, all appropriate precautions shall be
taken to avoid damage to the part and lining
and coating if any.
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ اﻧﺒﺎر ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم اﺣﺘﻴﺎطﻫﺎي ﻻزم ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ از آﺳﻴﺐ‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬
،‫ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ آن در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬6-12
12.6 Installation
Installation shall be in accordance with 7.8.1
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1-8-7 ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬7-12
12.7 Repair of Lining
12.7.1 Lining material used shall be compatible
with the previously applied lining.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬1-7-12
12.7.2 Damaged and non-adherent lining shall
be removed before effecting a repair.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻧﭽﺴﺒﻴﺪه و آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬2-7-12
.‫ ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه از ﻗﺒﻞ‬
.‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺟﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
111
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ و آﺳﺘﺮي ﻛﺮدن‬3-7-12
12.7.3 After surface preparing and priming
exposed surfaces, the lining shall be built up,
pore-free, to the full thickness by troweling or
swabbing molten lining material, followed by
smoothing to the original contour of the bore.
Careful warming of the metal and edges of the
existing lining may be necessary to achieve
satisfactory adhesion in hotapplied enamels.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از ﻣﻨﻔﺬ اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد ﺗﺎ‬، ‫ﺳﻄﻮح‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺎروب ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺬاب اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎ ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن‬.‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫دﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﻠﺰ و ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ رﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ در ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﮔﺮم‬
.‫اﺟﺮا ﺿﺮوري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬8-12
12.8 Inspection and Test Methods
12.8.1 Inspection and testing shall be carried
out by contractor.
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر اﻧﺠﺎم‬1-8-12
The contractor shall be responsible for ensuring
compliance with the requirements to be met by
the lining as specified as follow:
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎﺗﻲ را‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در زﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
.‫ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻬﺪه دارد‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﻫﻤﺨﻮاﻧﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
12.8.2 Lining thickness (see IPS-E-TP-350)
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬2-8-12
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-TP-350
The lining thickness shall be measured
employing a non-destructive method permitting
determination of the lining thickness with an
uncertainty of measurement not greater than
10%.
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻳﻚ روش‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﺎي‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬،‫ درﺻﺪ را ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬10 ‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬3-8-12
12.8.3 Adhesion
Assessment of the adhesion shall only be made
at a pipe or vessel wall temperature of at least
+10°C. Parallel incisions shall be made in the
lining using a knife. Following this, attempts
shall be made to lift the strips from the pipe or
vessel in order to determine the adhesive
strength of the lining. The assessment can only
ever be qualitative.
‫ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دﻣﺎي دﻳﻮاره ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬+10 ‫ﻇﺮف دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ در‬
‫ﺷﻜﺎﻓﻬﺎي ﻣﻮازي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﭼﺎﻗﻮ‬
‫ ﺗﻼﺷﻬﺎﻳﻲ در ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ دﻧﺒﺎل اﻳﻦ‬.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻧﻮارﻫﺎﻳﻲ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد ﺗﺎ ﻗﺪرت‬
‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ‬.‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
12.8.4 Lining continuity (see also Clause 19)
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬4-8-12
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬19
12.8.4.1 The contractor shall electrically
inspect all interior lining applied or repaired by
hand daubing and subjected to traffic or
personnel entering the pipe or vessel, or that
otherwise exhibit any evidence of physical
damage. Any defect in the coating and lining
shall be satisfactorily repaired at the expense of
the contractor.
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل‬1-4-8-12
‫ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و اﻧﺪود ﺷﺪه و در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺗﺮدد ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ورود ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻇﺮف ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﺷﻮاﻫﺪي از آﺳﻴﺐ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ‬.‫ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ را ﺑﻪ روش اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻴﺒﻲ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬
.‫رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
112
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
12.8.4.2 The inspection, to be carried out on
each part, is intended to reveal imperfections in
the lining, but is not intended to test the
resistance to electrical breakdown of a lining
free from such imperfections.
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ روي ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم‬2-4-8-12
12.8.4.3 The primary input wattage shall be no
higher than 20 w, and the minimum pulses at
crest voltage shall be 20/s. The operating
voltage of the detector in no case shall exceed
15000 V.
‫ وات‬20 ‫ وات ورودي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬3-4-8-12
،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ آﺷﻜﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻴﻮب در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻮده‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫اﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر آزﻣﻮن ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﺎري از ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
20/s ‫ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﭘﺎﻟﺲ در وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻮده‬
‫ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري از آﺷﻜﺎر ﺳﺎز در ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ وﻟﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬15000 ‫از‬
12.8.4.4 During measurement, the electrodes
(e.g. metal brushes) shall be in close contact
with the lining surface, since any air gap would
falsify the results. The existence of
imperfections is indicated by the sound of a
spark-over or by the signals emitted by the
instrument.
،‫ اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎ )ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬،‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬4-4-8-12
12.8.4.5 Lining of Piping and Fittings
continuity test shall follow the paragraphs of
clauses 7.2.4 and 7.2 table 7 ISO 5256.
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬5-4-8-12
‫ﺟﺎروبﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻤﺎس ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﭼﻮﻧﻜﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﺎف ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ را ﺑﺎﻃﻞ‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ وﺟﻮد ﻋﻴﻮب ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺻﺪاي زﻳﺎد ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
2-7 ‫ و‬4-2-7 ‫و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮافﻫﺎي ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬ISO 5256 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬7 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ و ﭼﻴﻨﻲ‬-13
13. GLASS AND PORCELAIN LINING
13.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-13
13.1.1 This Clause 13 of standard specifies
requirements for the lining of equipment using
glass and porcelain lining materials.
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬13 ‫ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1-1-13
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ و ﭼﻴﻨﻲ‬
.‫را ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
13.1.2 Glass linings are applied to equipment
fabricated in steel, cast iron or stainless steel.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي روي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬2-1-13
13.1.3 Porcelain enamels are applied to
fabricated sheet steel and cast iron in two coat
of ground-coat and cover-coat. For aluminum,
neither ground coats nor adherence-promoting
oxides are required. Single-coat system are
used for most application.
‫ ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﭼﻴﻨﻲ روي ورقﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬3-1-13
.‫ ﭼﺪن ﻳﺎ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه از ﻓﻮﻻد‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي و ﭼﺪﻧﻲ در دوﻻﻳﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻻﻳﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻪ و ﻻﻳﻪ روﻛﺶ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي زﻣﻴﻨﻪ و‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮم‬.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫اﻛﺴﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﺒﻮد دﻫﻨﺪه ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻛﺜﺮ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮيﻫﺎ از ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
13.1.4 Method of application for porcelain and
glass lining are wet or dry process. (see also
NACE-6H-160).
،‫ روش اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭼﻴﻨﻲ و ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬4-1-13
13.1.5 Requirements for design and fabrication
of the equipment, the state of preparation
necessary for the surface to be lined and
thickness of lining shall be according to IPS-ETP-350.
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬5-1-13
NACE ‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮ و ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬6H-160
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮد و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-350
113
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﺟﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬6-1-13
13.1.6 The Company inspector may stop lining
operations when conditions such as 7.1.6.
‫ اﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬6-1-7 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ را وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺸﺮح ذﻛﺮ‬7-1-13
13.1.7 The lined equipment shall be identified
as stated in 8.1.10.
.‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬10-1-8 ‫ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-13
13.2 Preparation
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬1-2-13
13.2.1 Preparation of material for use
‫ ﻟﻌﺎب ﺷﻴﺸﻪ را ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬1-1-2-13
13.2.1.1 The glass frit is prepared for use in
glass lining process in two form: "Slip" and
"Dust".
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ دو ﺷﻜﻞ "ﻟﻌﺎب" و "ﮔﺮد" آﻣﺎده ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
13.2.1.2 To prepare slip the frit is ground in
porcelain lined ball mills together with specific
amounts of water and such suspending agent as
clay. After a period of grinding, a slurry results.
This slurry is composed of finely ground glass
held in suspension by the clay. By the proper
use of water and electrolytes, the specific
gravity and viscosity are adjusted to obtain the
necessary flow and spraying properties.
‫ ﻟﻌﺎب ﺷﻴﺸﻪ در‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻟﻌﺎب‬2-1-2-13
13.2.1.3 Dust is prepared by dry grinding the
frit in a ball mill to the required fineness.
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﮔﺮد ﺑﺎ آﺳﻴﺎب ﻛﺮدن ﻟﻌﺎب‬3-1-2-13
‫آﺳﻴﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪاي ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮف‬
‫ﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮار ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ آب و‬
‫ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ‬.‫س آﺳﻴﺎب ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﺎك ر‬
‫ اﻳﻦ دوﻏﺎب ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ‬.‫ دوﻏﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻣﻲآﻳﺪ‬،‫از آﺳﻴﺎب ﻛﺮدن‬
‫س‬‫اﺳﺖ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ آﺳﻴﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺴﻴﺎر رﻳﺰ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺎك ر‬
‫ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺻﺤﻴﺢ از آب و‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻌﻠﻖ درآﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ دﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮاص ﻻزم ﺟﺎري ﺷﺪن‬،‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎ‬
.‫ وزن ﻣﺨﺼﻮص و ﻟﺰﺟﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﭘﺎﺷﺸﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ در ﻳﻚ آﺳﻴﺎب ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪاي ﺗﺎ ﺣﺼﻮل درﺟﻪ رﻳﺰي‬
.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد‬2-2-13
13.2.2 Preparation of surface to be lined
After the metal has been fabricated and is ready
for glassing, it shall be placed in the furnace,
brought up to a temperature of about 730900°C (Normalizing).
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﻓﻠﺰ و آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آﻧﺮا در ﻛﻮره ﻗﺮار داده و ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي ﺣﺪود‬،‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
.(‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻻ آورد )ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن‬900-730
After normalizing the metal shall be cleaned
and blasted with suitable abrasives to Sa 2½ in
accordance with IPS-C-TP-101.
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺮﻣﺎﻟﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺖ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ‬IPS-C-TP-101‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬Sa 2½ ‫درﺟﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-13
13.3 Application Methods
13.3.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-13
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دو‬1-1-3-13
13.3.1.1 Glass material after preparation shall
be applied in two different coat (Ground and
Cover coat) over fabricated sheet steel and cast
iron and stainless steel.
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت )ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ و روﻛﺶ( روي ورق ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﺟﻨﺲ ﭼﺪن و ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
114
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
13.3.1.2 "Ground coat" is the first coat of glass
which is applied to the metal surface. The
ground coat is formulated specifically for the
purpose of promoting adherence to the base
metal and is usually not a high corrosion
resistant glass. All surfaces exposed to view or
surfaces which come in contact with corrosive
media shall be covered by a continuous ground
coat or appropriate enamel layer which shall be
smoothly finishes.
‫ "ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ" اوﻟﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ روي‬2-1-3-13
13.3.1.3 "Cover coat" enamels are applied over
ground coat to improve the appearance and
proper ties of the coating. Cover coats can also
applied directly to properly prepared
decarburized steel and aluminum substrates.
‫ ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎي "ﻻﻳﻪ روﻛﺶ" ﺑﺮاي اﺻﻼح ﻇﺎﻫﺮ و‬3-1-3-13
13.3.1.4 Two basic methods are used to apply
glass enamels to base metal. These include dryprocess (13.3.3) and wet-process (13.3.2)
enameling.
‫ دو روش ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺮ‬4-1-3-13
The ground coat of glass lining usually be
applied with wet-process and cover coat can be
applied with one of wet or dry process (see
Table 4).
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺮ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد و ﻻﻳﻪ روﻛﺶ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮ ﻳﺎ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4 ‫ﺧﺸﻚ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪف ﺑﻬﺒﻮد‬.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﻮل ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه و ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح در ﻣﻌﺮض دﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ زﻳﺎد ﻣﻘﺎوم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺗﻤﺎس ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎي ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻟﻌﺎب ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺎف ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﻮد ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ دادن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ روﻛﺶ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً روي‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر دي ﻛﺮﺑﻮر و آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً آﻣﺎده‬
.‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ روﺷﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻌﺎب ﻛﺎري‬.‫روي ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‬
.‫( ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬2-3-13) ‫( و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺮ‬3-3-13) ‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
TABLE 4 - APPLICATION METHOD OF GLASS LINING ON METAL
‫ روش اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ روي ﻓﻠﺰ‬-4 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
METHOD OF LINING
‫روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
TYPE OF LINING
MATERIAL
BASED METAL
NOTE
‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
1) Wet Process
1) For glass lining of sheet steel the
ground coat and cover coat shall be
applied with wet process
‫( ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺮ‬1
- Slushing
‫ دوﻏﺎب زدن‬(Dipping or Poured)
Glass Slip
Sheet Steel and
Cast Iron
‫ﻟﻌﺎب ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫ورق ﻓﻮﻻدي و ﭼﺪﻧﻲ‬
(‫)ﻏﻮﻃﻪ وري ﻳﺎ رﻳﺨﺘﻦ‬
- Spraying
Glass Slip
‫ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬-
‫ﻟﻌﺎب ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
2) Dry Process
Glass Dust
Cast Iron
‫( ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ‬2
‫ﮔﺮد ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫ﭼﺪن‬
‫( ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ورق‬1
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ و ﻻﻳﻪ روﻛﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺮ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
Cast Iron
‫ﭼﺪن‬
2) For glass lining of cast iron parts, the
ground coat shall be applied with wet
process and cover coat can be applied by
one of wet or dry processes
‫( ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬2
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺮ اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫ﭼﺪن‬
‫ﺷﺪه و ﻻﻳﻪ روﻛﺶ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﻲ از‬
.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺸﻚ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
115
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺮ‬2-3-13
13.3.2 Wet-process
13.3.2.1 The wet-process consists of two
methods of lining: slushing method and
spraying method (see ISO 28764).
‫ روش‬:‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ دو روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-2-3-13
ISO 28764 ‫دوﻏﺎب و روش ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ دوﻏﺎب زدن‬2-2-3-13
13.3.2.2 Slushing
"Slushing", consists of either dipping the item
to be coated into a container of slip or pouring
the slip over the metal surface. The dried
coating is then fired in a furnace. This method
is most suited for intricate shapes and pipe.
‫"دوﻏﺎب زدن" ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻏﻮﻃﻪور ﻛﺮدن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ در ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮف ﻟﻌﺎب ﻳﺎ رﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻟﻌﺎب روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰ‬
.‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪه در ﻛﻮره ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻳﻦ روش ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬3-2-3-13
13.3.2.3 Spraying
‫"ﭘﺎﺷﺶ" روﺷﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺰرگ و‬
‫ ﻟﻌﺎب روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪه‬.‫ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
‫ و ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﺎﻻ را در ﻛﻮره‬،‫ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ داده ﺗﺎ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬.‫ﻗﺮار داده و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﮔﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪه و درﻫﻢ ﮔﺪاﺧﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
"Spraying" is the method used to coat large
vessel and accessories. The slip is sprayed on
to a clean metal surface, allowed to dry, and
the item is then placed in a furnace and the
coating fused down. Subsequent coats of glass
are sprayed over the fired glass surface and
fused.
(‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ )ﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﺷﻲ داغ‬3-3-13
13.3.3 Dry-process (hot-dusting)
"Hot-dusting" consists of shifting (powdering)
glass dust on to a one side preheated metal
surface that has been ground coated with wet
process. The item is immediately replaced in
furnace and the glass fused down. The process
is repeated on the hot item until the desired
thickness of glass is reached. This method is
mainly used on cast iron items, such as valves
and fittings (see ISO 28764).
‫"ﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﺷﻲ داغ" ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل )ﭘﻮدرﻛﺎري( ﮔﺮد ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫روي ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮف ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ را ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ در‬.‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻃﻲ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺗﺮ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ روي‬.‫ﻛﻮره ﻗﺮار داده و ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﮔﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻻي داغ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻄﻠﻮب ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬،‫اﻳﻦ روش ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ روي اﻗﻼم ﭼﺪﻧﻲ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ISO 28764 ‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬4-13
13.4 Curing
13.4.1 After the spray-dusted or slushed
coating is thoroughly dried, the item is placed
in a furnace, brought up to the required firing
temperature (recommended by material
manufacturer), soaked out, and removed from
the furance to cool.
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﮔﺮدي ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دوﻏﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ‬1-4-13
13.4.2 The ground coat is fired at a higher
temperature than the cover coat.
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ روﻛﺶ در دﻣﺎي‬2-4-13
13.4.3 Between coats of glass, all radii and
rough areas on the lining are ground before
applying the next coat.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬3-4-13
‫ ﻛﺎﻻ را در ﻛﻮره ﻗﺮار داده و دﻣﺎي آن‬،‫ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي ﭘﺨﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز )ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
‫ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ داده و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ از ﺧﻴﺲ ﺑﻮدن‬،(‫ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﻋﺎري ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻨﻚ ﺷﺪن از ﻛﻮره ﺑﻴﺮون آورده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮي ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻧﺎﻫﻤﻮار روي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪي‬
.‫ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪه ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
116
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ )ﭘﺨﺘﻦ( ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬4-4-13
13.4.4 The heating (firing) procedure used in
glassing steel must be carefully controlled and
for this reason the design of the equipment
must be such that there are no sudden changes
in metal thickness, such as in very heavy
flanges.
‫ﻛﺎري ﻓﻮﻻد ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫و ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ در ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻓﻠﺰ‬
.‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬5-13
13.5 Transportation
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي‬1-5-13
13.5.1 Glass lined equipment
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺣﻤﻞ ﻛﺎﻻ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ‬1-1-5-13
13.5.1.1
During
shipment,
glass-lined
equipment is fastened to skids by means of
metal straps or by bolting to shipping legs. It is
good practice to keep the equipment on these
skids until the vessel has been moved to its
final location. Items externally glassed should
be shipped completely boxed and properly
cushioned. Size permitting, vertical tanks are
best handled in the upright position.
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﺮدن‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺣﻤﻞ ﻧﺎوﮔﺎن ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻳﻚ روش ﻛﺎر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات روي اﻳﻦ‬
‫ در‬.‫ﺣﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻇﺮف ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮد ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ﻣﻮرد ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ داﺧﻞ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫ اﮔﺮ اﻧﺪازه اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ‬.‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺨﺎزن ﻋﻤﻮدي در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺋﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻼب‬،‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن‬2-1-5-13
13.5.1.2 It is recommended, when hoisting, that
a four-leg bridle sling be attached to the skid
under the body of the tank. If it is desired to
use choker slings, do not hoist an unjacketed
vessel using only one sling as this results in too
much load concentration on the vessel. In using
two choker slings, it is good practice to
distribute the load over a large area. An
unjacketed tank should be wrapped with 2.5 ×
15.2 cm wood lagging on the under half of the
tank before applying the choker slings. Larger
size vessels are shipped with lifting loops
welded on.
.‫ﻣﻬﺎرﺑﻨﺪ ﭼﻬﺎرﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻳﻞ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﮔﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎي ﻣﻬﺎرﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ ﻇﺮف ﺑﺪون روﻛﺶ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﻘﻂ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻬﺎرﺑﻨﺪ ﻗﻼب ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻓﺸﺎر زﻳﺎدي روي ﻇﺮف‬
‫ در اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از دو ﻣﻬﺎرﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد‬
‫ در ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺑﺎر روي ﻳﻚ‬،‫ﻗﻼب ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه روﺷﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺑﺪون روﻛﺶ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ زﻳﺮ ﻧﺼﻔﻪ‬2/5×15/2 ‫ﺑﺎ ﭼﻮب ﺑﺴﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺰن ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻬﺎرﺑﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎي ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻟﻔﺎف‬
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ‬.‫ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﮕﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻇﺮف ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬3-1-5-13
13.5.1.3 Under no condition shall a vessel be
lifted by attaching slings to drive supports or
nozzles.
‫ﻗﻼﺑﻬﺎي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
.‫ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬2-5-13
13.5.2 Glass lined pipe
13.5.2.1 Lined piping shall be handled with due
regard to fragility of lining which shall include
prevention of shock and excessive loads.
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬1-2-5-13
13.5.2.2 The ends of lined piping shall be
protected with covers to prevent the entry of
‫ دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه‬2-2-5-13
‫ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺿﺮﺑﻪ و ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ درﭘﻮﺷﻬﺎ از ورود ﺟﺴﻢ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ و آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪن‬
117
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
foreign matter and the lined surfaces from
being damaged.
.‫ﺳﻄﻮح ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
13.5.2.3 Welding or arc striking directly on
lined pipe shall not be allowed.
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮس اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً روي‬3-2-5-13
.‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬6-13
13.6 Installation
13.6.1 Do not weld on any metal that has been
glassed. When welding in the vicinity of a
glassed surface, be sure to protect the glass
from flying sparks and weld spatter. During
welding on jackets and other accessories,
precautions must be taken to prevent high local
heat import.
‫ روي ﻓﻠﺰي ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻛﺎري ﺷﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬1-6-13
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺠﺎورت ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻛﺎري‬.‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ از ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬.‫ﭘﺮﺗﺎب ﺷﺪه ﭘﺎﺷﺸﻲ ﺟﻮش ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‬
،‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري روي روﻛﺸﻬﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از اﻳﺠﺎد ﮔﺮﻣﺎي ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎي ﻻزم ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ‬
13.6.2 Pipe connections to glass lined
equipment should be made only after the vessel
has been leveled and securely fastened to a
foundation. To avoid stress failures in glassed
pipe, the pipe must be adequately supported by
means of pipe hangers and allowance must be
made for expansion of the lines if surface
temperature is appreciably above room
temperature.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-6-13
13.6.3 Enough pipe hangers must be provided
so that the weight of the pipe and its contents
are carried by the hangers rather than on the
nozzles of the vessel.
‫ آوﻳﺰﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬3-6-13
13.6.4 The high firing temperatures, plus the
stresses introduced by glass coating, tend to
distort nozzles on vessels. Likewise, long
lengths of pipe tend to bow. The first step in
installing pipe is to rotate the pipe or turn it end
to end to find the best fit-up. If the alignment is
extremely poor, glass lined wedges or
porcelain spacers should be employed. Small
misalignments can be compensated for by
shimming gaskets.
‫ ﺑﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي وارده ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬،‫ دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬4-6-13
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻇﺮف ﺗﺮاز ﺷﺪ و ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ‬،‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻨﺸﻲ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻛﺎري ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻼب ﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮد‬
‫و اﮔﺮ دﻣﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻻي دﻣﺎي اﺗﺎق‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎزي ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺧﻄﻮط در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ وزن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﺶ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آوﻳﺰﻫﺎ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ روي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻇﺮف ﺣﻤﻞ وارد ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺧﻤﺶ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻇﺮوف را اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫ ﻗﺪم اول‬.‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻮل زﻳﺎد ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻮس دارد‬،‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫در ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮ و ﺗﻪ ﻛﺮدن آن ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﺪا‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ و ﺟﻔﺖ ﻛﺮدن‬.‫ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ آن اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻮهﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه‬،‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻮق اﻟﻌﺎده ﺿﻌﻴﻒ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻏﻴﺮ‬.‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﮔﺬارﻫﺎي ﭼﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺟﺰﺋﻲ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺟﺒﺮان ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي دوﻧﻴﻤﻪ و ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬5-6-13
13.6.5 The tightening of split flanges and bolts
should be done carefully, evenly, and by means
of a torque wrench. Uneven and excessive
tightening can cause the glass to spall off of
radii. A glassed flange four bolt or more should
be tightened evenly. It should be tightened with
alternately, diametrically opposite "1, 3, 2, 4"
tightening of the bolts.
‫ و ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ آﭼﺎر ﺗﻮرك )ﻛﺸﺘﺎور( اﻧﺠﺎم‬،‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻫﻤﻮار‬،‫ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻤﻮار و اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮد‬.‫داد‬
‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻛﺎري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺷﺪن ﺷﻴﺸﻪ از ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﭼﻬﺎر ﭘﻴﭻ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻳﻚ در ﻣﻴﺎن و در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻗﻄﺮ‬
.‫" ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬4 ،2 ،3 ،1" ‫ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬
118
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺗﺨﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﺪه‬6-6-13
13.6.6 A glass surfaced, flat-faced flange shall
not be bolted to a raised-face flange because of
the hazard of snapping the glassed surface
about the fulcrum edge of the raised-face
flange.
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺷﻮد زﻳﺮا ﺧﻄﺮ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺷﺪه در اﻃﺮاف ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ‬
.‫وﺟﻮد دارد‬
13.6.7 U-bolts shall not be used on the pipe
support. Where U-bands are used. The
tightening torque shall be approximately one
kg.m.
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬U ‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي‬7-6-13
13.6.8 All glassed flange joints require gaskets.
The standard gasket has a combination of
hardboard sheet and resilient, semi-hard
material enclosed in a Teflon envelope.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻛﺎري ﺷﺪه ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ‬8-6-13
13.6.9 Where warpage is such that the joint
cannot be easily sealed, the gasket must be
built up or shimmed. To properly shim a
gasket, the operator should have special
instructions as the gasket can easily be
damaged.
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎب ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ اي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬9-6-13
،‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‬U ‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮارﻫﺎي‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﺸﺘﺎور ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ اﺳﺖ از ورق ﻓﻴﺒﺮ‬.‫ﻻﻳﻲ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﻪ در ﻟﻔﺎف ﺗﻔﻠﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮر‬،‫ارﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻲ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮاﺣﺘﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺮاز ﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ورق ﻧﺎزك‬.‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ درزﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭼﻮن‬،‫ﻓﻠﺰي‬
.‫ﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاﺣﺘﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ‬
13.6.10 Where pressures are excessive, shroud
rings or metal reinforced gaskets may be
installed to keep the gasket from blowing out.
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ‬،‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ از اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬10-6-13
13.6.11 For installation of glass lined water
heaters see DIN 4753-Part 3.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي آب ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬11-6-13
‫ﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دار ﻳﺎ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻻﻳﻲ از ﺑﻴﺮون زدن ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
DIN 4753-Part 3 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
13.7 Repair of Lining
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬7-13
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-7-13
13.7.1 General
‫ ﭼﻮن‬،‫روش ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺷﺪه‬
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد ﺟﺎﻣﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺑﻔﺮد اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻌﻤﻮل اﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي آﻧﻬﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﻏﻴﺮ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ وﻟﻮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﭘﺬﻳﺮي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬،‫ﻣﻮاردي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ را در ﺣﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬.‫ ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫اي اﺻﻠﻲ‬
،‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ )ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ( ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ داده‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Because glassed equipment is unique in its
method of fabrication, repair techniques
common to other solid materials of
construction cannot be used. Repair materials
other than glass must be used in such cases,
even though they may not have the nearly
complete inertness to chemical attack as does
the original glass lining. A change in chemical
conditions (severe or mild chemical service)
may, therefore, require a change in the repair
materials within any given chemical process.
119
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬2-7-13
13.7.2 Severe chemical service
13.7.2.1 Temporary repairs consist of cements
applied directly to the prepared surface in the
form of air drying liquids or putty-like
mixtures. Only one group of silicate (or
ceramic) cements has been found to have
sufficient adhesion for this type of repair. Other
cements, such as the furan resin, polyesters,
etc., have sufficient chemical and/or
temperature limitations, but because of their
lack of adherence to glass, should be used in
connection with a suitable metal. Thus the
latter cements involve permanent rather than
temporary repairs.
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬1-2-7-13
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً روي ﺳﻄﺢ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺧﺸﻚ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﻧﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
(‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮوه از ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻪ )ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ داده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ داراي ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ رزﻳﻦ‬،‫ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ‬.‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬/‫ داراي ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ و‬،‫ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ﻓﻮران‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﺪم ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺘﻬﺎي دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻜﺎر‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي اﺧﻴﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬.‫روﻧﺪ‬
.‫داﻳﻤﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲروﻧﺪ‬
13.7.2.2 For maximum adherence and serviceability, the silicate cements require a 24 hours
application time including setting and acid
treatment. They are resistant only to strong
acids and thus should not be used with dilute
acids, water or alkaline solutions. The
maximum temperature limitation is in the 175185°C range.
،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ و ﺗﻮاﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬2-2-7-13
13.7.2.3 Permanent repairs consist of metal
patches in the form of discs, plates, sleeves,
caps, boots, etc., held on by means of studs and
nuts and separated from the glass by a suitable
gasket (usually polytetra-fluorethylene). Some
suitable cement is necessary to prevent
seepage. The metal selected must be
satisfactory for the chemical conditions
involved. Materials in current use include:
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات داﺋﻤﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ وﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﻪ‬3-2-7-13
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ زﻣﺎن اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﻴﺮش‬24 ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ اﺳﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﻮي‬.‫و ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﺳﻴﺪي ﻧﻴﺎز دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ آب ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻘﺎوم ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﻴﺪﻫﺎي رﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺪوده دﻣﺎي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ در‬.‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻟﻬﺎي ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﺳﺖ‬185 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬175 ‫ﺣﺪود‬
‫ ﭼﻜﻤﻪاي و ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ درﭘﻮشﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت‬،‫ﺷﻜﻞ دﻳﺴﻚﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ و‬.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
-‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ )ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﭘﻠﻲ ﺗﺘﺮا‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺪاري ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ از ﻧﺸﺴﺖ‬.(‫ﻓﻠﻮراﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬
‫ ﻓﻠﺰي ﻛﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎر‬.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ‬.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد رﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﻛﻨﻮﻧﻲ ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬
‫( ﺗﺎﻧﺘﺎﻟﻴﻮم‬1
1) Tantalum
‫( ﻧﻘﺮه‬2
2) Silver
" Haste Alloy" ‫( آﻟﻴﺎژﻫﺎي‬3
3) "Haste Alloy" alloys
‫( زﻳﺮﻛﻮﻧﻴﻮم‬4
4) Zirconium
‫( ﻧﻴﻜﻞ‬5
5) Nickel
‫( ﺗﻴﺘﺎﻧﻴﻮم‬6
6) Titanium
‫ و‬،‫( ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪﻧﻴﻮم‬7
7) Molybdenum, and
‫( ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن‬8
8) The stainless steels
‫ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﻮع دوم ﻟﺰوﻣﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
The chemical limitations of this second type of
120
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
repair are necessarily determined by the metal
selected. Under the proper mechanical and
chemical considerations, such repairs are
suitable up to 230°C.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬.‫ﻓﻠﺰ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬230 ‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺎ‬،‫و ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
:‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎط‬
Caution:
Two different metals may set up galvanic cells
when immersed in the same continuous
electrolyte. Abnormal deterioration of one or
both of the metals may result.
‫دو ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻳﻚ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺖ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﭘﻴﻞﻫﺎي ﮔﺎﻟﻮاﻧﻴﻚ را ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ زوال ﻧﺎﺑﻬﻨﺠﺎر ﻳﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ دو از ﻓﻠﺰات ﻣﻨﺘﺞ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮل‬3-7-13
13.7.3 Mild chemical service
Temporary repairs with the silicate cements
may be used under mild service conditions if
the acidic concentration is suitable. The rather
long installation period limits the use of this
type of repair for mild services except in
emergency situations. Since mild service is
normally understood to be less than 52°C there
is no maximum temperature limit for these
cements under mild service conditions.
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣﻌﻤﻮل اﮔﺮ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ اﺳﻴﺪي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع‬،‫ دوره ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ را ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮيﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣﻌﻤﻮل‬.‫اﺿﻄﺮاري ﻣﺤﺪود ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬52 ‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ دﻣﺎي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣﻌﻤﻮل وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‬
13.7.3.1 When special techniques are
employed, epoxy compounds may be used to
repair glass lined equipment under mild service
conditions.
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ روﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬1-3-7-13
13.7.3.2 Permanent repairs for this service are
the same as for severe chemical service, except
the gasket may not be used. Generally, the less
expensive metals are selected. The temperature
of this type of repair is limited by the
maximum equipment operating temperature
which is usually 50°C.
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات داﺋﻤﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬2-3-7-13
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬،‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬
.‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺠﺰ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻠﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﮔﺮان‬،‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ‬.‫ﻻﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ دﻣﺎي اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات‬.‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
ً‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دﻣﺎي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺪود ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬50
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬8-13
13.8 Inspection and Test Methods
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬1-8-13
13.8.1 Visual inspection
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺎ ﻟﻌﺎب ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪه از ﻻﻣﭙﻬﺎي ﻓﻠﻮرﺳﻨﺖ‬
.‫ ﻟﻮﻣﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﻓﻮت ﻣﺮﺑﻊ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬50 ‫ و‬30 ‫آﻓﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
The visual inspection of all vitreous enameled
parts shall be carried out under diffused
artificial illumination from daylight fluorescent
tubes of between 30 lumens and 50 lumens per
square foot.
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The quality of the finish shall comply with the
following requirements:
121
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
a) Cracks-The lining surface shall contain no
cracks.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ – ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺗﺮك‬
b) Flaking-The lining shall not have flaked
off any lined surfaces.
‫ب ( ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪاي ﺷﺪن – ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻄﻮح ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫داده ﺷﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪاي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻋﻴﻮب زﻳﺮ را‬
.‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬
The quality of the finish may show the
following imperfections subject to the
conditions stated.
‫ج ( ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﻮﻳﻲ و ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﺮﻧﺸﻲ – ﺧﻄﻮط ﻣﻮﻳﻲ‬
c) Hair lines and strain lines-Hair lines or
‫ﻳﺎ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﺮﻧﺸﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﻪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺪون ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺗﺮك در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻦ از ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
strain lines of ground coat showing
through the top coat with no break or
crack in the lining are permitted provided
that they do not detract from the general
appearance of the appliance.
d) Tears (Beads) are permitted provided that
they do not detract from the appearance
or function of the appliance in service.
‫د ( اﺷﻚﻫﺎ )ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮآﻣﺪه( ﻣﺠﺎز ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ‬
e) Runs (Drain lines) are permitted provided
that they do not detract from the
appearance or function of the appliance
in service.
‫ﻫـ( ﺷﺮه )ﺧﻄﻮط رﻳﺰش( ﻣﺠﺎز ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
f) Pinholes-There shall be no holes in the
lining surface which can be shown to
extend to the base metal. For pinholes
which do not penetrate the ground coat,
the requirements given in below for
specks, shall apply.
‫و ( ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ – ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻨﻔﺬي در ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
g) Blisters-Blisters are permitted provided
that due to the particular design or
fabrication of the article they are
unavoidable, and do not detract from the
appearance or function of the appliance
in service.
‫ز ( ﺗﺎوﻟﻬﺎ – ﺗﺎوﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﻠﺖ‬
h) Depressions and raised areas-Smooth well
covered depressions or raised areas in the
enamel surface are permitted provided
that they are small and widely spaced.
‫ح ( ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻮ رﻓﺘﻪ و ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ – ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻮ رﻓﺘﻪ و‬
‫ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻦ از ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﺣﺎل اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻦ از ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﺣﺎل اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ اداﻣﻪ آن ﺗﺎ ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬.‫ﺷﻮد ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬،‫ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬،‫زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻜﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب‬، ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻦ از ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮي ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﺣﺎل اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮب ﺻﺎف ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ در‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻌﺎب ﻣﺠﺎز ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
.‫ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ دار ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ط ( ﻟﻜﻪﻫﺎ و آﺧﺎلﻫﺎ – ﻟﻜﻪﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺑﺮ روي‬
i) Specks and inclusions-Specks showing on
or through the enamel surface are
permitted provided that they are not
concentrated in one area and are not
greater than 0.75 mm in diameter, and
‫ﻳﺎ از ﻣﻴﺎن ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻌﺎب ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺸﺪه و ﻗﻄﺮ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ‬0/75 ‫ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬
122
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
provided that they do not detract from
the general appearance of the appliance.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻦ از ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ي ( ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﭘﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ )ﻣﻮج دار ﺷﺪن( – ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﭘﺮﺗﻘﺎﻟﻲ‬
j) Orange peel (Ripple) is permitted
provided that it does not detract from the
general appearance of the appliance.
‫ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ‬
.‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬2-8-13
13.8.2 Thickness test
The glass lining thickness shall be measured as
specified in DIN EN ISO 2178.
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬
.‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬DIN EN ISO 2178 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
Measurements shall be made at five different
points for each square meter of the inside
surface of the vessel. The result shall be stated
as the maximum, minimum and average values.
‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﭘﻨﺞ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان‬.‫از ﺳﻄﺢ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻇﺮف اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ و ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺎن ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
13.8.3 Continuity test (electrostatic test-see
ISO 8289)
‫آزﻣﻮن ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ )آزﻣﻮن اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﺴﻴﺘﻪ‬
Proper initial inspection prior to assembling
and field inspection after assembling of glasslined equipment is very important. Visual
inspection (see 13.8.1) normally suffices,
especially if a satisfactory preventive
maintenance schedule is being followed. When
unusual circumstances prevail or questionable
areas are apparent, the electrostatic inspection
shall be used.
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي‬
1-8-13 ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً اﮔﺮ‬،‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮاﻧﻪ رﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺸﻲ دﻧﺒﺎل‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎدي ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﺴﻴﺘﻪ‬،‫ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻮك آﺷﻜﺎر ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
20 KV, DC has been set for the value of the
test voltage on initial inspection of glass lined
chemical equipment. This voltage definitely
ensures a minimum sound glass thickness in
addition to guaranteeing a continuous glass
lining. 5 KV, DC (60 cycle) are used to inspect
storage vessels and field inspection of chemical
equipment where only a minimum thickness of
glass is required.
‫وﻟﺘﺎژ آزﻣﻮن در ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه‬DC ،‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮوﻟﺖ‬20 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ اﻳﻦ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻗﻄﻌﺎً ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻌﻼوه‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي را ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﺨﺎزن ذﺧﻴﺮه و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻲ از ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻮرد‬
.‫ ﺳﻴﻜﻞ( ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬60) DC ،‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وﻟﺖ‬5 ،‫ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
3-8-13
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ISO 8289 ‫ﺳﺎﻛﻦ – ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬4-8-13
13.8.4 Resistance to impact strength
Resistance to impact strength shall be tested in
accordance with ISO 4532 with spring load of
10 N.
ISO 4532 ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد‬10 ‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر ﻓﻨﺮي‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬5-8-13
13.8.5 Resistance to abrasion
Resistance to abrasion shall be tested in
accordance with BS 1344: Part 4.
‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد‬BS 1344: Part 4
123
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺷﻮك ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ و ﮔﺮﻣﺎ‬6-8-13
13.8.6 Resistance to thermal shock and heat
Resistance of glass lined equipment to thermal
shock shall be tested in accordance with BS
1344 Part 1, and resistance to heat shall be
tested in accordance with BS 1344: Part 7.
‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺷﻮك‬
BS 1344: Part 1 ‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد و ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺮدد‬BS 1344: Part 7 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬7-8-13
13.8.7 Chemical resistance
Chemical resistance of glass lined equipment
shall be tested as follows:
‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
- Resistance to citric acid:
ISO 28706-1.
:‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺳﻴﺘﺮﻳﻚ اﺳﻴﺪ‬- Resistance to products of combustion containing sulfur compounds:
BS 1344: Part 3.
:‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻓﺮآورده ﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺣﺘﺮاق ﻛﻪ داراي ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت ﮔﻮﮔﺮدي ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬- Resistance to alkali:
BS 1344: Part 6.
:‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬- Resistance to detergent:
BS 1344: Part 5.
:‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻮﻳﻨﺪه‬-
13.8.8 Leak test
Leak test for the completed piping shall be
conducted by using air or "N²" gas with
following conditions. The hydrostatic pressure
test shall not be required.
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺸﺘﻲ‬8-8-13
‫آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن‬.‫از ﻫﻮا ﻳﺎ "ﮔﺎز ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن" ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ زﻳﺮ اﺟﺮا ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻓﺸﺎر اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
- Test pressures shall be 1.1 times of the
design pressure.
.‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬1/1 ‫ ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬-
- The test pressure shall be maintained to 10
minutes.
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ‬10 ‫ ﻓﺸﺎر آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬-14
14. CERAMIC LINING
14.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-14
14.1.1 This Clause 14 specifies requirements
for the lining of equipment using ceramics.
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات را ﺑﺎ‬14 ‫ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1-1-14
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻚ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-1-14
14.1.2 The ceramic types can be used for lining
include: silicates base, oxides base, carbides
base, silicides base, phosphate bonded material
and cermets.
‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﻛﺴﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻬﺎ‬:‫ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت دو ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮن‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺑﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬
(‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻓﺴﻔﺎﺗﻪ و ﺳﺮﻣﺖﻫﺎ )ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ و ﻓﻠﺰي‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
124
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
14.1.3 Ceramic lining applies to equipment and
construction fabricated in metal, concrete and
brick.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﺳﺎزه‬3-1-14
14.1.4 Requirements for design and fabrication
of the equipment, the state of preparation
necessary for the surface to be lined and
thickness of lining shall be according to IPS-ETP-350.
‫ ﻣﻴﺰان‬،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬4-1-14
14.1.5 The Company inspector may stop lining
operations when conditions such as 7.1.6.
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬5-1-14
14.1.6 The lined equipment shall be identified
as stated in 8.1.10.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ‬6-1-14
14.1.7 The applicator of the lining shall
provide a certificate of inspection and testing
when requested, as specified in 8.1.11.
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺘﻮن و آﺟﺮ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬،‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻓﻠﺰي‬
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-350
.‫ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬6-1-7 ‫را وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
.‫ اﻇﻬﺎر ﺷﺪه ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬10-1-8 ‫در‬
7-1-14
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن را زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﺷﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬11-1-8
14.2 Dipping
Dipping can be used for all parts including
rivets or spot welded assemblies, except for
those assemblies in which faying surface would
be inadequately covered by the slurry.
‫ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ وري‬2-14
‫ﻏﻮﻃﻪ وري ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻴﺦ ﭘﺮﭼﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺧﺎل ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﺠﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در آﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬،‫دوﻏﺎب روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
14.2.1Flame spraying
Flame-spraying can be applied to work pieces
in a wide range of sizes and shapes. The three
methods of flame spraying to the substrate
surface are combustion flame spraying,
plasma-arc flame spraying and detonation-gun
spraying.
‫ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ اي‬1-2-14
‫ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ اي ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ روي اﺟﺰاي ﻛﺎر در داﻣﻨﻪ وﺳﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ ﺳﻪ روش ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ‬.‫از اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎ و اﺷﻜﺎل اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺷﻌﻠﻪاي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬،‫اي روي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ اي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻮس ﭘﻼﺳﻤﺎ و ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬،‫اﺣﺘﺮاق‬
.‫ﺗﻔﻨﮓ اﻧﻔﺠﺎري ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
The first two methods utilize coating materials
in powder or rod form; detonation-gun
spraying uses only powder materials.
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ را ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﻮدري ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ اي‬،‫دو روش اول‬
‫ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ؛ در ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻔﻨﮓ‬
.‫اﻧﻔﺠﺎري ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮدري ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
After preparation and prior to ceramic lining,
the sprayed metal coating, masking tape,
rubber or sheet metal, depending on the
severity of the surface roughening operation
shall be applied. Sprayed molybdenum or
Nickel-Chromium-alloy undercoating can be
used in thickness 0.05 to 0.3 mm to provide an
optimum physical bond for the ceramic lining.
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي و ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻓﻠﺰي ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه‬، ‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان زﺑﺮي ﺳﻄﺢ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن ﺑﺎ اﻧﻮاع ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻳﺎ ورق ﻓﻠﺰي‬
– ‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪﻧﻴﻮم ﻳﺎ آﻟﻴﺎژ – ﻛﺮوم‬
،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬0/3 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬0/05 ‫ﻧﻴﻜﻞ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ در ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ اي ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
.‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
125
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
14.3Cementation
‫ ﺳﻤﻨﺘﺎﺳﻴﻮن‬3-14
‫ دو ﻧﻮع ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺳﻤﻨﺘﺎﺳﻴﻮن ﺟﻌﺒﻪاي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ روان‬
‫ﺳﻤﻨﺘﺎﺳﻴﻮن ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر‬
،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ اﻛﺴﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺮاي آﻟﻴﺎژﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺒﺎﻟﺖ و آﻟﻴﺎژﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ واﻧﺎدﻳﻢ و ﻓﻠﺰات دﻳﺮﮔﺪاز‬،‫ﻧﻴﻜﻞ‬
.‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
Pack cementation, the fluidized-bed process,
are two types of cementation processes
employed in ceramic lining. These processes
are used to produce impervious, oxidationprotective coating for nickel base, cobalt base,
and vanadium-base alloys, and refractory
metals.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ‬1-3-14
14.3.1 Trowel lining
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ و وﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﺧﺎص روي‬،‫ ﻣﺠﺮاﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز داغ‬،‫ﻛﻮره‬
‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬
.‫ﻣﺪت ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‬
Troweled linings are used for furnace lining,
hot-gas ducts, and certain repair patches on
other ceramic lining for relatively short service
exposure.
Surface roughening is accomplished by
blasting or degreasing, or by attaching
reinforcements such as wire mesh, corrugated
metal, angular clips or honeycomb structures.
Reinforcement usually is required for surface
having a finish of less than 6 micron (250
micro-inch).
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ‬،‫زﺑﺮﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﺎ ﭼﺮﺑﻲ زداﻳﻲ‬
‫ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﻮج‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي زاوﻳﻪ دار ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎزه ﻫﺎي ﻻﻧﻪ زﻧﺒﻮري اﻧﺠﺎم‬،‫دار‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ داراي ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮو – اﻳﻨﭻ( ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻮرد‬250) ‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون‬6 ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
TABLE 5 - APPLICATION METHODS OF CERAMIC LINING ON METALS
‫ روش ﻫﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ روي ﻓﻠﺰات‬-5 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
APPLICATION METHOD
‫روش اﻋﻤﺎل‬
1- Air-spraying
TYPE OF LINING
MATERIAL
SURFACE PREPARATION
OF METALLIC SURFACE
‫ﻧﻮع ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰي‬
Silicate base phosphate bonded
‫( ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻫﻮا‬1
2- Flame spraying:
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ دوﻃﺮﻓﻴﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮﻧﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﻛﺴﻴﺪي‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﻴﺪي‬
Silicate base
‫( ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ اي‬2
- Combustion flame spraying
‫ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ اي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﺣﺘﺮاق‬- Plasma arc-flame spraying
Degreasing + Blasting or pickling
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﺴﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻲ‬
Silicide base
Oxide base
Carbide base
‫ اﺳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ‬+ ‫ﭼﺮﺑﻲ زداﻳﻲ‬
Blasting + metallic
Spray undercoat
‫ زﻳﺮﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻓﻠﺰي‬+ ‫ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن‬
Oxide base
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﻛﺴﻴﺪي‬
"
Carbide base
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﻴﺪي‬
"
Silicate base
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ ﻗﻮس ﭘﻼﺳﻤﺎ‬- ‫ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺷﻌﻠﻪاي‬- Detonation-gun spraying
‫ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ– ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻔﻨﮓ اﻧﻔﺠﺎري‬3- Dipping
‫( ﻏﻮﻃﻪ وري‬3
4- Troweling
‫ اﺳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن‬+ ‫ﭼﺮﺑﻲ زداﻳﻲ‬
Oxide base (colloidal)
‫( ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬4
Phosphate bonded
Silicate base (soluble)
5- Cementation:
- Packed cementation
‫ ﺳﻤﻨﺘﺎﺳﻴﻮن ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اي‬- Fluidized bed cementation
(‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﻛﺴﻴﺪ )ﻛﻠﻮﺋﻴﺪي‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﺴﻔﺎﺗﻪ‬
(‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻲ )ﻣﺤﻠﻮل‬
Degreasing + Blasting
‫ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن‬+ ‫ﭼﺮﺑﻲ زداﻳﻲ‬
Power tool cleaning +
Degreasing + water Blasting
Silicide base
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﻴﺪي‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻲ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ دوﻇﺮﻓﻴﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮﻧﻲ‬
Silicide base
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ دوﻇﺮﻓﻴﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﻮﻧﻲ‬
Etching + Blasting
Carbide base
‫( ﺳﻤﻨﺘﺎﺳﻴﻮن‬5
Degreasing + pickling or blasting
Silicate base
‫ ﺳﻤﻨﺘﺎﺳﻴﻮن ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﺳﻴﺎل‬-
+ ‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﺎ اﺑﺰار ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ آب‬+ ‫ﭼﺮﺑﻲ زداﻳﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن‬+ ‫ﺣﻚ ﻛﺮدن‬
126
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶداﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ روي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬2-3-14
14.3.2 Ceramic lining on concrete substrate
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
At single-layer lining, the ceramic material
shall be applied over anchoring system. A duallayer lining, the membrane shall be applied to
the recommended thickness, ensuring that all
studs are completely coated and that the lining
is free of pinholes.
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي‬،‫در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ اي‬
‫ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ‬.‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻬﺎرﺑﻨﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺎ‬،‫ ﻏﺸﺎء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬،‫دوﺗﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ و ﻋﺎري ﺑﻮدن‬
. ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ از ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
14.3.3 Ceramic lining on brick substrate
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶداﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ روي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬3-3-14
‫آﺟﺮي‬
The preferred method of application in this
case is to gunite the material. Guniting allows
the material to be applied under pressure, this
enabling the material to be packed into the 13
mm open joints and allowing the system to be
supported by the studs or keying into the joints.
‫روش ﺑﺮﺗﺮ در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ روش ﻣﻼت ﭘﺎﺷﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻼت ﭘﺎﺷﻲ اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻮاد ﺗﺤﺖ‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮد اﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﺘﺮاﻛﻢ ﺷﺪن ﻣﻮاد در ﺣﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ و‬13 ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻞ درزﻫﺎي آزاد‬
(‫اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎرﻫﺎ )زﺑﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬
.‫داﺧﻞ درزﻫﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬4-14
14.4 Curing
Methods of curing should be agreed upon by
the Purchaser and applicator. The methods of
curing are described in 16.4.
‫روش ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ‬4-16 ‫ روﺷﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻞ آوري در‬.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻳﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬5-14
14.5 Transportation
Ceramic lined equipment shall always be
handled carefully. Minor impact and bending
normally have no effect on the lining. The
practices are recommended to prevent lining
damage during handling are described in 13.5
and 16.5.
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻚ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
،‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺿﺮﺑﻪ و ﺧﻤﺶ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ‬.‫دﻗﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﻮه ﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬.‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮي روي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬
.‫ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪهاﻧﺪ‬5-16 ‫ و‬5-13 ‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ در‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬6-14
14.6 Installation
Installation shall be in accordance with 7.8.1.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1-8-7 ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬7-14
14.7 Repair of Lining
Repair of damaged ceramic lining shall only be
carried out by the contractor after consultation
with, and the agreement of the Company.
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ آﺳﻴﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﺸﻮرت ﺑﺎ و ﻣﻮاﻓﻘﺖ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
The repaired area shall be inspect according to
14.8.
.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬8-14 ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
127
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎ‬8-14
14.8 Inspection and Tests
14.8.1 Visual inspection
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬1-8-14
‫ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ از ﺳﻮدﻣﻨﺪي‬
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺤﺪودي ﺑﺮﺧﻮردارﻧﺪ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ را ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ارزش ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺘﻲ‬
،‫و ﻋﻤﺮ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ زﻳﺎن آور ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ و اﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ را ﺑﻌﻨﻮان وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
.‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ‬
Although visual inspection or comparison is of
only limited usefulness, many plants prepare
samples of lining with surface defects that are
known to be deleterious to the protective value
and service life of the lining and use these
samples as visual comparators.
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-8-14
14.8.2 Continuity of lining
High-temperature test and fluorescentpenetrant test are the test procedure for
determining lining continuity and oxidation
resistance.
،‫آزﻣﻮن دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ و آزﻣﻮن ﻓﻠﻮرﺳﻨﺖ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ آزﻣﻮن ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و‬
.‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ اﻛﺴﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر‬3-8-14
14.8.3 Hardness and structure test
The microscope is a useful tool for observing
the structure of lining, and hardness testing
gives a direct measure of the inter particle bond
strength.
‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮوﺳﻜﻮپ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻔﻴﺪي ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﻗﺪرت ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫ و آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ذرات را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ اﻧﺪازه ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
Accepted Vickers hardness values of aluminum
oxide deposited by various methods are 600 to
800 for flame-sprayed lining, 700 to 1000 for
plasma-sprayed lining and 1000 to 1200 for
detonation-gun-sprayed lining.
‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ وﻳﻜﺮز ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از اﻛﺴﻴﺪ آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮم‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ روﺷﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،800 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬600 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺷﻌﻠﻪ اي‬
‫ و ﺑﺮاي‬1000 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬700 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻼﺳﻤﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ‬1000 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺗﻔﻨﮓ اﻧﻔﺠﺎري‬
.‫ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬1200
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮ و ﻛﺎﺷﻲ‬-15
15. BRICK AND TILE LINING
15.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-15
15.1.1 This Clause 15 specifies requirements
for chemical-resistant brick and tile lining for
process equipment. This Section does not cover
refractory brick lining. (see Clause 17
refractory lining).
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮ و ﻛﺎﺷﻲ‬15 ‫ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1-1-15
‫ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي را‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ دﻳﺮﮔﺪاز‬.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
.(‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ دﻳﺮﮔﺪاز ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬17 ‫ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬2-1-15
15.1.2 The chemical-resistant brick lining is a
multi-layer system supported by a shell,
consists of an impervious membrane to prevent
the corrosive medium reaching the shell, and
one or more layers of chemical-resistant brick
laid in a chemical-resistant cement.
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪاي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ از ﻳﻚ ﻏﺸﺎء ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬،‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ و ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ از آﺟﺮ‬،‫از رﺳﻴﺪن ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻣﻘﺎوم در‬
.‫ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
128
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ج‬
15.1.3 Brick lining applies to equipment
fabricated in metal or concrete.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬3-1-15
15.1.4 Requirements for design and fabrication
of the equipment, the state of preparation
necessary for the surface to be lined and
thickness of lining shall be according to
IPS-E-TP-350.
‫ ﻣﻴﺰان‬،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬4-1-15
15.1.5 Extra care is necessary in the operation
of brick-lined equipment particularly during
start-up and shut-down when its operational
limitations should be considered. Depending on
the selection criteria it may be sensitive to
change of pressure, temperature and acid
concentrations which could cause damage or
even collapse of the lining.
‫ در ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬5-1-15
.‫ﻓﻠﺰي ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-350
‫آﺟﺮي ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ زﻳﺎدي ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎً در ﺣﻴﻦ راه اﻧﺪازي‬
‫و ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﺨﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
-‫ دﻣﺎ و ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺳﻴﺪ ﺣﺴﺎس ﺑﻮده ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ‬،‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
.‫ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ آﺳﻴﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﻓﺮوﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
15.1.6 The Company inspector may stop lining
operations when conditions such as 7.1.6 exist.
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬6-1-15
15.1.7 The lined equipment shall be identified
as stated in 8.1.10.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﻮارد‬7-1-15
15.1.8 The applicator of the lining shall
provide a certificate of inspection and testing in
accordance with 8.1.11 when requested.
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬8-1-15
.‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ اﺳﺖ‬6-1-7
.‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬10-1-8 ‫ﻣﺬﻛﻮر در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن را زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﺷﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬11-1-8
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-15
15.2 Preparation
15.2.1 Preparation of material for use
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬1-2-15
Bricks and tiles should be stored near the job
under the same temperature conditions as the
equipment to be brick lined (between 20 and
25°C) for approximately 48 hours before using,
to avoid temperature and humidity change
during the execution. The bricks and tiles shall
be clean.
‫آﺟﺮﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎر ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﻤﺎن‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي‬
48 ً‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد( ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬25 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬20 ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ از ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ دﻣﺎ و رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬،‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده اﻧﺒﺎر ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬.‫در ﺣﻴﻦ اﺟﺮا اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
15.2.2 Preparation of equipment and surface
to be lined
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬2-2-15
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
15.2.2.1 Steel
‫ ﻓﻮﻻد‬1-2-2-15
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ‬‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬،‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ و آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
48 ‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻏﺸﺎء و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي )دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ( آزﻣﻮن ﻓﺸﺎر ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
- All equipment shall be hydraulically
pressure-tested in accordance with the
applicable code to confirm adequate
strength and liquid tightness, before the
application of membrane and brick lining
(at least 48 hours).
129
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
All loose and foreign materials,
particularly oil and grease shall be
removed. When necessary to remove
mill scale, rust or other contaminants,
blast cleaning to Sa 2 in accordance with
SIS 05 59 00 shall be applied.
(see IPS-C-TP-101).
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺴﺖ و ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً روﻏﻦ و ﭼﺮﺑﻲ‬،‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزﻣﺴﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﻮرد‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫زﻧﮓ زدﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ آﻻﻳﻨﺪهﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ زدوده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬SIS 05 59 00 ‫ ﻃﺒﻖ‬Sa 2 ‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-C-TP-101 ‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ‬
- All projections and welds shall be ground
smooth, weld spatter removed and all
corner welds ground to 4.7 mm
minimum radius. The prime coat of the
adhesive system (for bonding membrane)
shall be applied immediately after
blasting to prevent rusting.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎ و ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻨﮓ زده و‬‫ ﺟﺮﻗﻪﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش را ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و ﺗﺎ ﺷﻌﺎع‬،‫ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ اول‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺳﻨﮓ زده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬4/7 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭼﺴﺐ )ﺑﺮاي ﻏﺸﺎء اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از زﻧﮓ زدن اﻋﻤﺎل‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
-
‫ ﺑﺘﻦ‬2-2-2-15
15.2.2.2 Concrete
- The concrete equipment shall be watertested to ensure liquid tightness before
commencement of the brick lining.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از آب ﺑﻨﺪي‬‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آب آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
- Defects, enabling water to enter the vessel
shall be repaired, e.g. with synthetic resin
injection.
‫ آب را ﻗﺎدر ﻣﻴﺴﺎزد ﺗﺎ وارد ﻇﺮف ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ رزﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬
- To avoid air inclusions and to ensure
sound attachment of the lining, the
concrete substrate shall be free from loose
sand, dust, laitance, oil, grease or other
contaminants. This can be achieved by
means of blast cleaning or mechanical
steel brushing; pinholes shall be opened
by means of blast cleaning (see IPS-CTP-101).
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ورود ﻫﻮا و ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از‬‫ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬،‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻲ ﻋﻴﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
،‫ روﻏﻦ‬،‫ ﻛﻒ روي ﺑﺘﻦ‬،‫ ﮔﺮد و ﻏﺒﺎر‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺳﺴﺖ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ‬.‫ﭼﺮﺑﻲ ﻳﺎ آﻻﻳﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮس زﻧﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد؛ روزﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
IPS-C-TP-101 ‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ‬
.(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
- The moisture content of the concrete
should not exceed 5% by volume.
Generally, this may be reached after 28
days hardening and drying. The moisture
content of the substrate shall be checked
regularly during the installation of the
lining. Measuring equipment, which shall
be calibrated, and the method of
establishing moisture content shall be
approved by the Company.
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‬5 ‫ ﻣﻘﺪار رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬‫ روز ﺳﺨﺖ و‬28 ‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬،ً‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺪار‬.‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﻈﻢ در ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻴﻬﺰات اﻧﺪازه‬.‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﺷﺪه و روش ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮي‬
.‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد‬
- Concrete surfaces which have been
attacked by chemicals shall first be
prepared by neutralizing or, if necessary,
by local replacement of concrete. Repairs
shall be carried out after consultation with
the Company’s specialist.
‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‬‫ اﮔﺮ‬،‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ اول ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﺳﺎزي ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﻤﻮدن ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ آﻣﺎده‬،‫ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﺸﺎوره ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﺷﻨﺎس ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
130
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
- Small defects, up to a depth of
approximately 50 mm shall be sealed with
a quartz-filled epoxy mortar (composition
75% by volume quartz and 25% by
volume resin). Larger repairs shall be
carried out with non-shrink cement-based
mortars.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬50 ً‫ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬،‫ ﻋﻴﻮب ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼت اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه از ﻛﻮارﺗﺰ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ‬25 ‫ درﺻﺪ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﻛﻮارﺗﺰ و‬75 ‫)ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼت ﻫﺎي‬.(‫ﺣﺠﻤﻲ رزﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻏﻴﺮاﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
- The surfaces of repaired defects shall be
smooth and flush with the surrounding
surfaces. The final surfaces shall be smooth
and even without any sharp edges. Walls and
floor shall not bulge inwards, this could
cause the brick lining to break away as a
result of uneven expansion during operation.
‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻋﻴﻮب ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻣﺠﺎور ﺻﺎف و‬‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻟﺒﻪ‬.‫ﻫﻤﺴﻄﺢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ دﻳﻮارهﻫﺎ و ﻛﻒ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ ﺻﺎف و ﻫﻤﻮار ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﺰ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﻛﻪ در ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬،‫ﺑﻄﺮف داﺧﻞ ﺷﻜﻢ ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺮ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬‫اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﻣﺘﻐﻴ‬
.‫ﮔﺴﻴﺨﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ روش ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-15
15.3 Method of Lining
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-15
15.3.1 General
15.3.1.1 The design of brick linings shall
ensure that the thermal, chemical and
mechanical effects of operation do not cause
cracks to develop thereby invalidating the
lining as a corrosion barrier.
‫ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-1-3-15
15.3.1.2 The brick laying is to be carried out
with care. The only method for inspection and
testing of the applied brick lining is by visual
examination.
.‫ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ آﺟﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬2-1-3-15
15.3.1.3 Since bricks have to be laid by hand,
the dimensions of the equipment to be bricklined shall allow sufficient room for a man to
work inside with reasonable freedom. The
minimum free diameter recommended is 600
mm.
‫ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﻛﺎر‬3-1-3-15
‫ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬،‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﺛﺮات ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ در ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ ﺗﺮكﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺪه و‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﻲ‬
.‫اﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ روﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫آﺟﺮي ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﺑﻌﺎد ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ اي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‬
.‫ ﻓﻀﺎي آزاد ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻪ در داﺧﻞ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬600 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ آزاد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
15.3.1.4 Linings for large flat surfaces will
need to be thicker than curved surfaces,
because in the latter case the curvature
contributes to the overall strength.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﻮح ﺗﺨﺖ ﺑﺰرگ‬4-1-3-15
15.3.1.5 It will be necessary to provide
supports where the lining cannot be supported
by the contour of substrate, except where the
mass of the brick lining is low enough to rely
on the adhesion of the cement.
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي‬5-1-3-15
15.3.1.6 Inaccurate shaping of the substrate
will cause unexpected compressive stresses and
buckling of the brick lining.
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻨﺶ‬6-1-3-15
‫ﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎري ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮه و ﻛﻤﺎﻧﺶ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
،‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﻧﻴﺎز دارﻧﺪ‬
.‫زﻳﺮا در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اﺧﻴﺮ اﻧﺤﻨﺎء در اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻛﻠﻲ اﺛﺮﮔﺬار اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪن و ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را‬،‫زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮان ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﻄﻮط ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺖ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
131
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
15.3.1.7 Stirred vessels or vessels with flat
bottoms shall have shaped bottom linings made
from straight bricks. The vessel wall lining
should not rest on the bottom lining unless
more than two layers are applied on the
bottom. Direct passage to the vessel wall is
avoided as much as possible.
‫ ﻇﺮوف ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ زن ﻳﺎ ﻇﺮوف ﺑﺎ ﻛﻒﻫﺎي‬7-1-3-15
15.3.1.8 Internals shall not be supported by the
vessel wall through the brick lining. Instead,
they shall rest on the brick lining by
incorporating special console bricks (see Fig.
7).
‫ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬8-1-3-15
Supporting grids for an internal packing bed
can be from corrosion-resistant metal or
alternatively fabricated in situ from hexagonal
ceramic elements jointed together with cement
(see Fig. 8).
‫ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻓﺸﺮده داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ از‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ اﺟﺰاي ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺷﺶ‬
‫ﮔﻮش ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬8 ‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از‬، ‫ﺗﺨﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻒ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫آﺟﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از دو‬،‫روي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻒ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﺒﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ از دﻳﻮاره‬.‫ﻻﻳﻪ روي ﻛﻒ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻇﺮف ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
،‫ در ﻋﻮض‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ آﺟﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺴﻮل ﻣﺨﺼﻮص روي‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬7 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻏﺸﺎء‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰي‬
‫آﺟﺮﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
Fig. 7-SUPPORT RING OF PRE-SHAPED BRICK (INTERNAL STRUCTURE)
(‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه آﺟﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺷﻜﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ )ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر داﺧﻠﻲ‬-7 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﻪ راﺣﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎز و ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬9-1-3-15
15.3.1.9 Metal grids are easily removable.
Disadvantages are vulnerability to mechanical
damage by shock or concentrated loads, the
rather low free passage area and - especially for
‫ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺐ آﻧﻬﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﻮدن در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬.‫ﺷﺪن ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ راه ﻋﺒﻮر‬، ‫آﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
132
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
larger diameters - the low load-bearing
capacity.
‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻢ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺑﺮاي‬-‫آزاد ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻛﻢ و‬
.‫ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
15.3.1.10 Ceramic element grids can be used
for large diameters providing high load-bearing
capacities with good free passage areas.
Disadvantages are that the vessel needs to be
divided into different parts, sometimes
requiring extra manholes, and because of the
large openings, intermediate layers may be
needed, e.g., for stacked rings followed by
dumped rings. The necessity to support the gird
during construction and hardening of the
cement joints also needs to be considered.
‫ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺟﺰاي ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬10-1-3-15
‫ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرگ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ و ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎر زﻳﺎد ﺑﺎ‬
‫ از ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺐ‬.‫ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ راه ﻋﺒﻮري آزاد ﺧﻮب را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ آن اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﻇﺮف ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬،‫آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ اوﻗﺎت درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي آدم رو زﻳﺎدي ﻣﻮرد‬،‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺳﻮراخ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرگ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ‬،‫ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ردﻳﻔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از آن‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬،‫ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺿﺮورت ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﺒﻜﻪ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﺮدن‬
.‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Some
manufacturers
have
developed
proprietary methods of construction in order to
cope with this.
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي‬،‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ از اﺟﺮا را ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ داده اﻧﺪ‬
15.3.1.11 Internals independent of the lining,
such as inlet pipes, spray nozzles, distribution
trays, hold-down trays, etc., shall be installed
such that they do not impede thermal
movement of the brick layers, either by resting
on them or by being locked into the brick
lining. They shall be fabricated from material
with appropriate chemical, thermal and
mechanical properties.
،‫ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي دروﻧﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬11-1-3-15
15.3.1.12 The brick lining shall be constructed
in such a way that the lining does not tear away
from the vessel wall.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮري ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬12-1-3-15
Since the coefficient of thermal expansion of
steel is about twice that of the brick lining, the
steel shell will tend to expand more than the
lining and thus introduce tensile stresses in the
lining, an effect which is increased by internal
pressure. Since the tensile strength of brick and
cement is low, as is the bond strength of
cement, cracks will develop unless special
precautions are taken (see 15.3.1.13 and
15.3.1.14).
‫از آﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﻳﺐ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻓﻮﻻد ﺣﺪوداً دو ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ دارد ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﻳﺎﺑﺪ و در ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ اﺛﺮي‬،‫اﻳﺠﺎد ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﺸﻲ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭼﻮن اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬.‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر داﺧﻠﻲ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫آﺟﺮ و ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻛﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﮔﺴﺘﺮش ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬،‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻧﻴﺰ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ )ﺑﻪ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬14-1-3-15 ‫ و‬13-1-3-15
15.3.1.13 With low operating temperatures
benefit can be derived from making the lining
thicker so that the expansion of the steel shell
is equal to that of the outer layer of bricks, or to
the average expansion across the brick lining.
‫ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ‬13-1-3-15
‫ﺿﺨﻴﻢﺗﺮ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺰاﻳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آورد‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﻣﺴﺎوي‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ ﺳﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﻧﺎزلﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ورودي‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬،‫ﺳﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي آﺟﺮ ﺑﺎ اﺗﻜﺎ روي آﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻪ‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از‬.‫داﺧﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ و ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬،‫ﻣﻮادي ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮاص ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ از دﻳﻮاره ﻇﺮف دﭼﺎر ﭘﺎرﮔﻲ ﻧﺸﻮد‬
133
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻫﺎي‬،‫ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬14-1-3-15
15.3.1.14 At higher operating temperatures,
tensile stresses may become excessive and a
correspondingly thick brick lining would add
much to the cost. In practice, good results are
being obtained with relatively thin brick
linings, because the membrane, which is
generally used, has a low heat conductivity
which keeps the steel shell temperature low,
and it has also a high coefficient of thermal
expansion so that it is able to compensate for
the difference in thermal expansion between
steel shell and brick lining. However, the
maximum allowable temperature for the
membrane shall not be exceeded.
‫ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ و ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫آﺟﺮي ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﺑﻬﻤﺎن ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻘﺪار زﻳﺎدي ﺑﻪ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺧﻮب ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫ در ﻋﻤﻞ‬.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ زﻳﺮا ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫آﺟﺮي ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻧﺎزك ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻣﻲآﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ داراي ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي را ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫داراي ﺿﺮﻳﺐ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻄﻮرﻳﻜﻪ ﻗﺎدر‬
‫اﺳﺖ اﺧﺘﻼف اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي و‬
‫ دﻣﺎ از‬،‫ ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎل‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي را ﺟﺒﺮان ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﻏﺸﺎء ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
A lead membrane is not recommended for this
application.
.‫ﻏﺸﺎء ﺳﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ روش اﻋﻤﺎل ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫اﺟﺰاي ﺷﺒﻜﻪ در ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰء‬
‫ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺮد‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
Grid elements
In assemblage
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ از‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬
‫ در‬Koenig,s
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬
Fig. 8- SUPPORT GRIDS ASSEMBLED FROM CONSTRUCTIONAL ELEMENTS
‫ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺷﺪه از اﺟﺰاي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬-8 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‬15-1-3-15
15.3.1.15 The minimum diameter which can
effectively be brick-lined is 600 mm. Smaller
diameters for lining shall be prefabricated in
short sections and assembled with flanges.
‫ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬600 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
134
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
15.3.1.16 The contractor responsible for the
brick lining shall ensure before commencement
that the specified lining thickness, together
with the required final internal dimensions
(after lining), can be realized and that the
dimensions of the object to be brick-lined are
correct.
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬16-1-3-15
15.3.1.17 The temperature of equipment to be
brick-lined shall be maintained between 18 and
22°C. Higher and lower temperatures will
influence the correct curing of the cement.
When the equipment to be lined is at a
temperature above 22°C, the cement shall be
mixed in small quantities in some other
location and kept between 15 and 20°C before
use. Temperatures which are too high influence
the ’pot life’ of cement unfavorably.
‫ دﻣﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬17-1-3-15
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺑﻌﺎد داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز )ﺑﻌﺪ از‬،‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﻮده و اﻳﻨﻜﻪ اﺑﻌﺎد ﻗﻄﻌﻪاي ﻛﻪ‬،(‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺣﻔﻆ‬22 ‫ و‬18 ‫آﺟﺮي ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ در ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
22 ‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي‬.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن در‬،‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ در ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻛﻢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﺪه و ﻗﺒﻞ از‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬20 ‫ و‬15 ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در دﻣﺎي ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮﺑﻲ در ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻣﻲﮔﺬارﻧﺪ‬
15.3.1.18 For conditions below 15°C the
equipment temperature should be raised,
preferably by electric heating to avoid
uncontrolled moisture development. Painting
of the outside surfaces of equipment with a
high-reflecting white coating will reduce the
uneven heating effect of the sun. A lightweight shield will reduce the effects of sun,
rain and wind on the surface.
‫ درﺟﻪ‬15 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﭘﺎﺋﻴﻦﺗﺮ از‬18-1-3-15
15.3.1.19 Condensation is not allowed on the
steel or concrete substrate, the membrane and
installed layers of the lining. The substrate
temperature therefore, shall always be at least
3°C above dew point; relative humidity shall
not exceed 85%.
‫ ﻏﺸﺎء و‬،‫ روي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻮﻻد ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ‬19-1-3-15
15.3.1.20 The surface temperature and relative
humidity of the air shall be controlled by
electric heaters and air drying equipment. A
daily record of the working conditions should
be kept. Cement shall remain free from contact
with water and vapor.
‫ دﻣﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ و رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬20-1-3-15
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد دﻣﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﺮم‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﮔﺴﺘﺮش رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ رﻧﮓ آﻣﻴﺰي ﺳﻄﻮح ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎزﺗﺎﺑﺶ زﻳﺎد اﺛﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬،‫ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﺳﺒﻚ وزن‬.‫ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ را ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داد‬
‫ ﺑﺎران و ﺑﺎد روي ﺳﻄﺢ را ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ‬،‫اﺛﺮات ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ‬
.‫داد‬
‫ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﺶ ﻣﺠﺎز‬،‫ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ دﻣﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ‬،‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻻي ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺷﺒﻨﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3 ‫ﻛﻢ‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬85 ‫ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺧﺸﻚﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺛﺒﺖ روزاﻧﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬.‫ﻫﻮا ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ آب و ﺑﺨﺎر ﻋﺎري ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
15.3.2 Application of lining for metallic
equipment
15.3.2.1 Membrane layer application
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﻠﺰي‬2-3-15
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﻏﺸﺎء‬1-2-3-15
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-1-2-3-15
15.3.2.1.1 General
Membranes shall be continuous, liquid-tight
and sufficiently flexible, for which a proven
installation procedure and careful application
‫ آب ﺑﻨﺪ و ﺑﻘﺪر ﻛﺎﻓﻲ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬،‫ﻏﺸﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮارد دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه و‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
135
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
are necessary. The liquid tightness shall be
tested after installation; the procedure and test
equipment shall be approved by the Company.
،‫ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ‬.‫دﻗﺖ در اﻋﻤﺎل ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﻮن ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ؛ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آزﻣﻮن‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد‬
When applied on a metal substrate, the
membrane can be spark-tested by using a direct
electric current which will produce a spark
wherever the membrane is not liquid-proof.
‫ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان‬،‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﻏﺸﺎء روي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻠﺰي اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫آن را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﻚ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ ﺿﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‬،‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻏﺸﺎء‬،‫ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
The voltage shall not exceed 30 kV and is
based on the formula:
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وﻟﺖ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬30 ‫وﻟﺘﺎژ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
:‫ﻓﺮﻣﻮل زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
6 (1 + thickness in mm) = kV
6 (1 + ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ وﻟﺖ = )ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
Anti-static linings on metal substrates shall be
inspected with the ’wet sponge test’ (a lowvoltage holiday detector). For further guidance
see Clause 19.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺿﺪ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﺴﻴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ روي ﺳﻄﻮح‬
‫زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آزﻣﻮن "اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﺗﺮ" ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ‬،(‫آﺷﻜﺎرﺳﺎز ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬19 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
The membranes shall also be visually inspected
for air inclusions (blisters), cracks or other
imperfections.
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ‬،(‫ﻏﺸﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي ورود ﻫﻮا )ﺗﺎول ﻫﺎ‬
.‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺮب ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻏﺸﺎء‬2-1-2-3-15
15.3.2.1.2 Lead as membrane
For the adhesion of lead to a steel substrate the
steel surface shall be lightly tinned with a 0.02
to 0.05 mm thick layer which shall be free from
pores. Within 24 hours before application of
the tin to obtain good adhesion, dirt, grease and
rust shall be removed thoroughly by blast
cleaning, or by etching with hydrochloric acid.
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻮﻻد‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺳﺮب ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻃﻮري‬0/05 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬0/02 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﺎزﻛﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ‬24 ‫ ﻃﻲ‬.‫ﻛﻪ ﻋﺎري از ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﻠﻊ اﻧﺪود ﺷﻮد‬
، ‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬،‫از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻗﻠﻊ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آوردن ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮب‬
‫ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ و زﻧﮓ زدﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﺎ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲ‬
.‫ﻳﺎ اچ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪرﻳﻚ زدوده ﺷﻮد‬
The requirements for the installation and
testing of lead membrane linings shall be in
accordance with DIN 28058. The tightness of
the lining shall be verified with the ’sulphuric
acid indicator test’. For this purpose the lead
surface is primed with a solution of 20%
sulphuric acid which is washed away with
clean water after 3 hours, if there are pores in
the lead lining they will remain filled with the
acid solution. If a mixture of water and ’Congo
red’ having a pH indicator in the range 3 to 5,
is then applied and allowed to dry, the pores
will show up blue against the red surface.
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻧﺼﺐ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻏﺸﺎء ﺳﺮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬DIN 28058 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ "آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺸﺎﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪه ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮرﻳﻚ اﺳﻴﺪ" ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ‬20 ‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻫﺪف ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺮب را ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﻛﺮد‬3 ‫ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮرﻳﻚ اﺳﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده و ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬي در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ آب ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺳﺮب ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺮﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل اﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫" ﻛﻪ داراي‬Congo Red" ‫ اﮔﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ از آب و ﻣﻌﺮف‬.‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬
،‫ اﺳﺖ اﻋﻤﺎل و اﺟﺎزه ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻪ آن داده ﺷﻮد‬5 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬3 pH
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ از رﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻪ آﺑﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ رﻧﮓ ﻣﻲدﻫﻨﺪ‬
The minimum thickness of a homogeneous
lead lining shall be 6 mm, with a tolerance on
thickness of -0 to +25%.
6 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﺳﺮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬+25 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬-0 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و رواداري ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
136
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
This can be checked with a magnetic layer
thickness meter (non-destructive), or by
measurement after locally melting the lead
(destructive).
‫اﻳﻦ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﻌﺪ از ذوب‬،(‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ )ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب‬
.‫ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺳﺮب )ﻣﺨﺮب( ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﻤﻮد‬
Poor adhesion of the lining will reduce the heat
conductivity which could cause further
detachment of the lead lining due to
temperature changes and pressure/vacuum
variations during operation. The adhesion shall
be ultrasonically tested from the outside (steel)
side of the equipment, using examples of both
correct bonding and poor adhesion for
interpretation.
‫ ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ را ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬،‫ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺧﻼء در ﺣﻴﻦ‬/‫ﺳﺮب در اﺛﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات دﻣﺎ و ﻧﻮﺳﺎﻧﺎت ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ از ﻃﺮف ﺑﻴﺮون )ﻓﻮﻻد( ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﺋﻲ از ﻫﺮ دو ﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎل ﺻﺤﻴﺢ و‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آزﻣﻮن ﻣﺎﻓﻮق‬
.‫ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
15.3.2.1.3 Polyisobutylene (thermoplastics)
as membrane
‫ ﭘﻠﻲ اﻳﺰوﺑﻮﺗﻴﻠﻦ )ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ( ﺑﻪ‬3-1-2-3-15
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﻏﺸﺎء‬
The application shall be in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions, generally as
follows:
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ‬،‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
:‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
Separate polyisobutylene sheets of 3 mm
minimum required thickness are joined
together by welding to form the membrane.
This is attached to the substrate with an
adhesive (glue), the separate sheets and the
substrate are both coated with the adhesive but
the overlap of the sheets to be joined, 30 mm
wide approximately, shall be kept free from
adhesive.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬3 ‫ورﻗﻬﺎي ﭘﻠﻲ اﻳﺰوﺑﻮﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﻣﺠﺰا ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ آﻧﺮا ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه )ﭼﺴﺐ( ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻏﺸﺎء را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ دﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻣﺠﺰا و ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﺮده‬
‫ﻫﺮ دو را ﺑﺎ ﭼﺴﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده اﻣﺎ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ورﻗﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﭘﻬﻨﺎ‬30 ً‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﭼﺴﺐ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
After about one hour, but within 12 hours
depending on temperature and type of
adhesive, the sheet of membrane material will
be ready for sticking on to the substrate. To
avoid air inclusion, the sheets shall be
positioned from the center to the sides using a
suitable wooden tool to avoid damage;
preheating of the sheets will facilitate their
installation.
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎ و‬12 ‫ اﻣﺎ ﻃﻲ‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺣﺪود ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺎده ورق ﻏﺸﺎء ﺑﺮاي ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪن ﺑﺮ روي‬،‫ﻧﻮع ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ورود‬.‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر آﻣﺎده ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ ورق ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﺑﺰار‬،‫ﻫﻮا‬
‫ﻛﺎر ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از آﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻧﻤﻮد؛‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ورﻗﻬﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
The separate sheets shall then be jointed at the
overlap by welding in accordance with the
manufacturer’s instructions, generally, by
roughening with sand paper, cleaning the weld
areas with a suitable solvent and welding with
hot air welding equipment, the air being
directed by a tapered mouth piece at a
temperature between 300 and 350°C. When the
surfaces become soft they are pressed together
with a roller and the seam should almost
disappear. Vertical seams shall be welded and
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ورق ﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
،‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ‬،‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎ زﺑﺮﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده‬
‫ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎ ﺣﻼل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ و ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ ﻫﻮا ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﺪﺧﻞ‬،‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻫﻮاي داغ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬350 ‫ و‬300 ‫ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ در دﻣﺎي ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺮم ﺷﺪ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ درزﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻓﺸﺎر داده و ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً درز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻮد‬
137
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
rolled downwards to release any remaining
solvent.
‫ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﺮف ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري و ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ﺣﻼل ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه را ﺧﺎرج ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
For severe chemical conditions, the weld seams
should be reinforced by welding an additional
strip over the completed seam.
‫ درزﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮار اﺿﺎﻓﻲ روي درز ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
For equipment with angular corners the
membrane shall be reinforced with a welded,
corner-shaped patch, covering a small triangle
on all three sides forming the corner, which is
stuck and/or welded over the membrane.
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎي زاوﻳﻪ دار ﻏﺸﺎء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺜﻠﺚ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ روي‬،‫وﺻﻠﻪ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ دار ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻛﻪ روي ﻏﺸﺎء‬،‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻪ ﻃﺮف داراي ﮔﻮﺷﻪ را ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬/‫ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه و‬
Small damaged parts of the membrane can be
repaired by welding patches of the same
material over the spot. Larger damaged parts of
the membrane shall be removed and the
substrate prepared after which a new piece can
be inserted with adhesive and welded to the
surrounding material.
‫ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ دﻳﺪه ﻏﺸﺎء را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬،‫وﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري از ﻫﻤﺎن ﺟﻨﺲ روي ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ دﻳﺪه ﻏﺸﺎء را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪا‬.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻛﺮده و ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر را آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
‫را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪن و ﺟﻮش دادن ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺠﺎور‬
.‫ﺟﺎﺳﺎزي ﻧﻤﻮد‬
Thermoplastic membranes shall be inspected
by spark-testing, or with a wet sponge lowvoltage tester (see 19).
‫ﻏﺸﺎﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آزﻣﻮن – ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
19 ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﻮد )ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬،‫آزﻣﻮن اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﺗﺮ ﺑﺎ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
.(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
Checking adhesion by careful knocking on the
surface can be difficult. Therefore testing after
installation may be carried out by filling the
equipment with water and raising its
temperature during a period of 24 hours to
70°C. After draining, imperfections in the
adhesion will be seen as blisters or bulges on
the surface of the lining.
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ زدن دﻗﻴﻖ روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺮﻛﺮدن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات از آب و ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮدن دﻣﺎ در ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬70 ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺎ‬24
‫ ﻋﻴﻮب در ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺗﺎول ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲ‬،‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﻫﺎ روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ دﻳﺪه ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻏﺸﺎء‬4-1-2-3-15
15.3.2.1.4 Reinforced epoxy as membrane
Glass
fibre-reinforced
epoxy
resin
(thermosetting material) shall be used for
membrane with the minimum required
thickness of 4 mm (see also 10.3.4).
‫رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي )ﻣﻮاد‬
4 ‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻏﺸﺎء ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4-3-10 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
Dosing and mixing of the epoxy resin
components and installation of the alternative
layers of resin and glass fibre shall be done in
accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
‫ﻣﻘﺪار اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ و اﺧﺘﻼط اﺟﺰاء رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ و ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺸﻴﻦ از رزﻳﻦ و اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
The clean prepared substrate surface shall first
be primed with the selected epoxy resin, any
remaining holes and cracks in concrete surfaces
shall be filled with resin.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺑﺘﺪا ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ و ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎي‬،‫رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه در ﺳﻄﻮح ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ رزﻳﻦ ﭘﺮﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
The laminate is applied ’wet-in-wet’, any resin
layer that is allowed to cure completely shall be
lightly blast-cleaned or roughened with sand
‫ ﻫﺮ‬،‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬،"‫ﻏﺸﺎء ﭼﻨﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ اي ﺑﺼﻮرت "ﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
138
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
paper before the next layer of the laminate is
applied. Resin and glass fibre are applied to the
surface and the resin is evenly distributed by
rolling and pressing, the glass-fibre
reinforcement is wetted through completely
and air is removed.
‫از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻌﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻧﺮم ﻳﺎ زﺑﺮﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎ‬
‫ رزﻳﻦ و اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي روي ﺳﻄﺢ‬.‫ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺳﻨﺒﺎده اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه و رزﻳﻦ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻫﻤﻮار ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ و ﻓﺸﺎر دادن ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮي و ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮ‬،‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﺷﺪه و ﻫﻮا ﺧﺎرج ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد‬
The glass fabric reinforcement shall be
installed with an overlap of between 25 and 50
mm.
50 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬25 ‫اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻫﻤﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Mixing equipment shall be calibrated for the
quantity of components to be mixed; dosing
and mixing shall be carefully carried out in
accordance
with
the
manufacturer’s
instructions.
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺧﺘﻼط ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺪار اﺟﺰاﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻪ و اﺧﺘﻼط ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر دﻗﻴﻖ‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎدﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
To obtain good adhesion of the membrane to a
brick lining, the final and sealing layer of
thermosetting resin is treated with silver sand.
‫ﺑﺮاي داﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺧﻮب ﻏﺸﺎء ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ آب ﺑﻨﺪ و ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ رزﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬،‫آﺟﺮي‬
.‫ﻧﻘﺮهاي ﺑﻬﺴﺎزي ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻏﺸﺎء‬5-1-2-3-15
15.3.2.1.5 Rubber as membrane
Application of rubber membrane shall be
according to Clause 11.
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬11 ‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻏﺸﺎء ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ آﺟﺮ و ﻛﺎﺷﻲ‬2-2-3-15
15.3.2.2 Brick and tiles layer application
To prevent damage to the bottom membrane,
the brick lining of the bottom shall be finished
first. Brick linings in vertical equipment are
built up ring upon ring with the bricks placed
tightly against the membrane. The brick lining
for horizontal equipment should, if practical, be
installed with the cylindrical part of the
equipment placed in a vertical position.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺸﺎء ﻛﻒ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي‬.‫آﺟﺮي ﻛﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اول ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺣﻠﻘﻪ روي ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫آﺟﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻏﺸﺎء ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ اي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻛﻪ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
For horizontal vessels the axial and
circumferential joints should both be in line.
For vertical equipment vertical joints need not
necessarily be in line. For linings consisting of
more than one layer of bricks or tiles, the joints
of the layers shall be staggered.
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻇﺮوف اﻓﻘﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺤﻮري و ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ دو‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ‬.‫در ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻋﻤﻮدي در ﺧﻂ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫داراي ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ آﺟﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺷﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﻄﺮﻧﺠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Normally the same cement is used for bedding
against the membrane and for the axial and
circumferential joints. Wedges shall be used
for joints which are to be filled later with a
different cement. The installation rules are
equally applicable for alumina-based acidresistant bricks and tiles, porcelain tiles, carbon
and graphite bricks and special ceramic lining
materials.
‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺴﺘﺮﺳﺎزي در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻏﺸﺎء و ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻮري و ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ از ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻤﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬‫هﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪاً ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻣﺘﻔﺎوﺗﻲ ﭘ‬‫ﮔَﻮ‬
‫ ﻗﻮاﻋﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺮاي آﺟﺮﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ‬
،‫ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ اﺳﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﻛﺴﻴﺪ آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮم و ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ آﺟﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ و ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﺘﻲ و ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻴﻨﻲ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
139
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻴﻦ آﺟﺮﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﻣﻘﺎوم در‬
‫ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن دارد ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ و اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺧﻮﺑﻲ را ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آورﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻪ از اﻳﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﺎً رﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻮد ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮاص ﺗﻮرم ﺳﻴﻤﺎن درﮔﻴﺮ در‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬6 ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬
Joints between the bricks of chemical-resistant
brick linings shall be as small as possible to
obtain good strength and resistance. The joint
space given hereinafter shall be strictly
observed particularly when the swelling
properties of the cement involved have been
determined in the design (see Table 6).
TABLE 6 - JOINTS OF CHEMICAL-RESISTANT BRICK LINING WITH CEMENT
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬-6 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
CEMENT
BED JOINTS
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
Silicate based cement
AXIAL AND
CIRCUMFERENTIAL
JOINTS
JOINTS TO BE
FILLED
AFTERWARDS
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺤﻮري و ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪاً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
5 mm max. × 8 mm
3 mm
7 mm
5 mm max. × 8 mm
5 mm*
7 mm, joint depth 15 mm
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻲ‬
Synthetic resin based cement
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬15 ‫ ﻋﻤﻖ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬7
* For prestressed constructions the design
instruction for axial joints shall be adhered
to.
‫* ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺷﺪه از دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
Air inclusions in the cement behind or between
the bricks shall be prevented. The cement
should be placed on the brick being laid as well
as on the surface to be lined, and when the
same cement is used for bed, axial and
circumferential joints, against the side of the
installed bricks. The joints are then filled with
the positioning of the brick to achieve a
homogeneous filling of joints, the surplus
cement being removed immediately.
‫از وﺟﻮد ﻫﻮا در ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﭘﺸﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬
-‫ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ روي آﺟﺮ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻌﻼوه ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻮري‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎن ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬
.‫ در ﭘﺸﺖ آﺟﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬،‫و ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت را ﺑﺎ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ آﺟﺮ ﭘﺮ ﻛﺮده ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ از اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﺎﻳﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬
.‫ﻣﺎزاد زدوده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
When curing with hot dry air is to be applied,
(see 15.4), the curing process for steel vessels
can be started during application of the bricks
as follows:
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮاي ﺧﺸﻚ داغ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻇﺮوف‬،(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬4-15 ‫ )ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ در ﺣﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل آﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ زﻳﺮ ﺷﺮوع‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
The metal wall temperature should be
maintained as high as possible i.e., at
approximately 35-40°C during the application
of the brick lining. To avoid obstruction of the
lining work and so as not to influence the pot
life of the cement, heat should be applied on
the outside of the metal walls. Drying of the
‫ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً در‬،‫ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ‬،‫دﻣﺎي دﻳﻮار ﻓﻠﺰي ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن دارد‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد در ﺣﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬40-35
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از اﻳﺠﺎد‬.‫آﺟﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻊ از ﻛﺎر ﭘﻮﺷﺶ و ﻫﻤﻴﻨﻄﻮر ﻋﺪم ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ در ﻋﻤﺮ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ در ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ دﻳﻮارﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬
.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺤﻮري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺮوي ﺷﻮد‬
140
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
bed cement layer shall be controlled so that it
does not harden too quickly.
‫ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن ﺑﺴﺘﺮ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﻨﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ زﻳﺎد ﺧﺸﻚ ﻧﺸﻮد‬
15.3.2.3 Chemical-resistant cement layer
‫ ﻻﻳﻪﺳﻴﻤﺎنﻣﻘﺎومدر ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬3-2-3-15
Dosing and mixing of components shall be
strictly in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. Other procedures could disturb the
chemical reactions and curing giving different
chemical properties to the cement.
‫ﻣﻘﺪار اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ و اﺧﺘﻼط اﺟﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﺎً ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ‬.‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﻮاص‬،‫واﻛﻨﺶ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و ﻋﻤﻞ آوري را ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﻛﺮده‬
.‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوﺗﻲ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
Improvement of the processability of the
cement by the application of a modified mixing
ratio is allowed only within manufacturer’s
limits or with the approval of the Company.
‫اﺻﻼح ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻳﻚ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫اﺧﺘﻼط اﺻﻼح ﺷﺪه ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
Different types or qualities of cements shall
never be mixed. Mixers and tools shall be kept
clean and dry to prevent contamination of the
cement.
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎنﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ اﻧﻮاع ﻳﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از آﻟﻮده ﺷﺪن ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬.‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫اﺑﺰارﻫﺎ و ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﺧﺸﻚ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Application of chemical-resistant cements are
according to 15.3.3.4.
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬4-3-3-15 ‫ﻃﺒﻖ‬
15.3.3 Application of lining for concrete
construction
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬3-3-15
‫ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط‬1-3-3-15
15.3.3.1 Expansion
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت در ﻛﺎر آﺟﺮ و‬
‫ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻛﺎري ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و از اﻳﻨﺮو‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺮون ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻃﻮري ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬،‫اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﻮد‬
.‫ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻧﺲ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
Expansion joints are the weakest parts in
chemical-resistant brick work and tiling and
should therefore preferably be installed outside
zones of chemical attack. If this is impossible,
it is recommended that they be located so as to
minimize the chance of aggressive products
permeating them.
At the expansion joint the reinforced concrete
shall have a 10 mm wide gap which shall be
filled with semi-rigid polyurethane foam,
insulation cord, or other appropriate material.
The concrete fill applied on top of the concrete
to provide the required stop for drainage shall
have a gap at the same location and of the same
width. This joint shall be sealed with a plastic
e.g., polyisobutylene foil or other suitable
material. The foil should be adhesive-bonded
to the substrate; the adhesive should be a
bituminous or rubber type.
10 ‫ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻣﺴﻠﺢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي‬،‫در ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ‬
،‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ درز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻮم ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺳﺨﺖ‬
‫ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه از‬.‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ دﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻧﻮارﻫﺎي ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﺑﺘﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ را‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي درزي در ﻫﻤﺎن ﻣﻜﺎن و ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎن ﻋﺮض ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ آب ﺑﻨﺪي‬.‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل زرورق ﭘﻠﻲ اﻳﺰوﺑﻮﺗﻴﻠﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ زرورق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺪرت ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر را‬.‫دﻳﮕﺮ‬
.‫ ﭼﺴﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻮع ﻗﻴﺮي ﻳﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The membrane and a layer of bricks or tiles
shall then be applied, keeping the joint open.
Finally, a rubber or plastic seal shall be fitted
with a suitable adhesive in the joint to prevent
penetration of liquid.
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﻏﺸﺎء و ﻻﻳﻪ اي از آﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﻳﻚ آب ﺑﻨﺪ‬،‫ ﺳﺮاﻧﺠﺎم‬.‫ اﺗﺼﺎل را ﺑﺎز ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺖ‬،‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭼﺴﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
.‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻗﺮار داد ﺗﺎ از ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
141
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ ﻏﺸﺎء‬2-3-3-15
15.3.3.2 Membranes layer application
Prior to the application of a membrane or a
coat of primer, the concrete shall be at least 28
days old, and shall be freed from dust, oil,
grease or other contaminants.
‫ روز‬28 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻏﺸﺎء ﻳﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي‬
‫ روﻏﻦ‬،‫ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از ﮔﺮدوﻏﺒﺎر‬،‫از ﻋﻤﺮ ﺑﺘﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫و ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﻳﺎ آﻻﻳﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Asphaltic bitumen membranes shall be applied
to a primed surface, by squeegees or brush
until it is smooth even and free from
irregularities.
‫ﻏﺸﺎﻫﺎي ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻴﺮﭘﺎش ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮس روي ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫آﺳﺘﺮي اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺻﺎف و ﻫﻤﻮار و ﻋﺎري از اﺧﺘﻼﻻت‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
The surface of the membrane shall be sanded
for good adhesion of the subsequent cement
layer, e.g., by brushing with a solution of
bitumen and spreading quartz sand (0.7-1.2
mm grain size) onto the bitumen coating whilst
it is still tacky. The minimum Dry Film
Thickness (DFT) shall be 20 mm.
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻏﺸﺎء ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻮب ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪن ﻻﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﻌﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮس زﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﻗﻴﺮي‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬،‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ زﻧﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
(‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬1/2 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬0/7 ‫و ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻛﻮارﺗﺰ )اﻧﺪازه داﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬.‫روي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻗﻴﺮي در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮز ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺎك اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬20 ‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬DFT) ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
The main thermoplastic membrane material is
polyisobutylene. It shall be adhesive-bonded to
the cleaned concrete surface. The sheet should
be joined either by adhesive bonding or
welding; vulcanizing is not required. The
minimum DFT shall be 3 mm other
thermoplastic membranes shall not be used.
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻣﺎده اﺻﻠﻲ ﻏﺸﺎء ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ ﭘﻠﻲ اﻳﺰوﺑﻮﺗﻴﻠﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺎده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺪرت ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه را‬
‫ ورق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﺪرت ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ‬.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد؛ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮدن ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻏﺸﺎﻫﺎي‬3 ‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬DFT) ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Thermosetting membranes: for specific
chemical conditions, cold-cured epoxy-resinbased membrane shall be used, if necessary
with glass-fibre reinforcement. The clean and
rough concrete surface shall be given an
epoxy-resin-based primer and within 24 hours
after application of the primer. The epoxy
resin, and the glass-fibre reinforcement, if any,
shall be applied the minimum DFT of this
membrane should be 2.5 mm.
‫ ﻏﺸﺎء‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص‬:‫ﻏﺸﺎﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﻮﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه ﺳﺮد‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و زﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬24 ‫آﺳﺘﺮي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺷﺪه و در ﺣﺪود‬
‫ رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ و اﻟﻴﺎف ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل آﺳﺘﺮي‬
2/5 ‫ ﻏﺸﺎء‬DFT ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
It is not allowed to apply an epoxy membrane
during rain or at temperatures below 10°C.
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻏﺸﺎء اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺎرﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ در دﻣﺎي زﻳﺮ‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬10
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪ آﺟﺮ و ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ‬3-3-3-15
15.3.3.3 Brick and tiles layer application
Bricks and tiles shall be clean and dry and
should have a temperature of at least 15°C
when being applied. If a brick lining has to be
applied in winter, provisions shall be taken to
protect the area where the brick-laying takes
place from cold, rain, snow, etc.
‫آﺟﺮﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬15 ‫اﻋﻤﺎل دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ داراي دﻣﺎي‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در زﻣﺴﺘﺎن اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮف و ﻏﻴﺮه در‬،‫ ﺑﺎران‬،‫ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ از ﺳﺮﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ آﺟﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
142
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
Tiles used for floor, trenches and neutralization
pits should be at least 30 mm thick.
‫ ﺗﺮاﻧﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﺣﻔﺮه ﻫﺎي ﺑﻲ اﺛﺮ‬،‫ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻒ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬30 ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
For walls in pump houses, etc. The minimum
thickness of tiles should be 20 mm.
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي دﻳﻮارﻫﺎي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬20 ‫ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
For narrow joints the bricks or tiles should fit
correctly, which requires that they shall be
selected at site with regard to their squareness
and dimensions.
‫ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬،‫ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ را در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻲ ﺟﺎﺳﺎزي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎر ﮔﻮﺷﻲ و اﺑﻌﺎدﺷﺎن اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻤﻮد‬
Vertical parts shall be lined first and then the
horizontal parts.
‫اﺑﺘﺪا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻋﻤﻮدي و ﺳﭙﺲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت اﻓﻘﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Acid-resistant bricks or tiles shall be applied to
pump foundations before the bricks or tiles are
laid on the adjoining floors.
‫آﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ اﺳﻴﺪ را ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﺎر‬
‫ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ روي ﻛﻒ ﻫﺎي ﻫﻤﺠﻮار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
.‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬4-3-3-15
15.3.3.4 Cements layer application
The cements shall be mixed in accordance with
the supplier’s instructions. The tools and mixer
shall be clean and dry. Different types of
cements shall never be mixed together.
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎ و ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﺧﺸﻚ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
The cements shall not be applied under
freezing conditions.
.‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ را ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻳﺨﺒﻨﺪان اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻚ‬1-4-3-3-15
15.3.3.4.1 Hydraulic cements
Hydraulic cements can be used as a bedding
mortar (cement/sand ratio usually 1:3 by vol.)
for tiles in mildly aggressive conditions. If
layers of a hydraulic mortar are applied to
make slopes they shall be kept wet during
curing (for about one week) to obtain the
optimum strength and to avoid hair cracks.
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻚ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﻼت ﺑﺴﺘﺮﺳﺎزي‬
-‫( ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﺷﻲ‬3 ‫ ﺑﻪ‬1 ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‬/‫)ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬
‫ اﮔﺮ از ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻼت‬.‫ﻫﺎ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻮرﻧﺪﮔﻲ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را در‬،‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺳﺮازﻳﺮي ﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
(‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺖ )ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪود ﻳﻚ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ و از ﺗﺮك ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﻳﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
A hydraulic cement which is delivered in paper
bags (50 kg) should be worked within 8 hours
of opening the bag.
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻏﺬي ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ داده‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﺲ از ﺑﺎز‬8 ‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻋﺮض‬50) ‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪن ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻲ‬2-4-3-3-15
15.3.3.4.2 Silicate cements
Silicate cement may be used as a bedding
material, applied on an asphaltic bitumen
membrane. The joints between bricks and tiles
should then be sealed with a resin-based
cement.
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎده‬
‫ روي ﻏﺸﺎء ﻗﻴﺮ ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻫﻢ اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫ﺑﺴﺘﺮﺳﺎزي ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻴﻦ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻨﻲ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
143
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
Four days after application the brickwork shall
be washed with dilute acid, e.g. a 10%-wt
solution of hydrochloric acid. This treatment is
important, since the alkali hydroxide formed
during curing is detrimental too and would
eventually destroy the joint.
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎر روز ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل آﺟﺮﻛﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﻴﺪ رﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻣﺜﺎل ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ده درﺻﺪ اﺳﻴﺪ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪرﻳﻚ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫دﻟﻴﻞ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه در ﻃﻮل ﻣﺪت‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎن آور اﺳﺖ و ﺳﺮاﻧﺠﺎم‬
.‫ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎل را ﻧﺎﺑﻮد ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
Silicate cements do not adhere to rubber
membranes.
.‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻏﺸﺎﻫﺎي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻤﻲﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪ‬
15.3.3.4.3 Cements
furfuraldehyde resin
based
on
‫ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﻓﻨﻞ‬3-4-3-3-15
phenol-
‫ﻓﻮرﻓﻮرآﻟﺪﺋﻴﺪ‬
These cements are supplied as two
components, a liquid and a powder, which shall
be mixed thoroughly and used immediately.
،‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت دو ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻣﺠﺰاء ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰء ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰء ﭘﻮدر‬
.‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ‬
The cements are used for both embedding and
sealing of the joints between bricks and tiles.
‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎر ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺷﻲﻫﺎ و ﻫﻢ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻴﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‬
The rate of setting and curing of the cement is
influenced by temperature. At 15-20°C, the
mortar starts to set in about four hours and
cures in 1-2 days. At a lower temperature the
mortar starts to set and cure at a lower rate.
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﮔﻴﺮش و ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ دﻣﺎ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد در‬20 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬15 ‫ ﻣﻼت در دﻣﺎي‬.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ روز ﻋﻤﻞ‬2 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1 ‫ﺣﺪود ﭼﻬﺎر ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮش و در‬
‫ در دﻣﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻼت ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮي‬.‫آوري ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮش و ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
If the temperature falls below 15°C,
consideration may be given to accelerating the
curing by heating. However, care should be
taken to ensure that the temperature does not
exceed 80°C, as otherwise the difference in
expansion between the substrate and the top
surface may adversely affect adhesion.
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬، ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬15 ‫اﮔﺮ دﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ زﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺘﺎب ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮرد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎل‬.‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در ﻏﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬80 ‫ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎ از‬
‫ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف در اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر و ﺳﻄﺢ‬
.‫ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ اﺛﺮ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﺑﮕﺬارد‬
In order to give the cement its full chemical
resistance, in particular to caustic alkalis, the
cement requires a heat treatment at 80°C for 24
hours after it has fully cured. Contact with
water or water vapor during curing shall also
be avoided. The heating should therefore be
carried out by using electric heaters.
‫ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬،‫ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎً در راﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻫﺎي ﺳﻮزآور‬،‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ‬24 ‫ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت‬،‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪن ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻧﻴﺎز دارد‬80 ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ در‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ از ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ آب ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر آب در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
It is essential that during curing the cement
does not come into contact with free alkali,
since this alkali would tend to neutralize the
acid catalyst. Consequently the concrete floor
shall be primed with two coats of a suitable
primer when these cements are used as a
membrane. The primer shall be in accordance
‫از آﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻠﻴﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ دارد ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺰور اﺳﻴﺪي را ﺧﻨﺜﻲ‬
‫ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ در ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻗﻠﻴﺎي آزاد در ﺗﻤﺎس ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻏﺸﺎء ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ ﻛﻒ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬.‫دو ﻻﻳﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ آﺳﺘﺮي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
144
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
with the resin
recommendations.
cement
manufacturer’s
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺳﻴﻤﺎن رزﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﻓﻮران‬4-4-3-3-15
15.3.3.4.4 Cements based on furane resin
In general the properties of furane cement
resemble those of the cements based on
phenolic resin, but curing at high temperatures
to obtain full chemical resistance is not
necessary, and they are somewhat easier to
apply.
‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺧﻮاص ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻓﻮران ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﻓﻨﻮﻟﻴﻚ ﺷﺒﺎﻫﺖ دارد‬
‫ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آوردن ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻻزم‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ و آﻧﻬﺎ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي آﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
Cements based on furane resin cannot be
applied directly to concrete. When a membrane
of this cement is to be applied, the concrete
shall be pretreated with a primer in accordance
with the resin cement manufacturer’s
instructions.
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﻓﻮران ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ از اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻗﺮار‬.‫در ﺑﺘﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ آﺳﺘﺮي ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬،‫اﺳﺖ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺳﻴﻤﺎن رزﻳﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
For application of these cements the same rules
apply as for the application of cements based
on phenol-furfuraldehyde resin (15.3.3.4.3).
‫ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺎن ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﻓﻨﻞ – ﻓﻮرﻓﻮراﻟﺪﺋﻴﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا‬
.(3-4-3-3-15) ‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ‬5-4-3-3-15
15.3.3.4.5 Cements based on polyester resin
Cements based on unsaturated polyester resin
are supplied in the form of a powder and a
liquid resin, which should be mixed
immediately before use. These cements shall
not be mixed or applied under freezing
conditions. They are self curing at 15-20°C, a
complete cure at this temperature can be
obtained in 24 hours. The curing time and also
the pot life are affected by temperature.
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﭘﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﺮ ﻏﻴﺮ اﺷﺒﺎع ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬، ‫ﭘﻮدر و ﻳﻚ رزﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﮕﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ را ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ‬.‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
20 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬15 ‫ آﻧﻬﺎ در‬.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻳﺦ ﺑﻨﺪان ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻳﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬،‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺧﻮد ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ زﻣﺎن‬.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬24 ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ در اﻳﻦ دﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ در‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ زﻣﺎن ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﻮدن ﺗﺤﺖ‬
.‫ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ دﻣﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
Contact with water or water vapor during
curing should be avoided.
‫ از ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ آب ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬
.‫اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬6-4-3-3-15
15.3.3.4.6 Cements based on epoxy resin
These cements are generally supplied as a paste
of putty-like consistency together with a liquid
curing agent.
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً اﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ را ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺧﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﻈﺘﻲ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ‬
.‫ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲﺑﺮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺘﻮﻧﻪ‬
After the two components have been mixed the
cement cures within one hour at temperatures
of 10-30°C. The curing time is affected by
temperature.
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ دو ﺟﺰء ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﮔﺮدﻳﺪﻧﺪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن در ﻣﺪت‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻋﻤﻞ‬30 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬10 ‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي‬
.‫ زﻣﺎن ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ دﻣﺎ ﻗﺮار دارد‬.‫آوري ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
The cement can be used for continuous floors
and for embedding and sealing purposes.
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻒ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺑﺮاي اﻫﺪاف‬
.‫ﻛﺎر ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ و ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
Contact with water or water vapor during
curing should be avoided.
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻋﻤﻞ آوري از ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ آب و ﺑﺨﺎر آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
145
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
15.3.3.5 Joints
5-3-3-15
The cement layer between the bricks or tiles
and the membrane should have a thickness of
about 5 mm. The joints between bricks or tiles
shall be small as practicable, preferably not
more than 3 mm wide. However, wider joints
of 5 to 7 mm will be required, e.g. for certain
hot-pour jointing materials and when joints
between the bricks and tiles are to be sealed.
When rejoining may be required after a period
of service, the joint shall be made 5 mm wide.
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ و ﻏﺸﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻲ‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻴﻦ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬5 ‫در ﺣﺪود‬
ً‫ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﻮده و ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﺗﺮ از‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻋﺮﻳﺾ ﺗﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬3 ‫از‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪه رﻳﺰﺷﻲ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬5
‫داغ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ و ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ آب‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺠﺪد ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻻزم ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬5 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮض‬،‫دوره ﻛﺎري ﻻزم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
The width of the joints shall be consistent over
the full depth of the joint and free from
cavities.
‫ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ و‬،‫ﻋﺮض اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻋﻤﻖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
.‫ﻋﺎري از ﺣﻔﺮه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري و ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﺸﻲ‬4-15
15.4 Curing and Prestressing
15.4.1 Chemical-resistant brick linings cannot
resist high tensile and bending stresses. Proper
curing and prestressing, for steel vessels only,
should result in compressive stress in the brick
lining while the carbon steel remains under
modest tension.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻮاد‬1-4-15
To obtain good chemical resistance the cement
should be completely cured. However curing or
prestressing treatment shall not commence
within 8 days after installation of the brick
lining is complete but shall be finished within 6
to 8 weeks after the installation.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺮاي داﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬،‫ ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎل‬. ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﻮد‬
‫ روز ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم‬8 ‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﺸﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ اﻣﺎ در‬،‫رﺳﺎﻧﺪن ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﻮد‬8 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬6 ‫ﺣﺪود‬
‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﺸﻲ و ﺧﻤﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري و ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﺸﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻇﺮوف‬.‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺶ ﻓﺸﺎري در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
ً‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ‬،‫آﺟﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﺳﻴﺪي‬2-4-15
15.4.2 Curing with acidic liquid
Curing with acidic liquid is applied for brick
linings operating at ambient temperature.
Considering the time restraints 15.4.1, the
vessel is filled with an acidic liquid (see 15.4.4)
and after 3 weeks emptied, water-washed and
inspected.
‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﺳﻴﺪي ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي‬
.‫ﻛﻪ در دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻇﺮف را ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬،1-4-15 ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﺎن ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺑﻨﺪ‬
،‫ ﻫﻔﺘﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺮده‬3 ‫( و ﺑﻌﺪ از‬4-4-15) ‫اﺳﻴﺪي ﭘﺮﻛﺮده‬
.‫ﺑﺎ آب ﺷﺴﺘﻪ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮاي داغ ﺧﺸﻚ‬3-4-15
15.4.3 Curing with dry hot air
15.4.3.1 Curing with dry hot air is applied for
brick linings operating at conditions up to 80°C
and 1 bar.g The curing should preferably begin
with application of heat at the installation
stage.
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮاي داغ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬1-3-4-15
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد و ﻓﺸﺎر‬80 ‫ﻫﺎي آﺟﺮي ﻛﻪ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺗﺎ‬
ً‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎ‬.‫ ﺑﺎر ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ اﺟﺮا ﻣﻴﮕﺮدد‬1 ‫ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮﻣﺎ در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد‬
146
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ج‬
1-4-15 ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﺎن ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري )ﺑﻪ‬2-3-4-15
15.4.3.2 Considering the time restraints (see
15.4.1) dry hot air is introduced in the bottom
of the dry and closed equipment. To control
proper curing of the cement, especially during
the initial period, direct flame heaters should
not be used. The air temperature shall be raised
at 5 to 7°C per hour and the pressure
simultaneously increased for equipment that
will operate under pressure.
‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( ﻫﻮاي داغ ﺧﺸﻚ از زﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺧﺸﻚ و‬
،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬.‫ﻣﺴﺪود وارد ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ از ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اوﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬5 ‫ دﻣﺎي ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬.‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد و ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ‬
.‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻋﻤﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮد ﺑﻄﻮر ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
16 ‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬3-3-4-15
15.4.3.3 The final curing condition shall be
maintained for 16 hours, followed by a
reduction of 3 to 5°C per hour, at the same time
reducing the pressure. Care shall be taken that
metal wall shrinkage is not less than that of the
lining material. When returned to ambient
temperature and pressure, the brick lining shall
be inspected.
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد در‬5 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬3 ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر در ﻫﻤﺎن زﻣﺎن دﻧﺒﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﻘﺒﺎض دﻳﻮار ﻓﻠﺰي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﺳﻴﺪي‬4-4-15
15.4.4 Prestressing with acidic liquid
15.4.4.1 Prestressing with acidic liquid is a wet
curing process suitable for brick linings
operating above 80°C and 1 bar ga under
severe chemical conditions. Considering the
time restraints (see 15.4.1) the vessel is either
filled with acidic liquid or the liquid is
circulated. The liquid is heated to gradually
raise the wall temperature up to the operating
temperature, while the pressure is raised to the
test pressure (see 15.7).
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﺎﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﺳﻴﺪي ﻳﻚ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬1-4-4-15
‫آوري ﺗﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ ﺑﺎر ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬1 ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد و ﻓﺸﺎر ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬80 ‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬.‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( ﻇﺮف ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬1-4-15 ‫ﺑﻪ زﻣﺎن ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﮔﺮم‬.‫اﺳﻴﺪ ﭘﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ درون آن ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪه ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﺪرﻳﺞ دﻣﺎي دﻳﻮار ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﺑﺎﻻ رود و‬
7-15 ‫ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﻓﺸﺎر ﺗﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد )ﺑﻪ‬
.(‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت در ﺣﺎل ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم‬2-4-4-15
15.4.4.2 Circulating liquids shall thoroughly
wet all parts of the brick lining and after
maintaining the operating conditions for
several hours to cure the cements completely,
the temperature and pressure are slowly
reduced to ambient (see 15.4.5).
‫ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي را ﺗﺮ ﻧﻤﻮده و ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺣﻔﻆ‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ دﻣﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﻪ آﻫﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬،‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬5-4-15 ‫اﻃﺮاف ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬5-4-15
15.4.5 Curing liquids
15.4.5.1 In general diluted acids are used for
curing; a solution with a pH value between 2
and 5 is recommended for synthetic-resinbased cements.
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻞ آوري از اﺳﻴﺪﻫﺎي رﻗﻴﻖ‬1-5-4-15
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬5 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬2 ‫ ﺑﻴﻦ‬pH ‫ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺪار‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ رزﻳﻦ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
15.4.5.2 For silicate-based cement, a 5 to 10%
solution of sulphuric acid is suitable;
hydrochloric, phosphoric or acetic acid
solutions are also acceptable.
‫ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل اﺳﻴﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت‬2-5-4-15
15.4.5.3 Solutions of calcium chloride, sodium
bisulphite or calcium bisulphite shall not be
‫ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ﺑﻲ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺖ‬،‫ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻟﻬﺎي ﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ‬3-5-4-15
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ؛ ﻣﺤﻠﻮﻟﻬﺎي اﺳﻴﺪ‬10 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬5 ‫ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻮرﻳﻚ‬
.‫ ﻓﺴﻔﺮﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ اﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪرﻳﻚ‬
147
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
used for silicate-based cements, since they
require washing for the removal of insoluble
salts which could react with the lining cement.
‫ﻳﺎﻛﻠﺴﻴﻢ ﺑﻲ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺖ را ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت‬
‫ ﭼﻮﻧﻜﻪ ﺷﺴﺘﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي زدودن ﻧﻤﻜﻬﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺤﻠﻮل‬،‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
.‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ واﻛﻨﺶ دﻫﺪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
15.4.5.4 The curing liquid is brought to the
required concentration at ambient temperature
in a separate vessel of rubber-lined,
thermoplastic or glass-fibre-reinforced plastic
material, the liquid is then pumped or
circulated to the equipment, see Appendix B.
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري را در دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﺎ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ‬4-5-4-15
15.4.5.5 For equipment that will operate under
pressure, a curing liquid pressure of 0.5 Barg.
is required.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎر ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ‬5-5-4-15
The liquid temperature should be raised at a
rate of 5 to 7°C per hour up to the operating
temperature with steam injection (direct or via
a sparger) or by circulation through a heat
exchanger. To limit expansion of the lining
during heating, the temperature differential in
the equipment shall remain within 15°C. The
pressure shall be raised simultaneously with the
temperature to reach the required operating
pressure at about 100°C.
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد در‬7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬5 ‫دﻣﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺎ دﻣﺎي ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺑﺨﺎر )ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺎ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﺪه( ﻳﺎ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ در ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﺮدن اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﺣﻴﻦ‬.‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
15 ‫ اﺧﺘﻼف دﻣﺎ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﺪود‬،‫ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎ‬.‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻ آورده ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري در دﻣﺎي‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬100 ‫ﺣﺪود‬
15.4.5.6 Heating with open steam will raise the
pH value with the dilution of the liquid; this
shall be corrected by the draining and addition
of fresh liquid to keep the pH below 5.
pH ‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺪار‬6-5-4-15
15.4.5.7 The final curing condition shall be
maintained for 72 hours, followed by cooling at
a rate between 3 to 5°C per hour while
gradually reducing the pressure. Care shall be
taken that the rate of metal wall shrinkage is
not less than that of the lining material. Boiling
of the liquid shall be prevented by control of
the ratio between pressure, temperature and
liquid concentration. After cooling to ambient
conditions the vessel shall be left for 3 hours,
then after draining and washing the lining shall
be inspected.
72 ‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬7-5-4-15
‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز در ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮف ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﻟﻴﺎف‬،‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ در‬،‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ اي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﺮده‬
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫آن ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪه ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬0/5 ‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬،‫ﻛﺮد‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺎ رﻗﻴﻖ ﺷﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ در‬pH ‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ و اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺗﺎزه ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ‬
.‫ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻮد‬5 ‫زﻳﺮ‬
5 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬3 ‫ و ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮد ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﺪه‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد در ﺳﺎﻋﺖ در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺘﺪرﻳﺞ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان اﻧﻘﺒﺎض دﻳﻮار‬.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد دﻧﺒﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬.‫ﻓﻠﺰي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ دﻣﺎ و ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ از ﺟﻮﺷﻴﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬،‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺳﺮد ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻇﺮف را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و ﺷﺴﺘﻦ‬،‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮد‬3 ‫ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ داده ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﺶ و‬8-5-4-15
15.4.5.8 The following data shall be recorded
during prestressing and curing:
:‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫دﻣﺎ‬
Temperature
‫ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ورودي و‬-
- Liquid in equipment or liquid inlet and
148
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
outlet temperature.
-
Metal wall temperature
representative points.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
at
.‫ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬3 ‫ دﻣﺎي دﻳﻮار ﻓﻠﺰي در‬-
3
.‫ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ اﻃﺮاف‬-
- Ambient temperature.
‫ﻓﺸﺎر‬
Pressure
.‫ داﺧﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬-
- Inside the equipment.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‬
Notes:
1) Steam injection direct or via a sparger is in
general more economical compared with a
heat exchanger circulation system.
‫( ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﺪه در‬1
2) The lining contractor shall provide a
calculation showing the stresses expected
during prestressing and curing.
‫( ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎن دادن‬2
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ اﻗﺘﺼﺎديﺗﺮ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرد اﻧﺘﻈﺎر در ﺣﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﺶ و ﻋﻤﻞ‬
.‫آوري ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ را ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬5-15
15.5 Transportation
15.5.1 Chemical-resistant bricks and tiles shall
be stored adequately protected under dry and
cool condition at a relative humidity of 70%
maximum and a temperature between 5 and
20°C in a frost-free warehouse. When stored
during installation in the open air, the material
shall be stacked on wooden pallets and covered
with tarpaulins or shrunk or pre film.
‫ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺷﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد‬1-5-15
‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ اﻧﺒﺎر ﺷﺪه و در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ و دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬70 ‫و ﺳﺮد و در رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد در ﻳﻚ اﻧﺒﺎر ﺑﺪون ﻳﺦ ﺑﻨﺪان‬20 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬5
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در زﻣﺎن ﻧﺼﺐ در ﻓﻀﺎي ﺑﺎز‬.‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺗﺨﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ از‬،‫اﻧﺒﺎر ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺮزﻧﺖ ﻳﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬2-5-15
15.5.2 To prevent possible cracking,
deformation and disbanding caused by shock or
vibration to the rather brittle lining materials,
the equipment shall not be transported or
handled after the brick lining is applied.
Equipment to be brick lined shall be properly
installed before the lining is applied.
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ و ﺑﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺧﻮردن ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻳﺎ ارﺗﻌﺎش ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات را ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل‬
.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﻳﺎ‬3-5-15
15.5.3 If transport of brick-lined equipment or
parts thereof e.g. small vessels, pipe sections,
ducting, etc., cannot be avoided, the design and
execution shall make allowance for more rigid
construction, adequate lifting points additional
internal and external supports and temporary
studs for rigid fixing during transport. The
equipment shall be completely cured and
prestressed before handling.
،‫ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﻇﺮوف ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬،‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ آن‬
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و اﺟﺮا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻮز‬،‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬،‫ ﻧﻘﺎط ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬،‫ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ و ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ و ﻣﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻧﺘﻘﺎل را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻋﻤﻞ آوري و ﭘﻴﺶ‬.‫آورد‬
.‫ﺗﻨﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
149
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ در ﻣﻮردي ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات از ﻗﺒﻞ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬4-5-15
15.5.4 In the case of unforeseen moving of
equipment, stiffening rings or structures shall
be designed and applied. However welding on
lined equipment should be avoided wherever
possible.
‫ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و‬
‫ ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن دارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬،‫ ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎل‬.‫اﺟﺮا ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫روي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬6-15
15.6 Repair of Lining
15.6.1 Repair of lining for metallic substrate
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻠﺰي‬1-6-15
15.6.1.1 To avoid mechanical damage, special
protective provision shall be made for cleanout, scaffolding and brick lining repair
activities.
‫ ﺗﺪارك ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬،‫ ﺟﻬﺖ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از آﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬1-1-6-15
‫ دارﺑﺴﺖ ﺳﺎزي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ و ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬،‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
15.6.1.2 Nozzles and manholes shall be opened
only when required for access, and the required
working climate shall be realized.
‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ و درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي آدم رو ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬2-1-6-15
15.6.1.3 For the execution of local repairs, the
remaining lining shall be properly supported
when bricks have to be removed. Shocks and
vibrations of the surrounding brick lining shall
be avoided.
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ‬3-1-6-15
15.6.1.4 Even minor defects of brick linings
shall be consistently repaired to prevent spread
of the defects to deeper layers of the brick, the
membrane and the substrate. This includes the
replacement of dissolved or washed out cement
from joints.
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪن ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﻪ‬4-1-6-15
15.6.1.5 Scraping to sound material and
subsequent filling with fresh cement is
sufficient when the damage is not too deep.
When the erosion nearly equals the thickness
of the final brick layer of the lining, the
affected area of this layer shall be completely
removed and replaced by a new layer to secure
the bedding adhesion to other layers.
‫ ﺗﺮاﺷﻴﺪن ﺗﺎ رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎده ﺳﺎﻟﻢ و‬5-1-6-15
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺟﻮي‬
.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫آﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ از ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻫﺎ و ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت‬.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻏﺸﺎء و ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺣﺘﻲ ﻋﻴﻮب‬،‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﺗﺮ آﺟﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺣﻞ ﺷﺪه‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ آن ﭘﺮﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺗﺎزه زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ آﺳﻴﺐ زﻳﺎد‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬.‫ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ آﺟﺮ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺛﺮ از اﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ زدوده و ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎي‬،‫ ﺟﺪاﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ‬6-1-6-15
15.6.1.6 To repair a leak, disbanding, wide
cracks, fall-out of bricks or severe spalling, all
the affected material shall be removed as far as
required to:
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ آﺟﺮﻫﺎي اﻓﺘﺎده ﻳﺎ ﺷﺪﻳﺪاً ﺧﺮده ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﻋﺮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺼﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﻻزم‬
.‫اﺳﺖ زدوده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
- Repair or replace part of the locally
affected metal substrate.
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ اي از ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻠﺰي ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
- Replace the leaking and affected part of
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ داراي ﻧﺸﺘﻲ و ﻣﺘﺎﺛﺮ ﺷﺪه ﻏﺸﺎء را ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
150
-
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
the membrane with a correct weld to
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺟﻮش ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎده ﻏﺸﺎء ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
sound membrane material.
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﺟﺎزه ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي رد ﺷﺪه‬‫ داده ﺷﻮد و اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬،‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫و ﺻﺤﻴﺢ آن ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي‬
.‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
- Allow replacement of brick lining rejected
by the inspector, and to ensure complete
and proper bonding to the remaining brick
lining.
15.6.1.7 All surfaces of substrate, membrane
and brick lining shall be thoroughly cleaned
and dried before any replacement work
commences. The adhesion between cement and
wet or dirty bricks will be significantly lower
than with clean and dry bricks.
‫ ﻏﺸﺎء و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬، ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬7-1-6-15
15.6.1.8 The original brick configuration shall
be maintained on replacement. Welding on
brick-lined equipment should be avoided, since
most membranes will be permanently damaged
and the brick lining will be affected. The
thermal expansion of the substrate during
welding will loosen the brick lining with the
possibility of future leakage.
‫ ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪي اﺻﻠﻲ آﺟﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ‬8-1-6-15
‫آﺟﺮي ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎر ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن و آﺟﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﺮ‬.‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ اي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از آﺟﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و‬
.‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ از ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻛﺮدن روي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ زﻳﺮا ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻏﺸﺎﻫﺎ‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮر داﺋﻢ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
‫ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬،‫ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬.‫ﻗﺮار ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را ﺳﺴﺖ ﻛﺮده ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺖ در آﻳﻨﺪه وﺟﻮد ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬
،‫اﮔﺮ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮان از ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﻛﺮد‬
15.6.1.9 If welding cannot be avoided, the
brick lining and membrane shall be locally
removed up to a minimum distance of 500 mm
from the weld. After welding, surface
preparation and drying, proper replacement of
membrane and brick lining shall follow as
previously described.
15.6.2 Repair
substrates
of
lining
for
9-1-6-15
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي و ﻏﺸﺎء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از ﺟﻮش ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬500
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ‬،‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ و ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن‬،‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻏﺸﺎء و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﻗﺒﻼً ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ دﻧﺒﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬2-6-15
concrete
‫ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد‬1-2-6-15
15.6.2.1 Chemical-resistant linings shall be
regularly inspected for defects. They shall be
carefully treated and protected against damage
by traffic loads, impact and impermissible local
chemical and thermal attack (steam, leaking
flanges, etc.).
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ‬.‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ و ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺠﺎز و ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‬،‫ﺗﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ‬
.‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺘﻲ دار و ﻏﻴﺮه( ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ )ﺑﺨﺎر‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
When a defect is detected, repairs shall be
carried out immediately in order to prevent
serious attack of the concrete substrate.
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻴﺒﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
15.6.2.2 The main defects are spalling of the
‫ ﺧﺮدﺷﺪن‬،‫ ﻋﻴﻮب اﺻﻠﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-2-6-15
151
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
bricks or tiles, erosion effects, cracks in the
lining and degradation of the chemical-resistant
lining materials.
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ و ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در‬،‫ اﺛﺮات ﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ‬،‫آﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺷﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
15.6.2.3 Spalling of the brick lining might be
due to:
‫ ﺧﺮد ﺷﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬3-2-6-15
:‫اﺳﺖ در اﺛﺮ‬
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ؛‬،‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬،‫ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ آﺟﺮ‬-
- inadequate brick quality, e.g. composition,
porosity;
-
‫ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻌﺎرف ﺑﻬﺮه‬‫ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬،‫ﺑﺮداري‬
.‫ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎ‬
exposure to exceptional operating
conditions, e.g. thermal, chemical or
other loads more severe than those
foreseen.
15.6.2.4 Local spalling might be due to impact
by a falling object. Impact by mechanical load
shall always be avoided.
‫ ﺧﺮد ﺷﺪن ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در اﺛﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬4-2-6-15
15.6.2.5 Damaged areas or spots shall be
repaired by replacement with new material,
either of the original quality, or of another
quality provided this in wholly compatible with
respect to physical and chemical properties,
with the adjacent original material.
‫ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺎط آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ‬5-2-6-15
‫ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از‬.‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از اﻓﺘﺎدن اﺷﻴﺎء ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎر ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ دﻳﮕﺮي ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮاص ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ و ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫اﺻﻠﻲ ﻫﻤﺠﻮار ﺳﺎزﮔﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
15.6.2.6 If the effects of erosion or attack by
chemicals are slight, the joints can be repaired,
by scraping out to sound material and filling
with fresh cement. If the depth on the scraped
out joint is 75% or more of the thickness of the
brick layer, all the cement in the joint shall be
removed and replaced, if necessary relaying the
bricks.
‫ اﮔﺮ اﺛﺮات ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻮاد‬6-2-6-15
15.6.2.7 When cracks in the lining are present,
they shall be opened completely to establish
the condition of the membrane and/or the
substrate.
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ وﺟﻮد‬7-2-6-15
15.6.2.8 Degradation of the lining materials
may indicate an excessive chemical attack. The
chemical conditions that caused the
degradation shall be ascertained.
‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬8-2-6-15
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮاﺷﻴﺪن ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﻟﻢ و ﭘﺮﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﺮاﺷﻴﺪه‬.‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺗﺎزه اﺗﺼﺎﻻت را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ درﺻﺪ از ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ آﺟﺮ‬75 ‫ﺷﺪه روي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮدد و اﮔﺮ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎزﺳﺎزي‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬/‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻏﺸﺎء و‬،‫دارﻧﺪ‬
.‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از اﻧﺪازه ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺎده ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
15.6.2.9 If defects other than those described
above are found, the cause of these other
defects should be ascertained to avoid further
attack of the concrete construction.
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻ ﺷﺮح‬9-2-6-15
15.6.2.10 For repair a sufficient number of
bricks shall be taken out to restore the brick
‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ از آﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬10-2-6-15
‫ ﻋﻠﺖ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮم ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ از‬،‫داده ﺷﺪ ﭘﻴﺪا ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪن ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اوﻟﻴﻪ‬
152
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
lining configuration.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺮون آورده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬7-15
15.7 Inspection
15.7.1 The only method for inspection and
testing of applied brick lining is by visual
examination.
‫ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ روش آزﻣﻮن و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-7-15
15.7.2 The equipment shall be inspected by
experienced personnel, in accordance with this
manual.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬2-7-15
Equipment to be assembled from parts shall be
checked for correct assembly, before
installation of the lining.
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺷﺪن ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮ ﻫﻢ ﺷﺪن‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
15.7.3 Test pressures for brick-lined equipment
shall be limited to 10% above the operating
pressure, to prevent unacceptable deformations.
‫ ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-7-15
.‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ اﺳﺖ‬،‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري‬10 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه آﺟﺮي‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻣﺤﺪود‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
15.7.4 Brick-lined equipment shall be
inspected at regular intervals observing any
local obligations and whenever any leak or
product contamination occurs.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه آﺟﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬4-7-15
15.7.5 The inspection should be restricted to
visual observations with consideration of the
following:
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺑﻪ‬5-7-15
‫ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﺮوژهاي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه و‬
‫ﻧﻴﺰ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل اﺗﻔﺎق‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪات ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﻟﻒ( وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي‬
a) General condition of the brick lining.
.‫ب ( ﻓﺎم آﺟﺮﻫﺎ‬
b) Color of the bricks.
c) Level of cement in joints; excessive
chemical attack, e.g. by fluorides, could
reduce the thickness of bricks or tiles
which may be indicated by protuberance
of the joints.
‫ج ( ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن در اﺗﺼﺎﻻت؛ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از اﻧﺪازه ﻣﻮاد‬
d) Regular shape of the brick lining;
disbanding of bed joints could cause
irregularities.
‫د( ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي؛ ﻋﺪم ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ‬
e) All bricks and tiles in proper position, no
loose or displaced parts.
‫ﻫ( وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﻤﺎم آﺟﺮﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺷﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺪون ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
f) Cracks; deformation of the equipment
due to lack of or improper pretreatment
can cause irregularities.
‫و( ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ؛ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در اﺛﺮ ﻛﻤﺒﻮد ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ‬
g) Spalling; generally distributed spalling
could result from incorrect composition
and porosity characteristics of the bricks,
‫ز( ﺧﺮد ﺷﺪن؛ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺧﺮد ﺷﺪن ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮي ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﻠﻮرﻳﺪﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬،‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺷﻲ ﻫﺎ را ﻛﺎﻫﺶ دﻫﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮري‬
.‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن ﺷﻮد‬
.‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺴﺘﺮ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﺧﺘﻼﻻت ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺳﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻏﻠﻂ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﺧﺘﻼﻻت ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ و وﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ آﺟﺮﻫﺎ‬
153
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
or too severe operational conditions
caused by frequent temperature or
pressure changes. Local spalling could
result from direct impact of liquid or
vapor jets causing rapid temperature
changes, impact and the effect of
boiling on the interface level.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﺮد ﺷﺪن ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ‬.‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات دﻣﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻬﺎي‬
‫ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺣﺎﺻﻞ از ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ دﻣﺎ ﺑﻮده‬
‫زدن و ﺟﻮﺷﻴﺪن روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﮔﺬارد‬
h) Cement condition in the joints; erosion,
dissolving or washing out, e.g. for
silicate-based cements caused by steam,
hot water or chemical attack.
‫ ﺣﻞ ﺷﺪن ﻳﺎ‬،‫ح ( وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن در اﺗﺼﺎﻻت؛ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬
i) Lining in and around nozzles and
manholes; when design, location,
material selection, installation, special
treatment and operation are correctly
done only minor repairs should be
expected.
‫ط ( ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در درون و اﻃﺮاف ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ و درﻳﭽﻪ‬
j) When disbonding and spalling of bricks
are noticed, this should be further
investigated by careful hammer testing.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ي ( وﻗﺘﻲ ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ و ﺧﺮد ﺷﺪن آﺟﺮﻫﺎ دﻳﺪه ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬،‫ﺷﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن‬
‫ آب ﮔﺮم ﻳﺎ ﺣﻤﻠﻪ‬،‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮات ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺨﺎر‬
.‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﻣﻲآﻳﺪ‬
،‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬،‫ﻫﺎي آدم رو؛ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﺨﺼﻮص و راه اﻧﺪازي ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬،‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻖ و ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي‬،‫ﺑﺎ آزﻣﻮن دﻗﻴﻖ ﭼﻜﺶ‬
.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ آزﻣﻮن ﭼﻜﺶ ﻋﻴﻮب‬6-7-15
15.7.6 If by visual inspection or hammer
testing, defects are demonstrated, e.g.,
leakages, disbonding, wide cracks, missing
bricks, severe spalling, material reduction or
open joints, a further thorough examination is
necessary. This may require locally opening up
the brick lining dependent on the severity of
the damage.
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎي‬، ‫ ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ‬،‫ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﺮد ﺷﺪن ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬،‫ آﺟﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻔﻘﻮد ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﻋﺮﻳﺾ‬
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻣﻮاد ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎز‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪت آﺳﻴﺐ‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫دارد‬
15.7.7 Specialist’s advice based on visual
inspection, hammer testing and further
examination including laboratory analysis shall
decide whether the damage could be the result
of material selection, materials supplied, design
of equipment and/or lining, specification,
protection of materials during storage and
installation, curing or operation.
،‫ ﻣﺸﺎوره ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﻦ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬7-7-15
15.7.8 There may be other considerations, such
as local conditions, factors in inspection or
operating reports, etc., that may help the
specialist to decide on the type and extent of
any repairs that may be required.
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت دﻳﮕﺮي ﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬8-7-15
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭼﻜﺶ و ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺠﺰﻳﻪ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬/‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و‬،‫ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻮاد‬،‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از ﻣﻮاد در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ و‬،‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري و راه اﻧﺪازي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ در ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺰارﺷﺎت ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري و ﻏﻴﺮه ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ‬
،‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ روي ﻧﻮع و ﻣﻘﺪار ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻻزم‬
.‫ﻛﻤﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
154
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ راه اﻧﺪازي و ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري‬8-15
15.8 Start-up and Operation
15.8.1 Brick-lined equipment shall only be
operated after:
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه آﺟﺮي ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-8-15
:‫ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
.‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬-
- Complete curing of the cement;
.‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﺸﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬-
- Required prestressing is completed;
‫ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ و ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس‬-
- Release and approval by inspector.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪرﻳﺞ ﺑﺎ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ‬2-8-15
15.8.2 The equipment shall be brought into
service very gradually by slowly increasing the
temperature and pressure up to the operation
condition. The same careful handling is
required when the equipment is taken out of
operation. Temperature stresses caused by
inexpert handling could destroy the acidresistant brick lining completely.
.‫آﻫﺴﺘﻪ دﻣﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎر ﺗﺎ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت وارد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺧﺎرج ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آﻣﺪه ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از‬.‫دﻗﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﻣﻘﺎوم در‬،‫ﻣﻬﺎرت ﻧﺎﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ اﺳﻴﺪ را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺎﺑﻮد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
15.8.3
Accurately
written
operating
instructions shall be established, based on
information to be supplied by the brick lining
contractor for equipment with critical
limitations of temperature and pressure during
start-up and/or operations.
‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ‬3-8-15
15.8.4 Brick-lined equipment standing idle
shall be protected against frost especially for
those cases were moisture can reach the lining.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه آﺟﺮي ﺧﺎرج از‬4-8-15
‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ دﻣﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎر در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم راه اﻧﺪازي‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﺷﻮد‬/‫و‬
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
.‫ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬-16
16. CEMENT MORTAR LINING
16.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-16
16.1.1 This Clause 16 specifies requirements
for chemical resistant cement-mortar lining for
process equipment. This section does not cover
refractory cement lining (see 17).
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬16 ‫ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1-1-16
16.1.2 Cement lining applied to equipment
fabricated in metal or concrete.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه روي‬2-1-16
16.1.3 Requirements for design and fabrication
of the equipment, the state of preparation
necessary for the surface to be lined and
thickness of lining shall be according to IPS-ETP-350.
‫ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ‬،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1-16
16.1.4 The applicator should exercise diligence
to provide uniform linings without thick or thin
areas. Adequate and properly spaced hold-
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي‬4-1-16
‫ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬17 ‫ﻧﺴﻮز ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد )ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻓﻠﺰي ﻳﺎ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮد و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-350
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺪون ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺿﺨﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎزك را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬
155
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
downs on the application machinery should be
used.
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ و ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ وﺟﻮد‬.‫ﻛﻨﺪ‬
16.1.5 New and used part should be free of mill
varnish, oil, paraffin, corrosion products, mill
scale, thread lubricant, or any other foreign
material when the wet cement mix is
introduced for lining.
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ و ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬5-1-16
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺗﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬،‫ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬،‫ ﭘﺎراﻓﻴﻦ‬،‫ روﻏﻦ‬،‫ﺟﻼي ﻧﻮرد‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎده ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ روﻏﻦ روان ﺳﺎز رزوهﻛﺎري‬،‫ﻧﻮرد‬
16.1.6 For more information about cementmortar lining of water pipe lines, in place or
shop applied see AWWA C104 and AWWA
C205 and AWWA C602.
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﺑﺎره ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬6-1-16
16.1.7 The Company inspector may stop lining
operations when conditions such as 7.1.6.
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬7-1-16
16.1.8 The lined equipment shall be identified
as stated in 8.1.10.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ‬8-1-16
16.1.9 The applicator of the lining shall
provide a certificate of inspection and testing in
accordance with 8.1.11 when requested.
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ‬9-1-16
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎن از ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ آب‬
‫ و‬AWWA C205 ‫ و‬AWWA C104 ‫ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬AWWA C602
.‫ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬6-1-7 ‫را وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬10-1-8 ‫ﻣﻨﺪرﺟﺎت ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ در زﻣﺎن‬11-1-8 ‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن را ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-16
16.2 Preparation
16.2.1 Preparation of material
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮاد‬1-2-16
16.2.1.1 Mortar for the lining shall be
composed of cement, sand, and water that have
been well mixed and are of such consistency as
to produce a dense, homogeneous lining.
Unless otherwise specified by the Purchaser,
the mortar may also included admixtures and
pozzolanic materials.
،‫ ﻣﻼت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ از ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬1-1-2-16
‫ و آب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﺪه و از ﭼﻨﺎن‬،‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﺧﻮردار ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭼﮕﺎل و‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻼت ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬.‫ﻫﻤﮕﻨﻲ را ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي‬،‫ﻣﻮادي ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ و ﭘﻮزوﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن و ﻣﺎﺳﻪ در ﻣﻼت‬2-1-2-16
16.2.1.2 The approximate proportions of
cement and sand in the mortar for the lining
shall be 1 part of Portland cement to 1½ parts
of sand by volume and proportions of sand to
cement shall be not more than 3 parts sand to 1
part cement by weight. The exact proportions
shall be determined by the characteristics of the
sand used. Pozzolanic material, if used, shall be
substituted for a part of the Portland cement in
a proportion of approximately 1 part
pozzolanic material to 5 parts Portland cement
by volume. Admixtures (resin and additives) if
added, shall be used in strict compliance with
the manufacturer’s recommendations.
1½ ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ از ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﭘﻮرﺗﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ‬1 ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ از ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬1 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺑﻪ‬3 ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﻬﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ وزﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ از ﻣﻮاد‬.‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﺼﺮف ﺷﺪه ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮزوﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬،‫ﭘﻮزوﻻﻧﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﭘﻮرﺗﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ‬،‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت )رزﻳﻦ و ﻣﻮاد اﻓﺰودﻧﻲ( اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫دﺳﺘﻮر ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
156
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
16.2.1.3 The water content shall be the
minimum quantity that produces a workable
mixture, with full allowance made for moisture
collecting on the interior of the pipe surfaces.
Slump tests should be made periodically on
freshly mixed mortar immediately prior to the
mortar being conveyed to the lining machine.
The test shall be made in accordance with
ASTM C143/C143M. Nominal slumps of
cement-mortar mixes for application of lining
are indicated in Figs. 9 and 10.
‫ ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻣﺠﺎز ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪن‬3-1-2-16
16.2.1.4 Water for mixing mortar shall be clean
and free of mud, oil, and injurious amounts of
organic material or other deleterious
substances. Potable water shall be used when
available.
‫ آب ﺑﺮاي اﺧﺘﻼط ﻣﻼت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﻋﺎري از‬4-1-2-16
16.2.1.5 Mortar shall be mixed long enough to
obtain maximum plasticity. The mortar shall be
used before initial set.
‫ ﻣﻼت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﻮد‬5-1-2-16
16.2.1.6 The soluble Chloride-ion (Cl-) content
of the cement-mortar mix shall not exceed 0.15
percent expressed as a percentage of cement
weight.
‫( ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻣﻼت‬Cl-) ‫ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﻳﻮن ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ‬6-1-2-16
16.2.1.7 The minimum temperature of the wet
mix should be maintained at not less than 10°C
and the maximum temperature should not
exceed 32°C. Do not place cement mix in pipe
when the ambient temperature is less than 4°C.
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺗﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬7-1-2-16
‫ ﻣﻘﺪار آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﻘﺪار‬،‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ روي ﺳﻄﻮح داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ روي ﻣﻼت ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎزﮔﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﺪه ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻼت ﺗﺎزه ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮد اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺴﺖﻫﺎي اﺳﻤﻲ‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬ASTM C 143/C 143M
‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮطﻫﺎي ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در‬
.‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬10 ‫ و‬9 ‫ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي‬
‫ و ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻣﻮاد آﻟﻲ ﻣﻀﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻀﺮ دﻳﮕﺮ‬،‫ روﻏﻦ‬،‫ﮔِﻞ‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ آب ﺷﺮب در دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از آن‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻼت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬.‫ﺗﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﺬﻳﺮي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن اوﻟﻴﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان درﺻﺪ وزن ﺳﻴﻤﺎن در‬0/15 ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
.‫ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و دﻣﺎي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬10 ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬32 ‫از‬
‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﺳﺖ‬4 ‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ اﻃﺮاف ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن را در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬
157
‫)‪IPS-C-TP-352(1‬‬
‫ﺧﺮداد ‪May 2010 / 1389‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ اﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫‪Pipe Inside Diameter in in.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ اﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪Pipe Inside Diameter in‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ اﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫‪Fig. 9-NOMINAL SLUMPS OF CEMENT-MORTAR MIXES FOR APPLICATION OF PIPE LININGS‬‬
‫‪USING PUMP FEED‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -9‬ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺳﻤﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻫﺎي ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ اي‬
‫‪158‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-TP-352(1‬‬
‫ﺧﺮداد ‪May 2010 / 1389‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ اﻳﻨﺞ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ اﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪Fig. 10-SLUMP LIMITS OF CEMENT-MORTAR MIXES FOR APPLICATION‬‬
‫‪OF PIPE LININGS USING MECHANICAL FEED‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -10‬ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻫﺎي ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪159‬‬
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
16.2.2 Preparation of surfaces to be lined
(see also IPS-C-TP-101)
‫ آﻣﺎدهﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-2-16
16.2.2.1 The steel surfaces to be cement lined
shall be cleaned to remove rust, oil scale and
previously applied paint to Sa 2 degree of
Swedish Standard ISO 8501 that could
interfere with the adherence of the cement
mortar.
‫ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-2-2-16
16.2.2.2 After the interior of the pipe or tubing
has been cleaned a visual inspection of each
joint is made by the applicator to ensure that no
scale, sand, or other foreign matter is left in the
pipe, and that the pipe or tubing can be
properly cement-lined.
،‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪ‬2-2-2-16
16.2.2.3 The concrete or masonry surfaces to
be cement lined shall be cleaned to remove all
unsound and loose material by chipping,
scarifying, abrasive blasting or water blastings.
Abrasive blast existing surfaces that do not
require chipping to remove paint, oil, grease,
and other contaminants, and to provide a
roughened surface for proper bonding of
shotcrete (see ACI 506 R 5).
‫ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻣﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬3-2-2-16
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-C-TP-101 ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ‬
ISO 8501 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬Sa 2 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ درﺟﻪ‬،‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ رﺳﻮب روﻏﻦ و رﻧﮓ ﻗﺒﻼً زده‬،‫ ﺗﺎ زﻧﮓ زدﮔﻲ‬.‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ از ﻫﺮ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺴﻢ‬،‫ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آﻣﺪه ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ رﺳﻮب‬
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪه و اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻴﻨﮓ‬
.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ زدودن ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻮاد زاﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬،‫ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪه و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ آب‬،‫ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ‬،‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻤﺒﺎده‬
‫ دﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻴﺎزي ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﻛﻪ در ﺻﻮرت ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪه‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ و آﻻﻳﻨﺪهﻫﺎي‬،‫ روﻏﻦ‬،‫ﺳﻤﺒﺎده ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن رﻧﮓ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺷﺎت‬،‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺳﻄﺢ زﺑﺮ ﺷﺪه‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬ACI-506-R5 ‫ )ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻛﺮﻳﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ روش اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-16
16.3 Method of lining
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-16
16.3.1 General
‫ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ و‬،‫ ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ از ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬1-1-3-16
16.3.1.1 Cement mortar shall be composed of
cement, sand and water, well mixed and of
proper consistency to obtain a dense,
homogeneous lining that will adhere firmly to
the substances surface.
‫آب و ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ و ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻏﻠﻴﻆ و ﻫﻤﮕﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺟﺴﻢ ﻣﻲﭼﺴﺒﺪ را‬
.‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ آورد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬2-1-3-16
16.3.1.2 Cement-mortar lining shall be applied
by spinning, mechanical placement (line
traveling), pneumatic process (shotcrete or
gunite) and hand troweling.
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻫﻮا )ﺷﺎت‬،(‫ﺟﺎ دادن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ )ﻋﺒﻮر ﺧﻂ‬
.‫ﻛﺮﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺎﻧﺎﻳﺖ( و ﻣﺎﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ دﺳﺘﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬3-1-3-16
16.3.1.3 For shop application of cement lining
of pipes, centrifugally spinning method shall be
used. For field application of cement lining of
pipes mechanical placement (line traveling)
shall be used.
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روش ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬،‫در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه‬
‫ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ )ﻋﺒﻮر ﺧﻂ( ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
،‫ ﺧﻢﻫﺎ‬،‫ زواﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬4-1-3-16
16.3.1.4 Vessels, miters, angles, bends,
reducers, and other specials shall be lined with
mortar by hand troweling, mechanical
placement, pneumatic placement.
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻣﻮارد ﺧﺎص دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻼت ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر‬،‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ دﺳﺘﻲ‬
.‫ﻫﻮا ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
160
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
16.3.1.5 Hand troweling method shall be used
in place for lining pipelines where other
methods of application is impractical such as
sharp bends, or areas closely adjacent to
valves.
‫ روش ﻣﺎﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ دﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬5-1-3-16
16.3.1.6 All defects, including but not
restricted to sand pockets, voids, oversanded
areas, blisters, and cracking as a result of
impacts shall be cut out and replaced by hand
or pneumatic placement.
،‫ ﺣﻔﺮهﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﺳﻪاي‬6-1-3-16
16.3.1.7 The lining shall be cured in such a
manner as to produce a properly hydrated
mortar lining that is hard and durable. The cure
may be affected by the application of seal
material to the still moist lining.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﻮد‬7-1-3-16
16.3.2 Pneumatic placement (shotcrete or
gunite process)
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻫﻮا )ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﺎت ﻛﺮﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ‬2-3-16
16.3.2.1 The use of gunite without
reinforcement shall be limited to small or
confined areas, for gunite thickness not
exceeding 20 mm. Details of such installation
shall be approved by purchaser.
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﮔﺎﻧﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺪون آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬1-2-3-16
During guniting operations, the equipment
shall be grounded in locations where there is a
possibility of flammable materials being
present. In addition, protection shall be
provided to prevent damage to adjacent
structures.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬،‫در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﮔﺎﻧﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن وﺟﻮد ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل اﺳﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻻزم ﺟﻬﺖ‬،‫ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ آن‬.‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺮد‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎزه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎور ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
16.3.2.2 The reinforcement shall be placed not
less than 13 mm from the surface to be gunited
and there shall be not less than 20 mm between
the reinforcement and final surface of the
gunite. Where the gunite thickness does not
permit these requirements, the reinforcement
shall be placed midway between the steel
surface and the final gunite surface.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از‬13 ‫ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر را ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬2-2-3-16
‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل روشﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻋﻤﻠﻲ اﺳﺖ )ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﺧﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﺰ و ﻳﺎ اﻃﺮاف ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ( در‬
.‫ﺧﻮد ﻣﺤﻞ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ و ﺗﺮكﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از‬،‫ ﺗﺎوﻟﻬﺎ‬،‫ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه از ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬،‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه و ﺟﺪا ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫دﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻫﻮا ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ را ﻛﻪ ﺳﺨﺖ و ﺑﺎدوام‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻼت آﺑﺪار‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ اﻋﻤﺎل‬.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
،‫ﻣﻮاد آب ﺑﻨﺪي در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮز ﻣﺮﻃﻮب اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
(‫ﮔﺎﻧﺎﻳﺖ‬
20 ‫ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﮔﺎﻧﺎﻳﺖ از‬،‫ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺼﻮر ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺒﻲ‬.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﮔﺎﻧﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد ﻗﺮار داد ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر و ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬20 ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬.‫ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﮔﺎﻧﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ وﺳﻂ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ‬،‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﮔﺎﻧﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻮﻻد و ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﺎﻧﺎﻳﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺎر و ﻳﺎ‬3-2-3-16
16.3.2.3 The reinforcement shall be fastened by
welding or by tie wires to anchoring devices
welded to the surfaces to be gunited. Such
devices may be any combination of rods, clip
angles, studs or nuts on edge. Spacing of these
points shall be a maximum of 450 mm (18 in.)
in both directions.
‫ﺟﻮش ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬.‫ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺎﻧﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﺮچﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي روي‬،‫ ﮔﻮﺷﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﻴﺮه‬،‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺑﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺎط از دو ﺟﻬﺖ‬.‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬18) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬450 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
161
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دو ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﻫﺎي‬4-2-3-16
16.3.2.4 Reinforcement shall be provided in
two directions with the following minimum
ratio of reinforcement areas to gunite areas in
each direction (see also IPS-M-CE-105):
‫زﻳﺮ از ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﮔﺎﻧﺎﻳﺖ در ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-M-CE-105 ‫ﺷﻮد )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
a) Plain bars
0.0030
0/0030
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﻴﻞﮔﺮدﻫﺎي ﺳﺎده‬
b) Deformed bars
0.0025
0/0025
‫ب( ﻣﻴﻞ ﮔﺮدﻫﺎي آﺟﺪار‬
c) Welded wire fabric
0.0020
0/0020
‫ج( ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه‬
16.3.2.5 Dampen absorptive substrate surfaces
prior to placement of shotcrete to facilitate
bond and to reduce the possibility of shrinkage
cracking developing from premature loss of the
mixing water.
‫ ﻧﻢ دار ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺟﺎذب ﭘﻴﺶ از‬5-2-3-16
16.3.2.6 Broom or scarify the surface of freshly
placed shotcrete to which, after hardening,
additional layers of shotcrete are to be bonded.
Dampen surface just prior to application of
succeeding layers.
‫ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎزﮔﻲ ﺷﺎت ﻛﺮﻳﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬6-2-3-16
‫ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻗﺮار دادن ﺷﺎت ﻛﺮﻳﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل و ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
،‫اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از دﺳﺖ دادن زود ﻫﻨﮕﺎم آب اﺧﺘﻼط‬
.‫ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن آﻧﻘﺪر زﺑﺮ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل‬.‫ ﺑﻪ آن ﺑﭽﺴﺒﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺎت ﻛﺮﻳﺖ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻛﺮد‬،‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي‬
16.3.2.7 First, fill with sound material all
corners and any area where rebound cannot
escape or be blown free. Complete the corners
between the web and the flanges of structural
steel before application to the flat area.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﻫﺮ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ‬،‫ اﺑﺘﺪا‬7-2-3-16
16.3.2.8 Do not place shotcrete if drying or
stiffing of the mix takes place at any time prior
to delivery to the nozzle. Do not use rebound or
previously expended material in the shotcrete
mix.
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﺎت ﻛﺮﻳﺖ در ﻫﺮ زﻣﺎن ﻗﺒﻞ از‬8-2-3-16
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮان آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ دﻣﻴﺪن ﻫﻮا ﺟﺪا ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ و ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي‬.‫ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬،‫ﺳﺎزهاي را ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﺨﺖ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺖ ﺷﻮد از ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن آن‬،‫اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎزل‬
‫ از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺒﻼً ﻣﺼﺮف ﺷﺪه در‬.‫ﺧﻮدداري ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﺎت ﻛﺮﻳﺖ ﺧﻮدداري ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬9-2-3-16
16.3.2.9 Finishing
Provide one of the following final surfaces
finish when specified :
‫ﻳﻜﻲ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮ را وﻗﺘﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺟﺎروب ﺷﺪه؛‬
a) Broomed;
‫ب ( ﺷﻨﺎور ﺷﺪه؛‬
b) Floated;
‫ج ( ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﺪه؛‬
c) Troweled;
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫د ( ﺷﻨﺎور ﺷﺪه اﺳﻔﻨﺠﻲ‬
d) Sponge floated; or
‫ﻫ( ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬
e) Flash finish.
162
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
Avoid troweling and commencement of
moisture curing taken place within a relatively
short period after placement of shotcrete.
ً‫از ﻣﺎﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ و ﺷﺮوع ﻋﻤﻞآوري ﻣﺮﻃﻮب در ﻋﺮض دوره ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎ‬
.‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﺷﺎت ﻛﺮﻳﺖ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
16.3.3 Mechanical placement for lining of
pipeline (line traveling)
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-3-16
16.3.3.1 The lining shall be applied in one
course or more by a machine traveling through
the pipe and distributing the mortar uniformly
across the full section and long radius bends of
the pipe. The discharge shall be from the rear
of the machine so that the newly applied mortar
will not be marked.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ‬1-3-3-16
(‫ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ )ﻋﺒﻮر ﺧﻂ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ در ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻣﻼت‬
‫در ﻋﺮض ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ و ﺧﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﺎع ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ‬.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻼت ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ و ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬2-3-3-16
16.3.3.2 The rate of travel of the machine and
the rate of mortar discharge shall be
mechanically regulated to produce a smooth
surface and uniform thickness throughout. The
mortar shall be densely packed and adhere
wherever applied; there shall be no injurious
rebound.
‫ﻣﻼت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺻﺎف و‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻼت‬.‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻲ ﺳﺮاﺳﺮ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺘﺮاﻛﻢ ﻓﺸﺮده و ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
.‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲ ﻣﻀﺮي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞدرﻣﻴﺦ ﭘﺮﭼﻬﺎ واﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎز‬3-3-3-16
16.3.3.3 Procedure at rivets and open joints
In steel pipe 600 mm and larger in diameter,
mortar may be applied by hand ahead of the
lining machine for uniform thickness over the
line of rivet heads. Open joints shall be packed
with mortar lining where necessary to provide
a smooth surface across the joint. Such
mortared areas shall be moist and free of
surface checking before proceeding with the
machine lining.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﻣﻼت‬600 ‫در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫را ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ روي ﺧﻂ ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﺦ ﭘﺮچ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎز را ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻼت ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم‬.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫اﺳﺖ در ﺳﺮاﺳﺮ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻼت ﻛﺎري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬.‫ﻓﺸﺮده ﻛﺮد‬
‫اﻗﺪام ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب و‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬4-3-3-16
16.3.3.4 Finishing
The lining machine shall be provided with
attachment for mechanically troweling the
mortar. The trowel attachment shall be such
that the pressure applied to the lining will be
uniform and produce a lining of uniform
thickness with a smooth finished surface, free
of spiral shoulders.
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮازم ﻣﺎﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ ﻟﻮازم ﻣﺎﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻼت ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﻮده و‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ ﻋﺎري از ﻓﺮورﻓﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺻﺎف‬
16.3.4 Spin or centrifugal process (for lining
of pipes, shop applied)
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ )ﺑﺮاي‬4-3-16
16.3.4.1 Straight sections of pipe shall be lined
by use of a spinning machine specifically
designed and built for the purpose of rotating
the pipe section and centrifugally applying
cement-mortar linings to the interior of steel
pipe.
‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬1-4-3-16
(‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﻛﺎرﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪف ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﺮده و اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎن در داﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
.‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﻄﻮر ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
163
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
16.3.4.2 The mortar shall be mixed in batches.
The amount of cement and sand entering into
each batch shall be measured by weight. The
quantity of water entering the mixer shall be
measured automatically by an adjustable
device, or it shall be otherwise measured to
ensure that the correct quantity of water is
being added.
.‫ ﻣﻼت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻏﻴﺮ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﻮد‬2-4-3-16
16.3.4.3 When required to prevent distortion or
vibration during the spinning, each section of
pipe shall be suitably braced with external or
internal supports appropriate to the equipment.
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻻزم ﺷﺪ از اﻧﺤﺮاف ﻳﺎ ارﺗﻌﺎش در‬3-4-3-16
‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﺳﻴﻤﺎن و ﻣﺎﺳﻪ وارد ﺷﺪه در ﻫﺮ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺪار آب وارد ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬.‫وزﻧﻲ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺑﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪاي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ ﻳﺎ در ﻏﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
.‫از ﻣﻘﺪار اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪن ﺻﺤﻴﺢ آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻳﺎ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬4-4-3-16
16.3.4.4 In application of lining by a spinning
machine, the entire quantity of mortar required
for completion of the lining of the section of
pipe shall be placed without interruption.
‫ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻞ ﻣﻼت ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون اﻧﻘﻄﺎع ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺷﻮد‬
16.3.4.5 After the mortar has been distributed
to a uniform thickness, the rotation speed shall
be increased to produce a dense mortar with a
smooth surface.
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻼت ﺑﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ‬5-4-3-16
16.3.4.6 Provision shall be made for removal of
surplus water by air blowing, tilting of the pipe,
or other methods approved by the Purchaser.
،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺬف آب اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ دﻣﻴﺪن ﻫﻮا‬6-4-3-16
16.3.4.7 The application of cement-mortar
lining to miters, angles, bends, reducers, and
other special sections, the shape of which
precludes application by the spinning process,
shall be accomplished by mechanical
placement, pneumatic placement, or hand
application and finished to produce a smooth,
dense surface.
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻼت ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬7-4-3-16
16.3.4.8 Reinforcement (see also IPS-M-CE105)
‫ آرﻣـﺎﺗﻮر )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑـﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬8-4-3-16
Wire-fabric reinforcement or ribbon-mesh
reinforcement shall be applied to the interior of
fittings larger than 610 mm and shall be
secured at frequent intervals by tack welding to
the pipe, by clips, or by wire. The wires on 50
mm spacing on the 50 mm × 100 mm fabric
shall extend circumferentially around the
fitting. Repaired areas of machine-applied
linings at miters, pipe ends, outlets, and other
cuts made in the lining for fabrication of the
fitting need not be reinforced if the width of the
‫آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ آرﻣﺎﺗﻮر ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در داﺧﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ‬610 ‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮاري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺎل ﺟﻮش ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
50 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي روي ﺑﺎﻓﺖ‬50 ‫ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﺮاف اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ‬100 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در‬
‫ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه‬.‫ﮔﺴﺘﺮش ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ و ﺑﺮشﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺧﺮوجﻫﺎ‬،‫ دوﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ در اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮ‬
-‫دﻳﮕﺮي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲ‬
،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬300 ‫ اﮔﺮ ﻋﺮض ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي از‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻼﺗﻲ‬،‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺘﺮاﻛﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺻﺎف اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ داد‬
‫ﻛﺞ ﻛﺮدن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ روﺷﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
.‫دﻫﻨﺪه ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻬﻴﺪاﺗﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ و‬،‫ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺧﻢ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ زاوﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ‬،‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺧﺎص‬
،‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬،‫ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل دﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻫﻮا اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻣﺘﺮاﻛﻢ و ﺻﺎف ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-M-CE-105
164
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬150 ‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻋﺮضﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از‬.‫ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد و ﻧﻤﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎور ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﻳﻚ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪه اﺗﺼﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
repair area does not exceed 300 mm. Repairs
for widths exceeding 150 mm shall be bonded
to the steel and adjacent faces of the lining with
a bonding agent.
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ دﺳﺘﻲ در ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬5-3-16
16.3.5 Hand trowel application for pipeline
16.3.5.1 In pipe 600 mm and larger in diameter
in places where machine placing of cement
lining is impractical, such as sharp bends,
specials, or areas closely adjacent to valves,
lining shall be performed by hand. The
engineer may permit the correction of any
defect by hand application.
‫ در‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬600 ‫ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬1-5-3-16
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار دادن دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺨﺼﻮص‬،‫ از ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺧﻢﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﺰ‬،‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ در ﻣﺠﺎورت ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻬﻨﺪس ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ اﺟﺎزه اﺻﻼح ﻫﺮ ﻋﻴﺐ را ﺑﺎ‬.‫اﺟﺮا ﺷﻮد‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل دﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺪﻫﺪ‬
16.3.5.2 If necessary areas to be lined shall be
moistened with water immediately prior to
placing the hand-applied mortar.
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬2-5-3-16
16.3.5.3 Steel finishing trowels shall be used
for the hand application of cement, except at
bends. The outer edges of hand-traweled areas
may be brushed in order to reduce the abutting
offset.
‫ ﺑﺠﺰ در ﺧﻢﻫﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ‬3-5-3-16
16.3.5.4 All hand-finishing work in a section of
pipeline shall be completed within 24 hours
after completion of the machine application of
mortar lining to that section.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻛﺎر ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ دﺳﺘﻲ در ﻳﻚ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬4-5-3-16
‫ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﻣﻼت ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫اﺟﺮا ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ آب ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻓﻮﻻد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل دﺳﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﺪه دﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﻧﺤﺮاف از ﻣﻤﺎس ﺷﺪن ﺑﺮس زده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺗﻤﺎم اﻋﻤﺎل‬24 ‫از ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﺪود‬
.‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻼﺗﻲ آن ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬4-16
16.4 Curing of Cement Lining
Methods of curing should be defined by the
Company with reference to job requirements.
The following methods of steam and
atmospheric curing have been found generally
successful.
‫ ﺑﺎ ارﺟﺎع ﺑﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻛﺎر‬،‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد روﺷﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً روﺷﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ زﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ آﻣﻴﺰ ﺑﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺨﺎر‬1-4-16
16.4.1 Steam curing
16.4.1.1 Begin steam curing not less than two
hours nor more than four hours after final spin.
High atmospheric temperatures and low
humidities may shorten the time requirements.
Low atmospheric temperatures and high
humidities may lengthen the time requirements.
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﻌﺪ از ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬1-1-4-16
‫ دﻣﺎﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از دو ﺳﺎﻋﺖ و ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﭼﻬﺎر ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ و رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻣﺎن را‬
‫ دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ و رﻃﻮﺑﺖﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬.‫ﻛﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت زﻣﺎن را ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬2-1-4-16
16.4.1.2 Leave the lining in the steam curing
chamber at 57 to 74°C for not less than 18
hours. The Purchaser may require a longer
curing time and should so request.
18 ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﻴﺶ از‬74 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬57 ‫ﺑﺨﺎر را در دﻣﺎي ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺳﻔﺎرش دﻫﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫زﻣﺎن ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﻧﻴﺎز داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
165
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
16.4.1.3 During heating and cooling, do not
increase or decrease the temperature of the
steam curing chamber at a rate of more than
0.6°C per minute.
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺨﺎر در‬3-1-4-16
16.4.1.4 Place end caps on the cement-lined
pipe before placing in the steam chamber. Do
not expose the cement-lined pipe for more than
2 hours after spinning without end caps in
place.
‫ درﭘﻮشﻫﺎي دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬4-1-4-16
‫ درﺟﻪ‬0/6 ‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺳﺮد و ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن را ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد در دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻛﻢ و زﻳﺎد ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫را ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻗﺮار دادن در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺪون درﭘﻮشﻫﺎي دو ﺳﺮ را ﺑﻴﺶ‬
.‫از دو ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪن در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺑﺨﺎر ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬
16.4.1.5 Leave the end caps in place until the
pipe is installed in the field system.
‫ درﭘﻮشﻫﺎي دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﺗﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪن در‬5-1-4-16
16.4.1.6 Keep the cement lining moist and
protect it from freezing until delivered to the
Purchaser.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ را ﺗﺎ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ‬6-1-4-16
16.4.1.7 Keep the cement lining moist
following steam cure. The storage time
following cure and before installation should
be at the discretion of the Company.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ ﺑﺪﻧﺒﺎل ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺨﺎر‬7-1-4-16
.‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎرش دﻫﻨﺪه ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ و از ﻳﺦ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ زﻣﺎن ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ را ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻳﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺲ از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري و ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻼﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﺮﻃﻮب )آﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮي‬2-4-16
16.4.2 Moist (atmospheric) curing
16.4.2.1 Keep the cement lining moist at all
times during the curing process.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ را در ﺗﻤﺎم زﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎي‬1-2-4-16
16.4.2.2 Use airtight end caps to seal the pipe
ends to retain moisture in the lining. Do not
expose the cement lining for more than 2 hours
after spinning without end caps in place. Keep
end caps in place until pipe is installed in the
field service.
‫ از درﭘﻮشﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﺑﻨﺪ دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ آب‬2-2-4-16
16.4.2.3 Maintain the curing temperature at not
less than 10°C for at least 8 days.
‫ درﺟﻪ‬10 ‫ دﻣﺎي ﻋﻤﻞآوري را ﻛﻪ در ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬3-2-4-16
16.4.2.4 Atmospheric- temperature- cured
cement-lined pipe shall not be transported or
installed for at least 8 days after application of
the lining.
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻞآوري‬4-2-4-16
.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ درﭘﻮش‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺪون‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺷﻮد‬
‫درﭘﻮشﻫﺎي دوﺳﺮ را ﺑﻌﺪ از ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪن ﺑﻴﺶ از دو ﺳﺎﻋﺖ در‬
‫ درﭘﻮشﻫﺎي دو ﺳﺮ را ﺗﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‬
.‫در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻳﺪ‬
.‫ روز ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬8 ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ روز ﺑﻌﺪ از‬8 ‫در دﻣﺎي آﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻳﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ‬3-4-16
16.4.3 Membrane curing
Membrane curing, if any, shall consist of the
complete encapsulation of the coating by
application of curing compound that will retain
the moisture of the applied cement lining.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺮار دادن‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم‬،‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻏﺸﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ اﺟﺮاي ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه را ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
166
‫)‪IPS-C-TP-352(1‬‬
‫ﺧﺮداد ‪May 2010 / 1389‬‬
‫‪ 5-16‬ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬
‫‪16.5 Transportation‬‬
‫‪16.5.1 Transportation of equipment‬‬
‫‪ 1-5-16‬ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫‪16.5.1.1 Do not drop the equipment on to or off‬‬
‫‪the transporting vehicle.‬‬
‫‪ 1-1-5-16‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات را روي ﻳﺎ از روي ﺧﻮدروي ﺣﻤﻞ و‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﻧﻴﺎﻧﺪازﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-1-5-16‬ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻜﺮدن ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫‪16.5.1.2 Tie downs shall be used to ensure that‬‬
‫‪the pipe will not shift during shipment. Any‬‬
‫‪tie-down can result in a lining damage, so the‬‬
‫‪pipe shall be properly protected.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻬﺎر ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﻫﺮ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻬﺎري ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ آﺳﻴﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻟﺬا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3-1-5-16‬از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪16.5.1.3 All impact shall be avoided.‬‬
‫‪ 2-5-16‬ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫‪16.5.2 Transportation of lined-pipe‬‬
‫‪16.5.2.1 Cement lined-pipe shall always be‬‬
‫‪handled carefully. Minor impacts and bending‬‬
‫‪normally have no effect on the lining. The‬‬
‫‪following practices are recommended to‬‬
‫‪prevent lining damage during handling:‬‬
‫‪ 1-2-5-16‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫دﻗﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎي ﺟﺰﻳﻲ و ﺧﻤﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل‬
‫اﺛﺮي ﺑﺮ روي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‪ .‬روﺷﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻲ زﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ درﭘﻮشﻫﺎي دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮد‬‫ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪان درﭘﻮشﻫﺎي دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﺟﺎزه‬
‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ در ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺮك ﺷﺪﻳﺪ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Always keep the air-tight end caps in‬‬
‫‪place. Loss of end caps permits the lining‬‬
‫‪to dry out, which can result in severe‬‬
‫‪cracking of the lining.‬‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬در ﺻﻮرت ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‬‫ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ را ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Always load or unload by hand when‬‬
‫‪practical.‬‬
‫‪Whenever‬‬
‫‪loading‬‬
‫‪or‬‬
‫‪unloading.‬‬
‫ از اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ از‬‫ﺧﻮدرو ﺧﻮدداري ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Do not drop the pipe onto or off the‬‬
‫‪transporting vehicle.‬‬
‫ از ﻏﻠﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ از‬‫ﺧﻮدرو ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺧﻮدداري ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Do not roll the pipe onto or off the‬‬
‫‪transporting vehicle in such a manner‬‬
‫‪that it bangs into other pipes.‬‬
‫‪ 2-2-5-16‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از ﺧﻤﺶ‬
‫‪16.5.2.2 Pipe shall always be supported to‬‬
‫‪avoid undue flexure when being transported.‬‬
‫‪Supports shall be placed every 1.2 m for pipe‬‬
‫‪152 mm and smaller and every 1.8 m for larger‬‬
‫‪pipe.‬‬
‫ﺑﻲﻣﻮرد در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻧﻤﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ‪ 152‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي و ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ ﻫﺮ‬
‫‪ 1/2‬ﻣﺘﺮي و ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻫﺮ ‪ 1/8‬ﻣﺘﺮي ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد دو ﺳﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﺪود ‪ 0/6‬ﻣﺘﺮ از دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺮار‬
‫داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻒ ﺗﺨﺖ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪار ﺷﺪه را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Dunnage shall always be placed within 0.6 m‬‬
‫‪of the ends to avoid banging the ends together.‬‬
‫‪When trucking, a flat-bed trailer provides the‬‬
‫‪best support.‬‬
‫‪167‬‬
‫ﺧﺮداد ‪May 2010 / 1389‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-TP-352(1‬‬
‫‪ 3-2-5-16‬ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‪،‬‬
‫‪16.5.2.3 Pipe that cannot be loaded by hand‬‬
‫‪may be picked up at the midpoint if the ends‬‬
‫‪sag no farther than 0.6 m. If sag exceeds 0.6 m,‬‬
‫‪a 3-point (bar-sling) arrangement shall be used.‬‬
‫‪ 4-2-5-16‬ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻜﺮدن ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫‪16.5.2.4 Tie-downs shall be used to ensure that‬‬
‫‪the pipe will not shift during shipment. Any‬‬
‫‪tie-down can result in a lining damage, so the‬‬
‫‪pipe shall be properly protected.‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ در دوﺳﺮ ﺑﻴﺶﺗﺮ از ‪ 0/6‬ﻣﺘﺮ از وﺳﻂ ﺧﻢ ﻧﺸﻮد‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮان‬
‫از وﺳﻂ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﺧﻤﻴﺪﮔﻲ از ‪ 0/6‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از آراﻳﺶ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ )ﻣﻬﺎرﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪاي( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻬﺎر اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﻫﺮ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻬﺎري ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ آﺳﻴﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻟﺬا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5-2-5-16‬از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪16.5.2.5 All impacts shall be avoided.‬‬
‫‪ 6-2-5-16‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﭼﻨﮕﻚﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻛﻪ‬
‫‪16.5.2.6 Hooks or other devices which insert‬‬
‫‪into the ends of the pipe shall never be used.‬‬
‫‪ 7-2-5-16‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه را ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫‪16.5.2.7 Lined pipe shall never be dropped‬‬
‫‪after completing a welded joint.‬‬
‫‪ 8-2-5-16‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮدروﻳﻲ رد ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪16.5.2.8 Pipe shall never be run over by any‬‬
‫‪vehicle.‬‬
‫‪ 9-2-5-16‬ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي اداﻣﻪ‬
‫‪16.5.2.9 The pipe shall never be bent to such an‬‬
‫‪extent that the metal is deformed or lining‬‬
‫‪damage will result. Recommended maximum‬‬
‫‪bending is 5 degrees, or 76 mm in 30 m when‬‬
‫‪lowering pipe into a trench or like operation.‬‬
‫‪ 10-2-5-16‬ﺗﻌﺪاد ردﻳﻔﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ روي‬
‫‪16.5.2.10 Number of tiers of lined pipes on‬‬
‫‪each other shall not exceed values of Table 7.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ وارد ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﻮد‪.‬‬
‫از اﺗﻤﺎم اﺗﺼﺎل ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري اﻧﺪاﺧﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ آوردن ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﻤﺶ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ‪ 5‬درﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ‪76‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ‪ 30‬ﻣﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺟﺪول ‪ 7‬ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪TABLE 7 - NUMBER OF TIERS OF LINED PIPES‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول ‪ -7‬ﺗﻌﺪاد ردﻳﻔﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫‪NOMINAL. PIPE SIZE‬‬
‫اﻧﺪازه اﺳﻤﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫‪MAX. NUMBER‬‬
‫‪OF TIERS‬‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﺪاد ردﻳﻒﻫﺎ‬
‫‪in.‬‬
‫اﻳﻨﭻ‬
‫)‪(2‬‬
‫)‪(3‬‬
‫)‪(4‬‬
‫)‪(6‬‬
‫)‪(8‬‬
‫)‪(10-16‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪168‬‬
‫‪mm‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪76‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪152‬‬
‫‪200‬‬
‫‪250-400‬‬
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ و اﺗﺼﺎل‬6-16
16.6 Installation and Joining
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬1-6-16
16.6.1 Installation and joining of equipment
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬2-6-16 ‫ﻣﻮاد آب ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ‬
The appropriate seal material shall be at joints
of cement lined pipes in accordance with
16.6.2.
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه‬2-6-16
16.6.2 Installation and joining of lined pipe
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-2-6-16
16.6.2.1 General
For preventing corrosion damage at joints of
cement-lined pipes, the following techniques
shall be used as a minimum:
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از آﺳﻴﺐ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ در اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ روﺷﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬
.‫روﻧﺪ‬
16.6.2.1.1 The lengths of pipe shall first be
butted together and checked for alignment and
good contact of the cement lining and pipe
ends.
‫ اول ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ از ﺳﺮ‬1-1-2-6-16
16.6.2.1.2 The appropriate seal material shall
be applied in accordance with 16.6.3.
3-6-16 ‫ ﻣﻮاد آب ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬2-1-2-6-16
16.6.2.1.3 Lines smaller than 100 mm shall be
tack-welded at 12 and at 3 or 9 O’clock
positions. The first welding pass shall start
opposite the chosen second tack weld and
continue in the direction of the 6 O’clock
position. This is necessary to prevent a gap
between the pipe ends opposite the first
welding pass. 100 mm and larger pipe should
be tack-welded at 4, 8 and 12 O’clock
positions.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در‬100 ‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻛﻮﭼﻚ از‬3-1-2-6-16
A slightly different procedure is needed in
some cases as explained in 16.6.3.3.
3-3-6-16 ‫در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات در دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
16.6.2.1.4 The pipe shall be joined by the
shielded metal-arc welding process. The arc
shall not come in direct contact with the
cement lining or seal material. Starts and stops
shall be staggered so as not to start or stop
more than once in the same place. Welding
slag shall be cleaned from all weld passes.
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺟﻮش ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ‬4-1-2-6-16
‫ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺮاز ﺑﻮدن و ﺗﻤﺎس ﺧﻮب ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﺎل ﺟﻮش‬9 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬3 ‫ و در ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬12 ‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ اوﻟﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺧﺎل‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻮش ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد و در ﺟﻬﺖ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺷﻜﺎف ﺑﻴﻦ دو ﺳﺮ‬.‫ اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬6 ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ اوﻟﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﻻزم‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻬﺎي‬100 ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﺧﺎل ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬12 ‫ و‬8 ،4 ‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ ﺟﻮش ﻗﻮﺳﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻤﺎس‬.‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ آب ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ در ﻳﻚ ﻣﻜﺎن‬،‫ﺷﺮوعﻫﺎ و ﺗﻮﻗﻒﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺑﻮده‬
‫ ﺳﺮﺑﺎره‬.‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺷﺮوع و ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎر اﺗﻔﺎق ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ‬
.‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺗﻤﺎم رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش ﭘﺎك ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ اﻋﻼم ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﮔﺮوهﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ‬
.‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Welding materials used shall be controlled and
approved by the company in accordance with
the current list of welding consumables
published by internationally acknowledged
bodies.
169
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻣﻮاد آب ﺑﻨﺪي‬3-6-16
16.6.3 Seal materials
16.6.3.1Magnesium oxide/graphite/hydraulic
cement
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬/ ‫ﮔﺮاﻓﻴﺖ‬/ ‫ اﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ‬1-3-6-16
Only this compound is suitable for use in
welded joints.
‫اﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ‬
The dry compound shall be mixed thoroughly
with clean water in a clean container by stirring
with a clean welding rod. Pot life of the
mixture is approximately one hour.
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﻇﺮف ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ آب ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺰدن ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﻮد‬
.‫زﻣﺎن ﻋﻤﺮ ژﻟﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ اﺳﺖ‬
Only enough compound should be prepared in
each batch mixed to last for 45 minutes to one
hour. Additional water shall not be used to thin
the mixture after it has started to set. The
mixing and application container shall be
thoroughly washed with clean water before
mixing another batch of compound.
45 ‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ آب‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻋﺖ دوام داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط را رﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻇﺮف اﺧﺘﻼط و اﻋﻤﺎل را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
.‫ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪي ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ دﻫﻴﺪ‬
The compound can best be applied to the
cement at the ends of the pipe by squeezing it
from a plastic squeeze-type bottle or applicator.
A continuous layer or bead of compound shall
be applied to the cement liner on the ends of
both lengths of pipe to be welded. Enough shall
be used to form a small continuous bead of
excess compound in the welding groove when
the pipe ends are butted together. Using too
much compound will cause a larger bead of
excess compound inside the pipe which is
unnecessary and wastes material. The
compound mixture shall be thin enough to be
squeezed through the nozzle of the applicator,
but not thin enough to run off the pipe after it is
applied.
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن در دو ﺳﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر دادن آن از ﻳﻚ ﺑﻄﺮي ﻧﻮع ﻓﺸﺎري ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ اي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮش ﮔﺮدي از‬.‫ﻳﺎ اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ روي دو ﺳﺮ ﻫﺮ دو ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
-‫ وﻗﺘﻲ دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺮش ﮔﺮد ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ در ﺷﻴﺎر ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري از ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬.‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎد ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺮش ﮔﺮد ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮي از ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫داﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﺿﺮوري ﺑﻮده و ﻣﺎده را ﻫﺪر‬
‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ رﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻘﺪري رﻗﻴﻖ‬،‫از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﺎزل اﻓﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺸﺮده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻴﺮون ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ‬2-3-6-16
16.6.3.2 Plastic material
The same procedure should be used as stated in
16.6.3.1, except that a mixing procedure
applicable to the material selected shall be
used.
‫ اﻇﻬﺎر ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه‬1-3-6-16 ‫ﻫﻤﺎن دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺠﺰ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ اﺧﺘﻼط ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
Many compounds are available, but several are
not resistant to heat. The user shall make sure
that the compound selected is suitable for the
intended service.
‫ اﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از آﻧﻬﺎ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ‬،‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت زﻳﺎدي وﺟﻮد دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺼﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه‬.‫ﻣﻘﺎوم ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
The pot life of most catalytically-cured
materials is limited and differs for various
‫زﻣﺎن ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﻮدن ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺧﺘﻼط اﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮر واﺳﻄﻪاي ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﺤﺪود اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي‬
170
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
compounds.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﺮق ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎي ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﻧﺴﻮز‬3-3-6-16
16.6.3.3 Asbestos gaskets
The pipe ends to be joined should be tackwelded together and the asbestos gasket placed
in the ’V’ formed. The ’V’ should be closed by
movement of the pipe lengths and the pipe
tack-welded at the top. Line-up clamps should
be installed and the welding completed.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫دوﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
'V' ‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﺎل ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه و ﻻﻳﻲ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﻧﺴﻮز ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫' ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻃﻮلﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬V' ‫ ﻻﻳﻲ‬.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ردﻳﻒ‬.‫ ﺧﺎل ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺷﻮد و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه و ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
The thickness of the gasket shall be 0.8 mm for
thin wall pipe and 1.6 mm for heavier wall
thicknesses.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و‬0/8 ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ دﻳﻮاره ﻧﺎزك‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1/6 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ دﻳﻮار ﺿﺨﻴﻢﺗﺮ‬
The outside diameter of the gasket shall be
equal to the inside diameter of the steel pipe
minus 1.5-2.5 mm.
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2/5 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1/5 ‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎي‬
The inside diameter of the gasket shall be equal
to the inside diameter of the lining, within a
tolerance of zero to +1 mm.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬+1 ‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ رواداري ﺻﻔﺮ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درز ﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﺮدن‬4-3-6-16
16.6.3.4 Caulking
Large-diameter pipe (large enough for a man to
go inside) can be caulked at the joint.
Numerous compounds are available, but a
polysulphide rubber has been the most widely
used. The user shall make sure that the
compound selected is suitable for the intended
service.
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺰرگ )آﻧﻘﺪر ﺑﺰرگ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺷﺨﺺ داﺧﻞ آن‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت‬.‫ درز ﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫ﺷﻮد( را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان در ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﭘﻠﻲ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ اﻛﺜﺮاً ﺑﻄﻮر‬،‫زﻳﺎدي وﺟﻮد دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺼﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬.‫وﺳﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ رزوه و ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪه‬4-6-16
16.6.4 Threaded and coupled pipe
For coating of exposed threads many
compounds are available. The user shall make
sure that the compound selected is suitable for
the intended service.
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت زﻳﺎدي‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ رزوهﻫﺎي ﺑﺪون ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﻣﺼﺮف ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ‬.‫وﺟﻮد دارﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ‬
16.6.4.1 Magnesium oxide/hydraulic cement
compounds. This compound will lock the joint
if include in the make-up portion of the joint.
.‫ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻚ‬/‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ اﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻣﻨﻴﺰﻳﻢ‬1-4-6-16
16.6.4.2 Epoxy materials. These materials will
lock the joint if included in the make-up
portion of the joint.
‫ اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮاد در ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﺑﺨﺶ‬.‫ ﻣﻮاد اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬2-4-6-16
16.6.4.3 Polysulphide rubber. This material has
been reported as having low resistance to
strong H2S and strong acid environments.
‫ ﮔﺰارش ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه ﻛﻪ‬.‫ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﭘﻠﻲ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ‬3-4-6-16
‫اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ از ﺑﺨﺶ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد اﺗﺼﺎل را‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻴﺪارد‬
.‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد اﺗﺼﺎل را ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻴﺪارد‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﺎده در ﻣﺤﻴﻂﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ ﻗﻮي و اﺳﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻗﻮي داراي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﻗﻴﺮ‬- ‫ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ زﻏﺎل‬4-4-6-16
16.6.4.4 Coal-tar epoxy.
171
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر اﺻﻼح ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺿﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﮔﻴﺎﻫﻲ‬5-4-6-16
16.6.4.5 Coal-tar modified with vegetable
pitch.
.‫ اﻻﺳﺘﻮﻣﺮ ﭘﻠﻲ اورﺗﺎن‬6-4-6-16
16.6.4.6 Polyurethane elastomer.
‫ ﭘﻠﻲ ﻛﻠﺮوﭘﺮن ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺷﺪه و آﻧﺮا داﺧﻞ‬7-4-6-16
16.6.4.7 Polychloroprene molded and cured
inside the coupling or rubber rings have been
used to seal the exposed collar area.
‫ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﻃﻮق دار ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬7-16
16.7 Repair of Lining
16.7.1 All defects, including but not restricted
to sand pockets, voids, over sanded areas,
blisters, and cracking as a result of impacts,
shall be cut out and replaced by hand or
pneumatic placement to the same thickness as
required for the mortar lining.
‫ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺗﺠﻤﻊ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬،‫ ﺣﻔﺮه ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻋﻴﻮب ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬1-7-16
16.7.2 In case of water pipeline temperature
and shrinkage cracks in the mortar lining less
than 1.6 mm in width need not be repaired.
Cracks wider than 1.6 mm need not be repaired
if it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of
the purchaser that the cracks will heal
autogenously under continuous soaking in
water. The autogenous healing process may be
demonstrated by any procedure that keeps the
lining of the pipe continually wet or moist.
Pipe used in the demonstration shall be
representative of the pipe to be supplied, and
water for the moistening of the pipe shall be
chemically similar to the water to be carried in
the pipeline.
‫ در ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ آب ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎي دﻣﺎﻳﻲ و اﻧﻘﺒﺎﺿﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬2-7-16
16.7.3 Defective or damaged areas of linings
may be patched by cutting out the defective or
damaged lining to the metal so that the edges
of the lining not removed are perpendicular or
slightly undercut. The cut-out area and the
adjoining shall be thoroughly wetted, and the
mortar applied and troweled smooth with the
adjoining lining. After any surface water has
evaporated, but while the patch is still moist, it
shall be cured as specified in Section 16.6.
‫ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﻳﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-7-16
‫ﭘﺎﺷﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﺎول ﻫﺎ و ﺗﺮك ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺿﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻋﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه و ﺟﺪا ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻫﻮا‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎن ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻼت اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻋﺮض در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻼت‬1/6 ‫از‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ را ﺑﺘﻮان‬1/6 ‫ اﮔﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎي ﻋﺮﻳﺾﺗﺮ از‬.‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﺮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺧﻴﺲ ﺷﺪن ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ در‬
‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬،‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺧﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮد ﺟﻮش ﻣﻴﺨﻮرﻧﺪ‬،‫آب‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺟﻮش ﺧﻮردن ﺧﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮد ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﺟﺮاي ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬،‫ داﺋﻤﺎً ﺗﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫رﻓﺘﻪ در اﺛﺒﺎت ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ و آب ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻈﺮ‬،‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ آﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫را ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻳﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب و آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻓﻠﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮان وﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺮد ﺑﻄﻮرﻳﻜﻪ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﻮده ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺟﺰﺋﻲ ﻧﺎﺻﺎﻓﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ و ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﻣﺠﺎور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻼت و ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺠﺎور ﺻﺎف ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ وﺻﻠﻪ‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻫﺮ آب ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬6-16 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آﻧﺮا ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،‫ﻣﺮﻃﻮب اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﺑﺎره دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬4-7-16
16.7.4 For more information about repair
procedure of welded steel, cement-lined pipe
leak (see API RP 10E).
‫ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻓﻮﻻد ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬API RP 10E ‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﺪه )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
172
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺮدود ﻧﻤﻮدن )ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬8-16
16.8 Inspection and Rejection (for Lined
Pipe)
(‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه‬
16.8.1 General
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-8-16
To ensure good practices of application in
order to provide cement lining, the types of
inspection that shall be carried out are:
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدﻫﺎي ﻣﻔﻴﺪ اﺟﺮا ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر‬
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
:‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬
16.8.1.1 Quality control by the applicator
during manufacture.
.‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬1-1-8-16
16.8.1.2 Shop inspection by an inspector
nominated by the Company to be carried out at
the manufacturer’s works.
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﺎرﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻃﺮف‬2-1-8-16
16.8.1.3 Inspection of lined equipment are
generally the same as lined-pipe except all
lined equipment shall be inspected (see
16.8.2.2).
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-1-8-16
.‫ ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ در ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬،‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺠﺰ‬،‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬2-2-8-16 ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ در ﺣﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل‬2-8-16
16.8.2 Inspection during application
The quality control inspector shall check,
inspect and test for the following causes of
lining failures. Applying inspection methods
shall be as described hereafter.
‫ﺑﺎزرس ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻠﺘﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا از اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ روﺷﻬﺎي ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﺪه در زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﻔﺮه ﻫﺎ‬1-2-8-16
16.8.2.1 Voids
A void is a place in the pipe or equipment
where the cement lining is not continuous.
‫ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﺣﻔﺮه در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
Each pipe shall be inspected immediately after
the application by looking through the pipe
from each end, (for pipe less than 600 mm ID),
and a person to enter (for pipe larger than 600
mm ID), using a strong light on the other end.
Voids appear as dark places in the shiny
surface of the wet lining. They shall be
repaired immediately to obtain their required
thickness. The cured pipe shall be reinspected
for voids before acceptance by the Company.
‫ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﺮدن از دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ( و ورود‬600 ‫)ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ )ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
ً‫ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻮر ﻗﻮي در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﻮرا‬،(‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬600
‫ ﺣﻔﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﺎه در ﺳﻄﺢ‬.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﺻﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬.‫ ﻓﻮراً ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آوردن ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﺮهﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻗﺒﻮل ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﺪداً ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-2-8-16
16.8.2.2 Lining thickness
16.8.2.2.1 Cement thickness at and near each
end of the pipe shall be determined by internal
caliper and measuring scale. Cement thickness
near the center of the pipe shall be measured by
cutting the pipe and examining the new ends.
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن را در داﺧﻞ و ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻫﺮ‬1-2-2-8-16
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﺑﺰار اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ و‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬.‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﺳﻨﺞ‬
173
‫)‪IPS-C-TP-352(1‬‬
‫ﺧﺮداد ‪May 2010 / 1389‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮش ﻟﻮﻟﻪ و ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ دو ﺳﺮ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﻮد‪ .‬ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺑﺎزرس ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه از‬
‫ﻃﺮف ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The number of pipes to be cut shall be agreed‬‬
‫‪upon between applicator and the inspector‬‬
‫‪nominated by the Company.‬‬
‫‪ 2-2-2-8-16‬ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺳﻴﻤﺎن را‬
‫‪16.8.2.2.2 Poor lateral distribution of the‬‬
‫‪cement mix can sometimes be detected by‬‬
‫‪looking through the pipe at the fresh spun‬‬
‫‪lining using a strong light at the other end. The‬‬
‫‪appearance of concentric rings indicates poor‬‬
‫‪lateral cement distribution.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ اوﻗﺎت ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﺮدن از وﺳﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺎزﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮر‬
‫ﻗﻮي از اﻧﺘﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮد‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺪاﻳﺶ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺪاﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3-2-8-16‬ﺷﻜﻢ دادن‬
‫‪16.8.2.3 Sags‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﻧﻴﺮوﻫﺎي ﺗﻨﺶ داﻳﺮهاي و ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﺎزه‪ ،‬ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺛﻘﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻧﻘﺎط از ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺷﻜﻢ‬
‫داده ﻳﺎ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻲ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪If the forces of hoop stress and adhesion in the‬‬
‫‪fresh cement lining are not greater than the‬‬
‫‪force of gravity, the lining sags or pulls away‬‬
‫‪from the pipe surface at some points along the‬‬
‫‪top of the pipe.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ اﺗﺼﺎل را ﻗﺒﻞ و ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺮاﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ از ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﻮر ﻗﻮي در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي‬
‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﻮد‪ .‬ﺷﻜﻢ دادن ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺻﺎف ﺑﺰرگ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻓﻮﻗﺎﻧﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪Each joint shall be inspected before and after‬‬
‫‪curing by looking through the pipe from each‬‬
‫‪end, using a strong light at the other end. Sags‬‬
‫‪appear as large smooth lumps in the lining at‬‬
‫‪the top of the pipe.‬‬
‫‪ 4-2-8-16‬ﻋﻴﻮب در دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫‪16.8.2.4 Defective ends‬‬
‫‪The types of end defects include:‬‬
‫اﻧﻮاع ﻋﻴﻮب اﻧﺘﻬﺎ ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‪:‬‬
‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﻗﺮار‬‫ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Lining end not located as specified.‬‬
‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻮر ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪to‬‬
‫‪ -‬اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﮔﻮﻧﻴﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Lining end not perpendicular‬‬
‫‪longitudinal axis of pipe.‬‬
‫‪-‬‬
‫‪- Lining end not square.‬‬
‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﺐ ﭘﺮﻳﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮرده‬‫اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Lining end chipped or cracked.‬‬
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Lining thickness not as specified.‬‬
‫ رزوهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﺦ و ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل‬‫ﺟﻮش‪ ،‬از ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫‪- Threads or welding bevel and land not‬‬
‫‪cleaned of cement.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه از ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‪.‬‬
‫‪- Lining separated from steel pipe surface.‬‬
‫ﻫﺮ دو اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻫﺮ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫‪Both ends of each joint of cement-lined pipe‬‬
‫‪174‬‬
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
shall be inspected before and after curing for
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ﻗﺒﻞ و ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻴﻮب ﻧﺎﻣﺒﺮده ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
the defects mentioned above.
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
If the ends of the cement-lined pipe are not as
specified, it is very difficult to make a
corrosion-resistant joint in the pipe. Therefore
end defects shall be a major cause for rejection.
‫اﮔﺮ دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ آﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ ﻗﺮار دادن ﻳﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﻋﻴﻮب دو ﺳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﺖ‬.‫در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺳﺨﺖ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻋﻤﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺮدود ﺷﺪن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Cement-lined pipe is damaged most often at
the ends during transportation and handling.
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ اوﻗﺎت در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺣﻤﻞ‬
.‫و ﻧﻘﻞ و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﺮدن از دو ﺳﺮ آﺳﻴﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﺪ‬
Therefore ends shall also be inspected before
the pipe is installed. Any repaired ends shall
meet the specification and shall always be
reinspected.
.‫ دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ‬،‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬،‫ﻫﺮ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﻛﻪ روي دو ﺳﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ و ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ و اﺧﺘﻼط ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬5-2-8-16
16.8.2.5 Foreign material and poor mixing
The quality control inspector shall ensure that
the lining plant is operated and maintained so
that no foreign material is introduced into the
cement lining or its components during
handling, mixing, storage or at any other time.
He shall also ensure that all components are
thoroughly mixed in the correct proportions.
‫ﺑﺎزرس ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮري‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ راه اﻧﺪازي و اﺑﻘﺎء ﺷﺪه‬
‫ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬،‫ اﺧﺘﻼط‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ زﻣﺎن دﻳﮕﺮ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ اﺟﺰاء آن‬
‫ در ﺿﻤﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم‬.‫وارد ﻧﮕﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫اﺟﺰاء ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﻫﺎي ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﮔﺮدﻳﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
Foreign material or poor mixing are indicated
by the appearance of spots or small rough
lumps in the fresh lining.
‫ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﺪاﻳﺶ ﻟﻜﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻳﺎ اﺧﺘﻼط ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
.‫ﺗﻮدهﻫﺎي زﺑﺮ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺎزه ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺮك ﻫﺎ‬6-2-8-16
16.8.2.6 Cracks
،‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﺮك ﻫﺎ و ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ اﺛﺮ زﻳﺎن آور آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ دﻳﺪن ﺗﺮك ﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ اﺳﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺰرگ ﺑﻮده و از ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫ورود ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ روﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻮر و آﻳﻨﻪ اي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺮار دارد و ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان آن را ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه وارد ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ روﺷﻦ ﺷﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را در آﻳﻨﻪ‬،‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺧﺼﻠﺖ ﻗﻠﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﺮك ﻫﺎ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮش‬،‫ﺑﻮدن ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬
‫ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ اﮔﺮ‬.‫ﺧﻮرده اﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻧﮕﺮدﻳﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫ و اﮔﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل آب ﻧﻤﻚ‬،‫ﺳﻴﺎل ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺗﺮك ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺋﻴﻦ‬،‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The detection of cracks and the correct
evaluation of the detrimental effect of cracks is
the most difficult part of inspection. Unless the
pipe is large enough for a man to enter, lining
cracks are difficult to see unless viewed from a
point perpendicular to the surface of the lining.
The best inspection tool consists of a light
source and a mirror on the end of a rod which
can be inserted into the lined pipe. The
inspector can look into the end of the pipe and
see the illuminated surface of the lining in the
mirror. Under some conditions the cracks in
cement lining either ’heal’ or do not lead to
corrosion of the pipe because of the inherent
alkalinity of the cement. However, if the fluid
175
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
is corrosive, e.g. salt water, and if pressure
surges are present, even hair cracks can cause
corrosion failure of the pipe.
.‫ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ در اﺛﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Most cracking occurs when the lining is
allowed to dry out during curing, transportation
and storage. The quality control inspector shall
ensure that the lining is still moist after
inspection and that air-tight end caps are placed
and maintained on the pipe.
‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ و‬، ‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬
‫ اﻛﺜﺮا ﺗﺮكﻫﺎ اﻳﺠﺎد‬،‫اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﻓﺮﺻﺖ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﻨﻮز ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﺑﻮده و‬
‫درﭘﻮشﻫﺎي اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻮا ﺑﻨﺪ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪه و روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اﺑﻘﺎ‬
.‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
The lining of each pipe shall be inspected for
cracks after curing, transportation, storage and
handling.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻫﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎي ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻞ‬
.‫ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬،‫آوري‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي‬3-8-16
16.8.3 Criteria for rejection
Any of the following can be the reason for
rejecting the lined part:
‫ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ دﻟﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي‬
:‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
- Deviation from lining thickness, endfinish
or
lining
composition
requirements.
‫ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ‬،‫ ﺗﺨﻄﻲ از اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
- Defects in the lining (voids, sags, lumps,
water cutting, excessive cracking
porosity, softness, etc.)
،‫ ﺷﻜﻢ دادن‬،‫ ﻋﻴﻮب در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ )ﺣﻔﺮهﻫﺎ‬‫ ﺗﺨﻠﺨﻞ ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ‬،‫ ﺑﺮش آب‬،‫ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪﻫﺎ‬
.(‫ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮو‬،‫از اﻧﺪازه‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
The intention in cement lining is to produce a
crack-free lining; however, cracking often
occurs. If cracks expose steel or weaken the
hoop stress of the lining, the pipe should be
rejected. Since a limited number of hair cracks
can be tolerated in certain cement-lined pipe
applications, the acceptance or rejection of pipe
with a cracked lining shall be left to the
discretion of the inspector nominated by the
Company.
‫ﻫﺪف از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻋﺎري از‬
‫ﺗﺮك اﺳﺖ؛ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ اوﻗﺎت ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ در ﻓﻮﻻد ﺗﺮكﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن ﺷﺪﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﺶ داﻳﺮهاي‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺮدود ﻛﺮد‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﺪهاي از ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎي ﻣﻮﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ ﻗﺒﻮل ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺧﺎص را اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺮدود ﺳﺎزي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮرده ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
.‫ﺻﻼﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎزرس ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه از ﻃﺮف ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
. ‫ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪن ﺳﻴﻤﺎن از ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬-
- Separation of the cement from the
substrate surface.
.‫ وارد ﺷﺪن آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬-
- Damage to pipe ends or equipment edge.
176
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ دﻳﺮﮔﺪاز‬-17
17. REFRACTORY LINING
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-17
17.1 General
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي دﻳﺮﮔﺪاز‬17 ‫ ﺑﻨﺪ‬1-1-17
17.1.1 This Clause 17 specifies requirements
for refractory brick or refractory concrete
lining for process equipment.
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ را ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
17.1.2 Refractory lining applied to equipment
fabricated in metals.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ دﻳﺮﮔﺪاز اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬2-1-17
17.1.3 Requirements for design and fabrication
of the equipment, the state of preparation
necessary for the surface to be lined and
thickness of lining shall be according to IPS-ETP-350, Clause 15.
‫ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ‬،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1-17
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﻠﺰي‬
‫ﺿﺮورت آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬15 ‫و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬IPS-E-TP-350
17.1.4 The Company inspector may stop lining
operations when conditions such as 7.1.6.
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬4-1-17
17.1.5 The lined equipment shall be identified
as stated in 8.1.10.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬5-1-17
17.1.6 The applicator of the lining shall
provide a certificate of inspection and testing in
accordance with 8.1.11 when requested.
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ زﻣﺎن ﻛﻪ‬6-1-17
.‫ اﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬6-1-7 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬10-1-8 ‫اﻇﻬﺎر ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺎﺿﺎ ﺷﺪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻪاي از ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن را ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬11-1-8
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي‬2-17
17.2 Preparation
17.2.1 Preparation of material for use
17.2.1.1 Storage of
materials (see Note)
refractory
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺼﺮف‬1-2-17
cement
‫ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ دﻳﺮﮔﺪاز‬1-1-2-17
‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬،‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺒﺎر ﻛﺮدن اﺻﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬1-1-1-2-17
17.2.1.1.1 When not properly stored the
factory-prepared dry mix may absorb moisture,
which will cause setting. Such material will
contain lumps, and shall be discarded.
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬،‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪاي ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ را ﺟﺬب ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻠﻮﺧﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮش ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫دور رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺰان‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط اﻧﺒﺎر ﺷﺪه ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮد‬2-1-1-2-17
17.2.1.1.2 If the stored mix becomes hot, the
rate of moisture absorption will accelerate upon
cooling, the mix shall therefore always be
stored in a cool and dry atmosphere.
،‫ﺟﺬب رﻃﻮﺑﺖ در راﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪن ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط را در ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺳﺮد و ﺧﺸﻚ ﻧﮕﻪ‬،‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫دارﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﻫﺎي داراي ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺧﺸﻚ در‬3-1-1-2-17
17.2.1.1.3 If bags containing dry mix are stored
in the open air (allowed for a maximum of two
days only). They shall always be placed on a
ventilated platform, off the ground and
protected by a covering, e.g. a tarpaulin and so
arranged that water cannot come into contact
with any of the bags. Care shall also be taken
‫ﻫﻮاي آزاد اﻧﺒﺎر ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي دو روز ﻣﺠﺎز‬
‫ ﺟﺪا از‬،‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ روي ﺳﻜﻮي ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺷﺪه‬.(‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮزﻧﺖ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬،‫زﻣﻴﻦ و ﺑﺎ روﻛﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ آب ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺪ در ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻛﻴﺴﻪ وارد‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ از اﻣﻜﺎن رﻃﻮﺑﺖ زﻣﻴﻦ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
177
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
to avoid the possibility of ground moisture
causing a high humidity underneath the
covering.
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ زﻳﺎد در زﻳﺮ روﻛﺶ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
17.2.1.1.4 Materials shall not be piled directly
on the ground or floor. Pallets and/or planking
must be used.
‫ ﻣﻮاد را ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ روي زﻣﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻒ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻪ‬4-1-1-2-17
17.2.1.1.5 If the dry mix has been stored for
more than 6 months, its quality shall be
checked before use. In general checking of the
bulk density and compressive strength will be
sufficient.
‫ ﻣﺎه اﻧﺒﺎر‬6 ‫ اﮔﺮ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬5-1-1-2-17
.‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬/‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭘﺎﻟﺖﻫﺎ و‬.‫ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻣﺼﺮف ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ و اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻓﺸﺎري‬
.‫ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺖ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
For storage of refractory bricks see 15.5.1.
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1-5-15 ‫ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ آﺟﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﺴﻮز ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﺧﺘﻼط‬2-1-2-17
17.2.1.2 Mixing
17.2.1.2.1 Water for mixing the refractory shall
be cool, free of impurities, and from a chemical
stand point good enough to drink.
‫ آب ﺑﺮاي اﺧﺘﻼط ﻣﻮاد دﻳﺮ ﮔﺪاز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬1-2-1-2-17
‫ ﻋﺎري از ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺼﻲ و از ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻧﺪازه‬،‫ﺧﻨﻚ‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي آﺷﺎﻣﻴﺪن ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﺧﺘﻼط ﺑﺎ آب ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ‬2-2-1-2-17
17.2.1.2.2 Mixing with water should preferably
be carried out in a mixing machine such as a
paddle-type mixer which empties itself
completely on discharge. The duration of
machine mixing shall be kept to the minimum
necessary for thorough mixing, and is usually a
matter of three to four minutes. Prolonged
mixing shall be avoided.
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦ ﻫﻤﭽﻮن ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦ ﻧﻮع ﭘﺎروﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم‬،‫در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺧﺮوج ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻮدش را ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﻻزم‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﺮدن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﺧﺘﻼط ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد و ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً اﻣﺮي ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ از ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻛﺮدن اﺧﺘﻼط ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ‬.‫ﭼﻬﺎر دﻗﻴﻘﻪاي ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻧﻤﻮد‬
17.2.1.2.3 Mixers should be clean and free of
old mortar, Portland cement, lime, and dirt, to
avoid contamination of the castable.
‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﻋﺎري از ﻣﻼت‬3-2-1-2-17
17.2.1.2.4 Before commencing, the mixer
should be checked for mechanical reliability to
prevent breakdown while placement is in
progress.
‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦ را ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﻛﺮدن‬4-2-1-2-17
17.2.1.2.5 The size of the batch used for hand
mixing shall be limited to a volume that will
permit thorough mixing and pouring within 15
minutes from the moment mixing has started,
particularly at high ambient temperatures.
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﺧﺘﻼط دﺳﺘﻲ‬5-2-1-2-17
17.2.1.2.6 The freshly mixed concrete shall be
of a soft puddling consistency so that no
‫ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎزﮔﻲ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬6-2-1-2-17
‫ آﻫﻚ و ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﻮده ﺗﺎ از‬،‫ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺼﺮف ﺷﺪه‬
.‫آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﻣﻮاد رﻳﺨﺘﮕﻲ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﮔﺬاري در ﺣﺎل اﻧﺠﺎم اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫اﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ از ﻟﺤﻈﻪاي ﻛﻪ‬15 ‫اﺧﺘﻼط و رﻳﺰش ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺪود‬
‫ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎً در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي‬،‫ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﺮدن ﺷﺮوع ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﻮد‬
178
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
tamping is required. Tamping consistencies
may be used on some work, such as on sleep
slopes, to eliminate the cost of form work.
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻧﺮم ﭘﻮرهاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺮدن‬
‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮطﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺮده را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان روي ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از‬.‫ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺬف ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬،‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺷﻴﺒﻬﺎي ﺧﻮاﺑﻴﺪه‬،‫ﻛﺎرﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
17.2.1.2.7 It should be borne in mind that the
use of excessive amounts of mixing water will
reduce cold (unfired) strength and will cause
excessive shrinkage.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬7-2-1-2-17
17.2.1.2.8 During cold weather the water
temperature shall not be less than 5°C.
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻮا ﺳﺮد اﺳﺖ دﻣﺎي آب‬8-2-1-2-17
17.2.2 Preparation of surface to be lined
‫ آﻣﺎدهﺳﺎزيﺳﻄﺤﻲﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-2-17
‫ﺑﻴﺶ از اﻧﺪازه آب اﺧﺘﻼط ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
.‫ﺳﺮد )ﺑﺪون ﭘﺨﺘﻦ( و ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﻧﻘﺒﺎض ﺑﻴﺶ از اﻧﺪازه ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬5 ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ﺷﻮد‬
Surface to be lined shall be thoroughly sand
blasted with sharp, abrasive sand or wire
brushed to remove all unbounded scale, slag,
rust, and other foreign materials. All sand
blasting dust shall be removed before applying
lining material.
‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮس ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺬف ﻛﻠﻴﻪ رﺳﻮﺑﺎت‬،‫ﺗﻴﺰ‬
‫ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬،‫ زﻧﮓ‬،‫ ﺳﺮﺑﺎره‬،‫ﺳﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎك ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ‬.‫ﺳﻨﺪﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺣﺬف ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
"‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد "ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ ﺗﺠﺎري‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻧﺒﺎل ﺷﻮد و ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ درﺟﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ISO 8501 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬Sa2
(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-C-TP-101
Standard "commercial blast cleaning" practices
shall be followed, and finish shall be to ISO
Standard 8501 grade Sa 2 (see also IPS-C-TP101).
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي اﻋﻤﺎل‬3-17
17.3 Application Methods
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-3-17
17.3.1 General
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ ﺧﺎص ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬1-1-3-17
17.3.1.1 During application special care shall
be taken that all irregular areas and corners are
completely filled and that voids or air pockets
are precluded. If any surface finish is required,
the surface should simply be leveled off with a
screed or a wood float. The surface shall not be
troweled to a slick finish, e.g. with a steel
trowel.
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻲ ﻧﻈﻢ و ﮔﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻮﻫﺎن زده‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺣﻔﺮه ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﻣﺴﺪود ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ را ﺑﺴﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ‬،‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ‬.‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﭼﻬﺎرﺳﻮ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻛﺮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺻﻴﻘﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬
‫ ﺑﺘﻦ و ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻦ روي‬،‫ در ﻫﻮاي ﺳﺮد‬2-1-3-17
17.3.1.2 During cold weather the concrete and
the surface to which it will be applied shall be
kept at a temperature above 5°C both during
application and curing. This shall be
accomplished by providing an enclosure in
which a temperature above 5°C is maintained
during mixing, application and curing. Linings
containing water shall be protected against
freezing; however, live steam shall not be used
for this purpose.
‫آن اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻫﺮ دو در ﺣﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل و ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر‬.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬5 ‫در دﻣﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺣﺼﺎري ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎ را در ﺣﻴﻦ اﺧﺘﻼط‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬5 ‫و ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ آﺑﺪار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻳﺦ‬.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫زدﮔﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ؛ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫اﻳﻦ ﻫﺪف اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
179
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
17.3.1.3 Expansion joints in the lining shall in
general be provided every 1.5 to 2.0 mm
horizontal and vertical direction.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻄﻮر‬3-1-3-17
Straight through joints filled with ceramic
fiber board or ceramic fiber blanket (see BS
6466) should be acceptable where local
experience has shown them to be satisfactory.
Ceramic fiber blanket shall be compressed to
around 60% of its nominal thickness and
contained in a compressed state in e.g. an
expanded metal cage. Straight-through joints
are not recommended for unshielded walls or
roofs of the radiant sections. In linings of steel
stacks the carving of horizontal shrink slits 1
mm wide and 1/5th of the lining thickness deep
should be carried out at distances of
approximately 2.0 m.
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﺘﻪاي ﻳﺎ‬
‫اﻟﻴﺎف ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ روﻛﺶ دار ﭘﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد( در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ رﺿﺎﻳﺖ‬BS 6466
‫ اﻟﻴﺎف‬.‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻮدن آﻧﻬﺎ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ از ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬60 ‫ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ روﻛﺶ دار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺣﺪود‬
‫ در‬،ً‫اﺳﻤﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺸﺮدﮔﻲ ﻣﺜﻼ‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮ‬.‫ﻳﻚ ﻗﻔﺲ ﻓﻠﺰي ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﺷﺪه ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺮاي دﻳﻮارﻫﺎي ﺑﺪون ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻘﻒ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬
‫ در ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ دودﻛﺶﻫﺎ‬.‫زاوﻳﻪدار ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬1 ‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﻨﺪه ﻛﺎري ﺷﻜﺎفﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﺪه اﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ‬1/5 ‫ﻋﺮض و‬
.‫ ﻣﺘﺮ اﺟﺮا ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬2 ً‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬2 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1/5 ‫ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮ ﻧﺴﻮز‬2-3-17
17.3.2 Refractory brick lining
Application method for refractory brick lining
is the same as chemical resistance brick lining.
For refractory brick lining, refractory bricks are
used in conjunction with refractory concrete
(17.3.3).
‫روش اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮ ﻧﺴﻮز ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫آﺟﺮ ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﺟﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﺴﻮز را در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺴﻮز‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮ ﻧﺴﻮز‬
.(3-3-17) ‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺒﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻧﺴﻮز‬3-3-17
17.3.3 Refractory cement lining
Application of refractory cement lining may be
either by casting or gunning (shotcreting) either
in place or be prelining. For gunning with a dry
gun 30% in excess of design quality calculated
shall be required and for casting 10%.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﻧﺴﻮز را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي ﻳﺎ‬
‫ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻳﺎ در ﺣﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،(‫ﭘﺎﺷﺸﻲ )ﺷﺎت ﻛﺮﻳﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﺎﺷﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ‬.‫ﻗﺒﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬10 ‫ درﺻﺪ و ﺑﺮاي ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي‬30 ‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ روﺷﻬﺎي ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز‬1-3-3-17
17.3.3.1 Refractory casting methods
17.3.3.1.1 Casting in a horizontal positionCasting in a horizontal position permits easy
inspection and requires neither skilled labor nor
any special equipment. This method can only
be used for new work; its interference with
steel structural work as well as the special care
required while lifting and assembling the lined
sections or panels are serious drawbacks.
‫ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑــﺎزرﺳﻲ‬1-1-3-3-17
Sufficient space will be required for handling
the sections or panels, see Figs. 11 and 12.
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻻزم ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬12 ‫ و‬11 ‫ﺑﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺎدهاي دارد و ﻧﻴﺎزي ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﻫﺮ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺧﺎﺻﻲ‬
،‫ اﻳﻦ روش را ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎر ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬.‫ﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ آن ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎر ﺳﺎزه ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﻌﻼوه ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن و ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ ﺟﺪي ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
180
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻮدي‬2-1-3-3-17
17.3.3.1.2 Casting in a vertical position
The application of this method shall be
restricted to minor repairs and to those cases
where gunning or horizontal casting is not
feasible.
‫اﻋﻤﺎل اﻳﻦ روش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺟﺰﻳﻲ و آن ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺷﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي اﻓﻘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
The method requires shuttering, which shall be
a maximum of 500 mm high, see Fig. 13. The
shuttering shall be made reasonably water-tight
and the inside surfaces shall be sufficiently
oiled, but without excess.
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي‬،‫اﻳﻦ روش ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻨﺪي دارد‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬13 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬500
‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺗﺎً ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آب ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺳﻄﻮح داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ اﻣﺎ ﻧﻪ زﻳﺎد روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
Dry wooden shuttering may need a treatment to
prevent the absorption of mixing water from
the fresh concrete.
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻨﺪي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از‬
‫ﺟﺬب آب اﺧﺘﻼط ﺷﺪه از ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﺎزه ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺑﻬﺴﺎزي داﺷﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The concrete shall be cast evenly along the
length of the shuttering and consolidated in
order to obtain a homogeneous composition.
Skilled labor and close supervision shall be
imperative.
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻫﻤﻮار در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻃﻮل ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻨﺪي رﻳﺨﺘﻪ‬
،‫ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آوردن ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ ﻫﻤﮕﻦ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﻲ اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻛﺎرﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﻫﺮ و ﻧﻈﺎرت ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
181
‫ﺧﺮداد ‪May 2010 / 1389‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-TP-352(1‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت اﻟﻒ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻪ اﻟﻴﺎف ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪Shop weld‬‬
‫ﺟﻮش ﻛﺎرﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺟﻮش ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫دﻳﻮار ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
‫ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت اﻟﻒ‬
‫اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪Dimensions in mm.‬‬
‫‪Fig. 11-HORIZONTAL CASTING ON SEPARATE PANELS AT GROUND LEVEL‬‬
‫)‪AND SUBSEQUENT ASSEMBLY (ANCHORING NOT SHOWN‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -11‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي اﻓﻘﻲ روي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﺟﺪا در ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻌﺪي )ﻣﻬﺎرﺑﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(‬
‫‪182‬‬
‫ﺧﺮداد ‪May 2010 / 1389‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-TP-352(1‬‬
‫ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت اﻟﻒ‬
‫)ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ(‬
‫ج‬
‫ﺗﺨﺘﻪ اﻟﻴﺎف‬
‫ﺳﺮاﻣﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ب‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز‬
‫دﻳﻮارﻓﻮﻻدي‬
‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ب‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫د‬
‫ج‬
‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫د‬
‫‪Section turned, casting on CD‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي روي ج‪-‬د‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺷﺪه‬
‫د‬
‫‪Casting on panel AD‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي روي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮي اﻟﻒ‪-‬د‬
‫ج‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ زﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ب‬
‫ب‬
‫‪Secton turned,casting on AB‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي روي اﻟﻒ‪-‬ب‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ج‬
‫‪Section turned ,casting on BC‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي روي ب‪-‬ج‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ ﺷﺪه‬
‫‪Fig. 12- HORIZONTAL CASTING INSIDE PRE-ASSEMBLED PANELS‬‬
‫)‪(ANCHORING NOT SHOWN‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -12‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي اﻓﻘﻲ داﺧﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬
‫)ﻣﻬﺎرﺑﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(‬
‫‪183‬‬
‫ﺧﺮداد ‪May 2010 / 1389‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-TP-352(1‬‬
‫دﻳﻮار ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز‬
‫‪ Shuttering‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪Fig. 13-VERTICAL CASTING OF REFRACTORY‬‬
‫)‪(ANCHORING NOT SHOWN‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -13‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز‬
‫)ﻣﻬﺎرﺑﻨﺪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻧﺸﺪه(‬
‫‪184‬‬
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
17.3.3.1.3 Forms (shuttering) for casting
(‫ ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي )ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻨﺪي‬3-1-3-3-17
Both wood and metal forms used for casting
hydraulic setting castable refractories should be
rigid and strong to prevent movement due to
the pressures and loads that develop during
placement. The forms should be coated with
acid free oil or "parting compound" to prevent
wood forms from absorbing water from the
castable and to allow the form, metal or wood,
to part easily when the forms are removed.
‫ﻫﺮ دو ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﻫﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ و ﻓﻠﺰي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﻴﺮش‬
،‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ رﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي ﻧﺴﻮز ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺻﻠﺐ و ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ در اﺛﺮ ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎ و‬
‫ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي وارده ﺣﻴﻦ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫اﺳﻴﺪ ﻋﺎري از روﻏﻦ ﻳﺎ "ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺟﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪه" ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐﻫﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ از ﺟﺬب آب از ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮده و ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪن راﺣﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻓﻠﺰي و ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬
.‫ﺟﺪاﻛﺮدن از ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
Forms for casting tubular lines or stacks may
be tubular collapsible steel, or tubular concrete
forms, such as "so no voids", which are
constructed of heavy cardboard and water
proofed on the outside diameter.
-‫ﺷﻜﻞﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ دودﻛﺶ‬
-‫ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬،‫ﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از ﻓﻮﻻد ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺎي ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي ﺷﻜﻞ "ﺑﺪون ﺧﻠﻞ و ﻓﺮج" ﻛﻪ از ﻣﻘﻮاي‬
.‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺿﺪ آب‬
The refractory contractor shall be responsible
for furnishing accurately made forms, suitable
for the work being handled. All form designs
shall be submitted in complete detail for
approval by Company and the Contractor.
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻗﻴﻖ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ و‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮل‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ و ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
Wooden or cardboard forms are to be carefully
removed after castable has set, under no
circumstances are these forms to be burned off,
because in so doing, high temperatures are
"flashed" on the face of the still "green"
castable, usually resulting in damage to the
face of the lining or even the entire lining.
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ و ﻣﻘﻮاﻳﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﮔﻴﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ ﺟﺪا‬
،‫ و ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﻮزاﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻮن اﻧﺠﺎم ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎري ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه روي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﻮز "ﺳﺒﺰ" و ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻞ‬،‫رﻳﺰي اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺳﻴﺐ وارد ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي‬4-1-3-3-17
17.3.3.1.4 Casting process
Pour refractory behind forms using funnels and
sheet metal tubes as required.
‫ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻗﻴﻔﻬﺎ و ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎي ورق ﻓﻠﺰي‬
.‫ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻗﺎﻟﺐﻫﺎ رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Cast refractory shall be applied in a manner
which will minimize material segregation. All
material shall be thoroughly worked into place
and air bubbles expelled within 15 minutes
from the moment when mixing started.
‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺟﺪاﻳﺶ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ در ﻣﺤﻞ‬.‫ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
،‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ از ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺷﺮوع اﺧﺘﻼط‬15 ‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه و در ﻋﺮض‬
.‫ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﻫﻮا ﺧﺎرج ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Each batch from the mixer shall be so placed
that the full thickness of the lining will be
reached, using temporary weirs as necessary.
On no account shall another layer be added
later to complete the lining.
‫ﻫﺮ ﻣﺤﻤﻮﻟﻪ از ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ اي ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﺗﺎ‬
‫در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﻴﺮي ﺳﺮرﻳﺰﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ از آن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻻﻳﻪ دﻳﮕﺮي‬.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
Once application has started it shall proceed
without interruption until the entire lining of
the part concerned has been completed. If an
unavoidable interruption does occur, the wet
‫ ﺑﺪون ﻗﻄﻊ ﭘﺲ از‬،‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ رﻳﺰي ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺷﺮوع اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ‬،‫ﻗﻄﻊ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
185
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
edge of the lining shall be cut back at right
angle to the surface to give an edge of full
thickness. All material ahead of the cut shall be
removed and discarded.
‫زاوﻳﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺮش ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد ﺟﻠﻮي ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﮔﻲ‬.‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺬف و دور رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
If any surface finish is required, the surface
should simply be leveled off with a screed or a
wood float. The surface shall not be troweled
to a slick finish, e.g. with a steel trowel.
‫ ﺑﺮاﺣﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ را ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻳﻚ ﺷﻤﺸﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻮب ﺗﺨﺖ ﺗﺮاز ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺻﻴﻘﻠﻲ و ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬
.‫ﻣﺎﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪ‬
To make certain that refractory is placed free of
voids use magnetic vibrators or ram rod. Do
not excessively vibrate or ram, but agitate only
sufficiently to assure good flow. Care must be
taken not to vibrate or ram after initial set
occurs, which is approximately 15 to 20
minutes after mixing.
،‫ ﺑﺪون ﺣﻔﺮه ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز‬
‫ از‬.‫از ﻟﺮزاﻧﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﺒﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﻣﺎ‬،‫ﻟﺮزاﻧﺪن ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﺒﻪ زدن زﻳﺎد ﺧﻮدداري ﻛﺮده‬
‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺧﻮب ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﻢ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ‬15 ً‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﻗﺖ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻌﺪ از ﮔﻴﺮش اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻟﺮزش ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﺒﻪ‬،‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺧﺘﻼط اﺳﺖ‬20
.‫زدن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ روش ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز ﺑﺎ ﺗﻔﻨﮓ‬2-3-3-17
17.3.3.2 Refractory gunning method
a) Gunning (shotcreting) should normally
be done with a dry gun. The addition
of the correct quantity of water in the
dry mix at the spray gun and the even
mixing of the concrete are completely
dependent on the skill and the
attentiveness of the gun crew. Skilled
labor and close supervision shall be
imperative.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻔﻨﮓ )ﺷﺎت ﻛﺮﻳﺖ( ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
b) This method shall be employed after
erection of the steel structure is
finished, it is suitable for applying
linings in horizontal, vertical and
overhead positions.
‫ب ( اﻳﻦ روش را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪن ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺎزه‬
c) Once gunning has started the application
of the lining shall be continuous until
the whole lining or section is
completed.
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ج ( ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺷﺮوع ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻔﻨﮓ‬
d) Work shall always proceed along the
wet edge of the band just finished, and
reach full lining thickness as quickly as
possible before proceeding to another
panel. Vertical walls shall be gunned in
horizontal bands, working upwards
from the bottom of the area to be lined.
‫د ( ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻛﺎر را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻟﺒﻪ ﺗﺮ ﻧﻮاري ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎزه‬
‫ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ آب ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺗﻔﻨﮓ ﺧﺸﻚ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﺧﺘﻼط ﺧﺸﻚ در ﺗﻔﻨﮓ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ و اﺧﺘﻼط‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻬﺎرت و‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﻫﺮ و‬.‫دﻗﺖ ﮔﺮوه ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻔﻨﮓ دارد‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ اﻟﺰاﻣﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ اﻓﻘﻲ‬،‫ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮدي و ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪن ﺗﻤﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ و ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ روي ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ‬،‫ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه اداﻣﻪ داد‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن دارد‬،‫دﻳﮕﺮي اﻗﺪام ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ رﺳﻴﺪ‬
‫دﻳﻮارﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻧﻮارﻫﺎي اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎر از‬
‫ﻛﻒ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﻄﺮف ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
186
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ج‬
e) In those cases where the size of the unit
precludes successive band placement
before initial setting has taken place, or
where the gunning will be interrupted
for more than 10 minutes, the working
edge shall be cut back to full thickness
at right angle to the steel wall. All
material ahead of the cut shall be
removed and discarded.
‫ﻫ( در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺪازه دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻣﺎﻧﻊ از ﻗﺮار دادن‬
f) On jobs where the gunning of the lining
will not be a continuous operation, the
day’s work shall not be terminated
until a unit or section is finished, which
means that the work shall cease only at
natural stopping points of complete
sub-sections.
‫و ( در ﻛﺎرﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻔﻨﮓ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
g) The tolerance of the lining thickness in
gunning method shall be ±5 mm.
‫ز ( رواداري ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در روش ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ‬
h) Sections of the lining below their
minimum thickness shall be cut out
entirely and replaced. At no stage shall
additional material be placed over
previously applied material to build up
the required thickness.
‫ح ( ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
i) Where trimming will be necessary it
shall be done by edge cutting with a
trowel; surface smoothing by trowel
shall be avoided.
‫ اﻳﻨﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ط ( ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺬف زاﺋﺪهﻫﺎ ﺿﺮوري اﺳﺖ‬
j) Only qualified personnel thoroughly
familiar
and
experienced
with
pneumatic application of refractory
concrete shall be employed for this
work.
‫ي ( ﻓﻘﻂ اﻓﺮاد واﺟﺪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ و ﻛﺎﻣﻼً آﺷﻨﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
، ‫ﻧﻮار ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﮔﻴﺮش اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻔﻨﮓ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺑﻴﺶ از ده دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺤﺖ‬،‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫زاوﻳﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺮش‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ از ﺑﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه‬.‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫و دور رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ روز ﻛﺎري ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ‬،‫ﺻﻮرت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ‬،‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷﺪن واﺣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﺧﺎﺗﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻘﺎط ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﺎدي از زﻳﺮ‬
.‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬±5 ‫ﺗﻔﻨﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ در ﻫﻴﭻ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه و ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اي ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮاد روي ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز را ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ‬
.‫آورد‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮش ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد و از ﺻﻴﻘﻞ‬
.‫ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺴﻮز ﺑﻪ روش ﺑﺎدي ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻨﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺨﺪام ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
k) Make certain all gunning equipment is
in first class condition and has been
thoroughly cleaned before gunning
operations.
‫ك ( اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﻔﻨﮓ‬
l) Gun nozzles shall be suitable for
handling the refractory material being
applied, and spare nozzles or repair
parts shall be on hand for immediate
use. Hose lengths between gunning
machine and equipment being lined
shall be as short as possible. Excessive
length of hose is more vulnerable to
‫ل ( ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ و ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﺑﻮده‬
‫ ﻃﻮﻟﻬﺎي‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻓﻮري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﻧﺒﺎر ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻠﻨﮓ ﺑﻴﻦ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻣﻌﺮض‬،‫ﻃﻮل ﺷﻠﻨﮓ ﺑﻴﺶ از اﻧﺪازه‬
‫آﺳﻴﺐ و ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ﺳﻮراخ ﺑﻮده و ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي در‬
‫ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻤﺘﺎز ﺑﻮده و ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﻬﺮه‬
.‫ﺑﺮداري از ﺗﻔﻨﮓ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
187
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
plugging and more material is lost in
cleaning.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن از دﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ رود‬
m) All tools, mixing equipment, and water
storage vessels shall be kept clean and
free from contaminating materials such
as Portland cement, lime, sodium
silicate, and the like, before starting the
gunning operation. Contamination will
affect setting and strength.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺧﺘﻼط ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻇﺮوف‬،‫م ( ﺗﻤﺎم اﺑﺰارﻫﺎ‬
n) Refractory materials shall not be applied
in freezing or excessively hot weather
unless precautions are taken to
maintain refractory, steel, and mixing
equipment at as close to an ambient
temperature of 15°C as possible during
mixing, application, and for a
minimum of 24 hours thereafter. No
admixtures of any kind, nor live steam,
shall be used for this purpose.
‫ن ( ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز را ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﻮاي ﻳﺦ ﺑﻨﺪان ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ذﺧﻴﺮه آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري از‬
،‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﻋﺎري از ﻣﻮاد آﻻﻳﻨﺪه ﻧﻈﻴﺮ‬،‫ﺗﻔﻨﮓ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ‬
‫ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ﺳﻴﻠﻴﻜﺎت و ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬،‫ آﻫﻚ‬،‫ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﭘﺮﺗﻠﻨﺪ‬
.‫ آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺑﺮ ﮔﻴﺮش و اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم اﺛﺮ ﻣﻴﮕﺬارد‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﺎده‬،‫اﻧﺪازه داغ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
‫ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺧﺘﻼط ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي‬،‫ ﻓﻮﻻد‬،‫ﻧﺴﻮز‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬15 ‫ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن دارد ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ و ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬،‫ اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد در ﺣﻴﻦ اﺧﺘﻼط‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻦ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي ﻻزم ﺑﻜﺎر‬24
‫ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ از ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫و ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻫﺪف ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ‬
o) The specified thickness of lining shall
not be obtained by building up the
material, nor shall a thickness less than
specified be applied and allowed to set
(see IPS-E-TP-350).
‫س( ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
p) If possible, gunning should be
continued until completion of full
thickness being applied. When it is
necessary to discontinue gunning at an
intermediate point for more than 20
minutes, the insulating layer of a dual
lining or a monolithic lining shall be
cut back immediately to the steel wall
with a steel trowel. This cut shall be
made at a right angle to the steel wall,
this cut back shall be at locations
where the full thickness has been
applied, all materials beyond the cut
shall be discarded. Before gunning is
resumed each of these terminated
sections must be thoroughly cleaned
and wetted in order to damp out any
suction.
‫ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺗﻔﻨﮕﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪن‬،‫ع( در ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن‬
‫ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل و ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-E-TP-350 ‫)ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺪاوم داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺗﻔﻨﮕﻲ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻲ‬،‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮد‬20 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ﭘﻮش داﺧﻠﻲ دوﺗﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺗﺎ دﻳﻮاره ﻓﻮﻻد ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺤﺖ زاوﻳﻪ‬.‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺮش داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ و ﺑﺮش ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﻪ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار ﻓﻮﻻد اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﻧﺠﺎم و ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺑﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دور‬
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع دوﺑﺎره ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺗﻔﻨﮕﻲ‬.‫رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺸﻲ را ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺳﺎزد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﺗﺮ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
q) Failure to carry out this latter operation
may cause lack of adhesion, cracking,
or a powdery surface.
‫ف( ﻋﺪم اﺟﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
r) Material gunned with either too much or
‫ص( ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ آب ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎد ﻳﺎ آب ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻛﻢ‬
‫ ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردن ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮدري‬،‫ﻛﻤﺒﻮد ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
188
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
too little water shall be immediately
removed, and the area re-gunned.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ زدوده و‬،‫ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺗﻔﻨﮕﻲ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ دوﺑﺎره ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺗﻔﻨﮕﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ق( ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ از دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ‬
s) Rebound material or material which
has been removed from plugged
gunning machines or hoses shall be
discarded and under no circumstances
re-used. Rebound material shall not be
permitted to accumulate at any point
where lining has already been applied.
Rebound
material
which
has
accumulated in areas to be lined shall
be completely removed prior to lining
application.
‫ﺗﻔﻨﮕﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻠﻨﮓﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮراخ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﺮون آﻣﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
ً‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دور رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻣﺠﺪدا‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ در ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي ﻛﻪ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻼً ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻪ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ زدوده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري و ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن‬4-17
17.4 Curing and Drying
17.4.1 During the curing period the lining shall
be kept cool in order to avoid cracking or
damage thereof. This can best be accomplished
by using a water spray which shall be applied
as soon as the surface of the lining is hard
enough to permit spraying without washing out
the cement.
‫ در ﺣﻴﻦ دوره ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر اﺟﺘﻨﺎب‬1-4-17
17.4.2 An indication that spraying can start
should normally be obtained when the cement
will no longer stick to a wet hand placed lightly
on the concrete surface. In hot and dry weather
it may be found necessary to start spraying two
or three hours after the concrete has been
placed. The water spray shall merely consist of
a fine mist; a water stream should be avoided.
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل وﻗﺘﻲ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﺗَﺮي ﻛﻪ‬2-4-17
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫از ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردن ﻳﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ آن‬
‫ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬.‫ﺳﺮد ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻤﺤﺾ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن‬،‫از ﭘﺎﺷﺶ آب اﻧﺠﺎم داد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻣﺠﺎز‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺪون ﺷﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي‬.‫ ﻧﭽﺴﺒﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻼﻳﻢ روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺷﺮوع ﻛﺮد اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ﻫﻮاي داغ و ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ را‬
‫ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬.‫دو ﺗﺎ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻗﺮار دادن ﺑﺘﻦ ﺷﺮوع ﻛﺮد‬
‫ و از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن آب‬،‫آب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ذرات رﻳﺰ آب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﻮدداري ﺷﻮد‬
17.4.3 The horizontal parts of the lining should
normally be covered with wet cloths or jute
sacks.
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي اﻓﻘﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل‬3-4-17
17.4.4 Once the water spraying has been
started it shall be continued, preferably without
interruption, for at least 24 hours. If curing is
done in an ambient temperature below 15°C,
curing time in excess of 24 hours is required.
At no time during the curing period shall the
intervals between water spraying be more than
30 minutes.
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ‬،‫ ﺑﻤﺤﺾ ﺷﺮوع ﺷﺪن ﭘﺎﺷﺶ آب‬4-4-17
.‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻫﺎي اﻟﻴﺎف ﻛﻨﻔﻲ ﺗَﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺪاوم‬24 ‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮاي دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري در ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ زﻣﺎن ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﻴﺶ از‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬15
‫ در ﺣﻴﻦ دوره ﻋﻤﻞ آوري در‬.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬24
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬30 ‫ﻫﻴﭻ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ آب ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
A liquid membrane forming compound may be
applied as an alternative to curing of the lining
by water spray, where local experience has
‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ دﻫﻨﺪه ﻏﺸﺎء ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ‬
189
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
shown this to give good results. The compound
shall be applied within 30 min. after the
installation of the lining on to the whole of its
exposed surface in sufficient thickness to
prevent evaporation of water from the lining.
The color of the compound shall contrast with
the lining to facilitate full coverage.
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬،‫آب اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬30 ‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻋﺮض‬.‫ﺧﻮﺑﻲ را اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ روي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ آب از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ رﻧﮓ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﻔﺎوت داﺷﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ را ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
17.4.5 After curing, the concrete shall be
permitted to dry under atmospheric conditions
as long as possible, but not less than 24 hours.
‫ ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬،‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬5-4-17
17.4.6 After this drying period the insulating
refractory concrete shall be inspected and any
cracks 1.5 mm wide or more shall be repaired.
‫ ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺴﻮز ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬،‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻦ دوره ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن‬6-4-17
17.4.7 When equipment with newly installed
linings is put into service (started up), the
temperature in the equipment shall be increased
gradually to expel excess moisture slowly.
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬7-4-17
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ( ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺟﻮي‬24 ‫زﻣﺎن ﻣﻤﻜﻦ )ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ‬1/5 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻋﺮض‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ دﻣﺎي‬،(‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ در ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد )راه اﻧﺪازي ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﺪرﻳﺞ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺮون راﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
The following heating schedule may serve as a
guide:
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ زﻣﺎﻧﺒﻨﺪي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ زﻳﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ‬
:‫رﻫﻨﻤﻮد اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
17.4.7.1 Raise the temperature slowly to 300°C
(measured at the flue duct) at a rate of not more
than 15°C per hour, and maintain this
temperature for about 24 hours. Thereafter
raise the temperature to 500°C in not less than
12 hours. Continue to heat to furnace operating
temperature at a rate of approx. 50°C per hour.
15 ‫ دﻣﺎ را ﺑﻄﻮر آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬1-7-4-17
This heating schedule should be adapted as
necessary to provide a compromise if two or
more different refractory materials have to be
heated up simultaneously.
‫اﮔﺮ ﺗﻌﺪاد دو ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺎده ﻧﺴﻮز ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﮔﺮم‬
‫ ﺿﺮورت دارد ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﺪن ﻳﻚ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ زﻣﺎﻧﺒﻨﺪي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻟﺰوم وﻓﻖ داده ﺷﻮد‬
17.4.7.2 The heating schedule applied shall be
registered by temperature recorders in
conjunction with the installed thermocouples.
‫ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ زﻣﺎﻧﺒﻨﺪي اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬2-7-4-17
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﻻ‬300 ‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد در ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮده )اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي در ﻛﺎﻧﺎل دودﻛﺶ ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮد( و اﻳﻦ‬
،‫ ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻦ‬.‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬24 ‫دﻣﺎ را ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪود‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬500 ‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺗﺎ‬12 ‫دﻣﺎ را ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت‬
‫ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ دﻣﺎي ﻛﻮره ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ را ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان‬.‫اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻫﻴﺪ‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد در ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ اداﻣﻪ دﻫﻴﺪ‬50 ً‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫راﺑﻄﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي‬
.‫دﻣﺎ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ‬5-17
17.5 Transportation
Refractory-lined equipment include piping
shall not transported until at least 24 hours after
the curing operation has been completed.
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪن‬24 ‫ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺗﺎ‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
.‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬
Rigging shall be such that flexure and
‫ ﺑﺎرﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻤﻨﻈﻮر اﺟﺘﻨﺎب از آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
190
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
distortion are prevented in order to avoid
damage to the lining.
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ اي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﺧﻤﻴﺪﮔﻲ و ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ‬6-17
17.6 Installation
For pipes 620 mm and above, weld seams or
joints requiring welding after application of
lining, leave a 76 mm to 84 mm unlined section
each side of seam. After welding and
inspection of weld, thoroughly clean the steel
shell, apply refractory lining according to 17.3.
‫ در ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮف‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي و ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬620 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
‫درزﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
84 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺗﺎ‬76 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻧﻴﺎز دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺪون ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ و‬،‫ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي را ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮده‬،‫و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺟﻮش‬
.‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬3-17 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬7-17
17.7 Repair of Lining
17.7.1 If the lining has to be repaired, the
concrete at the damaged area shall be entirely
removed down to the steel wall in such a way
that a dovetail is obtained, see Fig. 14. Where
needed, additional cleats or V-studs should be
applied.
‫ در‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬1-7-17
17.7.2 Before installing the new lining to a
repair area, the area shall be cleaned by
blowing with an air hose to remove all loose
particles.
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ در ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬2-7-17
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻦ را ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ و ان را ﺗﻤﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮد ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ روي ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي اﺗﺼﺎل دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت‬.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬14 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬، ‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل‬V ‫ﻧﻴﺎز ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻠﻨﮓ ﻫﻮاي ﻓﺸﺮده ﺟﻬﺖ‬،‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮي‬
.‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ذرات ﺳﺴﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
17.7.3 The newly exposed concrete surface
shall then be thoroughly wetted and lining
material of the composition as originally used
shall be applied.
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﺎزﮔﻲ ﺑﺘﻦ آن ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬3-7-17
17.7.4 Normal curing and drying are again
required.
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري و ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن ﻋﺎدي دوﺑﺎره ﻣﻮرد‬4-7-17
17.7.5 Any voids or dry filled spaces will
produce a dull sound. Such spots shall be
chiseled out completely to vessel steel wall,
and laterally to sound refractory material. The
minimum area removed shall be sufficient to
expose at least three studs. The sides of the cut
shall be tapered back towards the equipment
wall forming a keyed hole to form a stronger
patch.
‫ ﺣﻔﺮه ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﭘﺮﺷﺪه ﺧﺸﻚ ﺻﺪاي ﺑﻢ‬5-7-17
‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺧﻴﺲ ﻧﻤﻮده و از ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﻛﻪ در اﺑﺘﺪا ﻣﺼﺮف ﺷﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬
. ‫ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﺎ دﻳﻮاره ﻓﻮﻻدي‬.‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ و از ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﺎ اﺳﻜﻨﻪ ﺗﺮاﺷﻴﺪه‬،‫ﻇﺮف‬
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﺳﻪ ﺗﺎ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﺿﻼع ﺑﺮش را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﭻ را در ﻣﻌﺮض دﻳﺪ ﻗﺮار دﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮف دﻳﻮاره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﭘﺦ دار ﻛﺮد ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
.‫ وﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎري ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﺮي را اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺟﺎ اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ‬
191
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
Dovetail
‫اﺗﺼﺎل دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز‬
‫ﭼﻴﻦ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ دﻳﻮار ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
Fig. 14-REPAIR OF REFRACTORY
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز‬-14 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬8-17
17.8 Inspection and Test Methods
17.8.1 Prior to refractory lining application,
prepare and test the samples in accordance with
17.8.2.
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز‬1-8-17
Mixing and application of field application
shall not proceed until samples are satisfactory.
‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ رﺿﺎﻳﺖ‬،‫اﺧﺘﻼط و اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻮدن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬
After application of lining inspect the part in
accordance with 17.8.3.
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﻤﻮد‬3-8-17 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ آﻣﺎده و آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻤﻮد‬2-8-17 ‫ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
(‫ آزﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﺶ از اﻋﻤﺎل )ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ آزﻣﻮن‬2-8-17
17.8.2 Pre-application tests (test sample)
17.8.2.1 Sample mixtures shall be made of the
refractory to be tested in strict accordance with
the applicable refractory specification before
proceeding to mix and apply for field
installation. Three samples shall be prepared.
‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮزي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬1-2-8-17
‫ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺘﻮر اﻛﻴﺪاً ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز و‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻗﺪام ﺑﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط و اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺮدن در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬
.‫ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
192
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
17.8.2.2 The sample mix shall be water cured
or membrane cured with applicable
specification for 114 mm × 114 mm × 65 mm
sample.
‫ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل‬2-2-8-17
17.8.2.3 Mixing and application for field
installation shall not proceed until samples are
satisfactory.
‫ اﺧﺘﻼط و اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬3-2-8-17
17.8.2.4 Any change in materials or materials
supplied from different manufacturer and
change in water source shall require new
sample mixture testing.
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در ﻣﻮاد ﻳﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻮاد از ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن‬4-2-8-17
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬65 ×‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬114×‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬114‫ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ اﺑﻌﺎد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ آب ﻳﺎ ﻏﺸﺎء ﺳﻔﺖ و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﻮدن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در ﻣﻨﺒﻊ آب ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ دارد‬
ASTM C 860 ‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬5-2-8-17
17.8.2.5 Samples shall be prepared in
accordance with ASTM C860 and compression
tested in accordance with ASTM C93.
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻓﺸﺮدﮔﻲ‬ASTM C 93 ‫آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه و ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه‬3-8-17
17.8.3 Inspection of lined substance
Following initial curing but before drying, test
refractory lining by striking with a ball peen
machinist’s hammer at about 30 cm intervals
over the entire surface.
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ﺑﺪﻧﺒﺎل ﻋﻤﻞ آوري اوﻟﻴﻪ و ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻮاد ﻧﺴﻮز را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ زدن ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻜﺶ ﻧﻮك ﺗﻴﺰ‬
.‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ روي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻤﻮد‬30 ‫در ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﺣﺪود‬
‫ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬-18
18. SAFETY
18.1 Handling
Material
and
Applying
Lining
‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬1-18
Organic lining materials should be stored in
safe, well ventilated areas where sparks,
flames, and the direct rays of the sun can be
avoided. Containers should be kept tightly
sealed until ready for use. Warning tags should
be placed on toxic materials.
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﻟﻲ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺟﺎي اﻳﻤﻦ‬
‫ و اﺷﻌﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬، ‫ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ و در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان از ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‬
‫ ﻇﺮوف را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪن‬.‫ﺧﻮرﺷﻴﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد اﻧﺒﺎر ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺼﺮف ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﻤﻮد‬
.‫ﻫﺸﺪار دﻫﻨﺪه را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻣﻮاد ﺳﻤﻲ ﻗﺮار داد‬
Mixing
presents
many
problems.
Recommended safety rules for mixing
operations include the following:
‫ ﻣﻘﺮرات اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬.‫اﺧﺘﻼط ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﻓﺮاواﻧﻲ را ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﻣﻲآورد‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﺧﺘﻼط ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ از دﺳﺘﻜﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬1-1-18
18.1.1 Use protective gloves.
‫ ﺳﺮ و ﺻﻮرت از ﻇﺮف ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦ دور ﻧﮕﻪ‬2-1-18
18.1.2 Keep the face and head away from the
mixing container.
.‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ از ﻛﺮم ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺻﻮرت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬3-1-18
18.1.3 Use protective face cream.
18.1.4 Avoid splash
inhalation of vapors.
and
spillage,
‫ از ﭘﺎﺷﺶ و رﻳﺨﺖ و ﭘﺎش و اﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎق ﺑﺨﺎرات‬4-1-18
and
.‫ﭘﺮﻫﻴﺰ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ از ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﭼﺸﻢ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬5-1-18
18.1.5 Use eye-protection goggles.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻮاد در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬6-1-18
18.1.6 Mix all materials in well-ventilated
areas away from sparks and flames.
.‫دور از ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
193
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻫﺮزﻣﺎن ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن دارد از ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻛﻦﻫﺎي‬7-1-18
18.1.7 Use low speed mechanical mixers
whenever possible.
.‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻢ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ رﻳﺨﺖ و ﭘﺎش ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮔﺮدد‬8-1-18
18.1.8 Clean up spillage immediately.
‫ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖﻫﺎي دﻣﺎي ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬9-1-18
18.1.9 Check the temperature limitations of
materials being mixed.
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﮔﺮدد‬
high
.‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎري از ﻣﻮاد در دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
Protective devices and equipment required for
application of lining materials are determined
by the type of lining as well as by the
environment. The lining manufacturers should
provide complete mixing and application
instructions, including definite references to
safety
requirements.
Unless
definite
information regarding explosion and toxicity
hazards inherent in the material are provided
by the manufacturer, a written request for such
data should be made before starting the lining
application. Records of previous applications
using similar materials should be examined
also.
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ اﺧﺘﻼط و اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﺸﺨﺼﻲ‬،‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫راﺟﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﺮات اﻧﻔﺠﺎر و ﺳﻤﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﭼﻨﻴﻦ داده ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻮاﺑﻖ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻫﺎي ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬.‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎزدﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Protective face cream is recommended for all
spraying operations. Goggles should be worn
wherever possible.
‫ﻛﺮم ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﺎﺷﺸﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
‫ ﻋﻴﻨﻚ ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن داﺷﺖ‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
Many materials
temperatures.
are
dangerous
at
‫ ﺧﻄﺮات ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ‬2-18
18.2 Health Hazards of Materials
A lining material may be considered a health
hazard when its properties are such that it can
either directly or indirectly cause injury or
incapacitation, either temporary or permanent,
from exposure by contact, inhalation, or
ingestion.
‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮاص ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ آﺳﻴﺐ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺼﻮرت در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ‬،‫از ﻛﺎراﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬،‫ اﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎق ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻌﻴﺪن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫داﺋﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻤﺎس‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
Degrees of health hazard are ranked according
to the probable severity of injury or
incapacitation, as follows:
‫درﺟﺎت ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺪت اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ آﺳﻴﺐ‬
:‫ﻳﺎ از ﻛﺎراﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﮔﺮدﻳﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
18.2.1 Materials which on very short exposure
could cause death or major residual injury even
though prompt medical treatment were given.
Types of these materials are:
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ آن در ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬1-2-18
18.2.1.1 Materials which can
ordinary rubber protective clothing.
18.2.1.2
Materials
which
under
‫ وﻟﻮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬،‫ﻣﺪت ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﺮگ ﻳﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ ﻋﻤﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﻮاع اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮاد‬.‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻫﻢ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ در روﭘﻮش ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ‬1-1-2-18
penetrate
.‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﺎدي ﻳﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ‬2-1-2-18
normal
194
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
conditions or under fire conditions give off
gases which are extremely toxic or corrosive
through inhalation or through contact with or
absorption through the skin.
‫ ﮔﺎزﻫﺎﻳﻲ از آن ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬،‫آﺗﺶ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎق ﻳﺎ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻳﺎ ﺟﺬب از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻓﻮق‬
.‫اﻟﻌﺎده ﺳﻤﻲ و ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
18.2.2 Materials which on short exposure could
cause serious temporary or residual injury even
though prompt medical treatment were given.
Types of these materials are:
‫ در‬،‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ آن‬2-2-18
18.2.2.1 Materials giving off highly toxic
combustion products.
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت اﺣﺘﺮاﻗﻲ ﺑﺸﺪت ﺳﻤﻲ‬1-2-2-18
18.2.2.2 Materials corrosive to living tissue or
toxic by skin absorption.
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻓﺖ زﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬2-2-2-18
18.2.3 Materials which on intense or continued
exposure could cause temporary incapacitation
or possible residual injury unless prompt
medical attention is given. Types of these
material are:
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ‬3-2-18
18.2.3.1 Materials giving off toxic combustion
products.
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت اﺣﺘﺮاﻗﻲ ﺳﻤﻲ از آﻧﻬﺎ‬1-3-2-18
18.2.3.2 Materials giving off highly irritating
combustion products.
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت اﺣﺘﺮاﻗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺪت‬2-3-2-18
18.2.3.3 Materials which under either normal
conditions or fire conditions give off toxic
vapors lacking warning properties.
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬3-3-2-18
18.2.4 Materials which on exposure can cause
irritation but only minor residual injury even if
no treatment is given. Types of these material
are:
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ‬4-2-18
18.2.4.1 Material which under fire conditions
give off irritating combustion products.
‫ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت‬،‫ ﻣﺎده اي ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آﺗﺶ‬1-4-2-18
18.2.4.2 Materials which cause irritation to the
skin without destruction of tissue.
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﻮزش‬2-4-2-18
18.2.5 Material which on exposure of fire
conditions offer no hazard beyond that of
ordinary combustible material.
‫ ﻣﺎدهاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ آﺗﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر‬5-2-18
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻣﺪت ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺟﺪي ﻣﺎﻧﺪﮔﺎر و ﻳﺎ‬
‫ وﻟﻮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎت ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ‬،‫ﺟﺮاﺣﺎت ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
:‫ اﻧﻮاع اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮاد ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬.‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﻫﻢ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫از آن ﺧﺎرج ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﺟﺬب ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺪاوم ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ از ﻛﺎراﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﻳﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺖ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﻲ داده‬،‫داﺋﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ اﻧﻮاع اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮاد ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺧﺎرج ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﺳﻮزش آور ﺑﻴﺮون ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺎرات ﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﺪون ﺧﻮاص ﻫﺸﺪار دﻫﻨﺪه ﺑﻴﺮون‬،‫آﺗﺶ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﻮزش ﺷﺪه اﻣﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﺒﺐ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ‬
‫ اﻧﻮاع اﻳﻦ‬.‫ ﺣﺘﻲ اﮔﺮ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺠﺎﺗﻲ اراﺋﻪ ﻧﺸﻮد‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﻣﻮاد ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬
.‫اﺣﺘﺮاﻗﻲ ﺳﻮزش آور ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﻄﺮي ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﻧﻤﻲآورد‬
195
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﺧﻄﺮات اﺷﺘﻌﺎل ﭘﺬﻳﺮي ﻣﺎده‬3-18
18.3 Flammability Hazards of Material
A lining material may be considered a
flammability hazard when it will burn under
normal conditions.
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎده ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫اﺷﺘﻌﺎل ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
.‫ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺴﻮزد‬
Degrees of hazard are ranked according to the
susceptibility of materials to burning, as
follows:
‫درﺟﺎت ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻪ‬
:‫ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
18.3.1 Materials which will rapidly or
completely vaporize at atmospheric pressure
and normal ambient temperature; which are
readily dispersed in air; and which will burn.
Types of these materials are:
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ در ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﻮ‬1-3-18
18.3.1.1 Any liquid which is liquid under
pressure and having a vapor pressure not
greater than 1 atmosphere at 38°C.
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﻮده و داراي ﻓﺸﺎر‬1-1-3-18
18.3.1.2 Materials which may form explosive
mixtures with air and which are readily
dispersed in air, such as mists of flammable or
combustible liquid droplets.
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﻫﺎي‬2-1-3-18
18.3.2 Materials that can be ignited under
almost all ambient temperature conditions.
These
materials
produce
hazardous
atmospheres with air under all ambient
temperatures and are readily ignited. Types of
these materials are:
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬2-3-18
18.3.2.1 Materials having a flash point of 38°C
(100°F) or below and having a vapor pressure
not greater than 1 atmosphere (14.7 psia) at
38°C (100°F).
‫ درﺟﻪ‬38 ‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ داراي ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬1-2-3-18
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاﺣﺘﻲ در ﻫﻮا‬،‫و دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﻮاع اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮاد‬،‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬38 ‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ آﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ در‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻔﺠﺎري ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ داده و ﺑﻪ راﺣﺘﻲ در ﻫﻮا ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ذرات ﺑﺴﻴﺎر رﻳﺰ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺣﺘﺮاق‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮاد ﺟﻮ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻛﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا‬.‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﺘﺮق ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﺮده و ﺑﻪ راﺣﺘﻲ ﻣﺤﺘﺮق‬
:‫ اﻧﻮاع اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮاد ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( و ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و داراي‬100) ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
(‫ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬14/7) ‫ اﺗﻤﺴﻔﺮ‬1 ‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
.‫درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬100) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬38 ‫در‬
18.3.2.2 Materials which ignite spontaneously
when exposed to air.
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ وﻗﺘﻲ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻫﻮا ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‬2-2-3-18
18.3.3 Materials that must be moderately
heated or exposed to relatively high ambient
temperature before ignition can occur.
Materials of this type are those having a flash
point above 38°C (100°F) but not greater than
93°C (200°F).
،‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ اﺣﺘﺮاق ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ رخ دﻫﺪ‬3-3-18
18.3.4 Materials that must be preheated before
ignition can occur. These materials are those
that will support combustion for five minutes
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ اﺣﺘﺮاق ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ رخ دﻫﺪ‬4-3-18
.‫ﺧﻮدﺑﺨﻮد ﻣﺤﺘﺮق ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻼﻳﻢ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ در ﻣﻌﺮض دﻣﺎي ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ ﻣﻮادي از اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
100) ‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬38 ‫داراي ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬93 ‫درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( اﻣﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬200)
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮاد آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻨﺞ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
196
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
or less at 815°C (1500°F).
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ درﺟﻪ‬815 ‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ اﺣﺘﺮاق ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ در‬
.(‫ درﺟﻪ ﻓﺎرﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬1500) ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
18.3.5 Incombustible materials.
.‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺣﺘﺮاق‬5-3-18
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬9 ‫ و‬8 ‫ ﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻮدن ﻣﻮاد )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬4-18
18.4 Toxicity of Materials (see Tables 8 and
9)
(‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻼً ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺤﻠﻮلﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻼل ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي‬1-4-18
18.4.1 Virtually all solvent solution linings are
highly flammable in liquid form, and vapors
released in the process of application are
explosive in nature if concentrated in sufficient
volume in closed or restricted areas. Even
vapors from ordinary enamels and oil paints
may be accumulated in such density as to result
in explosive reaction if a source of ignition is
present. Generally speaking, however, solvents
used in solvent solution coatings are more
volatile and dangerous than those used in
conventional paints or linings.
،‫ ﺑﺸﺪت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ در ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬،‫و ﺑﺨﺎرات آزاد ﺷﺪه در ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺳﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺼﻮر ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻆ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ در ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺨﺎرات ﻟﻌﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ و رﻧﮕﻬﺎي‬.‫اﻧﻔﺠﺎر ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫روﻏﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﭼﻨﺎن ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ اﮔﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ واﻛﻨﺶ اﻧﻔﺠﺎري‬،‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ اﺣﺘﺮاﻗﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ در ﺣﻼل ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در رﻧﮕﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺘﺪاول‬
.‫ﻣﺼﺮف ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻓﺮار ﺑﻮده و ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
18.4.2 A wide variety of solvents are used in
the formulation of many linings now available.
These include, but are not limited to, the ketone
group which includes such solvents as acetone,
Methyl Ethyl Ketone (MEK), Methyl Isobutyl
Ketone (MIBK), Ethyl Amyl Ketone (EAK),
cyclohexane, and others; the hydrocarbons
group of toluol, toluene, xylol, xylene, and
others. In many instances the ketones act as the
solvents which hold the resins in solution; the
hydrocarbons are used primarily as diluents to
control the viscosity or flow qualities of the
lining. Most linings have a combination of
solvents from each group. The epoxy and
synthetic rubber linings use mostly solvents of
the hydrocarbons group although ketones may
be used in limited quantities.
‫ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎي ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮن وﺳﻴﻌﻲ در ﻓﺮﻣﻮﻻﺳﻴﻮن ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬2-4-18
18.4.3 All of these solvents are highly
flammable and should be handled with the
greatest of care.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم اﻳﻦ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﺪت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل ﺑﻮده و‬3-4-18
Solvents, as well as other components of many
modern solution linings, present other hazards
which must be guarded against at all times.
Solvents of all groups are toxic to varying
degrees and may cause serious effects to those
working with them unless appropriate
precautions are taken. Excessive breathing of
‫ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ اﺟﺰاء ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﺧﻄﺮات دﻳﮕﺮي را ﻧﻴﺰ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‬،‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎي‬.‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ از آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺮاﻗﺒﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﮔﺮوه ﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ درﺟﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺳﻤﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺖ روي ﻛﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﺛﺮات ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﺮوه ﻛﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬.‫ﺑﻮده اﻣﺎ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺘﻴﻞ‬،(MEK) ‫ ﻣﺘﻴﻞ اﺗﻴﻞ ﻛﺘﻮن‬،‫ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﻮن‬
،(EAK) ‫ اﺗﻴﻞ آﻣﻴﻞ ﻛﺘﻮن‬،(MIBK) ‫اﻳﺰوﺑﻮﺗﻴﻞ ﻛﺘﻮن‬
،‫ ﺗﻮﻟﻮﺋﻦ‬،‫ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ؛ ﮔﺮوه ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻦﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﻟﻮل‬،‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻫﮕﺰان‬
‫ در ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻮارد ﻛﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان‬.‫ زاﻳﻠﻴﻦ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ‬،‫زاﻳﻠﻮل‬
‫ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ رزﻳﻦ را ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻴﺪارﻧﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ؛ ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻦﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ اﺻﻮﻻً ﺑﻌﻨﻮان رﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي ﻳﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺟﺎري ﺷﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ داراي ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ از‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎرﺑﺮده ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ و ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎي ﻫﺮ ﮔﺮوه ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ اﺳﺎﺳﺎً از ﺣﻼلﻫﺎي ﮔﺮوه ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از ﻛﺘﻮنﻫﺎ در ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺪودي‬،‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ دﻗﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
197
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
concentrated solvent vapors may cause
dizziness or nausea, excessive drying or
irritation of the mucous membranes, and, in
rare cases, allergic reactions on the skin.
‫ ﺗﻨﻔﺲ‬.‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آورﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ از اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺨﺎرات ﺣﻼل ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻆ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ ﺧﺸﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮزش ﺑﺴﻴﺎر زﻳﺎد ﻏﺸﺎء‬،‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺮاغ‬، ‫ﺳﺮﮔﻴﺠﻪ‬
‫ واﻛﻨﺶ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻲ‬،‫ و در ﻣﻮاردي ﻧﺎدر‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺎﻃﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
18.4.4 The epoxides used in epoxy linings and
compounds are particularly irritating to the
skin, and some persons are seriously affected
by allergic reactions if proper hygiene is not
practiced while these materials are in use.
Common reactions include swelling around the
eyes or lips, rashes of the skin, etc. Some
epoxy linings have polyamides as curing agents
that react much like a mild acid on tender
mucous membranes.
‫ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﺼﺮف ﺷﺪه در ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬4-4-18
‫ و‬،‫و ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﻮزش ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﮔﺮ در زﻣﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﻬﺪاﺷﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ اﺟﺮا‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از اﻓﺮاد ﺷﺪﻳﺪاً ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ واﻛﻨﺸﻬﺎي‬،‫ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ واﻛﻨﺸﻬﺎي ﻋﺎدي ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از‬.‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ زا ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﺧﺎرش ﭘﻮﺳﺖ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ورم ﻛﺮدن اﻃﺮاف ﭼﺸﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺒﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ داراي ﭘﻠﻲ آﻣﻴﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ اﺳﻴﺪ ﻣﻼﻳﻢ‬
.‫روي ﻏﺸﺎءﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺎﻃﻲ ﺗﺮد و ﻧﺎزك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
18.4.5 Mist and spray of lead based paints may
be dangerous if these vapors are inhaled. These
minute particles of lead may cause lead
poisoning if exposure is not avoided. Good
personal hygiene is necessary to control
ingestion of lead from contamination by
cigarettes or food.
‫ ﻏﺒﺎر و ذرات رﻧﮕﻬﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬،‫ اﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎق ﺑﺨﺎرات‬5-4-18
18.4.6 The following basic safety precautions
should govern the use of all linings:
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﮕﻴﺮﻳﻬﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي‬6-4-18
‫ اﮔﺮ از در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار‬.‫ﺳﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ذرات رﻳﺰ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮان اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﻬﺪاﺷﺖ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻣﻴﺖ ﺳﺮﺑﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺑﻠﻊ آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺳﺮﺑﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻴﮕﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻏﺬا‬
.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺣﺎﻛﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬1-6-4-18
18.4.6.1 Always provide adequate ventilation.
18.4.6.2 Guard against fire, flames, and sparks,
and do not smoke while working.
‫ و ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺣﻔﺎظ‬،‫ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ آﺗﺶ‬2-6-4-18
18.4.6.3 Avoid breathing of vapors or spray
mist.
‫ از ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﺑﺨﺎرات ﻳﺎ ﻏﺒﺎر ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﺧﻮدداري‬3-6-4-18
18.4.6.4 Use protective skin cream and other
protective equipment.
‫ از ﻛﺮم ﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﭘﻮﺳﺖ و دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬4-6-4-18
.‫ و درﺣﺎل ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن ﺳﻴﮕﺎر ﻧﻜﺸﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺑﮕﺬارﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﻬﺪاﺷﺖ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ را رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬5-6-4-18
18.4.6.5 Practice good personal hygiene.
‫ ﺟﻨﺒﻪﻫﺎي‬،‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﻣﺨﺰن‬5-18
18.5 Preparation for opening the tank, safety
aspects for tank cleaning, entry and lining see
clause 5, API STD 1631.
‫ ورود و اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ‬،‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺨﺰن‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬API STD 1631 ‫ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬5 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
198
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
TABLE 8 - THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR COMMONLY-USED SOLVENTS
‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺣﺪ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻋﺎدي ﻣﺼﺮف ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬-8 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
SOLVENT
MAC1)
‫ﺣﻼل‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺨﺎر‬
FLASH POINT DEG
°C2)
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ درﺟﻪ‬
‫درﻫﻮا‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫اﺳﺘﻮن‬
‫ﺑﻨﺰن‬
1000
-17.8
25
-11.1
‫ﻧﺮﻣﺎل ﺑﻮﺗﺎﻧﻮل‬
100
28.9
Acetone
Benzene
n-Butanol
Butyl Cellosolve
3)
Carbon Tetrachloride
Cyclohexane
‫ﺑﻮﺗﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻮﺳﻮﻟﻮ‬
50
60
‫ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﺗﺘﺮاﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ‬
10
None
‫ﺳﻴﻜﻠﻮﻫﮕﺰان‬
400
-17.2
‫اﺗﻴﻠﻦ دي ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ‬
100
13.3
Ethanol
‫اﺗﺎﻧﻮل‬
1000
12.8
Gasoline
‫ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ‬
500
7.2
‫ﻣﺘﺎﻧﻮل‬
200
11.1
‫ ﻛﻮﻟﺘﺎر‬،‫ﻧﻔﺘﺎ‬
200
37.8-43
Naphta, Petroleum
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻧﻔﺘﻲ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺘﺎ‬
500
<-17.3
Perchloroethylene
‫ﭘﺮﻛﻠﺮواﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬
200
None
Isopropanol
‫اﻳﺰوﭘﺮوﭘﺎﻧﻞ‬
400
11.7
‫ﺣﻼل اﺳﺘﻮدارد‬
500
37.8-43
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻮﺋﻦ‬
200
4.4
‫ﺗﺮي ﻛﻠﺮواﺗﻴﻠﻦ‬
100
None
‫ﺗﺮﭘﻨﺘﻴﻦ‬
100
35
‫زاﻳﻠﻴﻦ‬
200
17.2
Ethylene Dichloride
Methanol
Naphta, Coal Tar
Stoddard Solvent
Toluene
Trichloroethylene
Turpentine
Xylene
1) Maximum allowance concentration of vapor
in air (or hygienic standard) in parts per
million by volume for breathing during
continuing eight hour working day. These
figures should be used as guides for
evaluating exposures, and are subject to
change when better information is available.
‫در ﻫﻮا )ﻳﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﺠﺎز‬1
2) TAG closed-cup tester: From "Flammable
Liquids and Gases," National Fire Codes,
Vol. 1.
‫ از "ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت و ﮔﺎزﻫﺎي‬:TAG ‫( آزﻣﻮنﮔﺮ ﻓﻨﺠﺎن ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬2
3) Because of cumulative health hazard, use of
this cleaning solvent is not recommended.
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﻳﻦ‬،‫( ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺧﻄﺮات ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ‬3
‫ﺑﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻲ( ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻨﻔﺲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻫﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎر روزاﻧﻪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﻋﺪاد ﺑﻌﻨﻮان‬.‫ ﺣﺠﻤﻲ‬ppm ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫رﻫﻨﻤﻮدﻫﺎي ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ و وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻬﺘﺮي در دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.Vol 1 ‫ ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﻠﻲ آﺗﺶ‬، "‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬
.‫ﺣﻼل ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﭘﺎك ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد‬
199
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
TABLE 9 - THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUES FOR FUMES, MISTS, DUSTS
‫ ﺑﺨﺎرات و ﻏﺒﺎرﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺣﺪ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻮ‬-9 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
HAZARD
MAC1)
‫ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫درﻫﻮا‬
‫ﺳﺮب‬
0.2
(‫ﮔﺮدوﻏﺒﺎر )ﺑﺪون ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺲ آزاد‬
50.0
Lead
Dust (no free Silica)
:‫ﺳﻴﻠﻴﺲ‬
Silica:
‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬،‫زﻳﺎد‬
High, above
50% free SiO2
Medium,
5-50% free SiO2
Low, below
5% free SiO2
Total Dusts below
5% free SiO2
Chromic Acids and Chromates as CrO3
5.0
،‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬
20.0
‫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫ﻛﻢ‬
50.0
‫ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﮔﺮدوﻏﺒﺎر‬
50.0
CrO3 ‫اﺳﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻛﺮوﻣﻴﻚ و ﻛﺮوﻣﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
0.1
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻲ‬،(‫( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻏﻠﻈﺖ ﻣﺠﺎز )ﻳﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻲ‬1
1) Maximum allowable concentration (or
hygienic standards), milligrams per cubic
meter of air for breathing during continuing
eight hour working day.
‫ﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﻫﻮا ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻨﻔﺲ در ﻫﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺎر ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ روزاﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎ‬-19
19. LINING CONTINUITY AND TESTS
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻧﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬1-19
19.1 Discontinuity Definitions
‫ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﺖ از‬1-1-19
19.1.1 A lining discontinuity is any point or
area at which a lining film does not cover or
hide the substrate of the lining film and which
usually will be penetrated by the exposure
medium.
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آن را ﻧﻤﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫و ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را ﭘﻨﻬﺎن ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﺪ و‬
‫ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ ﺳﻮراخ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﺪه‬،‫ و ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺟﺎ اﻓﺘﺎده ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪي ﻫﺎ‬2-1-19
19.1.2 Holidays, skips and misses are gross
discontinuities caused by faulty workmanship.
By common usage in the industrial lining field,
the term "holidays" has become synonymous
with discontinuities.
‫ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻃﺮز ﻛﺎر ﻧﺎﻗﺺ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد‬
،‫ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫ﻣﻲآﻳﻨﺪ‬
.‫اﺻﻄﻼح "ﻫﺎﻟﻴﺪيﻫﺎ" ﺑﺎ ﻋﺪم ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺘﺮادف ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
،‫ﻣﺎﻫﻲﻫﺎ‬-‫ ﭼﺸﻢ‬،‫ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻠﻞ و ﻓﺮج ﻫﺎ‬3-1-19
19.1.3 Pores, voids, fish-eyes, pits, and
pinholes are names of various types of small
cavities or holes in a lining film, all of which
are discontinuities which usually will be
penetrated by the exposure medium. These are
commonly acknowledged to be caused by (a)
application short-comings, (b) imperfections of
the substrate surface, (c) a contaminant in the
lining film, (d) a contaminant on the substrate,
(e) too rapid release of solvents or products of
reaction such as water, or (f) a short coming of
the film forming properties of the lining
material.
‫ ﻧﺎﻣﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺣﻔﺮهﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺣﻔﺮهﻫﺎي رﻳﺰ و ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ‬
-‫ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﺎً ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬،‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ در ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل اذﻋﺎن ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺳﻮراخ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ب( ﻋﻴﻮب ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫اﻳﻨﻬﺎ در اﺛﺮ اﻟﻒ( ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻲ در اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ د( وﺟﻮد‬،‫ ج( وﺟﻮد آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ در ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﻫـ( آزاد ﺷﺪن ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ‬،‫آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ روي ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﻳﺎ و( ﻛﺎﺳﺘﻲ در‬،‫ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت واﻛﻨﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ آب‬
.‫ﺧﻮاص ﻻﻳﻪ ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﻣﻲآﻳﻨﺪ‬
200
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
Blisters are faults of the lining film caused by
too rapid release of solvents or products of
reaction or entrapped air. Blisters often will
occur after the applied lining has been exposed
to high temperatures. Blisters may or may not
become discontinuities, as defined above.
‫ﺗﺎول ﻫﺎ ﻋﻴﻮب ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آزاد‬
‫ﺷﺪن ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت واﻛﻨﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺒﺲ ﺷﺪن‬
‫ ﺗﺎوﻟﻬﺎ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎً ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫ﻫﻮا ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﻣﻲآﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه در ﻣﻌﺮض دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و ﺑﻮﺟﻮد‬
‫ ﻃﺒﻖ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﺎوﻟﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ آﻣﺪ‬
. ‫ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
19.1.4
All
discontinuities
or
latent
discontinuities (those which may develop later
during service) are to be avoided.
‫ از ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻇﺎﻫﺮي ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻳﺎ‬4-1-19
‫ﻋﺪم ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻨﻬﺎن )آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در‬
.‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي ﺑﻌﺪاً اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮﻧﺪ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
(‫ واژﮔﺎن ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺤﻲ )ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻔﻲ‬2-19
19.2 Descriptive Terminology
The degrees of continuity are termed as
Conditions "A", "B" and "C".
،"‫درﺟﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت "اﻟﻒ‬
.‫"ب" و "ج" ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪه ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ "اﻟﻒ" – ﻋﺎري از ﺳﻮراخ ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ‬1-2-19
19.2.1 Condition "A" - pinhole free
The applied lining film shall be absolutely
continuous.
.‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
19.2.2 Condition "B" - relatively pinhole
free
‫ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ "ب"– ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻋﺎري از ﺳﻮراخ‬2-2-19
The applied film shall contain only a negligible
number of points of minor discontinuity. No
more than two points of discontinuity should
occur within an area having a radius of 15 cm
as measured from a point of discontinuity
(pinhole). No gross discontinuity (larger than
pin point size) shall be allowed.
‫ﻻﻳﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰي ﻧﻘﺎط‬
‫ ﺑﻴﺶ از دو ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ در‬.‫ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از‬،‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬15 ‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻌﺎع‬
.‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آﻳﺪ‬،(‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ )ﺳﻮراخ ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ‬
(‫ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻋﻤﺪهاي )ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از اﻧﺪازه ﺳﺮ ﺳﻮزن‬
.‫ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ‬
commercially
‫ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ "ج" – ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﺠﺎري‬3-2-19
The applied film should contain only a minor
number of points of discontinuity. No more
than two points of discontinuity shall occur
within an area having a radius of 15 cm as
measured from a point of discontinuity
(pinhole). No more than 40% of the total
number of allowable points of discontinuity
shall occur within any one area equal to 25% of
the total area being lined.
‫ﻻﻳﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺟﺰﻳﻲ از ﻧﻘﺎط‬
15 ‫ در داﺧﻞ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ داراي ﺷﻌﺎع‬.‫ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ )ﺳﻮراخ‬،‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬
.‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از دو ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آﻳﺪ‬،(‫ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ از ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬40 ‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ‬25 ‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در داﺧﻞ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
19.2.4 Total allowable number of discontinuity
points for all specified thicknesses of linings in
all three conditions defined above are given in
Table 10.
‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬4-2-19
19.2.3 Condition
continuous
"C"
-
‫ﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه داﺧﻠﻲ در ﺳﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻻ‬
.‫ اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪهاﻧﺪ‬10 ‫در ﺟﺪول‬
201
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
TABLE 10 - TOTAL NUMBER OF ALLOWABLE POINTS OF DISCONTINUITY
‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﻞ ﻧﻘﺎط ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬-10 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
SURFACE AREA
BEING LINED
sq.m
‫ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
COND. "A"
PINHOLE FREE
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ "اﻟﻒ" ﻋﺎري از ﺳﻮراخ‬
COND. "B"
RELATIVELY
PINHOLE FREE
COND. "C"
COMMERCIALLY
CONTINUOUS
‫ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ "ب" ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻋﺎري از‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ "ج" از ﻧﻈﺮ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺳﻮراخ ﺳﻮزﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺠﺎري‬
(‫)ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
0.9
0.9 - 4.5
4.5 – 9
9 – 45
45 – 90
90 - 450
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
5
10
15
25
5
10
20
30
50
75
‫ ﻧﺎﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز واﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬3-19
19.3 Allowable Discontinuities Related
Unless specified otherwise by the Company the
degree of continuity of the linings shall be
condition A.
‫درﺟﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬،‫"اﻟﻒ" ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از آزﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬4-19
19.4 Use of Continuity Tests
19.4.1 The ideal time to test a lining film for
continuity is at that time during application
when most of the solvents and reaction
products have been released from the film but
before the film has acquired a degree of cure
that will hinder proper correction of any faults
that may be located during inspection. With
high bake cured lining, the most practical time
for performing tests would appear to be just
before the final bake or just before application
of the last coat. However, testing just before
the final bake adds to the cost because another
heating and drying operation is necessary to
harden the lining film to allow for traffic
contact (walking on the surface by the
inspectors). Whether made before the final
bake or before application of the last coat,
testing will not always assure that the lining
film quality will remain the same after the final
bake has been completed.
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎ‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ در ﺣﻴﻦ اﻋﻤﺎل آن اﺳﺖ‬
‫و ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت واﻛﻨﺸﻲ از ﻻﻳﻪ آزاد ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬
‫اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ درﺟﻪاي از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري را ﻛﺴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ از اﺻﻼح‬
‫ﺑﻤﻮﻗﻊ ﻫﺮ اﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺨﺘﻦ زﻳﺎد‬.‫ﺟﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ زﻣﺎن ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺮاي آزﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎي درﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ‬.‫درﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ را اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ زﻳﺮا‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ و ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن ﺟﺪا ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن‬
‫ )ﻗﺪم زدن روي‬.‫ﻻﻳﻪ و ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﺗﻤﺎس ﺗﺮاﻓﻴﻜﻲ ﻻزم دارد‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺧﻮاه ﻗﺒﻞ از ﭘﺨﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬.(‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرﺳﺎن‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻋﻤﺎل آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن را ﻧﻤﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
.‫ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪن آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﺨﺖ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
19.4.2 Most chemically converted linings are
‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮر‬2-4-19
more readily touched-up than are high bake
‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺨﺖ در ﺣﺮارت ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آﺳﺎﻧﺘﺮ وﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎري ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ و‬
.‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ از اﺗﻤﺎم ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﻴﺘﻮان آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎل ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﭼﻨﺎن درﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ از‬
‫ زﻣﺎن اﻳﺪهآل ﺟﻬﺖ آزﻣﻮن ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬1-4-19
cured lining and thus can be tested after
completion of the cure. Some, however,
develop such a high degree of chemical
202
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ وﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎري ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
resistance that proper adhesion of the touch-up
lining to the cured film can not be achieved.
19.4.3 Wet or damp sponge continuity tests
shall not be used without having determined
that the lining will not be detrimentally
affected by water at that stage of the
application (see 19.5.2).
‫ آزﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﺗﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻢدار ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬3-4-19
The tests and instruments used for continuity
testing have definite limitations for quantitative
or qualitative determinations as to the number
of pinholes existent (see 19.3). In addition,
time exposure in service, and abuse of the
lining may later expose pinholes or other lining
deficiencies. (see 19.3).
‫آزﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ و اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ‬3-19 ‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺣﻔﺮه ﻫﺎي رﻳﺰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد دارد )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ زﻣﺎن در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺑﻮدن در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬،‫ﺷﻮد( ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺨﺖ و اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺣﻔﺮه ﻫﺎي‬
‫رﻳﺰ اﺧﻴﺮاﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن‬
.(‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬3-19 ‫ﺳﺎزد )ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ زﻳﺎن آور آب‬
.‫در آن ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ‬5-19
19.5 Continuity Testing Equipment
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-5-19
19.5.1 General
The approach to continuity testing is to
consider the lining as an electrical insulator and
search for holes by trying to make electrical
contact to the substrate through the lining.
There are two main methods of searching:
‫دﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ و ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺣﻔﺮه ﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺗﻤﺎس اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر از‬
:‫ دو روش اﺻﻠﻲ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ وﺟﻮد دارد‬.‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
19.5.1.1 Wet sponge testing which consists of a
wet sponge soaked in an electrolyte as one
probe of a low-voltage circuit, the other being
the earth return.
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﺗﺮ ﺧﻴﺲ‬،‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﺗﺮ‬1-1-5-19
19.5.1.2 Spark testing in which a discharge
from a high-frequency source or a direct
current spark is used to find the fault.
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻛﻪ در آن ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ از‬2-1-5-19
‫ﺷﺪه در ﻳﻚ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﻌﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮوب ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪار وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻛﻢ‬
‫و دﻳﮕﺮي از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﺮ ﮔﺸﺖ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﻴﺪا‬
.‫ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻴﺐ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲرود‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﺗﺮ‬2-5-19
19.5.2 Wet sponge testing
‫ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖﻫﺎي ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع‬1-2-5-19
19.5.2.1 The instruments used for this type of
testing are quite simple. Normally there are two
circuits powered by low-voltage batteries. The
primary circuit carries two probes, one of
which is connected to the metal substrate. The
second is connected to a sponge that is soaked
in a 3% solution of electrolyte to which a small
amount of a wetting agent has been added. The
sponge is passed over the lining. If the lining
contains a pinhole or some other form of
discontinuity, the electrolyte penetrates the
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً دو ﻣﺪار ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺳﺎده ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺪار ورودي‬.‫ﺑﺎﻃﺮﻳﻬﺎي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﻛﻢ ﻧﻴﺮو ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ وﺟﻮد دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻜﻲ از آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر‬،‫دو ﭘﺮوب را ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ دوﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ اﺳﻔﻨﺠﻲ ﺧﻴﺴﺎﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻓﻠﺰي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮل اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﻘﺪاري ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ اﺳﻔﻨﺞ را از روي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻋﺒﻮر‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﻔﺮه رﻳﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ‬،‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎت ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫از اﻧﻮاع ﻋﺪم ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻔﻮذ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺖ در‬
203
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
defect to the metal substrate, current flows in
the primary circuit which triggers the
secondary circuit and the alarm operates.
‫ ﻋﺒﻮر ﺟﺮﻳﺎن در ﻣﺪار ورودي‬،‫ﻋﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻠﺰي‬
19.5.2.2 The sensitivity of this type of
instrument depends upon the resistance below
which current can be detected in the primary
circuit. The voltage at which the instrument
operates is not an important factor. The
resistivity of 3% sodium chloride solution (a
commonly used electrolyte) is less than 100
ohm- cm. the resistivity of tap water is about
1000 ohm- cm. Therefore it is important that
sponges are soaked in an electrolyte.
‫ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬2-2-5-19
‫ﻣﺪار ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ را ﺑﺮاﻧﮕﻴﺨﺘﻪ و آژﻳﺮ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲاﻓﺘﺪ‬
،‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺪار اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ وﻟﺘﺎژي ﻛﻪ در آن اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ دارد‬
‫ درﺻﺪ‬3 ‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﻣﺤﻠﻮل‬.‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻬﻤﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ )اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻣﺼﺮف ﻣﻴﺸﻮد( ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص آب‬.‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬-‫ اﻫﻢ‬100 ‫از‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ اﻫﻤﻴﺖ‬-‫ اﻫﻢ‬1000 ‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺣﺪود‬
.‫دارد ﻛﻪ اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ در اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺖ ﺧﻴﺴﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺣﻔﺮهاي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان در‬3-2-5-19
19.5.2.3 It is a simple matter to calculate the
minimum diameter of hole that can be detected
in a given thickness of lining for a specific
sensitivity of instrument. If an instrument has a
sensitivity of 106 ohm, current will be detected
in the primary circuit if the resistance is less
than 106 ohm. Taking the resistivity of the
electrolyte as 100 ohm- cm, then it will be
possible to find a hole approximately 15 µm in
diameter in a lining 200 µm thick.
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ وﻳﮋه اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻳﻚ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داد اﻣﺮ ﺳﺎدهاي اﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﻫﻢ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬106 ‫ ﻫﺮ وﻗﺖ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ از‬،‫ اﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬106
‫ ﻓﺮض ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن را در ﻣﺪار ورودي ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ در اﻳﻨﺼﻮرت‬-‫ اﻫﻢ‬100 ‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون را در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ‬15 ً‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺣﻔﺮه ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
0.‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮد‬200 ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
،‫ اﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ درﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬4-2-5-19
19.5.2.4 If the instrument is of the right
sensitivity, a hole 1 µm in diameter will be
found providing that the hole fills with
electrolyte. It is not possible with this type of
instrument to find a hole that is so small as to
be of no significance, because if the electrolyte
can penetrate then so can a corrodant. In fact,
with conditions of varying temperature and
pressure in service, the working conditions can
be more searching than the test. However, it is
possible to produce an instrument that is too
sensitive. For example, if the primary circuit of
an instrument will operate up to a resistance of
500 M, then it is possible to demonstrate in
humid conditions that if the operator using a
probe touches the metal substrate, he will
trigger the alarm. Furthermore, if a defect is
found, unless all traces of moisture are
removed from the surrounding lining, then
sufficient current will track and the instrument
will indicate holes that are not present. In
practice instruments with a sensitivity up to 1
M have been found to be satisfactory.
‫ ﻣﻴﻜﺮون ﭘﻴﺪا ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﺮه‬1 ‫ﺣﻔﺮه ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬.‫ﭘﺮاز اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮان ﺣﻔﺮهﻫﺎي ﺑﻲ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻛﻪ اﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﭼﻨﺪاﻧﻲ ﻧﺪارد‬
‫ زﻳﺮا اﮔﺮ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻧﻔﻮذ ﻛﻨﺪ آﻧﮕﺎه ﻣﺎده‬،‫را ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮد‬
‫ در ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ دﻣﺎ و‬.‫ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎري ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﮔﻮﻳﺎﺗﺮ از آزﻣﻮن‬،‫ﻓﺸﺎر در ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ ﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺣﺴﺎس ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل اﮔﺮ ﻣﺪار ورودي ﻳﻚ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ‬.‫ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن دارد اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﭘﺮوب‬500M
‫در ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﻓﻠﺰي در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺑﺎ دﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ از اﻳﻦ ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ‬.‫ و آژﻳﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪا در آورد‬،‫آﻧﺮا اﺛﺒﺎت ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم آﺛﺎر رﻃﻮﺑﺖ از اﻃﺮاف ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﻋﻴﺒﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آﻧﮕﺎه ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ و‬،‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺣﺬف ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺣﻔﺮه ﻫﺎﻳﻲ را ﻛﻪ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ‬
1M ‫ در ﻋﻤﻞ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺗﺎ‬.‫داد‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده اﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ رﺿﺎﻳﺘﺒﺨﺶ ﺑﻮده اﻧﺪ‬
19.5.2.5 Some instruments are available that
give a varying signal according to resistance.
This means that the signal has to be interpreted.
‫ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻘﻲ وﺟﻮد دارد ﻛﻪ‬5-2-5-19
.‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻲدﻫﻨﺪ‬
204
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
It is preferable that the instrument responds on
a "go" or "no go" basis.
‫ اﺑﺰار‬.‫اﻳﻦ ﺑﺪان ﻣﻌﻨﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫دﻗﻴﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس "ﻋﺒﻮر" و "ﺗﻮﻗﻒ" واﻛﻨﺶ ﻧﺸﺎن‬
.‫ﻣﻲدﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ دارد‬
19.5.2.6 The sensitivity of the test instrument
will be declared by the Company. There has
been evidence in the past that similar models of
instrument vary considerably in sensitivity.
Therefore, a certificate of performance should
be available for individual instruments.
‫ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ آزﻣﻮن ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬6-2-5-19
19.5.2.7 Instruments of the wet sponge type
can be used for testing a wide range of linings
but they are not considered suitable for use
with some partially cured resin linings.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات از ﻧﻮع اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﺗﺮ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺮاي‬7-2-5-19
19.5.2.8 It should be remembered that before
attempting to repair defects found by wet
sponge testing it is necessary to remove traces
of electrolyte and dry the lining.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻣﺒﺎدرت ﺑﻪ‬8-2-5-19
‫ ﺷﻮاﻫﺪي وﺟﻮد دارد ﻛﻪ در‬.‫ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ اﻋﻼم ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ در ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ از اﻳﻦ رو ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﺮ ﺑﻮدن‬‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي ﻣﺘﻐﻴ‬
.‫اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﺠﺰا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ داﻣﻨﻪ ﮔﺴﺘﺮدهاي ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد اﻣﺎ‬
‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ رزﻳﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ آﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﭘﻴﺪا ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﻔﻨﺞ ﺗﺮ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
.‫آﺛﺎر اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻟﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‬6-19
19.6 Spark Testing
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-6-19
19.6.1 General
There are two types of spark testing equipment
in general use:
‫در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ دو ﻧﻮع ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ وﺟﻮد‬
:‫دارد‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮق ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب؛‬
a) High frequently with an a.c. source;
.(‫ب ( ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
b) Direct current (high voltage).
.‫ﻃﺮز ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
The mode of operation of the two types is quite
different.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻻ‬1-1-6-19
19.6.1.1 High-frequency test equipment
In these instruments a Tesla coil is used to
generate a high-frequency discharge. Models
are available that operate on supply voltages of
240 V, 110 V or 50 V. The voltages at which
they discharge can be varied between 5000 V
and 50000 V. Normally output is controlled but
the actual output cannot be recorded on a
meter. However, it is possible to measure the
voltage for any set position of the control by
the method laid down in BS 358, namely
measuring the gap the spark will jump between
20 mm diameter spheres. The voltage of the
discharge does vary but the peak voltage for
any setting of the instrument will not be
exceeded.
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺴﻼ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ وﻟﺖ‬240 ‫ ﻣﺪﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ وﻟﺘﺎژ‬.‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ وﻟﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ در دﺳﺘﺮس ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬50 ‫ وﻟﺖ و‬110
‫وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در آن ﺑﺎر اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬.‫ وﻟﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬50000 ‫ وﻟﺖ ﺗﺎ‬5000
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻴﺸﻮد اﻣﺎ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ واﻗﻌﻲ را ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮان روي اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﭼﻨﺪ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬.‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ آﻣﺪه‬BS 358 ‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه از ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺑﺎ روﺷﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫اﺳﺖ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺑﺎر‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬20 ‫ﻛﺮهﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ اﻣﺎ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ‬
.‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻲ از اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﮔﻴﺮش ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
205
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮود ﺗﻜﻲ دارﻧﺪ در روي ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬،‫ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻴﺒﻲ‬.‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ )ﻛﻮروﻧﺎ( وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ در آن ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬.‫ﻛﺮده و ﻋﻴﺐ ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺰرﮔﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮوب ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ اﻣﻜﺎن دارد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن دارد ﺑﺮاي‬
‫راﺣﺘﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭘﺮوب ﻃﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﻜﺎر رود ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﻮاري‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ را ﺑﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ رﻓﺖ و‬150 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل ﺑﻌﺮض‬
‫ آزﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن داده اﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل‬.‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮات ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد اﮔﺮ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
.‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﺮوب اﺟﺎزه دارد روي ﻫﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﻤﺮاه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﺗﺎ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﺟﺮﻗﻪ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ﻗﺮار دارد ﭘﺮت ﻣﺎده ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ زﻣﺎن رﺳﻴﺪن اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬.‫ﭼﺸﻢ ﭘﻮﺷﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ وﻗﺘﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺒﺎب در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻴﻮﺑﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮب‬.‫و آن ﺣﺒﺎب ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﺎزك دارد‬
.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
The instruments have a single electrode. When
the electrode is held on or close to the lined
surface, there is a corona discharge. When a
fault is present, the discharge concentrates at
that point and the fault is readily identified. It is
possible to survey a large area very quickly
with quite a small probe. When linings are
being examined it is possible, for ease of
operating, to use an extended probe so that a
band for example 150 mm wide, can be
examined in one sweep. Tests have shown that
the risk of damage by high-frequency spark
testing is remote if the time the probe is
allowed to dwell on any one place is short.
Breakdown of a lining by spark testing is by
erosion until a critical thickness is reached.
During the time that the surface of a lining is
exposed to a spark in test conditions the
material lost by spark erosion is negligible. The
only time the critical thickness of a lining is
likely to be reached is when there is a bubble in
the lining and that bubble has a thin skin. Such
imperfections are undesirable.
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬2-6-19
19.6.2 Direct current spark testers
This type of instrument may be powered by
mains or a rechargeable battery. The output
voltage varies with the make but a common
range is 1000 V to 20000 V. Most instruments
do have a voltage control and a built-in
voltmeter and this is the model recommended
for use. In the case of models operating from a
battery the operator should check frequently
that full output voltage is available. Batteries
need recharging at frequent intervals.
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺑﺮق ﻳﺎ‬
‫ وﻟﺘﺎژ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻃﺮي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺎرژ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ وﻟﺖ ﺗﺎ‬1000 ‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ داﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﻣﺘﻌﺎرف‬
‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل وﻟﺘﺎژ‬،‫ اﻏﻠﺐ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ‬.‫ وﻟﺖ اﺳﺖ‬20000
‫دارﻧﺪ و ﺟﺰو ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮ وﻟﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ و اﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﻟﻲ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺪﻟﻬﺎ‬.‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﺮي ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺮاراً اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ وﻟﺘﺎژ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻃﺮﻳﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺎز دارﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ در‬.‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺠﺪداً ﺷﺎرژ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
‫اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺧﻼف اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻻ‬.‫ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ اي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ وﺟﻮد دارد زﻣﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺮود ﺑﺎﻧﺪازه‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺮﻗﺮار‬.‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان دﻳﺪ اﻣﺎ اﻛﺜﺮ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ از اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﻮع ﻳﻚ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ دﻫﻨﺪه ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر را در ﺧﻮد ﺟﺎي داده اﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻧﺮژي ﺟﺮﻗﻪ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ از اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻮده و اﺣﺘﻤﺎل دارد ﻛﻪ ﻧﻘﺎﻳﺺ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬
With d.c. instruments it is necessary to have an
earth return. Unlike the high frequency
instrument there is only a discharge when the
electrode is close enough to a defect for the d.c.
spark to bridge the gap to earth. When contact
is made, the spark can be seen but most
instruments of this type incorporate an audio
signal. The energy of the spark from a d.c.
instrument is greater than that from a highfrequency instrument and it is possible for
206
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻪ واﺳﻄﻪ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ‬
defects to be enlarged by the action of the
spark.
19.6.3 Testing
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬3-6-19
Whichever type of instrument is selected for
continuity testing, it is absolutely essential that
the whole of the lining is surveyed. The spark
from a high-frequency tester ionizes the air and
the spark from such a source will jump a much
larger gap than is the case with d.c. sparks. It is
particularly important that electrodes used with
d.c. instruments conform to the surface contour
otherwise defects may be missed. It may be
difficult to meet this requirement when using
very wide probes. It is essential that inspectors
have an understanding of how the instruments
work and the need to survey the linings in a
controlled fashion.
‫ﻫﺮﻧﻮع اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺿﺮورت دارد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ از آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺑﺎﻻ‬.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻫﻮا را ﻳﻮﻧﻴﺰه ﻛﺮده و ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ از ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﻲ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي از ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺟﻬﺶ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ داراي اﻫﻤﻴﺖ وﻳﮋهاي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻟﻜﺘﺮودﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ وﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻋﻴﻮب‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎزرس درك ﺧﻮﺑﻲ از‬.‫ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﻧﮕﺮدد‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮه ﻛﺎر اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺑﺮآورد ﻋﺎﻳﻖ‬
.‫ﻛﺎري در ﻳﻚ روش ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﺪه را ﺑﺪاﻧﺪ‬
Because of the need to ensure that continuity
testing is carried out to the required standard, it
is preferable that the test work is done by a
person other than the operator(s) who applied
the lining.
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ دارد ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎر‬،‫ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺧﻮاﺳﺘﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫آزﻣﻮن ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر)ﻫﺎ( ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ را اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
19.6.4 For more information about electrical
inspection see NACE RP 0274-74.
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ درﺑﺎره ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬4-6-19
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬NACE RP 0274-74 ‫ﺑﻪ‬
Note:
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ﺑﺮاي آﺷﻜﺎر ﺳﺎزي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻳﺎ ورق ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
ASTM D 4787 ‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح زﻳﺮﻛﺎر ﺑﺘﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
For detection continuity of liquid or sheet
lining applied to concrete substrates see ASTM
D4787.
207
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
APPENDICES
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
APPENDIX A
APPLICATION OF RUBBER SHEET
LINING IN PIPE
‫اﻋﻤﺎل ورق ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮﺣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬1-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.1 All surfaces to be lined shall be prepared in
accordance with IPS-E-TP-350, "lining"
Clause 10.
IPS-E-TP-350 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬10 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫"ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ" آﻣﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪن‬2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2 Cementing
A.2.1 Apply one coat of primer as soon as
possible after blasting to prevent oxidation.
Apply additional coats of primer, intermediate,
or tie adhesives as specified by the
manufacturer.
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري‬،‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از اﻛﺴﻴﺪه ﺷﺪن‬1-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.2 Allow sufficient drying time between
coats so the coat being applied does not lift up
the preceding coat.
‫ زﻣﺎن ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫ اﺟﺎزه دﻫﻴﺪ‬2-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻪ زودﺗﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻳﻪ آﺳﺘﺮي اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﻼﺳﺖ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺴﺐ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺎر را‬،‫ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺿﺎﻓﻲ آﺳﺘﺮي‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮده ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه از ﻻﻳﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.3 Lining Application
‫ ورق ﺗﺨﺖ‬1-3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.3.1 Flat sheet
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ از ورق ﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
،‫ﺑﻪ روش ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ روش روزن راﻧﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬.‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬،‫ورﻗﻬﺎي ﭼﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬،‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺗﻴﻮب ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪي‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Whenever calendered or extruded flat sheet
lining is supplied, the tube should be formed by
using longitudinal skived butt splice(s). The
spliced tube’s outside circumference should be
slightly smaller than the inside circumference
of the pipe to be lined.
‫ ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ روزن راﻧﻲ ﺷﺪه‬2-3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.3.2 Extruded tube
Whenever unvulcanized extruded seamless
elastomer tubes are supplied, the tubes should
have a slightly smaller outside circumference
than the inside circumference of the pipe to be
lined.
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻬﺎي اﻻﺳﺘﻮﻣﺮي ﺑﺪون درز ﺑﺼﻮرت روزن‬
‫ ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬،‫راﻧﻲ وﻟﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه ﻧﺸﺪه ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ از ﻣﺤﻴﻂ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ اي ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺦ ﻫﺎي ﻫﻮا ﮔﻴﺮي‬3-3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.3.3 Bleeder strings
Apply twisted multifilament string or yarn
lengthwise in two to four locations, to allow for
proper gas venting between lining and pipe.
‫ﻧﺦ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻳﻠﻮن ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﭼﻨﺪ رﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه را در دو ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎر ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻃﻮﻟﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ ﮔﺎز‬
.‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺧﺎرج ﺷﻮد‬
208
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
Use of bleeder strings is optional with
applicator.
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻧﺦﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﮔﻴﺮي از ﻃﺮف اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺧﺘﻴﺎري‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
A.3.4 Enclose the tube in a fabric liner and
attach a tow rope. Pull tube into pipe with a
slow constant pull.
‫ ﺗﻴﻮب را در ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ اي ﻗﺮار‬4-3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ ﺗﻴﻮب را ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬.‫دﻫﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ دو ﻃﻨﺎب وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫آرام ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
The fabric liner facilitates the positioning of
the tube in the pipe and prevents premature
bonding.
‫ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻴﻮب در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪ اي‬
.‫ﺗﺴﻬﻴﻞ و از اﺗﺼﺎل زودرس ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎد ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻴﻮب‬5-3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.3.5 Tube inflation
A.3.5.1 Small and medium diameter pipe
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ و ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬1-5-3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
Remove fabric liner and expand elastomer tube
against the pipe wall by using pressurized air.
A
mechanical
extension
and
flange
arrangement may be used for the pipe ends so
that a minimum of 10 psig internal pressure can
be maintained in the expanded tube for at least
5 min.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﺎرﭼﻪاي را ﺑﻴﺮون آورﻳﺪ و ﺗﻴﻮب اﻻﺳﺘﻮﻣﺮ‬
‫را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻫﻮاي ﻓﺸﺮده در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺪاره ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ‬
‫ آراﻳﺸﻲ از ﻳﻚ اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي دو ﺳﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر رود ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ را ﺑﺘﻮان در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ‬10 ‫داﺧﻠﻲ‬
.‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺖ‬5 ‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺰرگ‬2-5-3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.3.5.2 Large diameter pipe
Pipe too large to feasibly line by inflating a
tube and large enough to allow personnel to
enter should be rubber lined in the same
manner as tanks or duct work. "Bleeder
strings" may be used, at applicator’s option, to
facilitate the escape of gases during cure.
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺰرگ را ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎد ﻛﺮدن ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺰرگ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن وارد آن‬
،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ روش ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﻣﺨﺎزن ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﻧﺦ ﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮار ﮔﺎزﻫﺎ در‬
.‫ﺣﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﻜﺎر رود‬
A.3.6 Remove extension and flare excess stock
over flange face and trim flush.
‫ ﻣﻮاد اﺿﺎﻓﻲ روي ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ و ﻧﺸﺴﺖ ﻣﻮاد‬6-3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.3.7 Apply a covering to full face of flange.
Skive inside diameter of flange stock to
slightly less than the inside diameter of lining
and stitch firmly to tube stock. On larger sized
pipe, the flange stock may be lapped into the
pipe lining instead of the skive used on smaller
pipe. Rubber shall be removed from bolt holes
after cure by means of a knife, reamer, or other
suitable tool.
.‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ را روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬7-3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
.‫ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ را ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫از ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ را اﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
-‫ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﭽﺴﺒﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺠﺎي ﺑﺮﻳﺪن ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻛﻪ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬
‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ روي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬.‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ اﺑﺰار ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ ﺑﺮﻗﻮ‬،‫ﭼﺎﻗﻮ‬
209
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬8-3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.3.8 Curing
Cure rubber lined pipe as specified by rubber
lining manufacturer.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ را ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬9-3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.3.9 Inspection and testing
Lining inspection and spark test in accordance
with Clause 6. Special equipment is usually
required so spark tester can reach all areas
inside long lengths of pipe.
6 ‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﺟﺮﻗﻪ را ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺧﺎص ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ اﻳﺴﺖ‬.‫اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺮﻗﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﻮح داﺧﻠﻲ در‬
.‫ﻃﻮل ﻟﻮﻟﻪ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
A.3.10 Identification and protection
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ را ﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﺮ زدن روي‬،‫ در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ‬10-3-‫اﻟﻒ‬
Identify each piece by stamping on a ground
area so numbers will remain visible as follows:
"Rubber Lined-Do Not Cut or Weld".
‫ ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺳﻄﺢ آن ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ))ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬.‫ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﻳﺪن ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
((‫ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ ﺷﺪه – ﺑﺮش ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮش ﻧﺸﻮد‬
Protect lining on flange faces during shipment
or storage by covering with plywood or other
suitable material.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ روي ﭘﻴﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ را در ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ اﻧﺒﺎﺷﺖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪن ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ ﺳﻪ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
.‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
210
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
APPENDIX B
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب‬
CURING OF BRICK LINING WITH
ACIDIC LIQUID
‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﺳﻴﺪي‬
Typical Example for Curing the Brick Lining Installed in a column
‫ﻣﺜﺎل ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ آﺟﺮي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮج‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫اﺳﻴﺪي‬
Curing liquid circuit
‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮﮔﺮدش ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻋﻤﻞآوري‬
‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬
Curing liquid
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻋﻤﻞآوري‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
The circulation of the acidic liquid to the steam
sparger is maintained by a pump. Heat is
supplied as steam to the sparger.
‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﮔﺮدش ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﺳﻴﺪي ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ارﺳﺎل ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
.‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
The acidic liquid is prepared at ambient
temperature in a separate vessel (not shown).
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﺳﻴﺪي در دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ در ﻇﺮف ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ )ﻧﺸﺎن‬
.‫داده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ( ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
To spray the acidic liquid against the
equipment wall a spray pipe is installed in
nozzle N1.
‫ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪن ﻣﺎﻳﻊ اﺳﻴﺪي‬N1 ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﭘﺎﺷﺶ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﻧﺎزل‬
.‫ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮاره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات را اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
211
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
APPENDIX C
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج‬
CURING OF TANK LINING
‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺰن‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-‫ج‬
C.1 General
C.1.1 Intent of this Appendix is to give heating
equipment requirements, methods and control
equipment to obtain drying and curing of tank
lining materials.
‫ ﻫﺪف از اﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اراﺋﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬1-1-‫ج‬
This Appendix is limited to interior tank lining
of the dispersion or solvent solution type (i.e.
baking, chemically converted and air dried)
where resistance to immersion is the primary
factor.
‫اﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺰن از ﻧﻮع ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺮدن و در‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺣﻼل )ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﭘﺨﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻮا ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن( در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻘﺎوم ﺑﻮدن در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬،‫وري ﻋﺎﻣﻞ اﺻﻠﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
C.1.2 Only three basic types of lining materials
are considered.
‫ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮع اﺻﻠﻲ از ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻮرد‬2-1-‫ج‬
The first type is air dried materials (vinyl’s,
vinyl copolymers, vinylidene chloride, etc.),
the second type is chemically converted
materials (catalyzed epoxies, catalyzed
phenolics, catalyzed furanes and combinations
of these), and the third is baking type materials
(high baked phenolics, phenolic epoxies and
urethanes).
‫اوﻟﻴﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻮادي ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ وﻳﻨﻴﻠﻴﺪن ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪﻫﺎ و‬،‫ وﻳﻨﻴﻠﻬﺎي ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﺷﺪه‬،‫)وﻳﻨﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
-‫ﻏﻴﺮه( دوﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻮاد ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ )اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ‬
‫ ﻓﻮراﻧﻬﺎي‬،‫ ﻓﻨﻠﻴﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻛﺎﺗﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﺎت از اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع( و ﺳﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻮاد‬
،‫ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ )ﻓﻨﻠﻴﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
.(‫اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻠﻴﻚ و اورﺗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
All three of these types of materials must be
heated before they are placed in service to
insure optimum chemical and permeation
resistance. Only the extent and degree of
heating varies with each type.
‫ﺗﻤﺎم اﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ در ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻣﻘﺎوم ﺑﻮدن ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و ﺗﺮاوش‬
‫ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻘﺪار و درﺟﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮع ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ روﺷﻬﺎ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن و‬،‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
: ‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ دﻻﻳﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬2-‫ج‬
C.2 Reasons for Heating Lining Materials
C.2.1 The basic reasons for heating each of the
three types of lining materials discussed here
are given below for each type:
‫ دﻻﻳﻞ اﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از اﻧﻮاع ﺳﻪ‬1-2-‫ج‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮﻧﻮع‬،‫ﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻄﺮح ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬
:‫در زﻳﺮ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا ﺧﺸﻚ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬2-2-‫ج‬
C.2.2 Air Dried Type
To remove volatile solvent (or vehicle in case
of emulsions) from lining to insure optimum
film density and to increase chemical and
permeation resistance. Also to remove solvent
or vehicle from the vessel so that curing
process can proceed, to prevent solvent wash
and to decrease or eliminate residual odor.
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ )ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﻞ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫اﻣﻮﻟﺴﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ( از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ و اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬
-‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﻼل ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻤﻞ را ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬.‫ﺗﺮاوش ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫اي از ﻇﺮف ﺣﺬف ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ اداﻣﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﺎ از ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي ﺣﻼل و ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬف ﺑﻮي ﭘﺴﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
212
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫ ﻧﻮع ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮر ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬3-2-‫ج‬
C.2.3 Chemically converted type
To remove volatile solvent and products of
polymerization from lining and tank and to
accelerate and assure complete polymerization
or cure, to obtain maximum chemical and
permeation resistance.
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺣﺬف ﺣﻼل ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ و ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﺷﺪه‬
‫از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻣﺨﺰن و ﺟﻬﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ دادن و‬
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ ﺷﺪن ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬
.‫ﺗﺮاوش ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻮع ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺖ‬4-2-‫ج‬
C.2.4 Baking type
To remove volatile solvent and products of
polymerization from lining and tank and to
accomplish polymerization or cure to obtain
chemical and permeation resistance.
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺣﺬف ﺣﻼل ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ و ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺪه از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ و اﻧﺠﺎم ﻋﻤﻞ ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮي ﺷﺪن ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺟﻬﺖ اﺣﺮاز ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬
.‫ﺗﺮاوش اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
C.2.5 In each case, one reason for heating is to
remove volatile solvent or water not only from
the lining but also from the vessel. Unless
removed from the tank during the heating
process, a portion of the solvent or water will
be reabsorbed into the lining material and the
heating process will have been all but wasted.
Severe examples of this are called solvent
wash, a redilution of the lining material
especially prevalent with thermo-plastic
materials.
‫ ﺣﺬف‬،‫ ﻳﻚ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬،‫ در ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬5-2-‫ج‬
C.2.6 Therefore, when heating is mentioned in
this report, a type of heating is meant which
utilizes a high volume of air circulation over
the surface of the film and maximum air
change in the tank itself.
‫ از اﻳﻨﺮو وﻗﺘﻲ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﺰارش ذﻛﺮ از ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬6-2-‫ج‬
‫ ﻧﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ از ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺣﻼل ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ آب‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ از ﻇﺮف ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
ً‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﺣﻼل ﻳﺎ آب ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪه از ﻣﺨﺰن ﻣﺠﺪدا‬
‫ﺟﺬب ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺷﻮد و ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺪر‬
‫ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﺳﺨﺘﮕﻴﺮاﻧﻪ از اﻳﻦ دﺳﺖ را ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي ﺣﻼل ﻧﺎم‬.‫رود‬
‫ رﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺠﺪد ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه راﻳﺞ آن ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻧﻬﺎده اﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻮاد ﺗﺮﻣﻮﭘﻼﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در آن ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫زﻳﺎدي از ﻫﻮاي در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻻﻳﻪ و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬
.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﻫﻮا در ﺧﻮد ﻣﺨﺰن‬
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‬3-‫ج‬
C.3 Heating Equipment
C.3.1 Many types of heating units are available
capable of giving a high volume 1.4 to 3.76
m³/s (3000 to 8000 cfm) of hot air. They fall
into one of four categories: gas fired, oil fired,
steam or electric.
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ از دﺳﺘﮕﺎهﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ‬1-3-‫ج‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﻜﻌﺐ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬3/76 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1/4 ‫ﺗﻮاﻧﻤﻨﺪي اراﺋﻪ ﺣﺠﻢ زﻳﺎد‬
‫ ﻓﻮت ﻣﻜﻌﺐ در دﻗﻴﻘﻪ( ﻫﻮاي داغ در‬8000 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬3000)
:‫ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﻳﻜﻲ از ﭼﻬﺎر دﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي‬.‫دﺳﺘﺮس ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻳﺎ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻮز‬،‫ﮔﺎزﺳﻮز‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻫﺎ ﺧﻮد ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ‬2-3-‫ج‬
C.3.2 Each of these categories can be
subdivided into direct or indirect fired. To
prevent inter coat contamination as well as
surface dirt and possible degradation of lining
film, indirect fired (eliminating products of
combustion) heating is preferred. Indirect fired
is appreciably less efficient. The sizable heat
loss usually prohibits indirect fire for higher
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ‬.‫ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﻣﻴﺎن ﻻﻳﻪ اي و ﻧﻴﺰ آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ و‬
‫ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ‬،‫از ﻫﻢ ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت اﺣﺘﺮاق( ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
‫ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﺴﻮس ﻛﺎرآﻳﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮي‬.‫دارد‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻫﺪر رﻓﺘﻦ ﮔﺮﻣﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ از ﺷﻌﻠﻪ‬.‫دارد‬
213
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
temperature bakes (above 120°C or above even
66°C in large vessels). When direct fired units
must be used, considerable effort should be
made to provide as clean heating air as
possible. Direct fired oil heaters are dirty
compared to most direct fired gas heaters.
Sources of gas vary as to combustion products,
and the gas-air combustion mixture must be
adjusted carefully for cleanest flame.
‫ درﺟﻪ‬120 ‫ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎي زﻳﺎد ﭘﺨﺖ )ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد در ﻇﺮف‬66 ‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻳﺎ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي ﺷﻌﻠﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺰرگ( ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﻼش ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺘﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻘﺪور ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﻫﻮاي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻮز ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ در ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮم‬.‫آﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ‬.‫ داراي ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﮔﺎزﺳﻮز‬
‫ و ﻣﺨﻠﻮط اﺣﺘﺮاق‬،‫ﮔﺎز ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت اﺣﺘﺮاق را ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﺎز و ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻌﻠﻪ آﺑﻲ ﺑﺪﻗﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
C.3.3 For heating to a metal temperature of 82
to 93°C (as in the force drying or force curing
of air dried or chemically converted lining
materials and some between coat drying of
high baked materials) a high volume, low
temperature rise, indirect fired unit normally is
preferred. Steam operated units generally are
adequate; however, gas or oil fired units can be
used effectively. Steam, gas or oil fired units
are preferred in the field or on large tanks; the
electric as well as the gas and oil fired for oven
type cures (when heating or baking of the
applied lining is accomplished by placing the
entire tank in a high volume, hot air oven).
93 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬82 ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻳﻚ ﻓﻠﺰ از دﻣﺎي‬3-3-‫ج‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد )ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫آوري ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا ﺧﺸﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪودي ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن ﻻﻳﻪ از‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮدن دﻣﺎي‬،‫ﻣﻮاد ﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻻ( ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺣﺠﻢ زﻳﺎد‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ‬.‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ دارد‬،‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬.‫ﻛﻢ‬
‫دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﮔﺎز ﻳﺎ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻮز ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﺛﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
ً‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎ‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﺎز ﻳﺎ ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻮز در‬،‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎري‬.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ روي ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺑﺰرگ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻧﻮع ﻛﻮره اي ﺑﺨﻮﺑﻲ ﮔﺎز و ﻧﻔﺖ ﺳﻮز ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫)وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺖ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻗﺮار دادن ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﺨﺰن در ﺣﺠﻢ زﻳﺎد ﻫﻮاي داغ‬
.(‫ﻛﻮره اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ روش ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬4-‫ج‬
C.4 Method of Heating
C.4.1 There are no definitive rules as to a
precise method of heating. Each heating project
must be engineered beforehand to determine
three points:
‫ ﻗﻮاﻧﻴﻦ ﺻﺮﻳﺤﻲ درﺑﺎره روش دﻗﻴﻖ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬1-4-‫ج‬
C.4.1.1 What the metal temperature must be
and how long it should be held to accomplish
removal of solvent or water from the film.
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ را ﭼﻘﺪر و ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬1-1-4-‫ج‬
C.4.1.2 What the metal temperature must be
and how long it should be held to complete
polymerization in the case of the chemically
converted or baking type materials.
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ را ﭼﻘﺪر و ﺗﺎ ﭼﻪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬2-1-4-‫ج‬
C.4.1.3 The amount of air circulation required
or frequency of air change required to remove
the solvent or moisture from the tank.
‫ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻫﻮاي ﮔﺮدﺷﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﺎوب در‬3-1-4-‫ج‬
C.4.2 After these three points are established, it
is necessary to determine what equipment will
‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻣﺤﺮز ﺷﺪن اﻳﻦ ﺳﻪ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﻧﻮع‬2-4-‫ج‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮوژه ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬.‫وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‬
:‫ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺳﻪ ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
.‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻧﻤﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﻛﺮدن ﺣﻼل ﻳﺎ آب از ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻳﺰاﺳﻴﻮن در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاد از ﻧﻮع ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻄﻮر‬
.‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻛﺮد‬،‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺖ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﻮاي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﻛﺮدن ﺣﻼل ﻳﺎ‬
.‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ از ﻣﺨﺰن‬
214
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
be required, where to place it, how to obtain a
uniform distribution of heat and air circulation
over the surface of the lining, how to obtain a
uniform metal temperature with no hot or cold
spots and whether or not insulation is necessary
or how much and of what type.
،‫ ﻧﺤﻮه ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آوردن‬،‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺣﺮارت و ﻫﻮاي ﭼﺮﺧﺸﻲ روي ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ ﻧﺤﻮه ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آوردن دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﻄﻮر‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺪون اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﻘﺎط ﮔﺮم ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮد و ﻟﺰوم ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪم‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﺰان و ﻧﻮع آن ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻟﺰوم ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻜﺎري‬
C.4.3 Influencing each of these is the
"capacity" of each lining material to take heat.
This capacity must be determined from the
volatility and boiling point of each solvent or
blend of solvents in the material. This allows
the time temperature scale to be determined for
the coating system. Excessive heat or rate of
heat application can result in solvent
entrapment or entrapment of polymerization
products with resultant blistering or boiling of
the finished film. Often this blistering or
boiling is not readily observable but causes a
marked increase in permeability of the film and
is thus detrimental to proper performance.
‫ ﻫﻤﺎن ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻫﺮ‬،‫ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﮔﺬاري ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از اﻳﻨﻬﺎ‬3-4-‫ج‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮارت ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻓﺮارﻳﺖ و ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺟﻮش ﻫﺮ ﺣﻼل ﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﻠﻮط‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس دﻣﺎ اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬.‫ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎ در ﻣﺎده ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﮔﺮﻣﺎي ﺑﻴﺶ از‬.‫زﻣﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺣﺮارت اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻪ دام اﻓﺘﺎدن‬
‫ﺣﻼل ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻳﺰه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎول زدن ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮش‬
‫ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ اوﻗﺎت ﺗﺎول زدن‬.‫آﻣﺪن ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮش ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎدﮔﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻧﻴﺴﺖ اﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﺗﺮاوش در ﻻﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد و در ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺳﺒﺐ‬
.‫آﺳﻴﺐ در ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
C.4.4 The following factors are significant in
determining the method of heating, equipment
to be used and timetemperature rates to achieve
proper cure:
،‫ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ زﻳﺮ در ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن روش ﮔﺮﻣﺎدﻫﻲ‬4-4-‫ج‬
C.4.4.1 Tank location (inside a building as
opposed to exposed to the weather).
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﺨﺰن )داﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﻮاي‬1-4-4-‫ج‬
C.4.4.2 Tank supports (steel saddles or on sand
base) and the amount of heat that will thus be
lost.
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺰن )ﺣﺎﻳﻞﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻳﺎ‬2-4-4-‫ج‬
C.4.4.3 Atmospheric conditions (hot or cold,
still air or moving air).
‫ ﻫﻮاي ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﺳﺮد‬، ‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺟﻮي )ﮔﺮم‬3-4-4-‫ج‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ و زﻣﺎن ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ دﻣﺎ‬
:‫ﺟﻬﺖ رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.(‫ﺟﺎري ﺑﻮدن‬
‫روي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﻣﺎﺳﻪ اي( و ﻣﻘﺪار ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ از دﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﻲرود‬
.(‫ﻫﻮاي در ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
.‫ اﺑﻌﺎد ﻣﺨﺰن‬4-4-4-‫ج‬
C.4.4.4 Tank dimensions.
C.4.4.5 Tank construction (internal baffles that
might interfere with circulation and various
metal masses in the same tank).
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺨﺰن )ﺑﺎﻓﻠﻬﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬5-4-4-‫ج‬
C.4.4.6 Hazardous conditions (explosive fumes
in area).
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك )ﺑﺨﺎرات ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻔﺠﺎر در‬6-4-4-‫ج‬
C.4.4.7 Whether tank is insulated already and
type used.
‫ آﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻗﺒﻼً ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪه و ﻧﻮع ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﻜﺎر‬7-4-4-‫ج‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﭼﺮﺧﺶ و ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ در ﻣﺨﺰن‬
.(‫ﺷﻮد‬
.(‫ﻣﺤﻞ‬
.‫رﻓﺘﻪ‬
.‫ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ دﻣﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﻫﺎ‬8-4-4-‫ج‬
C.4.4.8 Accessibility for blowers and heaters.
215
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
.‫ ﻫﺪر رﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺻﺎﻓﻲ در ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ‬9-4-4-‫ج‬
C.4.4.9 Filter losses in dirty atmosphere.
C.4.5 The problem of designing a permanent,
large capacity oven for minimum temperature
variation throughout is great. Complications
arise when it is necessary to have a large
volume of air movement or air change coupled
with the necessity of having to accomplish this
without knowing specifically the size of the
piece or pieces to be heated and without
knowing the mass of metal involved.
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻮره داﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاي‬5-4-‫ج‬
C.4.6 The design problem is great for an oven
when the type and degree of insulation can be
specified and fixed and when it is possible to
use necessary ducting, baffles, outlets and fans
to circulate the heated air as well as for
removing the cooler air. Design problems are
even greater when it is necessary to heat a mass
of metal such as a tank by introducing the
heated air through a restricted and fixed
number of openings without the help of
internal baffles, ducting and fans.
‫ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ ﻛﻮره وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮع و‬6-4-‫ج‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم‬.‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات دﻣﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺰرﮔﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي از ﻫﻮا ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻫﻮاي ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺰوم اﻧﺠﺎم اﺟﺒﺎري آن ﺑﺪون ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ از اﻧﺪازه ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﮔﺮم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺑﺪون ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺖ از‬
.‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻫﺎ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺟﺮم ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻜﺎري ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ و ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﻫﺎ و ﭘﺮواﻧﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬،‫ ﺑﺎﻓﻠﻬﺎ‬،‫اﻣﻜﺎن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻛﺎﻧﺎل‬
‫ﺑﮕﺮدش درآوردن ﻫﻮاي ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺬف ﻫﻮاي ﺧﻨﻚ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﻜﻼت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺰرگ‬.‫ﻛﻦ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮد در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻮده‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰي ﻧﻈﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺑﺎ وارد ﻛﺮدن ﻫﻮاي ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ داﺧﻠﻲ‬،‫ﺗﻌﺪادي درﻳﭽﻪ ﻣﺤﺪود و ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺪون ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﺎﻓﻞ‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎ و ﭘﺮواﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ و‬7-4-‫ج‬
C.4.7 There is little or no correlation between
air temperature and metal temperature during
the heating of a tank because primary concern
for proper curing is the minimum lining
temperature. For all practical purposes, the
exterior metal temperature and the minimum
lining temperature are identical. Therefore,
when a temperature is mentioned in connection
with the curing of a lining material, it should be
in reference to metal temperature alone.
‫دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺨﺰن وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد زﻳﺮا ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﻣﻘﺎﺻﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﻲ‬.‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎ ذﻛﺮ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺷﺎره ﺑﻪ دﻣﺎي‬،‫آوري ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ دﻣﺎي‬8-4-‫ج‬
C.4.8 In addition to the minimum lining or
metal temperature, concern also must be given
to a maximum metal temperature. Over-heating
can be as detrimental as under-heating or
under-curing. Over-heating of air dried and
some chemically converted coatings are
difficult to detect by physical inspection. The
baking type coatings, short of charring, are less
sensitive and certainly have many more failures
from under-bake than from over-bake.
Unfortunately, this temperature range between
the maximum and minimum limits often is
small.
.‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ اﻫﻤﻴﺖ داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬.‫ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻣﻀﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا و ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻄﻮر‬
.‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
،‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﻧﻴﻢ ﺳﻮز ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮي دارﻧﺪ و ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻨﺎً ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
.‫ﻋﻴﻮب زﻳﺎدﺗﺮي ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺄﺳﻔﺎﻧﻪ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ اوﻗﺎت داﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﺟﺰﻳﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻼش ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ راﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬9-4-‫ج‬
C.4.9 An effort was made to develop an
empirical formula for computing heater
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺪﺳﺖ‬
216
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
capacities required to obtain varying metal
temperatures in various size tanks, but the task
has been abandoned because of the many
uncontrollable
variables
that
prevent
correlation between test results and field
experience.
‫آوردن دﻣﺎﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ در اﻧﺪازه ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺨﺎزن‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﻛﺎر ﺑﻮاﺳﻄﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎري ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻪ از ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ آزﻣﻮن و ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬
.‫ رﻫﺎ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻴﻜﺮد‬
C.4.10 The factors necessary to complete
proper curing of linings are based primarily on
knowledge and skills derived from experience.
The factors include proper calory capacity,
proper heater design, method, type and degree
of insulation required, ways and means of
setting up ducting and curing time. These still
must be considered an art rather than a science
and are found principally with those few
organization specializing in the application of
the three types of tank lining materials
discussed in this report.
‫ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﻻزم ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري‬10-4-‫ج‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺘﺎً ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ داﻧﺶ و ﻣﻬﺎرﺗﻬﺎي‬
‫ از ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬.‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ از ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺎ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ ﻃﺮق و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬،‫ ﻧﻮع و اﻧﺪازه ﻋﺎﻳﻘﻜﺎري ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬،‫روش‬
‫ اﻳﻨﻬﺎ‬.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﺎلﻛﺸﻲ و زﻣﺎن اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
،‫ﻫﻨﻮز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺰﻟﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻫﻨﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫و ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎً ﺑﺎ آن دﺳﺘﻪ اﻧﺪك ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻼت ﺗﺨﺼﺼﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺤﺚ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ دﻳﺪه ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻫﺎي دﻣﺎ‬5-‫ج‬
C.5 Temperature Controls
C.5.1 The controls required to assure that the
necessary minimum metal temperature is
obtained and that the maximum temperature is
not exceeded at any given spot in the tank
consist mainly of surface temperature
measuring devices such as controllerpyrometers on the heater, surface contact
pyrometers, surface thermometers, temperature
indicating
crayons
and
thermocouples
connected to direct reading potentiometers.
‫ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬،‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎ‬1-5-‫ج‬
‫ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي ﻻزم ﻓﻠﺰ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد دﻣﺎ در ﻫﺮ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﺪﺗﺎً ﺷﺎﻣﻞ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻧﺪازه‬،‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ داده ﺷﺪه در ﻣﺨﺰن‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ آذرﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه روي‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ‬
،‫ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬،‫ آذرﺳﻨﺞﻫﺎي ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ‬،‫ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﻣﺪادﻫﺎي رﻧﮕﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه دﻣﺎ و ﺗﺮﻣﻮﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ ﺗﺠﺎوز‬،‫ از دﻣﺎي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﺘﺎﻧﺴﻴﻮﻣﺘﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﺮاﺋﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
.‫ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي دﻗﻴﻖ‬2-5-‫ج‬
C.5.2 Recorders in connection with these
instruments would be advantageous. Physical
proof would be available after completion of
the heating cycle to show that maximum
temperatures were not exceeded and that
minimum temperature was obtained and held
for the specified period. However these records
would be of little value because they would
record the temperature of a few isolated points
rather than the entire surface. The use of
recorders, therefore, would increase the coat of
the applied lining. Such recorders would be
another expensive piece of equipment that
would have to be amortized against each tank
lining project without giving much benefit.
‫ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ دوره‬.‫ﺳﻮدﻣﻨﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮدﺷﻲ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﺮده‬
‫اﺳﺖ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آﻣﺪه و ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ دوره ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎل‬.‫ﻧﮕﺎﻫﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ در دﺳﺘﺮس ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ارزش ﻛﻤﻲ دارﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪه‬
‫دﻣﺎي ﻣﻌﺪود از ﻧﻘﺎط ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪه را ﺑﺠﺎي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺛﺒﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ اﻋﻤﺎل‬.‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺛﺒﺖ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ را اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ دﻳﮕﺮي از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﮔﺮان ﻗﻴﻤﺖ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮوژه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺑﺪون اراﺋﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺖ زﻳﺎد ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻠﻚ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ارزش وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي دﻣﺎي ﺳﻄﺢ‬3-5-‫ج‬
C.5.3 The only value of surface temperature
measuring devices is to assist the applicator
performing the heating or curing operation in
‫ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺟﺮاي ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻋﻤﻞ‬
217
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
‫آوري در ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲآﻳﺪ‬
‫و ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز‬
‫ او ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ‬،‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻗﺮاﺋﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ را ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ اﺗﺨﺎذ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻬﺎرﺗﺶ‬
‫ او ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ اي ﻛﻪ دارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آﮔﺎه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺤﺮاﻧﻲ در ﻫﺮ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻛﺠﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮﻳﻦ اﺗﻼف‬
‫ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺪام ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ‬،‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ در ﻛﺠﺎ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ او‬.(‫ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺎط داغ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮد‬،‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ دﻣﺎ را دارد‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮاﺣﻲ داﺋﻤﺎً در ﻣﺪت ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻧﺎﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻓﺎز از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻳﺎ اﺷﺘﺒﺎه‬.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬،‫در ﻗﻀﺎوت ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻴﺎز ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد و‬
.‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﻛﺎرﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﻳﺴﺖ از ﻧﻮ ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد‬
determining when minimum temperatures are
obtained and when an area is approaching the
maximum temperature permissible. As these
readings are obtained, he must take whatever
action his skill indicates is necessary. He must
know, by experience, where the critical areas
are in any given tank (where the greatest heat
loss will be, thus the area with the lowest
temperature, or where the hot spots will be). He
must check these areas constantly during the
entire heating operation. Insufficient attention
to this phase of the operation or a mistake in
judgment could cause complete failure,
requiring the applicator to remove the lining
and start over again.
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬6-‫ج‬
C.6 Testing and Inspection
C.6.1 Determining whether or not the cure or
force dry has been accomplished on an applied
lining material by test methods is almost
impossible. Therefore, considerable emphasis
must be placed on proper engineering of the
heating operations and on the controls used
during the heating process. Spasmodic work is
being done to develop hardness test standards
for the three types of materials, but to date
there has been no success reported.
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﻳﺎ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻛﺮدن‬1-6-‫ج‬
‫اﺟﺒﺎري روي ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺟﺮا ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﻴﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ‬.‫روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻬﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ و ﺑﺮ روي ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎي ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﻣﺪت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻌﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻣﻮاد اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫اﻳﻦ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺘﻲ ﮔﺰارش ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺳﻪ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ در زﻳﺮ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬2-6-‫ج‬
C.6.2 Three simple tests are outlined below
that can be made during final inspection of a
lining to determine whether or not the material
is free of solvent, cured and ready for service.
‫در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﺣﺎل ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻣﺎده ﻋﺎري از ﺣﻼل اﺳﺖ‬
.‫آوري ﺷﺪه و آﻣﺎده ﺑﺮاي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا‬3-6-‫ج‬
C.6.3 Air dried lining materials
If the air dried type lining has been properly
heated with high volume hot air for sufficient
time, there should be little or no solvent odor in
the case of solvent based materials. There
should be no excessive humidity in the case of
water base materials.
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻧﻮع ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﻫﻮاي داغ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪت ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺮارت‬
،‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺣﻼل اﺳﺖ‬،‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﺑﻮي ﻛﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﻮي ﺣﻼﻟﻲ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ آب اﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﻳﺴﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮر ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬4-6-‫ج‬
C.6.4 Chemically converted materials
If the chemically converted lining has been
heated properly at a high enough temperature
and with sufficient air volume for the proper
length of time, the lining should be
polymerized completely with little or no
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮر ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ در‬
‫دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ و ﺑﺎ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻫﻮاي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ در ﻣﺪت‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬،‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺮارت داده ﺷﻮد‬
218
May 2010 / 1389 ‫ﺧﺮداد‬
IPS-C-TP-352(1)
solvent odor present. The lining material
should be hard and solid.
.‫ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﭘﻠﻴﻤﺮﻳﺰه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﺪون ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮﻳﻲ‬،‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﺎده ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺳﺨﺖ و ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
If the lining has been sufficiently cured, a
solvent soaked rag rubbed on the surface
should not soften the lining or remove any
coloring. However, this test is meaningless
because many films pass this test only to be
proved severely under-cured later in service.
More conclusive indication can be obtained by
rubbing the lining with fine sandpaper. If the
lining is properly cured, the sandpaper should
not gum up. This test, however, is far from
being foolproof.
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه‬
،‫ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﺶ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﺧﻴﺴﺎﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺣﻼل ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎل‬،‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺮم ﻧﺸﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﺎﻣﻲ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻨﻜﻪ در اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن ﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎي زﻳﺎدي ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ در‬
‫ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻲ‬.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آﺧﺮي ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﻟﺶ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺳﻤﺒﺎده ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎل اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن از ﺧﻄﺎ و‬.‫ﺳﻤﺒﺎده ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭼﺴﺒﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺷﻜﺴﺖ دور اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻧﻮع ﭘﺨﺖ ﻣﻮاد‬5-6-‫ج‬
C.6.5 Baking type materials
If the baking type lining has been properly
heated for the correct period of time, it should
be polymerized completely with little or no
solvent odor present. In most cases, a change in
appearance or color occurs although this may
be only minor and difficult to observe.
‫ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ از ﻧﻮع ﭘﺨﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪت ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻲ‬
‫ﺣﺮارت داده ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪون ﻫﻴﭽﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻮي ﺣﻼل‬
‫ در ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺣﺎﻻت ﺑﺎ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﻳﺰه ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ در ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎم رخ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Some applicators have successfully used
prepared color comparison strips for each
phase of the color change that occurs during
the curing of this type lining. A good indication
can be obtained by comparing the lining being
cured with the appropriate strip. With
experience, this technique can become a
valuable guide.
‫ﺗﻌﺪادي از اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻓﺎز ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺎم در‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻋﻤﻞآوري اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ از‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ‬.‫ﻧﻮارﻫﺎ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺧﻮب ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ روش ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻳﻚ‬،‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻧﻮار ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ‬
.‫رﻫﻨﻤﻮد ﺑﺎ ارزﺷﻲ ﺑﺸﻮد‬
219